i 
 
 K 
 
 > -i: 
 
(JL %<V^-, c ;/? fi 3r 
 
 
 I \f i w 
 
 6 
 
 £, 
 
 c f 
 
 V/ lWj 
 
 f J w 
 
 PRINCETON, N. J. 
 
 
 Divi 
 Secli 
 Shelf. Number \/t. . \ 
 
* \ 
 
 The I auras Tbeokgicus I 
 
 O R, A 
 
 Complete Syftem 
 
 DIVINITY^ 
 
 Summ'd up in 
 
 BRIEF NOTES 
 
 UPON 
 
 Select Places 
 
 O F T H E 
 
 Old and New Tcflament. 
 
 WHEREIN 
 
 The Sacred TEXT is reduc'J under 
 proper Heads, explain'd, and illuftrated with the 
 Opinions and Authorities of the Ancient Fathers, 
 Councils, &c. 
 
 By William Beveridge, D. D. Late 
 Lord Bifhop of St. Jfapb. 
 
 VOL. I. 
 
 Cfie £i*com> crution- 
 
 LONDON, 
 
 Printed for Rich. Smith, in Exeter-Chaw 
 in the Strand. MDCCXI. 
 
/0 6~Z«? 
 
 
 -^ 
 
 / * ' 
 
ANNE /?. 
 
 WHEREAS Our Trufly and Well-beloved 
 Richard Smith, of our City of London, 
 Bookfeller, has humbly reprcfented un- 
 to lis, that he has, with great Labour and Ex- 
 pence, prepared for the Prcfs, a new Edition 
 of the Sermons, and other Works, written in 
 Englifj by the Right Reverend rather in God, 
 Dr. William Beveridfe, Bifhop of St. A^^h, de- 
 ceafed :, and has therefore humbly befought Us 
 to grant him our Royal Privilege and JLiccnfe, 
 for the fole Printing and Publifbing thereof, for 
 the Term of Fourteen Years : We being willing 
 to give all due Encouragement to Works of this 
 Nature, tending to the Advancement of Piety 
 and Learning, are gracioufly pleafed to conde- 
 fcend to his Requelt : And do therefore, by 
 thefe Prefents, grant to him the faid Richard 
 Smith, his Executors, Adminiftrators and Af- 
 figns, Our Royal Liccnfe for the fole Printing 
 and Publifhing the Engl.fli Works of the faid 
 late Bifhop of St. Afaph, for the Term of Four- 
 teen Years, from the Date hereof ; ftri&ly for- 
 biding all Our Subjects, within our Kingdoms 
 and Dominions, to Reprint the fame, either in 
 whole, or in part ; or to import, buy, vend, 
 utter, or diftribute any Copies thereof Re- 
 printed beyond Seas, during the aforefaid Term 
 of Fourteen Years, without the Confent and 
 Approbation of the faid Richard Smith, his 
 Heirs, Executors, and Afiigns, under bis or 
 their Hands and Seals fir ft had and obtained, 
 as they will anfwer the contrary at their Perils. 
 Whereof the Matter, Wardens, and Company 
 of Stationers are to take notice, that the fame 
 may be entred in their Regifter, and that due 
 Obedience be rendred thereunto. 
 
 Given at our Court at Eenlington, the yh Day 
 °f J' J 3?, I?c8, in the Seventh Tear of our Reign. 
 By Her Afajcfty's Co>nmand, 
 
 SUNDERLAND. 
 
THE 
 
 PUBLISHER 
 
 T O T H E 
 
 READER. 
 
 THE Volumes, I am now vrtfenting the World 
 with, are, truly [peaking, no othtr than loofe 
 Papers •, and the Author, that great and 
 venerable Prelate, whofe JSFame they bear 
 floes not fecm to have defgrSd them for the Trefs : And 
 upon this Account it is I have debated for fome Time 
 with my felf, whether a Publication of them would .my 
 Ways leffm the Efleem of that Good and Excellent 
 Man } whofe Labour s,in the Learned Languages as r^ell 
 as our own,havejuffly gained high Applauft, and done fo 
 much good in the World already. Upon consulting then 
 with feveral Emninent Divines, and other Pious and 
 Learned Gentlemen, my very good Friends, they did 
 after Perufal, conceive of them ai jufl: and choice 
 Fragments, containing a Summary of the Chriftiatt 
 Dotlrine; the fever alTopicks being digeftedin a mo(l ex- 
 cellent Method, confirm d from Jeveral Parallel Places 
 of Scripture •, and very often illufirated, in the like con* 
 cife manner , from the Teflimonies of Fathers Conn- 
 fils, &c. And upon thefe Confiderations, I perfwade 
 m yf e lfi w bat J offer will be in fome meafure ferviceable 
 to all in general that apply tjjeafelves to the Study of 
 fhe Holy Scriptures, efpecially the Clergy, who wiS 
 
 here 
 
To the Reader." 
 
 here meet with fo fure a Guide, and have fo true a 
 •Foundation laid for the SuprrftnUlure they Jhall think 
 fit to raife upon it. And I have been fill more in- 
 clined to think they may ferve the fe good Ends, after 
 thofe many Letters J have received from fever a) Parts 
 ef this Kingdom, as well as from abroad, full of ear- 
 ?tefi^ Solli citations to oblige the World with the Re- 
 mains of that Per fan, whofe profound Learnina, exem- 
 plary Piety, andftngnlar Humility has fo much endear 1 d 
 his Memory to the whole Chrijti an World', and more 
 efpecially to thofe that have ajufifenfe of Religion on. 
 their Minds. 
 
 A CATALOGVE of the Greek, Latin, and Engliflj 
 Works of the Right Reverend Father ;Vi6W William 
 Beveridge, D D. late Lord IJfio? of St. Afaph. 
 
 DE Lingu?:u.-n Orientalium prasfertim Hebraicse, Chaldaica;, Syriaae, 
 .Ucas & Samaritans, cum Grammatica Syriaca tribus libris tra- 
 dita, per G. BeveriJgium. 8w. Londini i6j8. 
 N. B. Thij was wrire when tn; Author was about Eighteen years of Age, 
 and PuMifljv.d when he was Twenty. 
 
 inftitutionum Chronologicarum Libri duo : una cum totidem Arithme- 
 tices Chronologica Libellis. Per. G. Beveridgium, M. A. Londini 16P9. 
 
 2TNOAIKON Sive Pande&e canonum, S. S. Apoftolorum & con. 
 dliorum ab Ecclefias Grrca receptorum, &c. 2 Tonnes, Fol. per Guil. Be- 
 veridgium. Oxon, 167a. 
 
 Codex canonum Ecckfias Primitive Vindicatus ifc Illuftratus, Authore G.Be- 
 
 ■veridgio, Londini 1678. 
 
 Private Thoughts upon Religion, digefted into twelve Articles, with Pra- 
 
 ^^KcapRefoluiions fbrm'd thereupon. Written in his younger Years for the 
 
 "^fettling of his Principles and Conduct of his Lifi. The fifth Edition iztnu 
 
 Price is, 2d. in Sheep, and 1 s. 6d. Calf The ivo. Price 3 s. 6d. 
 
 N.B. This Book was writ when the Author was about Thtee or Four and 
 Twenty Years old. 
 
 The great Necefivty and Advantage of Publick Prayer, and frequent Com- 
 munion, defigned to revive Primitive Piety j with Meditations, Ejaculations 
 and Prayen, before, at, and after the Sacrament, the third Edit. Price 3 s 
 8vo. and is.6d. in \2mo. - 
 
 Sermons on feveral Occafions in Ten Volumes. Price $ s. each Volume. 
 The Church-Catechifm explained, for the Ufe of the Diocefe of St,^ijafh: 
 Price 1 x. bound in Sheep, and u. s,d. in Calf. 
 
 blithe English Werki Printed fur R. Smith,, at by Warehottfe in Exeter g/;«g« 
 *'• tht Strand. . >" * 
 
THESAURUS 
 
 THEOLOGICUS. 
 
 y i « __ 
 
 VOL. I. 
 
 ■ i— — ■ < 
 
 Of gOj) ^ Trvnoty & %u£j : fy.3(f.&4^ 
 
 Gen. i. 2 5. 
 
 And God \f aid; Let us make Man 
 in our own Image, after our Like* 
 nefs. 
 
 Observ. I. f | 1HE Trinity or Plurality of 
 
 Perfons in the Godhead is 
 JL here implied: (f 
 i. There is but one God: And God fa id. 
 
 2. A Plurality of Perfons were imployed in 
 the Creation of Man, rttcpi 
 
 3 . He was made in the Image of that Plurality, 
 
 uaHaa ^nvro 
 
 How many are thefe Perfons ? Three. 
 How doth that appear ? 
 
 1. In the Old Teftamenr, i Saw. xxiii. 2. 
 
 Vfal. xxxiii. 6. Ifa. xlii. i. u P 
 
 2. In the New, Mat. iii. 16, 17. I«&. i. jy. jC^-fift 
 2 Cor. xiii. 14. rtfr-*.- i*fi** '■ 
 Wherein is delivered, P J/fawtyi 
 
 1. Their Names/ xA^ 
 
 1. God the Father. This none deny. 
 Vkl I. B a. God 
 
Thefaurus Tbeologitus. 
 
 2. God the Son, John i. i. i John v. 10. 
 j ^ f> John xx. 28. Vhil ii. 6, 7. otherwife he 
 C/im^^r 9 - y could not be our Saviour. P.w£> 
 Zttyp' 5. The Holy Ghoft, 1 Cor. iii. 16. Matt, xii, 
 
 2. Their Order, Afoff. xxvni. 19. 
 
 %. That they are but One God, i John v. 7. 
 
 Observ.'H. M'Oliree^erfons concurfeag^ 
 in the Creation of Man: J 
 
 1. Becaufe he was the Head of the Creation. 
 
 2. Made in the Image of God. A-/22. 
 
 tJ s e. Therefore Man is Bound to WorfhifJ 
 every One,<^y^^**^ '*** Ur*>fy 
 
 1. With Faith, John xiv. 1. 
 
 2. Fear, Jer. v. 22. 
 
 3. Love, Dent. vi. j. 
 
 4. Truft, Prov. iii. f. 
 
 5. Prayer, A8$ vii. $9. L«£e xvii. J. 
 
 6. Joy, P£/7. iv. 4. 
 
 7. Thankfulnefs, Ato. xi. 2j. 
 
 Oes erv. III. Man was made in the Image 
 of G o d ; which appeared^ 
 
 I. In his Nature. His Soul being, 
 
 1. Spiritual, Gen. ii. 7. 
 
 2. Rational. 
 
 3. Endowed with Free-will, Deut. xxx. 19^ 
 
 4. Capable of the Enjoyment of Gop* 
 
 1 Cor. xiii. n. 
 J. Immortal, Matt. xxv. 46. 
 
 II. In his Uprightnefs, Ecclef. vii. 29. £/>&. 
 iv. 29. 
 
 1. In his Mind, knowing God, Joh. xvii. jl 
 
 2. In his Will, ehufing God as his chiefeft 
 
 Good.* 
 
Tbcfdurus Theologicus. j 
 
 3. In his Affe&ions and Inclinations, 
 Vfalm lxxiii. 2 J. 
 III. In his Eftate and Condition. 
 
 1. Becaufe he was made Happy. 
 
 2. Had Power over all other earthly Crea- 
 
 tures, Gen. i. 28, 
 
 Use. 
 j] Admire the Goodnefs of God in our 
 Creation, Vfalm c. 1,2,2. 
 
 2. Bewail our Lofs of this Image. 
 
 3. Endeavour to have it repaired, Epb.iv. 24. 
 
 1. Be fenfible of your Lofs. 
 
 2. Believe on J f.sus Christ, i Cor. i. 30. 
 
 3. Frequent Publick Ordinances, Rom. x. 17. 
 
 4. Maintain your Authority over, and be 
 
 not fubjed to the World. 
 £. Live up according to that Image ycii 
 were made in. 
 
 B z G 
 
Tbefaurus Tbeologicus. 
 
 G e N. xlix. 10* 
 
 The Scepter /hall not depart from Ju~ 
 dab, &c. 
 
 1. "Ik /f AN being fallen from GOD, could.not 
 IV 1 recover himfdf. p • /-*<>• 
 
 2. Hence the Son of GOD undertook to Re- 
 deem him. /?. /2 oT 
 
 3. To do this, he was to become Man. 
 
 4. Hence a Time was fee when he mould be- 
 come Man, GjL iv. 4. 
 
 f. Before he came, GOD revealed him to 
 his People, G<n. Hi. 17. c. xii. 2, 3. c. xxii. 18. 
 To rhe Gmtiks^ Jcb xix. 2j; Numb. xxiv. 17. 
 To the Jews, Ija. vii. 14. a ix. 6.-^- f ^^- 
 
 6. Not only his Perfon, but the Time alfo of 
 his Appearing, was revealed. 
 
 7. There are Three Places efpecially that de- 
 termine the Time. 
 
 t. Mai. iii. 1. Hjg. ii. 9. 
 
 2, />#». ix. 2 f. 
 
 3. Gen. xlix. 10. 
 Where underftand, 
 
 j. By Scepter, Government. 
 
 2. By Departing, total Departing. 
 
 ;. By Jttdab, the Tribe: 2 Reg. xvii. &»/* 
 mittuz.tr having carried the Ten away Captive. 
 
 4. By Lawgiver^ Jj)ui jxs dicit. 
 
 ?. By, from between his Feet, his Pofterity 
 born of him, 
 
 6. By 
 
Tbefauftu Tbeohgicw. 
 
 6. By Sbilo, Mifjidb. 
 
 So Jon.itu. & T.:rg. Hiero(olyw. 
 
 nW© dud rruo aipjr T3FI, k*&. 0^;. 
 
 So alfo AbrahentU. 
 
 So alfo in the Talmud in Bcrcjltitk Ra$ba i 
 If won then.' nVu 
 
 7. By the gathering of the People to him, 
 Obedience to him, S^S? * tjfj'P! in Ara- 
 
 bick, Paruity obedkns fuit. 
 
 Vrov xxx. 17. qn rnprS pan 
 
 To fhew when the Prophecy thus explafn'd 
 was fulfilled : Conlider, 
 
 1. When Jfsus wils born, Herod was King, 
 an hlunnvan by Father's, Arabian by Mother's lidc,- 
 tho' a Profclyte, yet not of Judabi Pofteriiy. 
 
 Non dtfuit JudJeorum Vrinceps ex judais ufque ad 
 iftum Htrodtm auem pr'imum accepertint ali&ilgenoM 
 Regent, Auguft. 
 
 So Euftbiujj Hid. !. i, c. 6. 
 
 St. jerome. 
 
 Hence fome, 'H(uJ)iv uyZtnu Xet&v xietop Epiph. 
 
 Herodiani llcrodcm regent fufcefire pro Cbrifto, 
 
 (Heron, 
 
 Matt. xxii. 1 6. ft{ark iii. 6. Chap. viii. if. 
 
 2. JSut the Jen's in VLrocH Time had their 
 Sanhedrim, Pppp rTJTIJD & nVftyfl j TFUD, be- 
 fpre v/hich HtrW himielf was brought, and 
 fcarcel) cfcaped with his Life, Jofcpb. I. 14. 18. 
 
 But he atcer, n«tV-ra? *wwt?«»-« ts\j &v tJ vmfiiy. 
 
 Jojeph. I. 14. 18. 
 
 But this Sanhedrim was taken away, 
 nan |mn D^ip n*p CTJXTW 40 Years before 
 the Deftructicn of the Temple, David Qanjws % 
 and Tamtud, And fo, juft when our Saviour ap- 
 peared in the World, John xviii. ;r. 
 
6 Thejaurus Tbeolagicw. 
 
 'AfjiA, yd dwn( eif ctvQpuTrisf mtfiv ^ to IvJkfay 
 ^3>)f«7B @a,oi\eioV' Eufeb. 
 
 ;. The whole Prophecy was fulfilled at the 
 Deftru&ion of the Temple, for then were the 
 Nations converted to Christ. 
 
 Use. 
 
 i. Obferve the Certainty of Scripture, fore- 
 telling Things 1700 Years to come. 
 2. Jesus is the Christ, Jphnxx, 31, 
 
 Exhortation. 
 
 j. Blefs God. 
 
 1. For making, 
 
 2. For fulfilling this Promife, Luke ii. 13, 14^ 
 Let your Thankfulnefs be expreffed, 
 
 1. By a ferious Meditation upon the 
 Mercies of God, in fending his Son 
 into the World ; for this is the Mercy 
 of all Mercies. 
 
 2. By a fmcere and hearty Obedience to 
 all the Laws of fo good and gracious 
 a God. 
 
 2. By a liberal Contribution to the Poor, 
 that they may rejoice too. 
 
 4. By addrefling yourfelv'es with all Hu- 
 mility and Reverence to the Sacra- 
 ment, that you may partake of his 
 Merits, who, as upon this Day, came 
 into the World to fave you from your 
 Sins, and bring you to Heaven. 
 
 Exod* 
 
Thejaurus Theologicus. 
 
 W 
 
 Exod, iii. 14. / 
 rvnH vjn rrrw 
 
 Hich Name denotes, 
 
 I. HisExiftence. 
 
 II. His EiTence, and in that, 
 
 1. His Unity, Deut. vi. 4. 1 Cor. viii. 4, $, 
 
 Whence learn, 
 
 1. To apprehend as but one GOD, tho' 
 Three Perfons. 
 
 2. To worfhip and fervc but one GOD 
 
 2. His Independency, Pfal. 1. 10, 11, 12. 
 
 1. Admire his Mercy. 
 
 2. Dread his Juftice. 
 
 5. His Self fufficiency, TJ *i, Aeuf, D«n. 
 
 1. Intereft your felves in him. 
 
 2. Rely upon him. 
 
 4. His Caufality, Act. xvii. 28. 
 
 1. Acknowledge and conceive him as your 
 Maker. 
 
 2. Give yourfclves to him, who gave your 
 felves to you. 
 
 7. His Immutability, Hcb. xiii. 8. fat. L I7 t 
 A////, iii. 6. 
 
 1. Truit in his Promifec. 
 
 2. Tremble at his Threatnings. 
 
 6. His Sovereignty, P/*/. xlvii. 2. A/.-?/, i. 14, 
 
 1. Obey his Commands chearfully. 
 
 2. Suffer his Punifhments patiently. 
 
 7. His Immcnfity, ?j.d. exxxix. 7. 
 
 X. Often be thinking of his Prefence. 
 
 3. Ad always as in his Prefence, 
 
 P 4 8. His 
 
8 Tbefaurus Theologicus. 
 
 8. His Eternity, Dear, xxxiii. 27. 
 
 1. Reverence him, Dan. vii. 9, 14. 
 
 2. Lay hold upon him as your Portiojr, 
 
 9. His Infinity, Pfal. cxlvii. y. 
 
 1. Love him. 
 
 2. Rejoice in him. 
 
 30. His Simplicity, Job. xiv. 6. 
 i. Get fimple Apprehenfions of him. 
 
 3. Get fimple Affe&ions to Him, even 
 to Him, and to Him alone ; as he is 
 not divided nor compounded in Himfelf, 
 ib neither let him be in your Affecti- 
 ons; but love Him wholly, and wholly 
 Him 
 
 Exoo. 
 
Thefaurus Theohvicus. 
 
 E x o D. xx. 
 Ae*$tAo}®.-, Dent. iv. i j. 
 
 TWo Tables. 
 The Preface exciting and obliging to 
 Obedience. 
 
 i. lam the Lord, rwv 
 2. Thy God, jrhto. 
 
 5. That brought thee out of the Land of Egypt, 
 that delivers us from all our Troubles, Spi- 
 ritual and Temporal. 
 
 Precept. 
 I. Thou (halt have no other Gods befides me. 
 All internal Duties to GOD here com- 
 manded. 
 
 1. To know and acknowlege Him. 
 
 2. To believe on Him. 
 
 3. To hope and truft in Him. 
 
 4. To love Him. 
 
 5. To fear Him, 
 
 6 f To fubmit to Him. 
 
 This Command is broken, 
 
 1. By Atheifts, Idolaters, Aftrologers, and 
 all that confult them, or the Devil, or 
 Conjurers. 
 
 2. By Defoair and Prefumption. 
 
 5. By preferring Riches, or ought elfe before 
 Him. 
 
 L E V I T. 
 
io Thefaurw Theologicuf. 
 
 Levit. xu 44. 
 
 For I am the Lord your God : You Jhatt 
 therefore fanclifie yourf elves ', and ye 
 /hall be Holy 9 for I am Holy. 
 
 F;>// > TnHE Lord Jehovah is to be our God, 
 
 I. Who is the Lord Jehovah ? 
 
 1. The Creator, Preferver, and Governor 
 of the World. 
 
 2. A God giving a&ual Being to his Pro- 
 mifes, under which Notion he was not 
 known before Mofes, Exod. vi. 2, 3. He 
 was Do&rinally known fo, 1. To Abraham, 
 Gen. XV. 6. 2. To Ifaac, Gen. xxvi. 24,25-. 
 3. To Jacob, Gen. xxviii. 13, 16. but not 
 Experimentally. 
 
 II. What is it to know the Lord to be our 
 
 God ? 
 
 1. As by our Fall we loft the Favour^ fb alfo 
 the Knowledge of the True God. 
 
 2. But all ftill acknowledge fome God, 
 
 Tldvitf 5<5 ofxoKoyvmv ^tt) iiv frt'ov. Juffcin. 
 
 Omnes tamen ejfe vim & naturam Divinam ar- 
 bltrantur. Cicero. 
 
 Gentium Dii qui habentur hinc a nobis profecli 
 reperientur. Cicero. 
 
 So Diodcrm Sicuhts, Lucian, Yorphyry, Aurelim 
 Vidlor, and Sanchoniathon himfelf ac- 
 knowledge. 
 
 3. But mod acknowledge and worfhip falfe 
 
 Gods. 
 
 1. Men, 
 
Tbefaurus Theologicw. i \ 
 
 1. Men, Jupiter, Saturn, &c. 
 
 2. Devils, Lcvit. xvii. 7. D'Vpnj, ffirci, 
 in the Syriack and Arabick Damonia. 
 
 3. Beads. The Egyptians, to lux?"* 11 £&><u7 
 €)e»j \£>Z(L<nV' Laerc. 
 
 So Vlutarchy Lucian, Stmho, tsfll.in. 
 So alfo the Syrians, T/jc£'alians, Sanriws. 
 B^i^etnv h TeiuiTK) Sanchoniathon. 
 
 4. Sun, Moon, and Stars: As the Indians, 
 Phrygians, Athenians, Z a beans, Terjians, 
 Romans, Grecians, Old Saracens, Jer.vW.i 8. 
 
 5. Images, Exod.xx. 4. They are referred 
 by Eutychius to Eber's, by Eplphaniris tQ 
 Abraham and Tcrah's Time. 
 
 4. The true God was pleafed to reveal 
 himfelf to Abraham, Gen. xii. I. 
 
 y. Of all the Gods that are worflripped, we 
 are to chufe this Jehovah to be our God. 
 
 III. Why fliould we have Jehovah for our 
 God? 
 
 1 . He is the Living, 1 Thejf'. i. 9. 
 
 2. True, Jer. x. 10. 
 
 3. Only God, Dent. iv. 34. Ifa. x!v. 5-. 
 
 IV. What kind of Worihip mould vve perform 
 to this Gpd ? 
 
 1. Inward, 7a&. iv. 24. 
 
 1. In ourUnderftandings, 1 Cor. xiv. ij. 
 
 2. Wills, Prat*, iii. I. 
 
 3. Affedions. 
 
 2. Outward. 
 
 1. In our Bodies, Ron;, xii. 1. TjaL xcv. 6. 
 
 2. Lives. 
 
 3. A&ions, 1 Cor. x. 31. 
 
 Use. 
 
 1. Blefs the Lord for revealing himfjf to you. 
 
 2. Beware of Idols, 1 John v. 21. 
 
 1. Idol 
 
i z Tbejaurw Theologian. 
 
 1. Idol Honours. 
 
 2. Idol Pleafures, Phil. iii. 19. 
 
 5. Idol Riches, Col. iii. y. E/>&. v. y f 
 4. Idol Relations, Matt. x. 57. 
 
 j. Idol Self, LuL xiv. 26. 
 
 3. Take the Lord for your God. 
 
 1. Confider He will be your God, Heb. viii. 10, 
 
 I. He // all. 
 
 1. An All-merciful God to pardon, Ex.xxxiv. 
 
 6. Jer. xxxi. 34. Mich. vii.i8. Vfal. xxxii. 1. 
 
 2. An All-wife God to dired, 1 Tim. i. 17. 
 Jfa. x\v. 1;. 
 
 5. An All-powerful God, Matt. xix. 26. 
 And fo, 
 
 1. Can protect them from, 
 
 2. Give them Viclory over, their Enemies. 
 1. Spiritual. 
 
 1. Sin. 
 
 2. Satan. 
 
 ;. The World, 1 John v. 4. 
 2. Temporal. 
 
 4. An Omniprefent God, Vfal. cxxxix. 7. 
 
 So that he can every where, 
 
 1. Help, Jfa. xli. 10, 13, 14. Vfal. xlvi. r. 
 
 2. Comfort us, Jfa. Li. 12. 2 Cor. i. 3,4, 
 j. An All- faithful God to his Promife*. 
 
 II. He hath all, Vfal. xxiv. 1. 
 
 1 . Grace to make us holy, E^.xxxvi. 2 j , 26. 
 
 2. Comforts to make us chearful, j^£ xvi. 2. 
 
 3. Glory to make us happy. 
 
 III. He doth all 
 
 1. By his ordinary Providence, Rem. viii. 28. 
 
 2. Or by his extraordinary Power ; as in Jo- 
 fefhy the Three Children, Daniel, Peter. 
 
 3. Confider the happinefs of thofe that have 
 the Lord to be their God, Vfal. cxliv. 1 j. 
 }. It is he alone that made you. 
 
 2. That 
 
Tbefaurus Tbcologicus. 1 j 
 
 2. That preferves you, Ails xvii. 28. 
 
 ;. That can facisftc your Souls, Tfa. Iv. 2, 
 
 U SE. 
 
 Let us examine, Whether the Lord be our 
 God? 
 
 I. Do we fear him as God ? 
 
 1. Qnly, Pfal. lxxvi. 11. jsii^ 1 ? Matt. x. 28* 
 
 2. Conftantly. 
 
 II. Do we love him as God ? 
 
 1. Wholly, Deut. vi. j. Matt. xxii. 37. 
 
 2. Only, P/«/. lxxiii. 2;. 
 
 5. Continually. 
 
 III. Do we truft in him as God? 
 
 t. With all our Hearts, Vrov. iii. 5-. Vfal 
 
 lxii. y, 6, 7. 
 2. At all Times, P/^ lxii. 8. 
 
 IV. Do we efteem and honour him as God ? 
 
 1. As the only true God, John xvii. 3, if. 
 
 PfaL CXXXV. f . 
 
 2. As the high and mighty God, iTim. i. 17. 
 
 V. Do we ferve and worfliip him as God ? 
 
 1. Reverently, Heb. xii. 28. 
 
 2. Sincerely, 1 c£ro». xxviii. 9. Jofmiv. 22* 
 
 3. Obedientially, 1 Sjw. xii. 14. 
 
 4. Chearfully, 1 Chron, xxviii. 9. 
 5-. Only, Matt. iv. 10. 
 
 6. Continually, Luke i. 74, 7 f 
 
 L £ V I T. 
 
14 Thefdurut Tbeologicm. 
 
 Levit. xi. 44. 1 
 And ye /hall be Holy, for I dm Holy; 
 
 THEY that have the Lord Jehovah for their 
 God, fhould be a Sanctified and an Holy 
 
 People, anirnprvn 
 
 Ftrfiy What is it to be Sah&ffied ? 
 I. To be fan&ified, in Scripture fenfe, implies 
 to be feparated and fet apart from com- 
 mori Ufe, Exod. xl. 10. 
 So fhould we, 
 
 1. From Sin, tfai. 1.16. i TheJfA. 22 J 
 
 2. The World, Jac. i. 27. 
 
 II. To be dedicated to the Service of G o dj 
 Vfalm iv. jL 
 
 1. Wholly. 
 
 2. To all God's Service, 
 
 3. With all their Might. 
 
 1. In Soul, 1 Cor. vi. 20. 
 
 2. Body. 
 
 3. Conftantly, 
 
 III. To be prepared for great Works, Ifa.xiii.jl 
 
 1. For the conquering our Spiritual Ene* 
 
 mies, Sin, Satan, the World. 
 
 2. The worshipping of God. 
 
 3. The glorifying his great Name. 
 
 IV. To fan&ify is to tffe all Things that be- 
 long to God with Reverence, l[a> viii. igj 
 Deut. xxviii. J 8. 
 
 i. His 
 
TbefmYW Theologicus. i 5 
 
 1. His Name, Ifai. xxix. 23. £ <rf/3* ^ w y. 
 
 2. His Word. 
 
 5. His Ordinances. 
 V. To be San&ified, is to have the Principles 
 of Holinefs implanted in the Soul. 
 
 They that worfhip Jehovah, mould be an 
 Holy People. 
 
 Secondly, What is it to be Holy ? 
 
 I. Internal Holinefs is the Conformity of 
 the Will of Man to the Will of Go d. 
 
 1. What is the Will of Man > 
 
 A Faculty of the Rational Soul, where- 
 by it chufes or refufes what the Un- 
 derftanding judges Good or Evil. 
 
 2. What is the Will of God, viz* his 
 natural Will? 
 
 An elTential Property in God, where- 
 by he approves or difapproves of all 
 Things, as they are agreeable or con- 
 trary to his Nature. 
 
 3. What is it for the Will of Man to be 
 conformable to the Will and Nature of 
 God? 1 Pet. i. ij. 
 
 That we place our Wills, 
 1. Upon the fame Objefts. 
 Zi In the fame Manner as he doth. 
 
 1. He wills himfelf as his chief End 
 and Good, Prov. xvi. 4. 
 
 2. He wills Mercy, Hqf. vi. 6. Mat, 
 ix. i}. Exoti. xxxiv. 6. 
 
 3. Juftice. 
 
 4. The Salvation and Happinefs of 
 Man, 1 Tim. ii. 4. Ezck. xxxiii. 
 ii. 
 
 This 
 
- ""*J 
 
 \6 Tbefdurus Theologicus. 
 
 Thirdly y What does he abhor or difapprove? 
 i. Generally, Sin. 
 2. Particularly, Prov. vi. 1 6, 17, 1 8, 19. 
 
 1. Pride, Prov. xvi. y. 
 
 2. Lyes, Prctr. xii. 22. P/*/. cxix. 163. 
 
 3. Murther. 
 
 4. Wicked Imaginations, VfaU cxix. ii^ 
 Prov. xv. 26. 
 
 5. Mifchief, Pfal. xi. 5-. 
 
 6. Falfe Witnefs. 
 
 7. Difcord. 
 
 8. Idolatry, Jer> xxxii. 35-. r Ifrg. xi. ?, 7* 
 
 9. Covetoufnefs, PfaLx. 3. 
 
 10. Cheating, or divers Weights, Prov. xx. 
 10, 2;. 
 
 11. Witchcraft, Deut. xviii. 10, 11, 12. 
 
 12. Falfe Doctrines, Rev. ii. ij. 
 
 Use. 
 
 Examine, Whether you be thus eternally ho- 
 ly or no? 
 
 Confider, , 
 
 1. If you be miftaken here, you are undone. 
 
 2. Many have been Miftaken, Matt* vii. til 
 
 C. XXV. II, 12. 
 
 3. Your riot examining yourfelves whether 
 you be holy, is a Sign you are not fo, 2 Cor. 
 xiii. j. 
 
 4. It particularly concerns us to examine our 
 felves now, becaufe of the Sacrament* 1 Or. 
 xi. 28. 
 
 Directions. 
 
 1. Search the Scriptures, John v. 39. 
 
 2. Obferve your Lives, l&jtK ii»» 40. 
 
 1, You? 
 
m — i 
 
 Tbefaurus Theologicus. 1 7 
 
 1. Your Thoughts. 
 
 2. Affections. 
 
 1. Repentance. 
 
 2. Faith. 
 
 3. Love. 
 
 4. Defires. 
 y. Joys. 
 
 3. A&ions. 
 
 1. Civil, Matt. vii. ii. 
 
 2. Spiritual, 1 Cor. x. jr." 
 
 III. Compare your Lives with the Laws of 
 God, Gal. vi. 16. 
 
 Use. 
 
 Exhort. Labour after Holinefc. 
 Confider, 
 
 I. The Excellency of its Nature. 
 
 i. It is the Image of God, i Vet. i. if* 
 
 Gen. i. 26. E/>£. iv. 24. 
 2. The perfection of the Soul. 
 
 II. Its Profitablenefs, Joh.x\u 15. 1 77w.iv. 8, 
 By it we may have, 
 
 1. Pardon of Sin. 
 
 2. The Favour of God, tf*L xxx. f. 
 
 3. A Manfion in Heaven, Job. xiv. 2. 
 
 III. Its Honours, Yrov. xii. 26. 
 
 1. Honourable Titles, 1 Vet. ii. 9. 
 
 2. The Attendance of Angels, Ihh. \. ify 
 Vfal. xci. II. 
 
 ;. Relation to God. 
 
 4. Free Admifiion to Him, Heb. iv. 16. 
 
 IV. Its Pleafures. 
 
 1. In knowing God, and the Things of 
 Eternity. 
 Vol I. a X In 
 
i8 Thsfaurus Tkeologicus. 
 
 2. In thinking upon them. 
 
 3. In having good Ground to believe we 
 fhall enjoy them. 
 
 4. In our prefenc Communion with God. 
 
 V. Its Neceflity. 
 
 1. To true Comfort here. 
 
 2. To Happinefs hereafter, Heb. xii. 14% 
 
 Mean s. 
 
 1. Read. 
 
 2. Pray. 
 ;. Hear. 
 
 4. Meditate. 
 
 j. Receive Sacraments. 
 
 I. What is External Hoiinefs ? 
 
 The Conformity of the Life of Man to tfcf 
 Law of God. 
 
 II. What is the Life of Man ? Whatfoever 
 
 1. He thinks. 
 
 2. Speaks. 
 
 3. Or does in this Life. 
 
 III. What is the Law of G o d ? 
 Whatfoever G o d in his Word hath enjoin'd 
 
 all Men to obferve. This Law is, 
 
 Dent. iv. 12, 13, 14. Chaf. vi. 1. 
 
 1. Ceremonial. Impofed upon the Jews only 
 from Mofes till Christ. 
 
 1. To preferve them from Idolatry. 
 
 2. To lead them to Christ, Gal. iii. 24.' 
 Co!, ii. 17. 
 
 Now it is of no Force ,* as appears, 
 
 1. From Scripture, Atts xv. 
 
 2. Reafon. The End being now taken 
 
 away, 
 
Tbefaurit! Theologian. 19 
 
 » ' ■ ■ 11 
 
 away, Htb. ix. 10. Chflf. vii. 12. Ego liber J. 
 voce prontmciem cttremonias Jua/eorhm Cr per- 
 tticiofas & nwtifcras tjfe Qbrifiturtii^ Ilieron. 
 ad Auguft. Epift. 
 
 2. Judicial. Of the Civil Polity. 
 
 This alfo difannulied, being only for Jnvs> 
 Row. xiv. r. 1 Pet. ill 13. 
 
 3. Moral. This ftill in force ; for, 
 
 1. The Scripture doth not repeal it ; 
 
 2. But cftab'ifhes it, Mdtt.Y.ij. Ckaf.xbC 
 
 17, 18. 
 
 3. Reafon confirms it. 
 
 1. 'Tis the eternal Rule of Juftice in God. 
 
 2. Eftabliihed before Christ and Mofes s 
 M.nt. xix. 8. 
 
 3. It is a ftanding Law to all Nations and 
 Times. 
 
 III. What by Conformity ? 
 
 When our Lives arc according to this Law, 
 
 in Omiflions and Commiflions. 
 In obferving, 
 
 1. The Matter. 
 
 2. The Manner. 
 
 1. Knowingly, 1 Cbr. xiv. tj-. 
 
 2. Obediential!}', Pfal. cxix. 6. 
 
 /j'nuio 4d ih 'to'ana 
 
 3. Chearfully, Rem. xii. 8. 
 
 4. Univerfally, Pfal. cxix. 6. 
 5". Conftantly. 
 
 3. The End. God's Glory and Fleafure* 
 
 1 Cor. x. 31. 
 This Law we muft obey : 
 1. In our Underltandings. 
 
 1. Know God, i Citron, xxviii. 9. 
 
 2. Meditate on his Word, Jofl. i. 8. 
 
 3. Confider our Latter-end, Drw.xxxii. 29. 
 
 C 2 2. The 
 
20 Thejaurut Theologian. 
 
 2. The Will. 
 
 Chufe no other God but Jehovah, Exod.xx. 3. 
 
 3. Affeftions. 
 
 1. Simple. 
 
 1. Love God., Deut.vl. j. 
 
 2. Love thy Neighbour as thy ielf, Mali, 
 xxii. 37. Lev. xix. 18. 
 
 3. Love your Enemies, Matt. v. 44.- 
 
 4. Truft in the Lord, Vrov. iii. 5-. 
 
 f. Fear God, Lev. xxv. 17. //*.- viii. 13; 
 
 6. Delire not thy Neighbour's Goods,E#o</„ 
 xx. 17. Vfal. lxxiii. 2f. 
 
 7. Rejoyce in the Lord, Thil. iv. 4, 
 
 8. Repent, Ez,tk. xiv. 6. Ato. iii. 2. 
 
 9. Be Angry, but Sin not, Eph. iv. 26* 
 
 2. Mixt* 
 
 1. Believe in C h r 1 s t, AB. xvi. 3 *, 
 
 2. Be thankful, 1 7^ v. 18. 
 
 4. The outward Life and Converfation, 
 
 1. Infpeaking. 
 
 r. Swear not at all, Matt. v. 34. 
 2. Nor Lye, Let;, xix. 11. 
 
 2. Actions. 
 
 1. Do all with thy Might, Ecd. ix. 10. 
 
 2. To God's Glory, 1 Cor. x. 13. 
 
 3 . Do as ye would be done by, Matt . vii.x z\ 
 
 Levi tJ 
 
Tbefaurus Theologian, 
 
 2 I 
 
 L E V 1 T. xix. I I . 
 Te (l)all not fleaU &c. 
 
 I. TX7H AT is it to ileal? 
 
 y \ Fraudulently to take away or withhold 
 another Man's Goods without his Know, 
 ledge and Will. 
 
 1. God hath the abfolute Propriety in, and is 
 
 the nrft Owner of all Things in ths 
 World, Gtn. xiv. 19. 
 
 2. He is pleafed to put fome Things into the 
 Hands of Men to difpofe of and manage 
 under him. 
 
 1. For the employment of their Faculties. 
 1. For the maintaining of their outward 
 
 Man. 
 3, For their Trial here, in order to their 
 
 Eftate hereafter. 
 
 3. He entrufts all with fomething, but nor all 
 alike ; but fome more, fome lefs, Mat. xxv. 
 
 4. Every one hath a Real and particular Title, 
 under God, to the Goods entrufted with 
 him, fo that they are not Common, as the 
 Fratricellians and Anabaptljls hold. 
 
 i. We are commanded not ro covet our 
 Neighbour's Houfe. 
 
 2. To give to him that asketh, Matt. v. 42. 
 AB. xx. 37. 
 
 3. St. Paul laboured, Att.xx. 34. 1 Thefl\ 
 
 ii.9. 
 
 C 3 Object, 
 
zz Tbcfaurus Theologicus. 
 
 Object. ABs iv. 32. 
 
 Anfw. 1. It is faid that he poffeffed. 
 
 2. The PoiTelTors fold the Land, and brought 
 it to the Apoftles, wk 34, 35". 
 
 3. Teter tells Ananias, his Lands were his own, 
 ABs v. 4. 
 
 There was a Communication of Eftates Co 
 one another, but no Community in Eftates. 
 Omnia indifcreta fttnt afud ncs prater uxores, 
 
 Tertul. Apol. 
 Not as that all Things were Common as to 
 the right Title and Poffeffion, but to the Ufe 
 and Enjoyment. 
 
 j.". He that taketh away or withholdeth what 
 another hath a Civil Right unto, ftealeth. 
 To Theft then is required, 
 3. That a Man take away, or withhold, 
 2. Any thing that another hath a Civil 
 Right to, whether Common or Sacred, 
 Mai. iii. 8. 
 ;. Without his Knowledge, and contrary • 
 to his Will. 
 
 IL How appears the Greatnefs of the Sin ? 
 
 1. It is againlt the Law of God, Epb. iv.28. 
 
 2. The Law of Nature, Matt. vii. 12. 
 
 3. The Law of Nations. 
 
 4. The Civil Law. 
 
 Ill, Who are guilty of it ? 
 
 1. Such as violently take any Thing from 
 another. 
 
 2. That do but covet it. Command. X. 
 
 3. That intend ic. 
 
 4. That do any Injury to another's Eftate. 
 
 j. That 
 
Tbefauruf Thcologkm. 2 3 
 
 j. That ufe unlawful Means for the ad- 
 vancing of their own, by the diminuti- 
 on of another's Eftate \ as by, 
 
 1. Lying. 
 
 2. Perjury. 
 
 ;. Defrauding, 1 Thejf. iv 6. 
 
 6. That withhold the Labourer's Hire, 
 Jam, v. 4. 
 
 7. That do not endeavour what they can 
 
 to preferve another's Eftate. 
 
 8. That do not relieve the Poor, Luke xvi. 2. 
 
 Matt. xxv. 14. 
 
 9. Ti^confent with Thieves, P/*/. 1. 18. 
 
 Vrov. xxix. 24. 
 
 1. Before the Aft. 
 
 1. By counfelling them to it, 1 Reg. 
 xxi. 7, 8. Proz/. i. 11, 12, 13. 
 
 2. Directing them in it. 
 
 2. In the Theft. 
 
 1. By aiding, Ifaiah i. 23. 
 
 2. Not hindring it. 
 
 3. After it. 
 
 1. By receiving ftol'n Goods, to keep 
 for the Thief. 
 
 2. By buying them for himfelf. 
 
 3. By concealing from others the Thief, 
 or the Theft, or ftol'n Goods. 
 
 jo. A Man may be a Thief in God's Ac- 
 count, by abufing and robbing his own 
 Eftate j as, 
 
 1. That through Idlenefs he doth not en- 
 deavour lawfully to preferve and en- 
 creafe it, Kcclef. iv. j. 
 
 2. If through Prodigality he lavifh it a- 
 way, Prcv. xxi. 17. 
 
 ;. If through Niggardlinefs he robs nnd 
 denies himfelf the Enjoyment of it, 
 Ecclcf, ii. 26. Use, 
 
24 Tbefaurus Thpalogicus, 
 
 Use. 
 
 Avoid this Sin. 
 i. God hates it, Tfal. I. 17, 18, 21. 22. 
 9. It is a eroding and oppofing the Order and 
 Providence of God. 
 
 5. Who are once infeded with it^ can fcarcp 
 
 be brought off from it. 
 4. Theft will never make a Man the richer, 
 
 Malt farta, male dilabuntur. 
 
 j . But the poorer, bringing a Curfe on whae 
 he hath. 
 
 6. If difcovered it will bring yoi$.to a Tem- 
 
 poral ; 
 j . Howloever to an eterpal Death, 1 Cor. ft* 
 10. 
 
 Means. 
 j. Repent of what ye have done in thi$ 
 Kind. 
 
 2. Refrain the Company of Thieves. 
 
 3. Wean your Minds from Earth. 
 
 4. Often think of the Judgment-Day. 
 
 Levit\ 
 
Thefauw Theologian. 25 
 
 p. — ,. 
 
 L E V 1 T. Xix. I I. 
 
 Nor deal faljly, nor lye one to another. 
 
 rirfi. T 71 TH AT is it to deal falfly ? That is, 
 V V to do contrary to our Promifes and 
 profeflions. 
 
 I. To God. 
 
 1. By not performing what we promifed, 
 Numb. XXX. 2. Ecclef. V. f. Pfal, lxxvi. n, 
 
 2. By not loving and defiling him as we 
 pretend. 
 
 3 By not worfhiping and ferving him as 
 
 we make (hew of, £&£. xxxiii. 31. 
 4. By not living up to the Gofpel we pro- 
 fels, 2 Tim. ii. 9. 
 But Confider, 
 
 i.God deals truly with you. 
 
 2. He will not be mocked, Gal. vi. 7. 
 
 3. If you deal falfly with him, he will deal 
 
 juftly with you. 
 
 JI. To our Neighbours. 
 
 1. Pretending to love, when we hate them, 
 Tfal xxviii. 3 . Jtr. ix. 8. 
 
 2. To do them good, when we ftrive to in- 
 jure them. 
 
 3. By defrauding and cozening them in 
 our dealing with them, 1 TheJJ'. iv. 6. 
 
 Confider, 
 
 J. Whatfoever we defraud our Neighbour 
 of, tho' it be in our Poftcflion, 'tis not 
 our own. 
 
 2. Tho' 
 
2 6 Tbefaurus Theologicus. 
 
 2. Tho' Men cannot perceive our Frauds, 
 God doth, Vfd. cxxxix. 
 
 3. Our Frauds will be all laid open at the 
 Day of Judgment. 
 
 4. What will it profit you to cheat your 
 Brother here, and damn your own Souls 
 hereafter ? Matt. xvi. 26. 
 
 III. Ourfelves. 
 
 1. Pretending to ourfelves that we have 
 
 repented when we have not. 
 
 2. That we have Believed. 
 
 3. That we do Good- Works. 
 
 4. That our Spiritual Eftate is good, when 
 
 it is not. 
 
 1. 
 
 Confider, 
 Your Falfe-dealing will not bring you 
 nearer to, but carry you farther from 
 Heaven. 
 2. God will deal truly with your Souls 
 hereafter, for your dealing falily with 
 them here. 
 
 2\or Lye. 
 Secondly, What is it to Lye ? Tefitmonium falfum : 
 or, Falfa %>ocis jignificatio cum intentione fallendi % 
 Aug. And fo it differs, Et ab fententid & 
 enunciatione pur a : In it are, 
 
 1. The Matter, a Falfe-Teftimony. 
 
 2. The Form, with an intent of Deceiving. 
 How many Kinds ? 
 
 1. Joco[mn> Jefting. 
 
 2. Vernicioj'unty for the doing or avoiding 
 Evil. 
 
 {-. Officiofum 3 for the obtaining of fome 
 Good. 
 
 Thirdly^ 
 
i Tbefaurus Theologicus, - 2 7 
 
 Thirdly, How appears it to be a Sin ? 
 
 1. It is forbidden by God, Lommavd. IX. 
 
 Epb. iv. 2f. 
 ?. God abhors it, Vroz: vi. 1^,17. C&*/>. 
 xii. 22. 
 
 3. The Devil is the Father of it, John viii. 
 
 44- 
 
 4. It is Part of the Old Man, Epb. iv. 25-. 
 
 C0/0/I iii. 9. 
 $ . It is contrary, not only to the Will, but 
 Nature of God. 
 
 6. It is contrary to Nature, and an Abufc of 
 the Tongue • which is Index Animi. 
 
 K*9' ketv-ri tv (Aft "\-ivJbi <pctZ\ov )y -^iKTvv, Arift. 
 
 • 77 70 \i\JS"&- CK, T» SlO.{lo\\t OCT. Bafil. 
 
 7. It is a Sin that mall certainly be punch- 
 ed, Vfal. V. 6, Prov. xix. y, 9. 
 
 Objections. 
 
 I. An officious Lye, or Wrong, hurts no Body. 
 Jnfv'. Yes. 
 
 1. GOD. 
 
 2. Your Neighbour • caufing him to Err. 
 
 3. Yourfelves : For, ■■ ■ ■ — ■■ ■ 
 
 1. The Lyardeftroys his Credit: Mendacci 
 faciunt ut vera d'icentibm non credatur. Hier. 
 
 2. Damns his Soul hereafter. 
 But, 
 
 II. Suppofe my Eftate depends upon it ? 
 
 I muft not give Heaven for Earth. 
 
 III. $uppofe m y Neighbour's Life : 
 
 IV. Or mine own. 
 
 I mult not deftroy my Soul for a Body. 
 
 Use, 
 
28 Thefauruf Thcologicm. 
 
 Use. 
 
 i. Reproof. 
 *. Exhortation. 
 
 i. Repent of your Lyes, 
 
 2. Reform. 
 Confider, 
 
 i. Lyes fpeak you the Children of Satan. 
 
 2. Truth is like God, Lyes like the Devil, 
 Dtut. xxxii. 4. 
 
 3. What you get by Lying, brings a Curfe 
 with it. 
 
 4. We muft give Account of our idle, much 
 more of our lying Words, Matt. xii. ;6. 
 
 j. You muft never enter into Heaven, 
 Revel. XXI. 27. e. xxit if. 
 
 Numb,' 
 
The] auras Theologicw. 29 
 
 Numb, xxiii. 10. 
 
 Let me die the Death of the Righteous, 
 and let my Utter End be like his. 
 \t\\kd TTfW Tim imur mo moj men 
 
 w 
 
 E fliould always defire to die the Deach 
 of the Righteous. 
 
 I. How do they die ? 
 1. In the Love of God, 
 a. Christ. 
 ;. With a clear Confcience. 
 
 4. They die capable of the Enjoyment of 
 Heaven; having, 
 
 1. Their Underftandings, 
 
 2. Their Wills, 
 
 3. Their Affeaitfns, Sart&ified. 
 
 5. Their Death is but an Entrance into a 
 State of Blifs ; confuting, 
 
 1. In Freedom from all Evil. 
 
 1. Sin. 
 
 2. Temptation. 
 
 3. Trouble and Sorrow. 
 
 2. In the Confluence of all Good ; being 
 happy, 
 
 1. In their Company. 
 
 1. Angels and Saints. 
 
 2. Christ. 
 5. God. 
 
 2. In their Relations. 
 
 3. In their Pleafures. 
 
 4. Honours. 
 
 5. Eternity. 
 
 II, How 
 
jo Thefaurus Theologicus. 
 
 II. How may we die this Death ? 
 i. Repent. 
 
 2. Turn to God. 
 
 3. Believe on Christ. 
 
 1. For the Pardon of Sin. 
 
 2. Acceptance of your Perfoit." 
 
 3 . Implanting of Grace. 
 
 4. Live the Life of the Righteous, Heh.xii.14l 
 
 5. Meditate on the future Certainties, 
 
 Death, Judgment, Heaven, Hell. 
 
 6. Be not too much entangled in the World. 
 
 7. Live in the continual Expectation of 
 
 Death. 
 
 Deut. vi. 5. 
 
 Thou JJjalt love the Lord thy God 'with 
 all thy Heart, and with all thy Soul 3 
 and with all thy Might. 
 
 fTPHere is, 
 
 I. The Agent, Tbott> Ifrael, Atts xiii. 23* 
 Romans ix. 6. 
 
 II. The A&, Love, which is Comflacentia Bonli 
 and denotes, 
 
 1. Benevolence, or Well-willing to the Ob- 
 ject beloved, Cant. v. 9, 16. 
 
 2. A defire of the Enjoyment of it. 
 
 3. An acquiescence or refting in that En- 
 
 joyment. 
 
 III. The 
 
Tbefaurus Tbcolooicus. 3 i 
 
 III. The Object, ynhx mfli 
 
 i k The Lord Jehovah) as Jehcvah, Ex. iii. 14. 
 2. Thy God, which denotes, 
 
 1. Our loving each Perfon, John v. 25. 
 
 2. As our G d. 
 
 IV. The Intcnfenefs of the Aft upon tha; 
 
 Objed. With all thy Heart, and with all thy 
 Souly and ibith all thy Might : 
 Which implies, 
 
 1. That we love him with the higheft De- 
 gree of Love we can poflibly raife up our 
 Souls to. 
 
 2. Confequently, That we love him above 
 all Things elie, Mat. x. $7. Luke xiv. 26. 
 
 V. Here is the Neceflity of a&ing thus upon 
 
 this Objed, Thou jhalt. 
 There is a Twofold Neceflity of ir. 
 
 1. Of the Precept, Mat. xxii. 37. 
 
 2. The Means to Heaven. 
 
 What Reafons are there why we mould love 
 
 God above all ? 
 i. Becaufe he is better than all other Things • 
 for he is, Luke xviii. 19. 
 
 1. A pure and Mm pie Good. 
 
 2. An Infinite Good, Ffal. cxlvii. j*. 
 
 3. A fatisfa&ory Good, ?[<:!. xw ir. ?/,:.'. 
 xvii. 15". 
 
 4. An Univerfal Good. 
 
 j. An unchangable Good. Jac. i. 17, 
 
 6. An eternal Good, Pfal. xc. 2. 
 
 7. The only neceflary Good. 
 
 2. Btcaufe all other Goodnefs comes from 
 him. 
 
 U 
 
3 2 fhefaurm Theological* 
 
 Use. 
 
 1. Of Reproof, Joh. v. 42. for moft Men da 
 
 not love God thus. If they did, 
 
 1. They would think more of him. 
 
 2. Long more for him, Phil. iii. 7, 8. 
 
 3. Endeavour more to pleafe him. 
 
 4. Take more Pleafure in him. 
 
 5. Labour more to enjoy him than othe? 
 Things. 
 
 Repent of this Sin. 
 Confider, 
 i. Untefs you love God above all Things^ 
 you are not worthy to be Christ's Di£ 
 ciples, Luk. xiv. 26. 
 
 2. This is the Caufe of other Sins. 
 
 3. If we die in this Sin, we are undone^ 
 
 I Cor. XVI. 22* 
 
 II. Examination. Examine, 
 
 1. The Ground of your Love toGoa 
 
 1. G o d's Goodnefsin himfelf, Tfal. cxix.68. 
 
 2. His Goodnefs to us, Pfal. cxlv. 6. 
 
 2. The Degrees. 
 The EfFeds. 
 
 1. An Endeavour to Obey, John xiv. ij) 
 1 J oh. ii. f. 
 
 2. Honour him. 
 %. Love others, 1 Joh. iv. 20. 
 4. Its Conftancy. 
 
 III. Exhortation. Love God; 
 Confider, 
 
 1. The Excellency of the Grace. 
 
 1. It is the fuTt and Great Commands' 
 Matt. xxii. $8. 
 
 2. It fweetens all Duties, 1 Joh. r. 3. 
 
 3. It is the Work of Heaven. 
 
 a. Th$ 
 
 3* 
 
T/jefauruf Theologian. 3 J 
 
 2. The Reafonablcneis of the Duty. 
 Confidering, 
 
 1. How loving God is to us. 
 
 1. He made us. 
 
 2. He upholds us, Atti ii. z9> 
 
 3. He directs us. 
 
 4. He protefts us. 
 j. He purchafed us. 
 
 6. He fandlifies us. 
 
 7. And all becaufe he loves Us, Deut. vlL 
 
 7,8. 
 
 2. How lovely he is in himfelf* 
 
 Infinite. 
 
 1. In Wifdofh< 
 
 2. Juftice, 
 
 3. Mercy. 
 
 3. The 'Happinefs of thofe that perform k. 
 
 1. All Thirigs work for their good, Rom. 
 
 viii. 28. 
 
 2. They have an infallible Evidence of 
 
 their Title to Heaven. 
 V They ihall enjoy and live with God 
 to Eternity, 1 Cor. ii. 9. 
 
 — >. 
 
 Vol. h B tit v % 
 
I 
 
 III ■ ■ ■ ■■■ ■ ■ ■ I ■ 
 
 24 Thejaurus Tbeologicw. 
 
 Deut. vi. 12. 
 
 Thou /halt fear the Lord thy Qod y 
 and ferve him. 
 
 T is our Duty to ferve God. 
 
 I. What is it to ferve God? 
 
 1. To dedicate ourfelves wholly to Hirrij 
 
 1. Our Souls, 1 Cor. vi. 20. 
 
 Underftandings. 
 
 Wills. 
 
 • Affe&ions. 
 
 2. Our Bodies, 1 Cor. vi. 20 § 
 
 3. Eftates, Trov. iii. 9. 
 
 4. Gifts. 
 
 y. Authority. 
 6. Time , Efo. v. t6. 
 a. To make his Laws the Rule of our Lives| 
 Obeying the Commands, Ecclef. xii. if v 
 Of the Firft and Second Table. 
 3. To endeavour to pleafe him in all Thin g^ 
 and glorifie him, 1 Theft, iv. 1. Rom. xii. 3 , 
 C Natural, i Cor. x. 30.^ 
 In all our 2 Civil, > Action^ 
 
 /Spiritual - 3 
 
 II. Why ferve God? 
 
 1. He is our Maker, Tfalm xcv. 6, 
 
 2. Preferver, Atts xvii. 23. 
 
 3 . Redeemer, 1 Cor. vi. 20. 
 
 4. Matter, by Covenant, Deut. xxvi. if. 
 
 Use; 
 
Tbefaurus Tbeologicus. 3 5 
 
 Use. 
 Reproof to fuch as, 
 1. Serve the Devil. 
 a. Themfelves. 
 
 3. The World. 
 
 4. Sin, Rom. vi. 16. and not God, Matt.\i.i^ 
 
 Exhortation. Serve God. 
 
 Directions. 
 
 1. Scripturaliy. 
 
 2. Obedientially, 1 Sam. xv. 22. 
 
 3. Willingly, 1 Cbron* xxix. 17. 
 
 4. Chearfully, Rom. xii. 8* 
 
 5. Faithfully, Rom. xiv. 23. 
 
 6. Underftandingly, 1 Cor. xiv.i 5-. Vfal xlvii. 7. 
 
 7. Wholly, with all your Power, Eccl.ix. 10, 
 
 8. Conftantly. 
 
 9. Humbly, Itf£c xvii. 10. 
 io. Thankfully. 
 
 Motives. 
 
 1. This is the End of your Creation by God* 
 
 2. Of all Go d's Mercies to you. 
 
 3. What a good and glorious Matter he is > 
 the King of Heaven, Jer. x. 7. 
 
 4. There is nothing thou haft but what thou 
 receiveft from him, 1 Cor. iv. 7. 
 
 f. ToferveGoD is not only thy Duty, but 
 thy Privilege, Vfal. xix. 1 r . 
 
 6. Unlefs thou ferveft God, thou muft ferve 
 the Devil, a Servant thou wilt be, Matt.v'u 
 24. Rom. vi. 16. 
 
 7. It is the Work of Heaven. 
 
 8. What Wages Go d will give to his Servants^ 
 Rom. vi. 23. 
 
 Grace and Comfort here, 
 Glory and Happinefs hereafter. 
 
 Da 2. Set 
 
.* ■ ^ ■ - — — 
 
 26 Thefaurw Theologicus. 
 
 2. Set about this Service now. 
 
 i. You have a great deal to do for him. 
 
 2. Much, if not moft, of your Time is 
 fpent already, Job. ix. 4. 
 
 3. You know not how foon He may call 
 you to an Account, Matt. xxv. 21. 50. 
 
 Deut. xiii. 4. 
 
 Ye JloaU walk after the Lord your God, 
 and fear him, &c. 
 
 i. If Ti TALK with God, Gen. v. %% s 24. 
 
 2. 
 
 ^rtSam j Jin *]Hnm 
 Before God, Gew. xvii. i. *xh 
 EvtLtnnm i^ ©«»> Heb. xi. y, 
 2. After God. 
 
 1 . So as to have him for our God, Jer. vii. 6* 
 
 2. To imitate him, 1 Pet. i. if. 
 
 3. To frequent the Places of his publick 
 Worfliip, Tfal. cxxii. 1. EccL v. 1. 
 
 4* To walk in his Ways, Deut. viii. 6, 
 
 Deut; 
 
TbeJ'auru* Theologian. 3 7 
 
 Peut xxi, «7 ? .8 t 
 0«r Bands have not /bed this Blood, &c, 
 
 IT is not enough that we be not guilty of a 
 Sin, but we muft proteft our Innoccncy. 
 
 I. Commit no Sin thy felf : For, 
 
 1. It will bring a Blot upon thy Name. 
 
 2. A Curfe upon thy Eftate. 
 
 3. Damnation to thy Soul, 
 
 II. Keep others from it. 
 
 1. By Reproofs, Luke xix. 17. 
 
 2. By Exhortations. 
 
 3. By Example, Matt, v. 16. 
 
 III. Partake not with others in their Sins, 
 
 1. By confenting to it, Pfal. 1. 18. 
 
 2. By conniving at it. 
 
 3. By not reproving of it. 
 
 IV. Profefs thy Innocenc? in ic. 
 
 1. Humbly, Luke xviii. n. 
 
 2. With a Deteftation of it, 
 
 3. Sorrow for it. 
 
 1. That it tranfgreffes God's Law, Pfah 
 cxix. 136. 
 
 2. Eclipfes his Glory, Ifa. i\i. 8." 
 
 3. Incenfcs his Wrath. 
 
 4. Endangers thy Brother's Soul. 
 
 f . With Thankfulncfs that thou didft nog 
 ad in it. For, 
 
 1. Thou haft the Seed of it in thy Heart, 
 
 2. Thou haft Temptations to it. 
 
 3. It is only of God's Grace and Mer>» 
 cy that thou didfc not commit it. 
 
 Use. 1. Deteft the king's Dead 
 
 ft 
 
 ti, 
 
 Be forry for it, 
 
 D 3 Ps'T/T, 
 
28 Thefaurus Tbeologicus. 
 
 D e u t. xxxii. 4; 
 wn "if*} p,i^ 5%/? *»i U(ffe £ fo; 
 
 WHENwe poor Mortals fet ourfelves to 
 think a little of him that made us, we 
 mull not think to comprehend him who is in- 
 comprehenfible, but only to apprehend him as 
 incomprehenfible ; neither are we to think upon 
 him by framing any Notions or Idea's of him, 
 but by abftracling every Thing of Imperfection 
 from him, and by afcribing every Perfection to 
 him : So that whatfoever right Reafon faith is 
 an abfolute Perfection in itfelf, Religion places 
 it in its moll abfolute Perfection in G o d. Now 
 there is nothing in the World more unanimoully 
 brought into the Circle of Perfections, by the 
 Light of Reafon sftid the Confent of Nations, 
 than Juftice, it being indeed the very Perfection 
 of all Perfections, and that without which there 
 could be no Perfection in the World. Hence it 
 ft, that I having undertaken to difcover the 
 whole Confkllation of God's glorious Attributes 
 before you, muft not, dare not, hide this fo 
 glittering a Star, fo glorious a Perfection, from 
 you; but fhall endeavour to fhewyou, that that 
 God whom you and I profefs to worfhip on 
 Earth, and delire to enjoy in Heaven, is a Rock 3 
 his Work u perftff, &G, 
 
 IflialJ 
 
Tbefaurus Theologicus. 39 
 
 I (hall not ftand upon any Critical Diviiion, 
 but deduce this Practical Qbfejvation from the 
 Words, That 
 
 The Great GOD Is a Juft G D. 
 
 The Truth of this Truth, Truth it felf hath 
 manifefted unto us almoft in every Leaf, yea, 
 Line, of his facred Will; (b that a Man may 
 run and read this great Truth as in Capital Let- 
 ters, The Great GOD is a moft Juft GOD, Job 
 xxxvii. 25. c. xxxi\r. 17. Pfal. xi. 7. 
 
 I. What is it to be Juft. 
 
 II. How ? 
 
 III. Wherein is he Ju a? 
 
 1, What is it for God to be Juft? Juftice is 
 that Attribute whereby we apprehend God as in- 
 finitely Juft and Righteous in himfelf and to all 
 his Creatures, fo as to order all Things, and to 
 reward all Perfons according to the ftricteft 
 Rules of Equity and Juftice. For you muft 
 know, that according to the Twofold Appre- 
 henfion we may have of God, we may likewife 
 apprehend a Twofold Juftice in him: For we 
 may apprehen4 God, either as God and the 
 chiefeft Good, or elfe as the Judge of all the 
 Earth. As he is G d, fo he orders and difpofes 
 of all Things in the World mod Juftly and 
 Righteoufly, he having moft Juftly, Wifely, Per- 
 fectly, and Righteoufly, given Being unto all 
 Things, and as Juftly, Wifely, Perfectly, an4 
 Righteoufly, continucrh all Things in their Be- 
 ings ; and this is that which we call his Difp- n^ 
 fing Juftice. But then, as he is the fupreme Judge 
 of all the World, fo he giveth to every Creaaire 
 moft exactly according to its Deleft; So that no. 
 
 P 4 Yta 
 
40 Tbefaurus Tbeologicus. 
 
 Vice (hall go unpuniflied, nor any Vertue unre- 
 warded j but every Creature fhall receive of G o d 
 moft exactly according to what it hath deferved 
 from him ; and this is what we call his piftribu- 
 cing or Rewarding Juftice, 
 
 2. How is this Jaftice in God? Or, How is 
 God thus Juft ? G o d is moft Perfectly and Com- 
 plexly Juft and Righteous, in, of, and from 
 himfelf, as no Perfon in the World is befides him^ 
 felf. Adam was Righteous, by having a perfect 
 Tendency to Righteoufnefs implanted in him 5 
 the Saints are Righteous thro' faith in Christ 
 J y s u s : But G o d is Righteous, infinitely Juft and 
 Righteous in and of himfelf, in his own Nature and 
 Eifence; fo that the very Nature of God is of it 
 felt Righteous,, yea, is Righteoufnefs it felf: So 
 that if it was poffible for him to ceafe to be 
 Righteous, it would be poffible for him to ceafe 
 to Be, Righteoufnefs being included in the very 
 Effence, and fo in the Notion of a Deity. Men 
 may ceafe to be Righteous, and yet be Men 
 ftill, as Sinners be; Angels may ceafe to be 
 Righteous, and yet t>e Angels ftill, as Devils be ; 
 But it is impoffible for God to ceafe to be Righ- 
 teous, and yet be God ftill, Righteoufnefs being 
 of the very Nature, yea, it felf the very Nature 
 and Eifence of God; and therefore not at all to 
 be feparated from him 
 
 3. Wherein is he Juft ? 
 i. In his Will. He is fo Juft in his Will, as 
 to will nothing but what is Juft, his Will indeed 
 being the very Rule of all Juftice in the World ; 
 fo that God doth not will any Thing becaufe 'tis 
 juft, but therefore is a Thing Juft becaufe God 
 wills i:, wko ivorktth all Things according to the 
 
 Conn-? 
 
Tbefaurus Tbcologicus. 4 1 
 
 Couvfel cf his own JVill, Eph. 1. II. It is Juftice 
 in us to aft according to God's Word ; but 'tis 
 Juftice in Go d to ad according to his own Will. 
 He hath prefcribed Laws to us, but never yet 
 tied hiuifelf to the Obfervance of his own laws. 
 He made the Scriptures for us, not for himfclf 
 to walk by; his own Divine Will being both 
 the Fountain and Rule of ail Juftice, both 
 in himfelf and his Creatures too ; fo that 
 fhould he be plealed, that we mould ad juft: 
 contrary to what he hath commanded in his Ho- 
 ly Scriptures,' it would then be as much our 
 Duty 10 aft contrary, as now it is to aft accor- 
 ding to them. As Abraham when commanded 
 to kill his Son, though it was an aft abfolutely 
 forbidden by the Law of God, yet he adjudged 
 it to be Juft and Righteous, and therefore with- 
 out any Scruple fets about it • Why ? But be- 
 caufe he underftood it was the fpecial Will of 
 God, and therefore to be obeyed, tho' never lb 
 contrary to the Laws he had enjoined for his 
 Creatures Aftions; his Will being not only al- 
 ways Juft, but the very Rule of all Juftice in 
 the World : So that it is as impofiible for him 
 to be Unjuft and Unrighteous in his Will, as it 
 is impofiible for him to will what he doth noc 
 will. And therefore only becaufe God wills it, 
 any Thing is Juft and Righteous ; his revealed 
 Will being the Rule of his Creatures, and his 
 fecret Will the Rule of his own Aftions, and fo 
 his Will ftill the Rule of both. 
 
 2. In his Word. And this neceffarily follows 
 from the former. For the Word of G o n is no- 
 thing elfe but the Will of Gqd revealed. And 
 therefore if he be fo Righteous in his Will, he 
 fannot but be as Righteous in his Word too. 
 
 A Man 
 
42 Tbefaurus Theologicus. 
 
 A Man often fpeaks with his Mouth, what he 
 doth not think or will in his Heart; but fo doth 
 not God, but his Will and his Word always go 
 together : And as a Thing is therefore Juft be- 
 caufe God wills it, fb it is therefore True be- 
 caufe He fpeaks it : And therefore the Scriptures 
 being the Word, and fo the Will of God, they 
 cannot but be molt Juft and Righteous in every 
 Part and PafTage of them. It being the Will of 
 G o d to ena# them for the Rule of our Faith 
 and Manners, it cannot but be our Duty to be* 
 lieve and live according to them: Every Hi - 
 ftory, Promife, Threatening^ &c. being juft 
 and true. 
 
 ;. In his Works. For as God never Speaks 
 but what he Thinks., fo he never doth but what 
 he both Thinks and Wills. But his Juftice pru> 
 cipally appears, 
 
 - 1. In his difpenfations towards us. There is 
 nothing God does to us, but he thereby mani- 
 fefteth the Righteoufnefs there is in himfelf, 
 Tfal. cxlv. 17. So that let us be advanced from 
 Difgrace to Honour, or brought down from 
 Honour to Difgrace; let us be puff'd up with 
 Plenty, or pinch'd with Poverty ; griev'd with 
 Sicknefs, or blefs'd with Health ; let us keep,or let 
 us lofe what we do at prefent enjoy; let what will 
 befal us or happen to us; we may ftill fubfcribe, 
 The Lord is Righteous, &c. But you may Objed, 
 What! Do we not fee by daily Experience, how 
 Virtue is punifhed, and Vice rewarded ? Doth not 
 G o Doft lift up the Worftof Men to thePinacleof 
 Honour, and call: down the Beft into Reproaches 
 and Contempt? May we not often fee Sinners 
 
 honoured 
 
Tbefaurus Theologian. 43 
 
 honoured, and Saints derided ; the Wicked en- 
 joying the Sun-fhine of Profperity, and the 
 Righteous overwhelmed with the blackcft Ad- 
 vcrlities ? May we not often fee a Dives feeding 
 at a Table, and a Lazarus begging at the Door ; 
 yea, a Pilate upon the Bench, and Chrit him* 
 lelf at the Bar ? Tis true • but let us weigh 
 G o d's Judgments before we Cenfure them. Let 
 us weigh them, I fay, not in the Bal lance of 
 our Fancies, but G o d's Word, and then we fhall 
 find that we do but Dream, when we think out- 
 ward Profperity to be always real Profperity, 
 or outward Adverfity to be -real Adverfity. Nay, 
 Profperity is often a Sinner's Ruin, and Ad- 
 verfity a Saint's Preferment; God punifheth 
 Vice with Profperity, and fometimes rewardeth 
 Vertue with Afflictions. He therefore punifheth 
 his People, becaufe they are his People, Amos iii. 2. 
 And he therefore profpereth the Wicked, becaufe 
 they are wicked. And verily, I cannot but look 
 upon this as the moft dreadful Judgment on this 
 fide Hell, even to fee a wicked Man profper in 
 his Wickednefs, whereby his Heart is but fo 
 much the more hardened, his Account fo much 
 the more increafed, and his Condemnation 
 heightened in another World. A Saints Adver- 
 fity draws him nearer unto God; a Sinners Ad- 
 verfity drives him further from him : The lower a 
 righteous Perfon is on Earth, he is commonly the 
 nearer Heaven, tho' it be above him ; the higher 
 a wicked Man is on Earth, he is commonly the 
 nearer Hell, tho' it be below him. In a Word, 
 The Wicked get nothing but Sin by their Pro- 
 fperity; the Righteous often get Grace by their 
 Adverfity: Profperity makes the Wicked more 
 Wicked, and fo morcmiferable; Adverfity ma- 
 
 kech 
 
44 Tbefaurus Tbeologicuf, 
 
 keth the Righteous more righteous and fo more 
 happy- Tell me therefore, my Brethren, Whe- 
 ther Profperity may not often be a dreadful 
 Judgment, and Adverfity as glorious a Reward ; 
 and therefore, Whether God may not be in- 
 finitely Juft, in giving Profperity as a Punifti* 
 ment to the Wicked, and in bellowing Adverfity 
 as a Reward upon the Righteous ? 
 
 2. Redemption. God from Eternity hath De- 
 creed to redeem fome Perfons to live with him 
 in Heaven : Thefe very Perfons provoke him 
 upon Earth. Yet he would be merciful, fo as 
 to fave their Souls ; yet he is fo juft, as to pu- 
 nifh their Sins : And therefore, tho* he does not 
 punifti them in their own, yet he doth in the 
 Perfon of their Surety, though his own Son ; 
 wherein his Juftice fhined forth mod clearly, in 
 that rather than Sin mould go unpunished, or 
 his Juftice unfatisfied, he'll require the Punifh- 
 ment of the one, and Satisfa&ion of the other, 
 at the Hands of his only begotten Son j fo that 
 Christ muft either die, or no Sinner muft eyer 
 live, Tfal. xcix. 8. 
 
 Use* 
 i. Stand in Awe of God's Juftice, and Sin 
 not ; for every Sin that is committed by you, is 
 committed againft a G o d whofe very Nature is 
 Juftice and Righteoufnefs, and therefore cannot 
 but take Vengeance of your Sins, 
 
 2. Truft in God's Promifes, and fear not: tf 
 you can but throw your felves upon him, yon 
 need not fear but he will be Juft and Righteous 
 unto you ; Truft in him for the pardon and 
 
 purging 
 
Thesaurus Theohgicus. 4 5 
 
 •i —— 1 . . _ 
 
 purging of your Sins, 1 John i. 9. And for the 
 Accomplifhment of all other Promifes, he is 
 juft. 
 
 %. Submit to God's Judgments, and murmur 
 Hot : 'Tis impoflible he mould lay more Judg- 
 ments upon you than you have deferved from 
 him, Law. iii. 39. 
 
 4. Rejoyce in God's Providences, and grieve 
 not: Rejoyce to fee God, your God, fo juft 
 and righteous. 
 
 y. Imitate God's Righteoufnefs and Err not : 
 As he doth every Thing according to his Secret, 
 do you every Thing according to his Revealed 
 Will. 
 
 6. Long for the Sight of God, and faint not, 
 when you fhall behold the Jufticc of Go d in all 
 His Ways and Works, 
 
 tit*. 
 
4 6 Thefaurus Theologian. 
 
 Heb. vi. i: 
 
 Therefore leaving the Principles of thq 
 Dottrine of Chrift^ let us go on to 
 Perfection, 
 
 I. ripHere be fome certain Principles of the 1 
 X Do&rine of Christ: Tfo rUt £?$; n 
 Xets-2 Ao^jf. Elfewhere they are called, T<2 soi- 
 v«* $ tpx** W ao>W rk ©*«> Heb. v. 12. and 
 j^a*, 1 Ccr. iii. 1, 2, 10. 
 
 II. What are thefe Principles ? The Apoftle 
 here reduceth them to Six Heads, ver. 1, 2. 
 
 1. Repentance from dead Works, Matt. iv.17? 
 Ails ii. 38. which implies, 
 
 1 1. The Knowledge of G o d's Law* 
 
 2. That Men have broken it. 
 
 3. That they are therefore obnoxious to hli 
 
 Wrath and Judgment. 
 
 4. That they muft be forry for their formef 
 
 Sins, and both promife and endeavour 
 to amend their Lives for the future. 
 
 2. Faith towards God, Mark i. 1 f. 
 
 1. That he is one glorious and eternal 
 
 Being. 
 
 2. Three Perfons, 1 John V. 7. Matt, xxviit. 
 
 19. 
 j. The Creator, Preferver, and Governouri 
 of the World. 
 
 3. The Dodrine of Baptifms : FluminU fia* 
 minis & fanguinis. fi.£/> 
 
 4. Laying on of Hands, p. 03 , 
 
 5. The Refurrc&ion of the Dead.^. 9.0 A ■ 
 *. Eternal Judgment, P/207. 
 
 17 III. What 
 
Tbefaurus Theologian. 47 
 
 III. What Neceflity is there of teaching thefe 
 Principles of Religion ? This is called Catc- 
 
 Chifing : K2iV6W<7W Ji 6 y^nyJixivQ- <f hiyiy 11S 
 w&nyjivn, Gal. VI. 6. "Ira. x) <*AA«f rj^nyjtn.< t I Cor. 
 xiv. 19. 
 
 1. The Saints in all Ages have done it : Abra- 
 ham, Gen. xviii. 19. Jofiua, Jo(h. xxiv. if. 
 Hannah, I &*w. i. 24. Mary, Luke ii.^T, j.2. 
 
 2. God commands it, Dcut. vi. 6, 7, 20. 
 Eth. vi. 4. 
 
 3. Children are born in Sin, and therefor© 
 cannot underftand to do good, or get to 
 Heaven without Inftruftion, Fretv. xxii. 6. 
 1^ VVy Catechife a Child, &c. Mark 
 x. 14. 
 
 4. Inftru&ion in the Fundamentals is the only 
 Way to fecure Men from Apoftacy into 
 Herefie or Schifm, Epbef. \v. 14. 1 pa. iii. 
 
 5. The underftand jng the Principles of Reli- 
 gion in adult Perfons, is indifpeni ably ne- 
 ceflary to Salvation, John xvii. 3 . Rum. x, 
 14, 17. 
 
 6. Till this be done, all Preaching is ineftV 
 dual. 
 
 7. Catechifing of fome will profit all. 
 
 Hence therefore, 
 
 1. Inftrud your Children and Servants at 
 home. 
 
 2. Caufe them to come and be inftru&ed inj 
 the Publick too. 
 
 x Tim, 
 
4 8 Tbefaurm Theologicm. 
 
 »-,■- — ■ • — '-^— — ! • ■ -• ■ 
 
 2 T im. ii. 19* 
 
 Let every one that ndmeth the Nanit? 
 of Chrifl depart from Iniquity. 
 
 *Y* H E Church Catechifm is excellent : f or^ 
 
 i. Its Shortnefs « fit for Children. 
 
 2. Its Plainnefs j no hard Words or Phrafes. 
 
 %. Its Fulnefs j containing all Things necet- 
 
 fary to be known, believed, asked, or 
 
 done. 
 4. The infallible Certainty of every Thing 
 
 contained in it ; the greateft Part of it 
 
 being the Very Words of God himfelf : 
 
 The Ten Commandment s y Lord's Prayer, Crged^ 
 
 and fo the other Things. 
 y. The univerfal Reception of all and every 
 
 Thing contained in it, by all the Chrifti- 
 
 ans in the World. 
 Nothing in it that can admit of a Difpute. 
 Nothing that is controverted, Rom, xiv. rJ 
 6. Its Method 3 containing, 
 
 1. Our Baptifmal Vow. 
 
 2. The Articles of the Chriftian Religion J 
 
 3. The Commandments. 
 
 4. The Way whereby to obtain Grace, to 
 believe thofe Articles, and to perform 
 thofe Commands : Even Prayer, 
 
 5. The Sacraments* 
 
 Queft 
 
Tbef auras Theologian. 49 
 
 Queft. WSa\)dt i? tfjp $ame ? 
 
 Queft. 1 hhil> many Names have you ? 
 Anfiv. Two. A Chriftian from Christ. 
 
 A Sirname from Sire, a Father. 
 
 Queft. 2. Which of thtfe Names are wider (feci 
 here? 
 
 Anfw. The Chriftian given us in our Bap- 
 tlfm, when we were born again^ and made the 
 Children of G o d 
 
 Queft. %. Why is th'n the firfi gileflon of the QaT 
 tech if m ? 
 
 i. Becaufe it is one of the firft Things that 
 Children know, and fo the eafieft Queftion 1 
 that can be propounded to them, and therefore, 
 the fitteft to begin with. 
 
 2. Becaufe this Catcchifm is defigned only for 
 the Inftru<5tion of Chriftians, and therefore it is 
 necefTary we mould firft know whether they be 
 Chriftians or no, who come to be Catechiftd ; 
 which we cannot better do than by knowing 
 their Chriftian Name, which fliews them to be 
 Baptized, and fo Chriftians. 
 
 j. Becaufe it is the moft proper Introduction 
 to the reft of the Catechifm, making way for 
 the following Queftions concerning our 1-ap- 
 tifmal Vow, and fo for all the other which de- 
 pend upon them. 
 
 Queft. 4. What ufe are we to make of this £j_t:- 
 jtion ? 
 
 It mould put us in mind of our Chriftian N:' 
 and, by confequence, of our Baptifm wherein it 
 Vol. 1. E was 
 
50 Tbejaurus Tbeologicus. 
 
 was given, and fo that we are Chriftians, and 
 therefore ought to depart from Iniquity. 
 
 i. From Iniquity, as Iniquity. 
 
 2. From all Iniquity, Atfs in. 26. 
 
 For, Art thou a Chriftian ? Then, 
 i. Thou didfb Promife and Vow in thy Bap- 
 tifm to renounce the Devil and all his Works. 
 
 2. Thou can'fl not Sin at fo cheap a Rate as 
 others. All mail pay dear for their Sins, but 
 Chriftians much more ; becaufe they Sin againft 
 greater Light and Mercies, Ifai. i. 2, 3, 4. 
 Matt. xi. 22. 
 
 3. Thou doll not only difobey God,, but dif- 
 honoureft Christ by thy Sins, Heb. vi. 6. 
 
 4. Thou art none of thy own, but wholly 
 Christ's, i Cor. vi. 19, 20. 
 
 5;. Thou waft buried with Christ in 
 Baptifm, and therefore oughteft to rife with 
 him to newnefs of Life, Row. vi. 3, 4. 
 
 John 
 
Thefaurus Tbeologicus. 5; 1 
 
 John jii. j^ 
 
 Except a Man be bom again of Water 
 and the Spirit. 
 
 MP (Poufatljerg anti (Eoomotljcrtf m mv 
 ©aptifm. 
 
 Three Things here to be treated on, Baptifm, 
 Godfathers in Baptifm, and the Effects of Bap- 
 tifm. 
 
 I. Baptifm. 
 
 Queft. 1. What is Baptifm ? 
 A Sacrament of Regeneration, wherein we 
 are born again and made Members of C h r i s t, 
 
 Tit* 111. f. A/* K*7f* -m.\fyyzvtc!7ai' 
 
 Queft. 2. What need is there of Baptifm ? 
 Without it we cannot enter into the King* 
 dom, 
 
 1. Of God's Grace here: That is, his Church 
 into which we are admitted only by Bap- 
 tifm. 
 
 2. Of his Glory hereafter. For we muft be 
 born again of Water, before we can be born 
 again of the Spirit, Acl. ii. ;8. And be of 
 the Church Militant, before we can be of 
 the Church Triumphant, Act* ii. 47. 
 
 Queft. 3. Wljat Ground have we for Inf«nt~ 
 Baptifm ? 
 
 I. Thefe Words of our Saviour, ^iv .a* -nc 
 j^vhOh £§ v/ajof. Joh. iii. f. 
 
 E % a. Chi!- 
 
52 Thefaurus Theologicus. 
 
 2. Children were admitted into the Church 
 under the Law by Circumcifion, much more un- 
 der the Gofpel by Baptifm. 
 
 ;. They have a Right to it, for the Promife 
 is made to them, ABs ii. 39. ' And they are Holy, 
 1 Cor. vii. 14. And reckoned among Believers, 
 Matt, xviii. 2, ;, 4, 6. 
 
 4. The universal Church's Practice is clear 
 for it. 
 
 Objection. There is no exprefs Com- 
 mand fork 
 
 A nsw. t. Whole Houfes were Baptized i 
 The Houfe of Lydia, the Jaylor, Crjfpus 
 Stephanas. 
 
 2. There is no Command nor Example for 
 
 Women to receive the Sacrament. 
 
 3. There is for Infant Baptifm by our Saviour, 
 
 77'£om? dvj* ft Matt. Xxviii. 19. So Mark x, 
 
 II. Godfathers and Godmothers* 
 
 Quell. 1. Why are they called Godfathers and God- 
 mothers. 
 
 Becaufe they prefent you to G o d in Bap- 
 tifm, wherein you are made the Children of 
 God. 
 
 Hence" called by the Latins^ Compatm and 
 Commatres, 
 
 Queft. 2. Why do they give yon your Name ? 
 Becaufe you have your chrifiian Name only 
 at your Baptifm, which they bring you to; 
 
 and 
 
Tbefaurus Theologies. 53 
 
 and therefore when you are received into the 
 Church, it is fitting that they that bring you 
 fhould give you your Name as Chriftians, 
 Luke i. 5-9. Impofition of Names is an Argu- 
 ment of Power and Dominion ; and therefore 
 Matters ufed to give new Names to their Ser- 
 vants; as Jofeph, Gen, xli. 4J. in Egypt ; Daniel, 
 Dan. i. 7. in Babylon j and fb the Three Children. 
 In Baptifm we are admitted into Christ's Ser- 
 vice. The Jews had alfo a Godfather at Cir- 
 cumcifion, called PVP } Sufceptor, 
 
 Quell. 5. What need is there of Godfathers and 
 Godmothers in Baptifm ? 
 
 They were always ufed in the Chriftian 
 Church. Tertullian Lib. de Baptifmo, makes men- 
 tion of them as universally pra&ifed : He calls 
 them Sponftrcs. No Church but ufeth them as 
 this Day, 
 
 1. As WitnefTes. 
 
 1, De Jure. Of the Right the Child hath 
 to Baptifm, by being born of Chriftian 
 Parents, and fo within the Pale of the 
 Church. 
 
 2. De fich. Of what is done. That they 
 were really and truly Baptized, as in all 
 Contra&s of any Value j tho' there be 
 Twenty People by, you will have Two 
 or Three in a particular Manner to be 
 WitnefTes to it, 2 Cor. xiii. 1. 
 
 2. As Sureties; giving Security to the Church, 
 that the Child fhall be brought up in the 
 Chriftian Faith. The Parent is bound to 
 do it by Nature, they by Promife. He is 
 as Principal, they as Sureties, Sponfres t 
 SftfavtoreS) Fide jujfores. 
 
 E 3 3. As 
 
54 Tbefaurus Theologicus. 
 
 3. As Proxies or Substitutes, by whom the 
 Child promifeth to keep the Law, zPet. i. 4. 
 They Promife in the Child's Name, Heb.vin. 
 10. As by the Civil Law, a Guardian may 
 fwear in the Name of a Minor ,• and both 
 by Common and Civil Law, a Child is 
 bound to perform many Contracts made 
 by its Guardian. A Guardian may con- 
 trad for his Pupil for his Benefit. 
 
 Queft. 4. What uj'e to be made of this ? 
 
 1. Hence we learn, That to be a Godfather is 
 not only a Kindnefs to a Friend, but a great 
 Ad of Piety towards Christ: An honour- 
 able Thing. 
 
 2. How much we are bound to ferve God, 
 when we fo folemnly vowed and promifed 
 it at our Admiffion into the Chriftian Re- 
 ligion by our Proxies, 2 Cor. v. 17, Rom, 
 vi, 4. 
 
 III. The EfFeds of Baptifm. 
 
 (HUIjcrnn % toatf ma&e a Somber of Cljjiflf, 
 a dEtjilu cf (FotJ, anU an ^n&eritoi of t&e Stfnff* 
 So in of i^aben. 
 
 I. A Member of Christ, 
 
 Queft. r. What is it to be a Member of Christ 2 
 It is to be of the Church, which is his Body. 
 Christ hath a twofold Body. 
 1. A Body Natural. 
 1. A Body Myftical : Which is the Church, 
 
 whereof he is the Head, Col. i. 18. Efh. i. 
 
 22, 23. Eph. iv. i£, 16. 
 Queft. 2. How are we made Members of Christ 
 
 in Baptifm ? 
 
 By 
 
Tbefaurus Thcologicus. 5 5 
 
 By being then admitted into his Church, 
 Rom. vi. f. 
 
 By Baptifm alfo we all come to be a<fted by 
 the fame Spirit that is in the Head, and are ib 
 made living Members, 1 Cor. xii. ij. 
 
 Queft. 3. II 'hat ufe is to be made of our being 
 
 Members of Christ? 
 x. It is a great Comfort to us : For by this it 
 
 is that we are Partakers of the Merits and 
 
 Mediation of Christ for Mankind, 
 
 1 Cor. vi. 14. Co!, iii. i. 
 
 2. We mould hence learn to Love one ano- 
 ther, 1 Cor. xii. 12, 2), 26. 
 
 3. We mould ham fioni hence to live Soberly 
 and Chaftly, i Cor, vi. 15-. Yea, wholly 
 devoted to God, i Cor. vi. 19, 20. 
 
 II, A Child of God. 
 
 Queft. 1, How are we made the Children of GOD 
 in Baptifm ? 
 
 j. Nor by Generation. Only Christ was fo, 
 
 /xovoycV)i(- 
 
 2. But by Regeneration. Becaufe we are 
 then born again of Water, and of the Spi- 
 rit, who is God. Therefore we are (aid 
 to partake of the Divine Nature, 2 Pif.i.4, 
 Jience we are called Sons of God, Joh.i.iz. 
 And call God Father, Matt. vi. 9. John 
 xx. 17. Rom. ix. 4. Gal. iv. y . 
 
 Queft. 2. What ufe arc we to make of this, that 
 
 we are made the Children of GOD ? 
 1. We fhculd hate and avoid all Sin; becaule 
 ofTcnfive to our Father, and contrary to 
 our Natures, 1 John iii. 9. chap. v. 18. 
 
 F 4 ?., Ho- 
 
§6 Thefaurus Theologicus. 
 
 2. Honour and revere God as our Father, 
 Mai i. 6. i Vet. i. 17. 
 
 3. We fhould truft on him for his Care of us, 
 and Provifion for us. Matt. vi. 31, 32. And 
 therefore fubmk to his Will and Pleafure 
 in all things, Htb. xii. 9. 
 
 4. We fhould imitate our Father in all A&s of 
 Love and Kindnefs to one another, Matt. v. 
 44, 48. 
 
 5*. We mould ferve and obey God from a 
 Principle of Love, and Affection, and De- 
 light, Rom. viii. 14. John viii. 47. 
 
 Queft. 3. What Privileges have we by being the 
 Children of G O D ? 
 
 i. We can call God, Father^ which is an ex-? 
 traordinary Privilege, Rom. viii. ij. And 
 fo partake of the Spirit of God, Gal. iv. 6. 
 
 2. All Things (hall work together for our 
 good : for pur Father difpofeth of them, 
 and he hath promifed they fhall, Rom. viii. 
 28. 
 
 3. We are hereby made Fleirs of God, and 
 Coheirs with Christ, Rom. viii. 16, 17. 
 Gal. iv. 7. Hence is the Third Benefit we 
 receive from Baptifm, we are made Inheri- 
 tors of the Kingdom of Heaven : that is, We 
 are put into°a State of Salvation, have 
 a Right and Title to the Crown of Glory, 
 are Heirs of Heaven ; and unlefs we dif- 
 inherit ourfelves by the wilful Commiflion 
 of known Sins, we fhall moft certainly 
 hereafter be admitted into the actual Pot* 
 feflion of ic. 
 
Tbefanrus Theologicus. 57 
 
 TOep WD jpromffe ono Oovo lEljiee SUjmss 
 (it hip jRame : Fidr, 'QEtjat 3 tyoulo renounce 
 tlje SDriril nnU all ijta SfflHoifctf, tlje JBompe ana 
 ailnntrp of rtjfs totcbfD CdlcjlD, ono rlje fmful 
 %u(tfi oe tlje jflcf&. 
 
 1. Baptifm being the Seal of the Covenant of 
 Grace, Rem. iv. 11. hence it is fitting and ne- 
 ceffary that fuch as are Baptized do promife and 
 engage to perform the Conditions of that Co- 
 venant. 
 
 2. Children are not capable of making fuch 
 a Promife in their own Names and Perfons. 
 
 3. Hence the Church hath always thought 
 it neceffary they mould do it by their Proxies or 
 Sureties. 
 
 4. Hence in Baptifm we demand of the God- 
 fathers and Godmothers Four, Things efpeci- 
 *l!y: 
 
 1. Dofi thou, in the Name of this Child, renounce 
 the Devil and all his Works, the vain Pomp and 
 Glory of the World, with all covetous Defires of 
 the Jame, and the carnal Defires of the FlcJJj, Jo 
 that thou wilt not follow, nor be led by them ? 
 
 2. Dofi thou believe in GOD the Father almighty? 
 
 3 . Wilt thou be Baptized in this Faith <? 
 
 4. Wilt thou then obediently keep G O D's Holy hViU 
 and Commandments, and walk in the fame all 
 the Days of thy Life ? 
 
 Hence, Laftly, It is the Child here fays, his 
 Godfathers and Godmothers did in his Na,me 
 promife thefe Three Things. 
 
 £. Tq renounce the Devil avd all his Works, 8zc. 
 
 Queft. 
 
5 8 Tbefaurus Theologicw. 
 
 Queft. i. What is here meant by the Devil and 
 all his Works ? 
 
 Sin, i John iii_ 8. Efpecially fuch as the De- 
 vil moftly is guilty of, and tempts to ; Pride, 
 Envy, Malice, Rebellion, Blafphemy, Lying, 
 John viii. 44. 
 
 The Devil was always renounced in Baptifm. 
 
 jjyttam adituri ibidem, fed & aliquanto prius in 
 EccLJia fub Antifiitis manu, conteftamur nos renun-* 
 dare Diabolo & pompa? & angelis ejus. Tert. 
 
 mi as '££ ^atp^i* Bafil. 
 
 Hence we renounce Idolatry in efpecial man- 
 ner, promifing never to worfhip the Devil or 
 his Angels. 
 
 JOhtomodo enim renunciavimus Diabolo ejr Angelis 
 ejus, ji eos facimus ? Tert. de Idolol. 
 
 Queft. 2. The Tomps and Vanities of this wicked 
 World? 
 
 Saculo renunciaveramus cum Baptiz,ati fumus. 
 
 Cyprian* 
 
 Chriftianus etiam extra carcerem faculo renunci- 
 avit. Tertull. ad Martyr. 
 
 By Pomps, the Ancients underftood the vain 
 Shews in their Ludi Circenfes, Cereales, and the like 
 made in Honour of their Gods. 
 
 But we renounce not only the Pomps, but all 
 the Vanities of this wicked World, and finfu! 
 Lulls of the fame, 1 John ii. iy, 16, 
 
 Reasons why we then renounce the World. 
 
 1. Becaufe, as Chriftians, we are not of this 
 World, and therefore ought to renounce it 
 when Baptized, John xv\i, $4. Col.iiu 1. 
 
Tbefaurus Theologicw. 
 
 >y 
 
 2. Becaufe the Religion, which we are then 
 initiated into, teacheth and enjoins us to 
 renounce the World, Tit. ii. u, 12, 14. 
 
 Gal. V. 24. 
 
 2-. That I fliould believe all the Articles of the 
 Chrifiian Faith. 
 
 It is upon thefe Terms only that we are ad- 
 mitted into the Chriftian Religion, Acls viit. 
 36, 37. Matt, xxviii. 19. 
 
 3. That I fiould keep God's Holy Will and Com- 
 mandments, and "walk in the fame all the 
 Days of my Life. 
 
 That is, To live Soberly, Righteoufly, and 
 
 Godly. 
 This our Baptifm obligeth us to, Rom. vi. 4. 
 2 Cor. v. 17. 
 
 Use. 
 
 Perform your Promife. 
 Otherwife, 
 
 1. You will have no Benefit by your being 
 Chriftians. 
 
 2. But rather incur the greater Punifiiment, 
 
 Matt. XL 21, 2 Z. 
 
 ECCLES, 
 
Tbefa urus The ologicus. 
 
 Eccles. v. 4. 
 
 When thou vowefi a Vow to God, defer 
 not to pay it. 
 
 Y 
 
 £$> tattle attu ftp <B£>JD'$ Jelp, fo 3 
 totIL 
 
 1. Whatfoever Vows or Promifes we make 
 to God, ought to be performed, Deut. 
 xxiii. 21. 
 
 2. Our Baptifmal was the moft folemn Vow 
 and Promife we ever made, or can make 
 to God. 
 
 3. Hence we are all bound in an efpecial 
 Manner to perform it. 
 
 Queft. 1. What Advantage have -we by making 
 this Vow* 
 By it we are Baptized, and fo put into a State 
 of Salvation : 
 That is, 
 j. Our former Sins are all pardoned and 
 warned away by the Blood of Christ, 
 ASs ii. 38. 
 
 2. We are made capable of the Graces of the 
 Holy Spirit, ABs ii. ;8. 
 
 3. We are brought into the Pale of the 
 Church, and To enftated in all the Pri- 
 vileges of the Gofpel : So that if we be 
 not failing to ourfelves, we fhall moft 
 certainly be faved. 
 
 Hence 
 
Tbefaurus Theolo^icus. 6\ 
 
 Hejgre we are faid here to be brought into a 
 State of Salvation. 
 Which we are to thank God for, 
 
 Queft. 2. What Means have we whtrthj to per- 
 form this Vow ? 
 
 I. We cannot do it by our own Strength, 
 2 Cor. iii. J. 
 
 z. But we may and can by the help of Gob, 
 and the Affiftance of his Grace, i Cor iii. 5. 
 Phil. ii. 13. c iv. 13. 
 
 5. This G o d is always ready to afford us, 
 if we fincerely pray unto him for it, 
 Matt. vii. 7. c. 21, 22. Lull. xi. ij. 2 O- 
 xii. 8, 9. 
 
 Queft. ^ #to NeceJJity is there of ottr perform- 
 
 ing this Vow ? 
 I, Otherwife you renounce and forfeit all 
 
 your Right to the Privileges of the 
 
 Gofpel. 
 
 2» Your Condition will be much worfe than 
 if you had never been Baptized. 
 
 For, 
 
 1. You will Sin againft greater Light, Jm. 
 
 iii. 19. 
 
 2. Againft greater Mercies, If at. i. 2, 3. 
 
 %. Againft your Baptifmal Vow and Pro- 
 mife, and your many Reiterations of 
 i:. 
 
 UiE. 
 
6z Thefaurus Theologicvu. 
 
 Use. 
 
 Perform your Baptifmal Vow. 
 
 Confider, 
 i It is not only your Duty, but your HzpZ 
 
 pinefs and Pleafure ; even in this Life, 
 
 there is none comparable to it, Prov. iii. 17. 
 
 Tfal.xix. 11. 
 2. It will be your Honour and Glory, 1 Sam* 
 
 ii. 30. If at. xliii. 4. 
 j. Your greateft Safety and Security, Ifa. xliii. 
 
 1, 2. P*w. iii. 21. 
 4. The only Profit and Advantage you can 
 
 make in this World, 1 7*w. iv. 8. 
 j. The only Way to everlafting Life and 
 
 Happinefs in the World to come, Heb. xii. 
 
 14. Matu V. 20. Matt. xxv. 2;, 34. 
 
 Heb; 
 
Thefaurus Theologicw. 62 
 
 Heb. vi. 2. 
 Laying on of Hands. 
 
 THIS Impofition of Hands was made ufe 
 of, 
 
 I. In the Old Teftament. 
 
 1. In Benedidion, Gen. xlviii. 14, iy, 
 
 2. In Confecration, Numb, xxvii. 1 8. Deut. 
 
 xxxiv. 9. 
 
 II. In the New;. 
 
 1. In Benediftion, Mark x. 16. 
 
 2. In-Abfolution. 
 
 r. From Bodily Difeafes, Mark vi. 5-. 
 Mjt& xvi. 18. Acts, xxviii. 8. 
 
 2. From Sin. Hence in the Primitive 
 Church all Penitents or Converts from 
 Sin and Herefy were received into the 
 Church by Impofition of Hands. 
 
 3 . In Confecration of Perfons to Eccle- 
 fiaftical Offices, Alls vi. 6. Cbap.xiii.^. 
 I Tim. iv. 14. 2. Tim. i. 6. 
 
 4. In Confirmation, or Strengthening 
 Perfons baptized with the Gifts and 
 Graces of the Holy Ghoft, Ads viiL 
 14, 15-, 17. Chap. xix. j, 6. 
 
 And altho' in the Text, Laying on of Handy, 
 may be underftood in general of that Rite ufed 
 upon all thefe Accounts ; yet it is acknowledged 
 
 by 
 
64 Thefaurus Theologicut. 
 
 by moftj to be underftood here of Confirmation, 
 beeaufe it is put after Baptifm* 
 
 i. This is a Cuftorri that was always retained 
 in the Church. 
 
 Caro alluitur, ut Anima emaculetur *, Caro Jignatur$ 
 ut anima muniatur ', Caro Manm impofitione adum- 
 bratur, ut Anima Spirit u illuminetur. Tertull. 
 
 Ut ad eos qui longe in mineribus Urbibus per Presby^ 
 tens & Diaconos baptiz,ati funt, Epifcopus ad Invoca- 
 tionem Spirit us Sanclh Manus impofiturus excurrat. 
 Hieron. 
 
 Ah ycolt^ou'vvs (MTU. TV (la.r^l&(JLA jfeiidvu ^Itr^ATt 
 Itnspjvtai They ivho are baptized, ought after Bap- 
 tifm to be confirmed, Syn. Laod. c. 48'. For Con- 
 firmation in thofe Days was ordinarily called 
 Unclion. 
 
 2. AH Churches in the World agree in the 
 Subftance of it ; Papifis, Protectants, Presbyterians 3 
 Independents, Huguenots, Greek, Latin. 
 
 3. None ought to be admitted to the Sacra- 
 ment of the Lord's Supper till he be confirm- 
 ed, and fo ftand upon his own Bottom ; it being 
 by this, that they were always believed to receive 
 the Holy Ghoft, by which alone they are made 
 compleat Chriftians, capable of all the Privi- 
 leges of the Gofpel. 
 
 Us£. 
 
 I. To all that have been Godfathers or God- 
 mothers : Bring the Children to Confirmation, 
 that lb you may be difeharged of your Truft. 
 
 II. To 
 
Tbefauruf Theologian. 6$ 
 
 — ^— — ■ i " * — 
 
 II. To thofe that have not been Confirmed : 
 Fit your felves for it. 
 
 III. To thofe that are Confirmed : Live as 
 thofe who are no longer Babes, but Men, in 
 Christ. 
 
 i. Firm in your Faith, Epb. iv. 14, 1 Co>\ 
 
 xiv. 20. 
 2. Conftant in your Obedience, 1 Cor, 
 
 xvi. 13. Eph. vi. 10. 
 
 John xiv, 1 . 
 Te believe in GOD. 
 
 H E Creed is General, Mitt, xxviii. 1?. 
 
 3 fficlieta in (3 £> 2D. 
 This runs through the whole Creed, We bdiei -- 
 
 every Article of it. 
 
 .*••. 
 
 Queft. 1. What ii it to believe ? 
 rilst; i#v WxsnQ- $ 4'Jffl wyva.Tvl2t(h<, Theo- 
 dore t. 
 
 It is the AfFenting fully to a Truth as acrefted 
 by another. 
 
 We aflent to foirre Things : 
 
 1. Becaufe we perceive chem to be fo by ou* 
 Senfe ; as, Snow white, Ice cold, Fir j hot« 
 This is Experience. 
 
 2. Becaufe evident of it fclf to our Under- 
 {landing .* as, that tttum eft majmfud Farte. 
 
 Vel I, F {. Be-; 
 
66 TheJ auras Theobgicus. 
 
 ■)- 
 
 Becaufe demonftrated by Reafon. And 
 this is properly Science, Scire eft pr Caufas 
 [aas [are. Arift. 
 4. Becaufe it is attefted by another. This is 
 properly Faith ; which is, 
 
 1. Humane, relying upon an humane Te- 
 ilimony ; by which\ we believe many 
 Things which we never fa w, J oh. iv. 39. 
 
 But this is fallible. 
 
 2. A divine Faith, grounded upon the in- 
 fallible Teftimony of G od himfelf, 1 J oh. 
 v. 9. Rom. iii. 4. 
 
 This is more certain than what we affent unto 
 from Senfe and Reafon. For God is fo Wife, 
 that he cannot be deceived ; and fo Holy, that 
 he cannot deceive, Tit. i. 2. 
 
 Hence Faith is a full Perfwafion of the Truths 
 afferted by G o d. 
 
 nWetffiJuu $, Rom. viii. 3 8. 
 
 ris7ro/3a$ <*V]o t»7o, Phil. i. 6. 
 
 Hence called ni'sK. 
 
 To this agrees St. TauVs Defcription, 'Ejf Ji 
 
 ^^Heb.xi. 1. 
 
 5 v 
 
 Queft. 2. What u it to believe in GOD? 
 
 The Latins diftinguifh between Credere Deo and 
 in Deum. 
 
 j£uid eft credere in Deum ? Credendo anJare } ere- 
 derido dcligere. Aug. 
 
 Ille credit in Chriftum, qui & fperat in Chriftum f 
 & diligit Chriftum. Id. 
 
 But the Greeks make no Difference ; for St. Baftl 
 explains ntr&ofuv ei* r Qih, in the Nieene Creed, 
 by Tlis&ouiv £ QiMhoyxtiiV h* pivov dhnSivov xj 
 
 And 
 
Thefaurus Theologicus. 6"] 
 
 And they fay., E '« v*^ **&* Kg.$9Mifo $ iaiw 
 
 }-2 Chron. xx. 20. 
 
 To believe inGoD here implicth, 
 
 1. Our Perfwafion and full Aifu ranee of 
 Gods Exiftence and Glory, Heb. xi. 6. 
 And fo of the Truth of every Article. 
 
 2. Our publick Profeflion of it to the World, 
 Row. x. 8, 9. 
 
 This Confeflion is neceflfary. 
 
 1. Becaufe commanded, 1 P^f. iii- 1 >• And 
 it is commanded, becaufe it advances 
 God's Glory. 
 
 2. There are Promifes made to it, Matt, x. 
 32, 33. Luke ix. 26. 
 
 3. The frequent Confeflion of our Faith, 
 is an excellent Means to confirm both our 
 felves and others in it. 
 
 Hence it hath been the conftant Pradice of 
 the Church in all Ages to repeat the Creed in 
 publick Devotions. 
 
 Queft. ;. What NeceJJity is there of cur believing 
 of this Article, That there is a G o i; ? 
 
 1. It is the Foundation of all our Faith; for 
 unlefs we believe in G o d, we can have no 
 divine Faith ; that being grounded upon 
 the Teftimony of G o d. 
 
 2. It is the Foundation of all our Religion ; 
 God being the only Ob j eel of all our Ser- 
 vices and Devotions, 1 Cor. xv. 17. 
 
 3. A firm Belief of this Article is the ftrongeft 
 Check againft Sin, Gen, xxxix. 9. TfaL 
 xxxix. 6, 7. 
 
 F 2 4- « 
 
68 Thefaurui Theologicus. 
 
 > , . . .- . 
 
 4. It is the greateft Comfort in all Condi- 
 tions, Ffiil. xxvii. 13. 
 
 5-. A firm Belief of this, will confirm our 
 Faith in all the Affertions, Threatnings, 
 and Promifes of God; and fo is the only 
 Way to get to Heaven. 
 
 He B. Xi. 6. 
 
 Be that cometh unto Qod, muji be« 
 lieve that he is, and that he is a 
 Rewarder of them that diligently 
 feek him. 
 
 Queft. I - "T 7t T HAT NeceJJlty is there of out 
 V Y treating of the Exifience of GOD? 
 
 1. We live in an Age full of Atheifm and In- 
 fidelity, many having had the Impudence 
 to deny G o d's Exiftence, and deride his 
 Worfhip. 
 
 2. Of them that profefs to believe it, few do 
 fo really, at leaft few believe it fo firmly 
 as they ought. 
 
 3. Of them that do moft firmly believe" it, 
 fome may often have doubtful Thoughts of 
 it fuggefted by the Devil. 
 
 4. Howfoever, this is the Foundation of all 
 Religion; and therefore we muft take Care 
 to lay it deep, and fix it firmly in the Minds 
 of thofe committed to our Charge, as with- 
 out which it is impoflible to build them up 
 aright in their moft floly Faith. 
 
 Queli 
 
ThefauriM Theologies. 69 
 
 Queft. 2. 7H.it Arguments hive we to prove 
 
 that GOD is? 
 1 From the Order of Caufes: Tor of every 
 Effed there muft be a C :iuic, till wc come 
 to the firft andunivcrial Caufe of all things, 
 Every thing that is, was either made, or not 
 made; if made, it muft be made by fome- 
 thing that was not made. 
 For every thing that is, is an Argument that 
 God is, Row. i. 20. 
 
 1. All things above us; Sun, Moon, Stars, 
 Clouds, Pfal.x'w.i. Aftsxiv. 16,17- 
 
 2. About us; Men, Trees, Beafts, Birds, &c 
 ;. Beneath us; the Earth, Flowers, Plants. 
 4. Within us; ourSoulsand Bodies, Zac.x'm. 
 
 2. From the natural Confcience that accufeth, 
 or elfe excufeth Men for their Actions, 
 
 Rom. ii. 14, if. If«'> x * xm ' r 4- 
 5. From the Miracles wrought in all Ages | 
 which being above the Power of Natural 
 Caufes, muft needs argue a Supernatural 
 Being, Pfal. xliv. 1. Tfal. lxxii. 18. 
 
 4. From the Prophecy and Predictions ot 
 Things to come. 
 
 5. From the univerfal Confcnt of all. 
 
 Nulla gens ufquam est adeo contra leges, mcrcfyut 
 
 projecla ut non allquos Deos credat. Senec. 
 Nulla gens tarn fcra eft> nemo omnium tarn immanh 
 cujus ment?m non imbmrit Deorum opinio. Cic, 
 So that this Article, 'Credo in Deum, is acknow < 
 ledged by all. 
 
 Queft. ;. What are we to believe concerning 
 GOD? 
 j. He is but One, Deut. vi. 4. Ifai. xliv. 6, 
 ifai. xlY. <j 3 6, Ifai. xliv. 8. 
 
 F 3 2. Therg 
 
70 Thefaurus Theologicus. 
 
 2. There be Three Perfons in this Godhead, 
 every One of which is that One Eternal 
 God, Matt, xxviii. 10. i John v. 7. 
 
 3. That he is an abfolute, independant, felf- 
 exifting Being, Exod. iii. 14. Therefore 
 called, -JIN r\)W r\\ Ky'ez©-, from xu'f», 
 anciently the fame with xWpj^i and $w. 
 
 4. He is every where, and knows every Thing, 
 Tfalm cxxxix. 7. Heb. iv. 13. 
 
 j. That he is Almighty, and can do what- 
 foever he pleafes, Matt. xix. 26. 
 
 6. That by this Almighty Power he made, 
 and Hill preferveth all Things, Gen. i. x. 
 Acts xvii. 28. Matt. X. 29, 30. 
 
 7. That all infinite Perfe&ions whatfoever are 
 concentred in him, Tfalm xi. 7. Ifa. xxx. 1 8. 
 xxxiv. 6, 7. 1 Tim. i. 17. F^Aw cxlvii. 1. 
 
 8. He will reward all thofe that diligently 
 feek him. 
 
 1 . In this Life. 
 
 2. In that to come. 
 
 Use. 
 
 Is he fo glorious a God ? 
 Then, 
 
 1. Love him, Deut. vi. f. 
 
 2. Fear him, Jer. v. 22. 
 
 3. Truft on him, Tfalm xxvii. r. 
 
 4. Defire his Favour and Prefence, Vfal. xKL 
 
 1,2. Tfalm ~xiu. 2$. 
 J. Obey him, 1 Chron, xxviii. 9. 
 
 John 
 
Tbefaurus Theologicus. 
 
 John iv. 24. 
 God is a Spirit. 
 
 Quefl. I. T7\7 Henfire is GOD fM to be a Spirit? 
 V V And what Conceptions are we there- 
 fore to have of him ? 
 i. Being a Spirit, he is a living Subftance ; 
 for tho' all living Things be not Spirits, 
 every Spirit is a living Thing. 
 The Soul and Angels are Spirits, therefore 
 live, but not in themfelves, Ach xvii. 18. 
 God lives in and of himfelf, John v. 26. 
 Pfalm xxxv i. 9. 
 2. He is Incorporeal, or without Body, Luke 
 xxiv. 39. 
 The Anthropomcrphite and Auiiarii of old, and 
 fo fome new Hereticks, have aliened 
 God to have a Body, contrary to Rom, 
 i. 23. Ifai. xl. 1 8. 
 
 Object. God is faid to have an Head, 
 Dan. vii. 9. Face, Vfal. xxvii. 8. Pfal. xxxiv. 6. 
 Eyes, ?fal. xxxiv. iy. Hands, ?/«/. xxxviii. ;. 
 Atts iv. 28. Mouth, -Mat. iv. 4. Ears, Pp/.xxxi. 2, 
 Arms, £aW. vi. 6. j/rf/. liii. r. Fingers, ExaL 
 xxxi. 18. Bowels, j/*/. lxiii. 15". 
 
 REST. Taut* avfyuTniTmSzof (xlv hi-pvtru SteTfiTms 
 
 /t »'0Kf7tt/. 
 
 Go d in thefe Things (peaks after the manner/ 
 of Men, and to our Capacity. 
 
 We fee by the Eye; by that therefore God 
 fignifies to us his Omnilcience, &c. 
 
 F 4 3. Ho 
 
rji Thefaurus Tbeologicus. 
 
 ■SJ. ii ■■' "- ■■ - ■ ■» ■■— — — ^ i — — ^— — — — ^— — ^—^^^ 
 
 3. Ke cannct be felt, becaufe no Body. 
 
 Object. Ails xvii. 27. 
 
 Res p. We cannot feel God himfelf, but by 
 his Creatures, Rom. i. 19, 20. 
 
 4. Ke is Invifible, or cannot be feen, Job ix. 
 11. 1 John iv. 12. No Man can fee him, 
 pxod. xxxiii. 20. 1 Tim. vi. 16. 
 
 R e'a son. 
 God hath no Body, Shape, nor Colour, and 
 we cannot fee our Souls. 
 
 Object. God appeared to Abraham, Gen, 
 atviii. 1. and to Ifrael> Dmt. v. 24. and others. 
 
 Resp, Not in any outward Shape, but only 
 by ibme Manifestations of his Glory, and fpe- 
 cial Prefence to them. 
 
 Object. We mall fee God, i John iii. 2." 
 j Cor. xiii. 1 2. 
 
 Resp. With our Soul, not Bodily Eyes : Job 
 (kith, He (hall behold Go n, Job xix. 26. that is, 
 God the Son, in our Nature, not in his own 
 pivine ElTence, 
 
 Quefr. 2. In -what ftnfe is God to be worfohped 
 in Spirit and in Truth ? 
 
 Not as if no external Rites were now to be 
 ufed in his Worfhip. Christ himfelf lift up 
 h • i-yes to Heaven, John xvii. 1. He kneeled 
 
 down^, 
 
Thefaurus Theobgicus. 73 
 
 down, Luke xxii. 41. yea, fell on his Face, 
 Matt. xxvi. 39. 
 
 St. Paul kneeled, Eph. iii. 14. Atts xxi. 5*. 
 Confeffing, Praying, Praifing : Then the Sa- 
 craments are external Rites, yet neceilary to be 
 
 We arc therefore to worfhip in Spirit and m 
 Truth : that is, 
 
 1. Not with Types or Shadows of Things to 
 come, as in the Old Teltament, but accor- 
 ding to the Truth of them exhibited in the 
 New, John i. 17. Cbaf.vnL 17. 
 
 Pu SicL cvn&xuv £ to t«jc, eLw' n $nw o 2u>7K, 
 cv v/iV/Mtv x) *A«9^2t- Eufeb. 
 
 2. Not under any Bodily Shape, becaufe ho 
 is a Spirit. 
 
 The Samaritans here fpoken of, worfhipped 
 him under the reprefentation of a Dove, 
 upon Mount Garizin : Hence their Wor- 
 fhip is called mi Dinp, ' Strange IVorJIup, 
 by the Jews. 
 
 This was not to worfhip in Truth, Rom. L 
 
 2 ^ 2 *- 
 But we are to worfhip God only as a Spirit, 
 
 and fo truly, not entertaining our grofs 
 
 Conceits, or making any Picture or Image 
 
 of him, Deut. ivr. 14, ij, 16. 
 
 3. We are to worfhip him, not only with 
 external, but likewife with internal Wor- 
 lhip. 
 
 1. By performing all our Devotions with 
 our Minds, as well as Bodies, to him, 
 1 Cor. xiv. if. 
 1. By preferring him in our Judgments be- 
 fore all Things elfe. Pfal. lxxiii. 2$. 
 
 P 3. By 
 
74 Tbefaurus Tbeologicus. 
 
 3. By fubmitting and bowing our Wills to 
 his, Luke xxii. 42. 
 
 4. By putting our Truft and Confidence al- 
 ways in him, Tfalm xxxvii. 3, 4, 5-, 6. 
 
 y. By devoting ourfelves wholly to his Ser- 
 vice, and to the Obedience of his Com- 
 mands, 1 Sam. xv. 22. 
 
 Use. 
 Worfhip God thus in Spirit and Truth. 
 Confider, 
 
 1. This is the only Worfhip that is acceptable 
 in his fight, Ifa. i. n, 12. 
 
 2. That is agreeable to his Nature ; for he 
 is a Spirit, and knows the Heart, EzaK 
 xxxiii. 31. 
 
 DeutJ 
 
Thefaurus Tbeologicw. 75 
 
 Deut. vi. 4. 
 
 Hear, Ifrae!, The Lord our God is 
 one Lord, 
 
 Queft. 1 .T TO W doth it appear that there is but 
 XT. one God? 
 
 1. From Scripture, Deut. iv. 35-. Vfal. xviii. jr. 
 Ifa.xliv.6jS. Ifa.xlvi.y. Eph.iv.6. 1 Cor.v'm^. 
 
 toco tin TW* jnw nn^ tuVijn, Maimomd. 
 
 2. From Reafon. Even from the Effential 
 Properties of God, which can belong but 
 to One : As there can be, 
 
 1. But One infinite Being. 
 
 2. One chiefeft Good. 
 
 3. One Omnipotent. If One can do all 
 Things, What can there be for any other 
 to do ? 
 
 4. One mrr, One Being of Beings, from 
 whom all other Beings proceed, and upon 
 whom they depend. 
 
 5*. We are commanded to love this One 
 Lord with all our Hearts, Deut. vi. 5-, 
 Mark xii. 29, 30. 
 Veritas Chr'iftiana difiintle fronunciat Deus ft 
 
 non unus est non est. Tertull. 
 The Heathen Philofophers faw this by the 
 
 Light of Nature. 
 Unus non numero fed univerjitate. Ruff. 
 
 Queft. 2. Why then is GOD in Scripture ufually 
 called by a Name of the Plural Number, as here, 
 
 -ina mm unS^ mrr, fo orhx n-q, end 
 
 frequently elfewhere ? 
 
 To 
 
7 6 Thefaurus Theologicus. 
 
 To denote, That tho' there is but One God, 
 there is a Plurality of Perfons, every One of 
 which is this One God. 
 
 The firft Plural Number is Three; and there- 
 fore a Trinity feems to be implied in the Word. 
 
 Queft. 3. What ground have 7ve to believe this 
 great Myfiery, that there are Three Ferfons in 
 the Godhead ? 
 This cannot be proved from Reafon, but only 
 from Scripture. 
 
 1. From the Old Teftament, Gen. i. 1,2,;. Pfal. 
 xxxiii.6,26. Gen. xix.24. mrr r\NO "noon nn, 
 
 2 Sam. xxiii. 2. Numb. vi. 24, 2f, 26. Ifa. vi. % , 
 
 2. From the New Teftament, Matt. iii. 16,17. 
 ?atsr auditur in voce, filius manifefiatur in carne^ 
 
 Sp. S. dignofcitur in columbd. Auguft, 
 Voce Tater y natus cor for e y flam en ave. 
 
 Matt, xxviii. 19. John xiv. 26. Chap. XV. 26. 
 
 Chap. xvi. 1 ;> 14. Luke i. 3 J. 2 Cor. xiii. 14, 
 
 i j^» v. 7. 
 This further appears, in that the Scripture af-» 
 ferts, Three Perfons to be G o d. 
 
 1. The Father. 
 
 2. The Son. 
 
 John i. 1, 2. where 'tis faid He made al} 
 
 Things; as, Col. i. 14, iy, 16. 
 John XX. 28. 
 ABi xx. 28. 
 j 77tw. iii. 16* 
 I jfflj&w V. 20. 
 Rom. ix. y. 
 P/&/7. ii. 6, 7. 
 
 3. The Holy Ghoft is alfo plainly aflerted tq 
 be God. 
 
 Atls v. 3, 4, 
 j Cor. vi. 19* 
 
 Yet 
 
Thefaurus Tbeologicus. 77 
 
 Yet thefe Three all are One _ G o n, 1 Job. v. 7. 
 K*» «to/ 0) 7?Z< h «<*, 1 Cor. xii. 4, f , 6. 
 
 This hath been the conftant Dodtrine of the 
 Church in all Ages. 
 
 Christ was alfo believed, itulaQ-- 
 
 Ejufchm fubftantix cum Patre. Tertull. 
 
 Queft. 4. What NeceJJity is there of our btlieving 
 this Article ? 
 
 1. It is necefiary to our right believing in th« 
 true God, the Father Almighty: For he 
 that doth not believe in him, as he is Re- 
 vealed, doth not believe in him aright, 
 Job. xvii. ;. 
 
 2. It is necefiary to diftinguifh us from Jews, 
 Turks and Heathens. 
 
 I. It is neceffary to confirm our Faith in 
 C hrist's Merits and Mediation for us, Heh 
 x.4. 
 
 Queft. y. What Ufe arc we to make of this 
 Truth? 
 
 1 . It mould ftir us up to more Thankfulnefs 
 
 to God. 
 
 1. For revealing this great Myftery to us, 
 Matt. xi. 25-. 
 
 2. For fending this his Son to die for us, 
 J»hn iii. 16. Rom. V. 8. 1 Job. iv. 9, io\ 
 
 2. It mould teach us to Honour and Worfhip 
 the Son and Holy Ghoft as God, John v. 
 22, 25. Hcb. i. 6. 
 
 1. To love him, Matt. x. %-]. 1 Cor.xvi. 22. 
 
 2. To pray to him, Acl. vii. 5:9. 
 
 3. To praife Christ, Rev. v. 1;, 14. 
 
 Psal 
 
7 8 Tbefaurus Tbeologicw. 
 
 Ps al. cxlv. 3. 
 
 Great is the Lord, and greatly to be 
 framed ; and bis greatnefs is un» 
 fearcbable. 
 
 -\pn pa vfrtf?i tkoVto mrr Va 
 
 Queft. i.T 7CTH*f is the Meaning of the Name 
 V V h er e given to Gob, nirp ? 
 It fignifies Effence or Being, and fo is the 
 moft proper or Effential Name of God, Exod. 
 vi. 3. Exod. iii. 14. uv to %v,> Vfal. lxviii. 4. 
 ?fal. lxxxiii. 18. yjuexQ; and fo it denotes, 
 
 1. His Simplicity, without Parts, Mixture, or 
 Compofition; without Faculties, Habits, or 
 Qualities. Nothing in God, but what is 
 God, his Effence ; therefore his Properties 
 are not diftind. 
 
 1. From his Effence : For then he would be 
 compounded, and his Properties are not 
 finite, for Infinitude is One; yea, the Pro- 
 perty of all his Properties; they could not 
 be infinite if diverfe from his Effence ; for 
 then there would be two, yea, many Infinites. 
 
 2. Nor from One another ; for then they muft 
 be diftinguifhed from his Effence, and he 
 compounded. 
 
 But the Properties of God are only the fe- 
 veral Apprehenfions we have of God according 
 to the feveral Manifeftations he maketh of him- 
 felf to us, 1 Job. i. 5". Job. xiv. 6. 
 
 Hence G o d is all and every Perfe&ion in him- 
 felf; Wifdom, Goodnefs, Power, &c. which as 
 in God, may be predicated upon him, and on 
 one another, not as we conceive them. 
 
 2. It 
 
Tbefaurus Theologies . 79 
 
 2. It denotes his Immutability or Unchangeable- 
 nefs: For he that is a pure and fimple Be- 
 ing, cannot admit of any Change ; asappears 
 
 1. From Scripture, Jac. i. 17. Vfal. xxxiii. 11. 
 Jfa. xlvi. 10. Hcb. vi. 17, 18. Numb, xxiii. 19. 
 
 2. From Reafon. 
 
 1. He cannot be changed from any Thing, 
 either within him or without him. 
 
 2. Neither to the better, the worfe, nor the 
 like. 
 
 Object. God is faid-to Repent, Gen. vi. 6. 
 Exod. xxxii. 14. 
 
 Res p. This is fpoken of God only after the 
 manner of Men as Mofes fpake to him, Exod. 
 xxxii. io, 11. 
 
 Use. 
 This mould, 
 
 1. Enflame our Love and Aflfe&ions to God, 
 as One in whom is all Good, all Perfe&ions. 
 
 2. Confirm our Faith in him and his Promifes, 
 John xiii. 1. 
 
 3. Make us fear his Thieatning, becaufe he 
 is unchangeable. 
 
 Queft. 2. In what Scnfe is G ovfaid to be Great ? 
 
 Not in Quantity, nor Quality, but it denotes, 
 
 1. His Immenfuy, the Greatnefs of his Being, 
 
 whereby he is every where, containing all 
 
 Things, and yet being contained of Nothing, 
 
 1 fog. viii. 27. Vfal. exxxix. 7. Jfa. lxvi. 1. 
 
 Jer. xxiii. 23, 24. 
 
 But how then is God faid fometimes to be 
 
 near? As If a. Iv. 6. 
 Becaufe he thenfhews Himfelf and his Favour 
 more, Dent. iv. 7. 
 
 2.IC 
 
80 Tbefaufus Tbeologicw. 
 
 2. It denotes his Eternity, or the Greatnefs of 
 
 his Duration, without Beginning of Time, 
 
 or End of Days, Vfal. Xc. 2. If a. xli. 4. 
 
 Chap. xliv. 6. Apoc. i. 8, 17. 
 
 This is alio plain from his Name, Exod. iii. 14. 
 
 Ti J? uv 78 divti V) mnutWM &?r, xj <r» etv^f^t 
 "it) j£ <ra mtus Vt) xj yjutlew Chryf. 
 
 J^uid eft Ego fum qui fum, nijlaternas fum ? JQuid 
 eft Ego fum qui fum, niji mutari non fojfum ? Aug. 
 
 Queft. 3. What life are we to make of this hii 
 Immenfity and Eternity ? 
 
 1. That God is to be praifed and adored be- 
 fore all Things elfe ; being fo infinitely above 
 all Things, Iff. xl. 15". Revel, vii. 12. 
 
 2. That we are to make no Pi&ures or Ima- 
 ges of him, not fo much as in our Minds ; 
 becaufe he is infinitely above and beyond all 
 Things that we can conceive, Rom. xi. 35. 
 
 3. That if we be but Holy, and have him our 
 Friend, we need not fear any Thing, Vfal. 
 xxvii. 1, 2, 3. Vfal. xxxvii. 3,4, y. 
 
 4. How dreadful a Thing is it to Sin, and fo 
 to fall into the Hands of fo great a God, 
 Heb. x. 31. 
 
 5-. He being Eternal, is able to torment the 
 Wicked, and to glorifte the Righteous, unto 
 all Eternity. 
 
 6. Be fearful to offend, and careful to'pleafe 
 fo great a God, who is always with you. 
 
 7. Be conftant in performing your Devotions 
 to him, Vfal cxxii. 1. and that with Reve- 
 rence, Hek. xii. 28, 
 
 I JoHW 
 
Tbefaumr Tbeologicw. 8 i 
 
 i John i\ r . 1 6. 
 GOD is Love. 
 
 Quell. I . T N" what finfe is GOD fa id to be Love ? 
 
 i. Not as if he had any fuch Paflion of Lcv<? 
 as we have. 
 
 2. But by reafon of his extraordinary Kind- 
 nefs and Favours to every Thing that is ; 
 from whence he is called, not only Loving, 
 but Love itfelf, i John iv. 8. as Light, 
 i John i. 5. and fo all Perfections in the 
 Abftradp 
 
 Queft. 2. Tllwrn doth GOD thus Love ? 
 
 1. Himfelf: As the Fountain of all Good- 
 nefs. 
 
 2. His Son, Join lu. *$. Mutt.'m. jy. John 
 xv ii. 24. becaufe he is his exprefs Image. 
 Hcb. i. 3. Xif£«y.7»j <? vcrosa^ff aciH. 
 
 3. Mankind ; as bearing his Image, Gtn. i- 26, 
 Col. iii. iq. H ence Go d is c alled, »/AAy9f «^ p< ; ; 
 and his ^tKaAjumct^ as well as his X^c'-^ is 
 fpoken of, Tit. iii. 4. 
 
 Queft. 3. Wherein doth his Love to Mankind 
 affiear ? 
 
 1. In his taking Care of all, Matt. v. 44,45*, 48. 
 
 2. Efpecially in fending his Son to redeem us 3 
 John iii. 16. 1 John iii. 16. 
 
 The Greatnefs of which Love appears, 
 j. In the Dignity of the Pcribn that die4 
 for uSj 1 John iv. 9, 10, 
 Vol I Q *, Ifl 
 
82 Tbejaurus Theologian. 
 
 2. In the Unworthinefs of thofe for whom 
 he died, Rom. v. 8. 
 
 2. In the Greatnefs of the Benefits we re- 
 ceive from it_, Tit. iii. 4, y, 6. 
 
 Queft. 4. Doth GCD love s v alike ? 
 
 1. No. He loveth wicked Men only with a 
 general Love. As they are his ^ 1 acures, 
 he takes Care of them i r • r orJ jfct as 
 wicked, he hateth them, Tfal v, if. 
 
 2. Thofe who are truly Pic h with 
 a fpecial Love, Frov. viii. r, cjii xr, 
 12,13. 
 
 Queft. J. What Ufe are we to make of this ? 
 
 1. Seeing God is Love, we ought to 1< 
 him above all Things, Dent. '■ i. y. . 
 
 2. We fhould imitate him, Matt. v. 48. 
 
 1. In loving our Enemies, Matt. v. 45*. 
 
 2. In loving all our Brethren, and one an <- 
 ther, 1 ToLiV. n 5 20. 
 
 3. In having a greater Love for thofe who 
 are Holy than for others, Gal. vi. 10. 
 
 %. Hence we mould put our whole Truft and 
 Confidence in G o d for our Salvation : He 
 having loved us while Enemies, how much 
 more if we love him, Row. v. 10. 
 
 Exod. 
 
Thefaurus Tbeologicus. 
 
 E x o i). xxxiv. 6. 
 
 The Lord, the Lord God, merciful ani 
 gracious. 
 
 yum ami Sn mm n^w 
 
 M 
 
 ERCIFUL. 
 
 Queft. i . What is the Mercy of GOD? 
 It is that Perfection whereby he is always rea* 
 dy to aflift his Creatures in Mifery, L.,- 
 mtnta f ions iii. 22. 
 DiJHkgmtur Mijericordia ab Amove ; quia Amor 
 fertur in Bonum eju.itenzs Bonum } Mi feri cordis, in Bo- 
 num jutftenus miferttm, five cum Miferid conjuntfum. 
 This his Mercy is like his other Perfections, 
 exceeding great and infinite., Pfal. ciii. 8, 9, 10. 
 Numb. xiv. 18. FfJ. cxlv. 8. PfJ. lvii. 10. £- 
 fhefi.ns ii. 4. 
 
 He is the Fountain and Father of Mercy, 
 2 Cor. i. 3. 
 
 Queft. 2. To whom is GOD merciful ? 
 j. To Mankind in general, Pfal. cxlv. 9. 
 
 1. In granting them Life :md Continuance 
 upon Karth, notwithstanding their Sins, 
 Lam. iii. 39. Pfal. lxxxvi. 13. 
 
 2. In delivering them out of their Troubles 
 in Diftreffes, ?Jal. cvii. 1, 6, 7, 8, 1 3, 14. 
 
 3. In eafing them of their Pains, curing 
 their Diftempers , and granting them 
 Health and Strength of Body, ?fal. ciii. 
 
 I, 2, 3, 4. 
 
 G 2. 4- I n 
 
8 4 Tbefaurus Tbeologicus. 
 
 4. In giving us all Things necefiary for Life 
 
 and Godlinefs, Matt, v. 45'. Tfal. cxlvii.8. 
 
 Tfal. cxlvi. 7, 8 , 9. Tfal. cxxxvi. 23, 24, 
 
 25^ 26. 
 y. In fending his Son to be our Saviour, 
 
 John iii. 16. Tit. iii. 4, j". E&e£. xxxiii.u. 
 
 2. He is in a fpecial manner merciful to thofe 
 that love and fear him, Tfal. ciii. 11,12,13. 
 Neb, i. j. Luke i. yo. 
 
 1. In pardoning their Sins, Tfal. lxxxvi. y. 
 Ht£. viii. 12. £»& i. 77, 78. 
 
 2. In mortifying their Lufts, and quickening 
 them to Newnefs of Life, Eph. ii. 4, j. 
 
 3. In aflifting them in the Performance of 
 all their Duties, and the Exercife of all 
 true Grace and Virtue, 1 Ccr. vii 25% 
 2 Cor. iv. 1. 
 
 4. In fupporting them under all their Trour 
 bles, Tfal xciv. 17, 18, 19. And blefling 
 and fandtifying them to them, Htb. xii. 
 jo, 11. Tfal. cxix. 67, 71. 
 
 5-. In bringing them at laft to Heaven, Tit] 
 iii. J , 6, 7. 
 
 Que ft. 3. What Ufcs are we to make of GOD's 
 Mercy ? 
 
 1. We muft not abufe it tp Licentioufheis. 
 
 2. VVe mould imitate him in being Merciful 
 to one another, Luke vi. 36. 
 
 1. Pardoning others Injuries. 
 
 2. Pitying their Miferies. 
 
 ;. Relieving their Neceflities. 
 
 3. We muft attribute all the good Things we 
 have to the Mercy cf God. 
 
 4. It fhouid tench us" to love^ fear, and praife 
 him. 
 
 1. To 
 
Tbcfaurus Theologian. 8 5 
 
 1. To love him, Tfal. cxvi. 1. Luke vii. 47. 
 
 2. To fear him, Tfal. exxx. 4. 
 
 3. To praife him, P/*/. lxxxvi. 12. P/^/. ciii. 
 2, 3, 4. /y^/. exxxvi. 1, 2, 3, &c. 
 
 5-. Wc muft truft and hope on his Mercy TfiU 
 xxxiii. 18. VfaL Hi. 8. Tfal. cxlvii. u. 
 And that presently. 
 
 Confider, 
 i. G o d's Mercies are much greater than our 
 Miferies. 
 
 2. They are fealed to us by the Blood of 
 Christ. 
 
 3. Hoping and trufting in his Mercy, is the 
 principal Way whereby to obtain it. 
 
 4. His Mercy is only for this Life, Job. ix. 4; 
 Htb. ix. 27. 2 Cor. v. io„ 
 
 G 3 E x a Di 
 
26 Tbefaurus Theologicus. 
 
 — , ■ * 
 
 Ex o d. xxxiv. 6. 
 
 Gracious, long-fuffering* 
 xgm *pN pm sirri 
 
 Queft. I.TN what Se?tfe is G D [aid to be gra* 
 J[ clous ? 
 i. Becaufe he is lovely and amiable in him- 
 felf, Job. i. 14. Luke iv. 22. Col. ii. 9. All 
 rational Creatures do therefore defire him. 
 1. Becaufe he is favourable to his' Creatures 
 beyond their Deferts, Rom, xi. 6. 
 
 Queft. 2. Wherein doth GOD Jhew kimfelf thus 
 gracious to Mankind? 
 
 In our Salvation, which wholly and folely 
 proceeds from, and is grounded upon, his Grace, 
 as the fole Beginner, Carrier on, and Perfecter 
 of it; Tit. ii. 11. Eph. ii. j, 8. 
 
 . It is of his Grace only, 
 
 1. That he fent his Son to be our Saviour, 
 job. iii. i&. Rom. v. 8. 
 
 2. That he fent his Apoftles to preach the 
 Gofpel, Gal. i. 15", 16. Eph. iii. 8, 9. 
 
 , 3. That he hath called us to the Knowledge 
 
 of his Gofpel, 2 Tint. i. 9. 
 4. That he enables us to do any Thing that 
 
 is truly good, Thil. ii. 13. Rom. xii. 6. Acls 
 
 xviii. 27. Eph. ii. 8. 
 f. That we are kept from Sin, and from 
 
 being overcome by Temptations, 2 Con 
 
 xii. 9. 
 
 6. That 
 
Tbefaums Thcologicus. 87 
 
 6. That our Sins are pardoned, and our Pcr- 
 fons juftihcd and accepted before God, 
 Row. in. 24. Rom. v. 1 8, 19, 20. Tir. iii. J, 
 
 7. That we perfevere to the End, and fo 
 at length get to Heaven, Jer. xxxii. 40. 
 Hence Heaven it felf is called Grace, 1 Vet. 
 i. 13. 
 
 Queft. 3. What Ufe art we to make of this* 
 
 1. Turn not this Grace to Wantonnefs, Jude 
 v. 4. 
 
 2. Whatfoever Good you do, afcribc it to the 
 Grace of God, i Cor. iv. 7. 
 
 3. Depend on the Grace of God for all 
 Things referring to your everlafting Wel- 
 fare, 2 'I'hiJJ'. ii. 16. 
 
 4. Carry your felves as thofe who are Par- 
 takers of the Grace of God, 2 Tim. ii. 1. 
 
 II. Long-fuffeiing. 
 
 D3N ~pN, flow t0 Anger, P/i/. ciii. 8. Ffal. 
 cxlv. 8. Long-fufFering, Num. xiv 18. Jer. 
 xv. iy. "pN JittS iMKotop.©- 7°- 
 
 Queft. 1. Wherefore is GOD faid to be long- 
 fuffering* 
 
 1. Becaufe he defers his Wrath, and doth not 
 punifh us fo foon as we deferve, as in the 
 old World, Gen. vi. 7. 1 Pet, iii- 20. And 
 all Mankind, born in Sin, Pfl. Li. ?. 
 
 G 4 2. Be- 
 
88 Thefauriis Theologicus. 
 
 2. Becaufe in the midft of Judgment he re- 
 members Merey, and doth not punifh us fo 
 much as we deferve, Ez>raix. 13. 
 
 3. Becaufe he gives us the Space and Means 
 of Repentance, that fo we may efcape Pu- 
 nifhment, 2 Vet. iii. 9. Ifa. xxx. 1 8. 
 
 4. Becaufe upon our Repentance he doth 
 not punifh us at all, 2 Sam. xii. 13. Jonah 
 iii. 10. Ezek. xviii, 30. Ifa. hr. 7. 
 
 . 
 
 QuefL 2. What Vfe are we to make of this the 
 Long-fuffmng of GOD? 
 
 1. Abufe it not to the hardening your felves 
 in Sin^ Ecclef. viii. 11, 12, 13. 
 
 2. Imitate God, in being lcng-fuffering to 
 one another, as he is to you, Col. iii. 12* 
 Efh. iv. 2. Gal. v. 22. 2 Tim. iii. 10. 
 
 I Let this Long-fufFering of God lead the© 
 to Repentance, Rom. ii. 4. 
 
 Exod. 
 
Tbefaurus Tbeologicus. 89 
 
 Exod. xxxiv. 6. 
 
 Abundant in Goodnefs and Truth 
 
 now -on m 
 
 Queft. I.T7I7 HAT is the Goodnefs of GO D? 
 
 ■w 
 
 An eflential Property in God, whereby we 
 apprehend him infinitely good in himfelf, and 
 co all his Creatures, Vfal cxix. 68. 
 
 1. He is infinitely good in and of himfelf, 
 yea, Goodnefs it felf, the Summuto Bonum, 
 Matt. xix. 17. For, 
 
 1. All defirable Perfections whatsoever are 
 united in him • all Things that can any 
 way conduce to the making himfelf or us 
 happy, Vfal. cxliv. ij. Vfal xxxiv. 9. 
 
 1. Hence he is fo good as to be able to fatif- 
 fy all our Defires, Vfal. lxxiii. 25*. Vfal iv. 
 6, 7. VfaL xvi. 11. Vfal xvii. xy. 
 
 2. He is infinitely good unto all his Creatures, 
 Vfal cxix. 64. "pon Vfal cxlv. 9. 
 
 x. It is from him, that any of us are good 
 
 or holy, and conformable to his Nature, 
 
 Jac. i. 17. 
 2* It is from him that we do any Thing that 
 
 is good, 1 Cor. iv. 7. 
 3. It is from him that we have any Thing 
 
 that is good, Atts xvii. 25-. 
 
 Queft. 2. What Ufe are we to make of the Good- 
 nefs of GOD? 
 
 1. See* 
 
90 Tbefaurus Tbeologicw. 
 
 i. Seeing he is fo good, We muft never lay 
 the Fault on him, nor complain of. him. 
 He cannot be the Author of Sin. 
 
 2. Hence we mould be afhamed, and afraid, 
 to offend him, If at. i. 2, ;. 
 
 3. We mould put our whole Truft and Confi- 
 
 dence on him. PfaL ix. 10. 
 
 4. We mould love him above all Things, 
 Matt. xxii. 57. Which if we do, he is fo 
 good, that he will make all Things good 
 to us, Rom. viii. 28. 
 
 5. We mould make it our Bufmefs to get his 
 Love and Favour, for then we mail have 
 all good Things, PfaL cxlii. j. Ifa. lv. 6. 
 
 And Truth. 
 
 G o d's Mercy and Truth do ordinarily go to- 
 gether, PfaL xxv. 10. PfaL lvii. 3. Tfal. lxi. 7. 
 PfaL Ixxxvi. 1 j. PfaL lxxxix. 14. Mercy and 
 Truth meet together, PfaL lxxxv. 10. But both 
 by Christ, Job. i. 17. 
 
 Upon thefe Two all our Hopes depend. 
 
 We have no Hopes of Mercy, but from his 
 Word ; nor Certainty of his Word, but from his 
 Truth. 
 
 Queft. 1 . What is that Truth wherein G O D is 
 faid to abound? 
 
 Not MetLJ.phyfical or Logical, but Moral Ve- 
 racity. He is laid to be abundant in Truth ; 
 
 1. Becaufe he always thinks of, or apprehends, 
 every Thing as really it is, Hcb. iv. 13. 
 
 2. He always fpeaks as he thinks, Tit. i. 2. 
 Hub. vi. 18. 
 
 Hence whatfoever God faith in Scripture is 
 infallibly true, F faL cxix. xci, 160. 
 
 ' All 
 
ThefaurHt Theologicw. 91 
 
 All his AiTertions. 
 
 1. Hiftorical, howfoever miraculous. 
 
 2. Do&rinal, how much foever beyond our 
 Thoughts and Reafon, 1 Job. v. 7. Job. 
 i. 14. 
 
 ;. He always a<5b both as he thinks and 
 fpeaks. 
 
 1. In his Predictions, Exod. xii. 41. Jer. 
 XXV. ir, 12. zCbren. XXXVi. 21. Ez,ra i. 1. 
 Matt. V. 18. 
 
 2. In his Threatnings, Gen. vi. 7. Mtf . xxiv. 2. 
 
 3. In his Promifes, Gen. iii. iy. eaf. xlix. 10. 
 D<?». ix. 24. 
 
 Queft. 2. W&^f £{/e is to be made of tb/s? 
 
 1. It fhould confirm our Faith in all the Arti- 
 cles of the Chriftian Religion, 1 Job. v. 10. 
 
 2. Make us afraid of Sin, becaufe all God's 
 Threatnings againft us will moft certainly 
 be executed, unlefs we repent, huh. xiii. 3 . 
 
 3. Make us truft and confide more firmly in 
 the Promifes of God, Heb. xiii. y, 6. Mat. 
 vii. 7. IfaAv.j. Matt. xi. 8. Revel, ii. St. 
 
 Exod, 
 
9 2 Thefaurus Theologicus. 
 
 Exod. xxxiv. 7. 
 Keeping Mercy for Thoujands. 
 
 1.T7O R Thoufands of Perfons, Apoc. vii. 4, 9« : 
 Jj 2. To Thoufands of Generations. 
 
 wshxh ion Siflj, as after is mention of 
 Three or Four Generations: Whence R. Sal. ob- 
 ferves, God's Mercy is reprefented as Five Hun- 
 dred times greater than his Severity; for this is 
 but Four, that for Two Thoufand Generations 
 at leaft. 
 
 Forgiving Iniquity, Tranfgreffion and Sin, 
 rtNttrn yu>£1 py NUj, i. Perverfenefs, 2. Rebel- 
 lion, as Ifa. i. 2. rfcWj Miftake, or Error. 
 
 Queft. io What is Sin ? 'Arop'a, 1 John iiL 4^ 
 
 In it is, 
 
 1. A Contrariety to God's Law, whereby it 
 leaves a Blot on the Soul. 
 
 2. An Offenfivenefs to his Majefty, Vfalnt 
 cvi. 29. 
 
 5. Hence it deferves Death, Rom. vi. 25. 
 4. Whereby every Sinner is obliged to fufFer 
 Death, Rom. iii. 1 9. 
 
 Queft. 2. ?%<# Is Forgivenefs of Sin ? 
 
 A Difcharging us from our Guilt or Obliga- 
 tion to Punifhment, 2 Sam. ii. 1;. 
 
 1. God only can pardon Sin: Becaufe it is 
 done againft him, ?fal. liii. 4, 
 
 at. He 
 
Tbejaurus Theolooicus. 95 
 
 2. He will not do it without Satisfaction. 
 
 3. We cannot fatisfy for our Sins, becaufe 
 committed againft an Infinite God. 
 
 4. It is only therefore upon the Account of 
 Christ and his Sufferings that our Sins 
 are pardoned, Ifiii. liii. 5-, 6. Row. v. 8, 9. 
 Col. i. 14. 1 Tim. ii. y, 6, 7. 
 
 Hence it is here added, And will by no means 
 char the Guilty without Satisfaction. 
 
 Queft. 3. How way we far take of this Mercy ? 
 
 1. Repent : For, 
 
 1. Without Repentance there is no Pardon, 
 Ez,ek. xviii. 30. Luke xiii. 3. 
 
 2. They that Repent fhall certainly be par- 
 doned, Ifai. lv. 7. Ez,ck. xviii. 21, 22, 
 27, 28. Acts viii. 22. 
 
 3. That Repentance, upon which our Sins 
 are pardoned, muff be lincere : 
 
 Confiding, 
 
 1. In an hearty Sorrow and Contrition 
 for our Sins paff, Tfalm li. 2, 3, 4. 
 Vfalm xxxviii. 18. 
 
 2. In a real Abhorrence and Deteftation 
 of Sin at prefenr, Vf.dm cxiw 113. 
 
 3. In fteadfaft Purpofes and Refolutions 
 againft Sin for the future, Vfalm 
 xxxix. 1. Vfalm xvii. 3. 
 
 4. In fincere Endeavours to perform 
 thofe Refolutions, by forfaking Sin, 
 Ez*k. xxxiii. ii, 
 
 j. In 
 
94 Thefaurtu Theologicm. 
 
 5. In turning unto God, Joel ii. 12, 13. 
 Jer. iv. 1. Zech. i. 3. 
 
 2. Believe in our Lord Jesus Christ, AH* 
 xvi. j 1. 
 For, 
 
 1. There is no Pardon without him, Afis 
 iv. 12. Matt. i. 21. 
 
 2. Nor by him, without Believing in him, 
 Job. iii. 18. Rom, iii. 20, 26. 
 
 Hence, 
 
 1. Confider your Sins. 
 
 2. Repent of them. 
 
 3. Truft on the Promifes of God, and Be- 
 lieve on the Merits of his Son for Pardon, 
 and you ihall have it. 
 
 P&AL? 
 
Thefaurw Theologians. 95 
 
 Ps a L. cxlvii. j. 
 His Under ft an ding is infinite. 
 
 Queft. i.'XTLJ HAT 'are we to conceive by the 
 V V Untlerft anting of GOD? 
 It is that Property of G o d whereby we appre- 
 hend him to underftand himfelf, and of and by 
 himfelf all Things elfe, together with the Rea- 
 fons of them, Job xii. 13. Prov. viii. 14. So that 
 by it we apprehend God, 
 
 1. To be Omnifcient, All-knowing; that is, 
 throughly acquainted with all and every 
 Thing that ever was, or is, or will be, or 
 can be. 
 
 This is plain, 
 
 1. From Scripture, Heb.W.i}. Matt. x. 29. 
 TfaL exxxix. 2, 3, 4. John xxi. 17. 
 
 2. From Reafon : For God made and pre- 
 ferves, and therefore muft needs know all 
 Things, tyn. i. ji. P/L7. exxxix. ij, 16. 
 
 2. He gives Knowledge to other Things, 
 Gen. ii. 20. 1 Reg. iv. «a. Pf e ,l xciv. 10. 
 
 3. That he is infinitely Wife, Rom. xvi. 27. 
 1 Tim. i. 17. Job xii. 12, 13. 
 
 This appears, 
 
 1. From his wife Contrivance of the World, 
 and the Conftitution of all fecondary 
 Caufes under him. 
 
 2. From his Government of the World, and 
 the Management of .all Things, fo as to 
 make them concur to his own Glory 
 Tfal.ha.Yl 10. ; ' 
 
 ;. From his Redemption of Mankind, by 
 the Death of his Son, Rom. xj. 33. 
 
 Queft. 2. 
 
9 6 Thefaurus Theologicw, 
 
 Queft. 2. What XJfe are we to make of this ? 
 
 i. We mould hence learn to admire the Wis- 
 dom and Knowledge of God ; who knows 
 ' all Things, not by Species or Notions ab- 
 ftra&ed from the Things themfelves, but 
 by his own Effence, which is the perfed: 
 Idea of all Things ; and therefore he knew 
 all Things that are, before they were, even 
 from Eternity. 
 And that too, not by Succeffion, one Thing 
 after another, but altogether with one 
 limple Ad. 
 
 2. This ihould make us drive all Hypocrify 
 from us, and have as great a Care of our 
 Hearts as we have of our outward A&ionsj 
 forafmuch as he knoweth one as well as 
 another, Gen.vi. y. P/^/.xciv.ii. P/^/.cxxxix, 
 2. Jer. xvii. 9, 10. 1 Chron. xxviii. 9. 
 
 5. Hence we mould learn to put our whole 
 Truft and Confidence on him, as knowing 
 that tho* we do not, yet he knows how to 
 preferve us, and what is beft for us, 2 Vet, 
 ii. 9. 
 
 4. Hence we Ihould always live as under the. 
 Eye of God, Tfal. cxxxix. 7. 
 
 Psa£ 
 
The] aunts Theologicw. 97 
 
 P S a L. cxlv. 1 7. 
 
 The Lord is Righteous in all his Ways. 
 <T3Yi Sua nw pn* 
 
 Quefl. lXTITHAT is Rlghteoufnefs as attributed 
 VV unto GOD? 
 
 It is that Perfection whereby we apprehend 
 God as pure and free from Sin, hating Iniquity, 
 and giving to every One according to their De- 
 ferts, Tfalm xi. 7. Dent, xxxii. 4. 2 Tim. iv. 8. 
 Gen. xviii. 2$\ Indeed, he is fo Righteous, that 
 his Will and Nature is that eternal Law of 
 Righteoufnefs, which is the Rule of all Juftice 
 and Goodnefs in the Creatures ; fo that it can- 
 not be fo properly faid, That he Wills a Thing, 
 becaufe it is Juft and Good, as that it is there- 
 fore Juft and Good becaufe he Wills it. 
 
 Queft. 2. How is this Juftice of GOD to be 
 diftinguified in our Apprebenjion ? 
 
 1. There is his difpofing Juftice, whereby, as 
 God, he orders and difpofeth all Things 
 juftly and exactly, according to his own 
 Will and Wifdom. 
 
 2. His distributing Juftice, whereby he diftri- 
 buteth his Rewards and Punifhments accor- 
 ding to every one's Deferts, loving Good- 
 nefs and hating Iniquity, Hab. i. 13. 
 
 Affeclus attribuuntur Deo [zcundum effetfus, Ezek. 
 xviii, zj % 
 
 ►*/.* H Queft.3, 
 
5*8 Thejaurm Tbeologicut. 
 
 Queft. 3. How doth it appear 3 that GOD in his 
 own Nature is fo Righteous that he cannot 
 but punifli Sin? 
 
 1. From Scripture, Exod. xxxiv. 7. TfaL xlv. 7, 
 tfal. v. j. Pfil. vii. 11, 12. 
 
 2. From Reafon. 
 
 1. Sin is contrary to his Nature, and there- 
 fore he cannot but naturally hate and pu- 
 nifli it, If a. i. 13, 14. 
 
 2. Reafon, and the Light of Nature, di&ates 
 this to all Mankind, even to the Heathens 
 themfelves, Rom. ii. 1 5". 
 
 \. His Judgments upon Wicked Men in all 
 Ages do demonstrate it; as his drowning 
 the Old World, defiroying Sodom and Go* 
 morrahj &c. 
 
 4. This appears alfo from the Image of G o d 
 enftamped upon Mankind, Eph. iv. 24. 
 
 5. From the laft Judgment, Atls xvii. 31. 
 2 Thejf. i. 7, 8, 9. ABs xxiv. 2^. 
 
 6. From the Death of Christ, which fhews, 
 That he would not pardon Sin without 
 Satisfa£Hon made to his JuftiGe for it, 
 Matt. XX. 2$. Rom. iv. 25. cap. v. I0< I JoL 
 ii. 2. 
 
 Que ft. 4. W^/ is GOD [aid to be Right-eomin 
 all his Ways ? 
 
 Becaufe he is Righteous in all he Wills, Speaks, 
 or Doth. 
 
 I. In his Will. Whatfoever he Wills 15 Juft; 
 yea, therefore Juft, Becaufe he Wills it* 
 Eph. i. 11, 
 
 2. la 
 
Thefaurus Theologicus. 99 
 
 II. In his Word. > 
 
 1. Delivering nothing in it but what is cer- 
 tainly true. 
 
 2. Fulfilling whatfoever he there, 
 
 1. Foretels, Matt. v. 18. 
 
 2. Threatens, Jcr. li. 29. 
 
 3. Promifes. In which there being ari 
 Obligation, tho' not of God to us, 
 yet of God to himfelf, fo that he is 
 fibi debitor, he will moft certainly and 
 juftly perform them all, 1 Join I 9, 
 Hcb. vi. 10. 2TheJf.l 6,7. 
 
 iM. In his Works. 
 
 1. In punifhing the Wickedy Tf.h li. f. 
 a. In rewarding the Righteous. 
 
 Object. But how comes it to pafs then, that 
 the Wicked are often in a better outward Con- 
 dition than the Righteous? 
 
 A nsw. This hath been a great ftumbl;n~ 
 Block in all Ages, Pfal. lxxiii. 2, 1. John xii. 1. 
 But is certainly a great Inftance of G oi>'s Juflice 
 and Fidelity to his Promife, and an Argument of 
 his Love to them, H t [>. xii. 6. Vfal. cxix. 71. 
 
 We mail certainly have Caufe to blefs Go d to 
 Eternity for our Afflictions, as much, if not more 
 than for all our Profperity. 
 
 Queft. j. Wh.it Vft to le niaJt of this ? 
 i. Then we fhould not repine at any Provi- 
 dence of God, Lam. iii. 3?. 
 7. Have a care of Sin, as that which God 
 will one Day moil certainly punim, Eccltf. 
 
 x* o. 
 
 H» %■ *"4 
 
ioo Thefaurus Tbeotogicus. 
 
 «■ — ■ ' ■ - - — — — ■■ ■ ■ -■■■ i I. i i ■ — — . ^, 
 
 3, Truft and Believe ift the Promifes of God, 
 for they will mbft certainly be fulfilled, 
 Tit. i. 2. Heb. vi. 18. Chap. xiii. 6. 
 
 4.. Imitate God in being Righteous your- 
 felves, Pfalm xL 7. 
 
 Gen* xviii i* 
 1 am the Almighty GOD. 
 
 Queft. I.TN what fenfe is GOD f aid to be AU 
 \_ mighty ? 
 
 1. Becaufe he hath all Power or Authority 
 over all Things, If wa 3 potefias, asZ,«£exii. 5. 
 
 i^atnew %%V7a } ABs 1. J. c* 7? \JitL tymnet* 
 
 Hence he is called, ^JIN, Ktfe*©% Awm-m. 
 Yicur'nK&'ws, the Word* in the Creed. 
 
 In this Senfe God is Almighty : 
 
 1. In refped of the Objed. He hath Pow- 
 er and Authority over all Things, Deut, 
 x. 14. 1 Chron. xxix. n, 12. 
 
 2. In refped of the Manner. As he hath 
 Power over all Things, fo he hath all 
 Power over every Thing, Jer. xviii. 6. 
 Row. ix. 20, 21. 
 
 3. In refped of the Duration. He hath all 
 Power over all Things, at all Times, yea, 
 
 before 
 
Tbefauru* Tbcologicus. i o I 
 
 before, in, and after all Times, i Tim. i. 17, 
 Tfal. cxlv. 1 3 . 
 
 2. He is faid to be Almighty, becaufe he can 
 do all Things whatfoevcr himfelf pleafeth, 
 
 JUil certe non ob aliud vocatur omnipotent, nifi quod 
 yuicquid vult potefi. Aug. 
 
 Deo nihil efi impojfibile nifi quod non vult. Tertull. 
 
 This is plain, 
 I. From Scripture, Tfal. cxxxv. 6. Lule i. 37," 
 Matt, xix, 26. Apoc. iv. 8. chap. xix. 6, 
 
 JI. From Reafon. 
 
 1. He muft needs be Almighty, feeing he is 
 the Fountain of Might. There is no 
 Power but what comes from him; there- 
 fore none but what is in him, Rom. xiii. r f 
 John xix. n. Acls xvii. 18. 
 
 z. There can be no Refiftance, no Oppofi- 
 tion made againft him, to hinder what he 
 defigns, 2 Cbron. x>;. 6. Job ix. 12. Jfai f 
 xiv. 27. Dan. iv. 34, ;j. 
 
 2. There is no End, no Limits of his Pow- 
 er, but whatfoever he doth or hath done, 
 he is ftill able to do infinitely more, Job 
 xlii. 1, 2. 
 
 He could create New Worlds ; make more 
 
 Stars or Creatures. 
 Of Stones, raife up Children to Abraham^ 
 
 Luke iii. 8. 
 Send Legions of Angels, Matt. xxvi. j?. 
 Subdue all Things to himfelf, fhil. iii. 2j 
 
 Eph. iii, 20, 
 
joz Thesaurus Theologicus. 
 
 Qucft. 2. Is there nothing but what GOD can do ? 
 i. Nothing but what implies a Contradiction. 
 
 Either, 
 
 i. Directly, as for a thing to have been, and 
 not to have been. 
 
 2. Indirectly or confequentially, as that one 
 Body fhould be in Two Places, or Two 
 Bodies in one Place at the fame time. 
 
 So to Lie, Tit. i. 2. Heb. vi. 18. To deny him- 
 felf, 2 Tim. ii.i 5. To Sin, Hab. i. 1 ;. where 
 tho' the Words be not Contradictory, the 
 Senfe is. For to fay, God lies, &c. is as 
 much as to fay, God is not God; for 
 thefe are all Imperfections. 
 
 2. Though God cannot do what implies a 
 Contradiction, yet he is truly faid to be able 
 to do ail Things, for that is not properly 
 Doing, but fufFering ; to Lie, to Die, &c. is to 
 Suffer. And again, One part of a Contra- 
 diction is always falfe : And therefore fhould 
 Q o d do that, he would fuffer himfelf to be 
 destroyed, he being Truth it felf. 
 
 Jjms dlcitur omnipotent faciendo quod vult % noTi 
 paticudo quod non vtilt. Aug, 
 
 3. He is not the lefs Omnipotent becaufehe 
 cannot do fuch Things, for he therefore can- 
 riot do them becaufe he is Omnipotent: So» 
 that the doing of them, would argue Impo- 
 tence ; the not being able to dp them, argues 
 his Omnipotence. 
 
 Mult a ncn poteft & cmnipotenfe eft, & idea qmnU 
 ptevje quia ifta non Poteft, Aug. 
 
 Queft. 3 ; 
 
Tbefaurtts Tbeologicus. 103 
 
 Queft. 5. What Ufe are we to make of that? 
 h G o d Almighty I 
 
 1. Then fubroit to his Will and Pleaiure, lja. 
 xlv. 9. Pfal. xxxix. 9. 
 
 2. Fear him, Jo: v. zi. Matt, x. 2S. kcmem- 
 ber the O/,/ World, the Egyptians, Corah, IXi- 
 tban and Abirarn, Sodom and Gomorrah, Lot S 
 Wife, Nebuchadnezzar, BdfaaXAar^ Htrod\ 
 and fear none but him. 
 
 ;. Then truft on him, and in thcie Pro- 
 ' mifes he hath made unto us, Rom. iv. 20, 21. 
 
 2 7/w. i. 12. 
 
 Remember NW>, 7*ftfA, the Jfrr.chtes at the 
 /te/Sw, and in the Wildemefs, the 7&r« 
 Children, Daniel in the Den, ^<W.>, Peter. 
 
 a. This mould excite and encourage us to 
 pray continually unto God, as one who is 
 able to fupply all our Wants, and to do 
 whatfoever we defire, yea, and infinitely 
 more too, Epb. iii. 20. 
 
 r. Is God Almighty? Then walk before him, 
 and be perfect, or finccre, crcn >'• fr. * 2 ' 
 
 H4 G£K. 
 
104 Thef auras Theologicus. 
 
 Gen. i. i. 
 
 In the beginning GOD created Heaven 
 and Earth 
 
 w 
 
 E have already treated of God's 
 
 Exiftence, p-6p> 
 Spiritual EATence,' h . y i 
 
 Greatnefs, fo.^<j>. 
 
 Love, h, $i. ' 
 
 Mercy, b- 6>3« ^- 
 
 Grace, V <?£• , 
 
 Long- Suffering^ d>. 
 
 Goodnefs.7 , fl . 
 
 Truth, ^W 
 
 Wifdom, f 3 -35- 
 
 Juftice and Powen pjy. ^3S. 
 
 Creation is a great Article of Faith, Heh. xi. 3 3 
 
 I. Here is the Agent or Efficient Caufe^ 
 God, ujvhto, Father, Son, and Holy Ghoft. 
 
 Father, 1 Cor. viii. 6. 
 
 Son, 1 Cor, viii. 6. John xiii. 10. Col i. i& 
 
 Heh. i. 2, 10. 
 '* Holy Ghoft, Pfal. xxxiii. 6. V3 mm 
 
 Jobxwi. 13. Ge». i. 2. 
 
 II. The Objeft : Heaven and Earth : that is^ 
 All the World, or all Things that had any Be- 
 ginning j as Co/, i. 16. 
 
 So 
 
Thefaurus Theologicus. 105 
 
 Soothe Phrafe, Heaven and Earth, is always 
 ufed in Scripture, there being no one Word in 
 the Hebrew that fignifies the World. 
 
 Sti is rendred World, If a. ; 8. yrhn 3^ rjy 
 but there the Tar gut hath it, NpiM nn\ the In- 
 habitants of the Earth, as the Place alfo requires 
 it fliould be tranflated. 
 
 So Vin is never any more then hnyfon, the 
 habitable World. 
 
 So it is rendred by the LXX. in Vfal ir. s. 
 where alfo the Targut hath xyix, the Arabhk 
 the fame , and amongft the Gretks too till 
 Tythagorai, 
 
 Uu^et^p^fx rr§uTo< tiro/Mm 7nv %? Zhov 'mttoyviv 
 xaffMVt iM.'f'lv "eurrS Tu£iaf. Plutarch. Hence Mundus. 
 
 III. The A&. He Created : that is, Made 
 all Things of Nothing. Though the Word *ra 
 doth not evince this, yet it being ordinarily in 
 Scripture joined with nwp and Tjx»- yet, 
 
 1. This is plain from the Manner of the Crea- 
 tion, becaufe it was by his Word fpeaking, 
 Gen. i. 3, &c. So Rom. iv. 17. Heb. ii. 3. 
 
 2. For the Word rr<DN"a, in the Beginning: 
 For if in the Beginning, then before any 
 Thing was begun, or had any Being, out of 
 which the World could be produced. 
 
 To^ fay God made all Things of fomething, 
 is a Contradiction. 
 
 IV. The Time when. In the Beginning of 
 all Time, before which there was nothing but 
 Eternity. 
 
 V. The End. For the Glory of God the 
 
 Creator, Frov. xvi. 4. 
 
 He 
 
io6 Tbefaurus Tbeologicw. 
 
 He in the Creation fhewed forth the Glory of 
 Jiis Wifdom, Power and Goodnefs, Jer. x. 12. 
 i f The Glory of his Power, Rom. i. 20. 
 
 1. In making all Things of Nothing. 
 
 2. In making Day before the Sun, which 
 was made the Fourth Day, Gen. i. 14. 
 
 Herbs, Plants and Trees, before the Sun, 1 
 
 Moon and Stars, even the Third Day, 
 
 ver. II. 
 2. The Glory of his Wifdom. 
 In that he firft made fimple Elements, then 
 
 mixed or compound Bodies. 
 As alfo, firft, Such Things as had Being, but 
 without Life ; as inanimate things, as Light, 
 
 the Firmament, and dry Ground. 
 Then fuch as had Being and Life, without 
 
 Senfe ; as Herbs, Plants, Trees, the Third 
 
 Day. 
 Then fuch as had Being, Life and Senfe, but 
 
 without Reafon; as Brutes, the Fifth Day, 
 Then laft of all, fuch as had Being, Life, 
 
 Senfe and Reafon j as Man. 
 So that we may fay, as TfaU civ. 24. Jer. Li. 
 
 3. The Glory of his Goodnefs. 
 In that he made Habitations before Inhabi- 
 tants. 
 Food before them that were to eat it. 
 And all Things that Man was to make ufe of 
 before Man that«wasto make ufe of them, 
 He made all Things good, Gen. i. ult. 
 His Goodnefs he communicated ; efpecially, 
 1 . To Angels : Which were created by G o r, 
 Col. i. 16, 17. Tfal. civ. 4. Heb. i. 7, 14. 
 And that the Firft Day, Job xxxviii. 6, 7, 
 
 They 
 
Tbefaurus Theologian. 107 
 
 They are called «m*x©-, CNnSo, MeflfenT 
 gers, Htb. i. 14. 
 
 They are very many; D*»..vii 10. 
 
 But many of them finned, 2 Yet. ii. 4. Jud.^ 
 2. Man. Created after the Image of God, 
 Gen. i. 26. whole Production was laft, 
 becaufe all other Things were made for 
 him, and he was to be ^x&wV^^, con- 
 futing of a Spirit and Bcdy. 
 
 Use. 
 i. This fhould humble us under the Hand of 
 Almighty God, Pfal. vih\ 3, 4. 
 
 2. This fhould teach us Obedience. He being 
 our Creator, for all other Creatures ferve 
 him, Ifa. Ixviii. 13. Ifa. xl. 26. He comman- 
 ded the Stars to fight, the Sun to ftand ftill, 
 the Ravens to feed Elias, the Fifh to keep 
 Jonas , and they did it: yea, Pfal. cxlviii.7,8. 
 Ifa. i. 2, ;. 
 
 3. This fhould fupport us in all PrefTures, that 
 he which made the World is our God, 
 Pfal. cxlvi. j, 6. Pfal. exxi. 2, 3. 
 
 4. This mould make us to fear and dread him, 
 Ifa. viii. 13. Matt. X. 28. 
 
 j . Then blefs and magnifie his Name, and fo 
 fulfil his End in making the World, Neb. 
 }X. 5, 6. Pfal, cxlviii. 2, j. Revel, iv. 11. 
 
 OHU 
 
'■■■ ' ^ 
 
 1 08 Tbefaurus Theologicus. 
 
 My Father worketh hitherto, and I worh 
 
 THat is, Altho' he refted upon the Seventh 
 Day from the Works of Creation, yet he 
 U ftill working continually, and doing good 
 every Day. 
 
 I. What Work doth he Work ? 
 
 He preferves, infpe&s, governs, and difc 
 pofeth all Things. 
 1. He preferveth all Things. 
 1. That he does fo, appears, 
 
 1. From Scripture, Neb. ix. 6, Heb i. 3 J 
 
 A&SXVU. 2 J", 2§. 
 
 2. From Reafon. 
 
 1. He is the firft Caufe of all Things; 
 now as well as he was at firft, and 
 therefore all other Caufes and 
 Things muft needs depend upon 
 him. 
 
 2. As great Power is required to our 
 Prefervation, as was at firft to the 
 Creation of all Things ; for Tre- 
 fervatio nihil aliud efi quam continu- 
 ataCreatio. Again, No finite Pow- 
 er can preferve all Things, for it 
 felf being but a Creature, needs; 
 Prefervation. 
 
 An independent Creature is a Contradi&ionJ 
 
 Hence ftiould not God fupport us in pur 
 
 Beings, we ftiould fall down to nothing, 
 
 Job vi. 9. 
 
 Crcatorts omnipotentia efi caufa [ubfifiendi otnni 
 
 enatura : qua virtm fi ab lis qua condidit re- 
 
 gendis 
 
The f auras Tbeologicus. 109 
 
 gendu alijuando cejjaret, fimul omnium rerun? 
 fpecies ejr natura concideret. Aug. 
 
 II. How doth God preferve all Things? 
 Either, 
 
 1. Immediately from himfelf : As the Angels, 
 Sun, and fixed Stars, Ape. iv. 11. K*; Sil 7 3 
 
 2. Mediately, as all other Creatures in Hea- 
 ven and Earth, by fecondary Caufes, who 
 with himfelf concurs. 
 
 Which he preferves thus ; partly, 
 
 1. By Propagation of the Kind or Species, 
 whereby all Creatures, even of the fhort- 
 eft Continuance fucceflively are preferred 
 to the End of the World, Gen. vii. 3. pfal. 
 xxxvi. 6. 
 
 2. By continuation and maintaining of In- 
 dividuals. 
 
 1 . Giving them fuch Food as he hath ap- 
 pointed for their Nourifhment and 
 Subfiftance, Pfal. civ. 27, 28, 29, 30. 
 Pfal. cxlv. 1 J", 16. Pfal. cxlvii. 8, 9. 
 Matt, xx vi. 16. 
 
 2. Giving a Bleffing to it; that fo it may 
 preferve them, Matt. iv. 4. Deut. viii. 
 2, 4. Dan. i. 12, 1 3, iy. 1 Reg. xix. 6, 
 7, 8. Markvi. 38,42. Hof. ii. 21,22. 
 
 3. He infpe#s, takes notice of, and ob- 
 ferves every Thing that is done, or 
 that is in the World. 
 
 1. All Things whatfoever, whether in 
 Heaven or in Earth. He knows all 
 the Stars, Pfal. cxlvii. 4. Ifai. xl. 26. 
 The Number of the Sands ; the Weight 
 of all the Mountains, Ifai. xl. 12. 
 The Hairs of every Man's Head, Matt, 
 x. 38. Atfs xxvii. 34. 
 
 2 He 
 
I io Thefaurus Theologicus. 
 
 2. He takes particular Notice of every Thing 
 that is done by Mankind, Pfalm xiv. 2. 
 Pfalm xxxiii. 13, 14, if. 
 Particularly he takes fpecial Notice of, 
 
 1. Your Thoughts and Imaginations, all 
 and every one of them, Gen. vi. 5. Jen 
 iv. 14. Tfalm cxxxix. 2* and therefore he 
 infpeds all your Purpofes, Defigns, and 
 Opinions. 
 
 2. Your Hearts and Affections, Prov* xxtv. 
 
 12. Chap. xxi. 2. 
 Defires, Ez,ek. xxxiii. jr. 
 Love, John V. 42. Chap. xxi. 17. 
 
 3. Your Words, Pfal. cxxxix. 4. Mat t . xii. 3 6. 
 
 4. Your Actions, Pfal. cxxxix. 2, 3, 4. ^fjw* 
 ii. 2, 9. 
 
 |. Hence he takes fpecial Notice of all and 
 every Sin you commit, Pfal. lvi. 8^ Pfal. 
 P. 17, 18, 21. y^potf. ii. 14. 2 Reg. v. 26. 
 
 6. Your Repentance of them, fo as to coung 
 the very Tears you fhed for them, Tfalm 
 lvi. 8. Jer. viii. 6. 
 
 7. Your good Works, Gen, xviii. 19. IfaL 
 xxxviii. ?. Matt. XXV. 34, ^oc. xiv. 13. 
 
 III. He rules and governs all Things; fo that 
 there is nothing falls out in the World, without 
 his Will and Pleafure, either effe&ing, or elfe 
 permitting it. 
 
 1. Not only the greater! and nobleff Parts of 
 the Creation, but the leaft, the vileft, the 
 molt defpicable Things that be, are fubjeft 
 to his Will, and wholly governed by his* 
 Providence ; 
 
 The young Ravens, Pfal cxlvii. 9. ■ 
 The Sparrows, yea, the very Hairs of 
 our Head, Matt, x. 29, 3^. 
 
 ft 
 
Thefaurus Theologicw. 1 1 i 
 
 It was an Heathen Cicero, that faid, Dii magnx 
 curant, farva ncgligunt. 
 
 A Christian muft believe that G o n takes Care 
 of the one as well as the other : For he created 
 all. 
 
 But doth'G o n take care for Oxen ? r Cor, ix. 9. 
 Yes. Where St. Taul only faith, that the I aw, Dent. 
 xxv. 4. is io to be underftood, that it ought to 
 mind us of our Duty to all fuch whofe Miniftry 
 we ufe, efpecially the Minifters of the Gofpel. 
 
 If of Oxen, much more of Men, much more 
 of his own Minifters* 
 
 2. All natural Things too. 
 
 It is he that caufeth the Sun to rife, and the 
 Rain to come down, Matt. v. 45-. 
 
 That caufeth the Grafs to grow, Tfal. cxlvii. 8- 
 TfaU Civ. 13, 14, i£. 
 
 That caufeth the Snow, Hail,Thunder, Winds, 
 and every Thing in the Air, Tfal. cxlvii. 16, 17. 
 Jer. x. 13. Job xxxvii. 10, 11, 12. 
 
 That maketh the Ground fruitful, DtuU xi. 12. 
 
 That gives both Hearing and Deafnefs, Sight 
 and Blindnefs, Exod. iv. 11. 
 
 That giveth Children or with-holdeth them, 
 that increafeth Families or diminifheth them, as 
 he fees good, Gen. xxx. 2. Deut. x. 22. 
 
 3. All fuch Things as are contingent and ac- 
 cidental in Refpe<5t of us, are yet ordered and 
 governed by G o d, even Lots themfelves, I 
 xvi. ;;.7TM 
 
 So Acban, Joflwab vii. 16, 17, 18. 
 
 Jonathan, 1 Sum. xiv. 41, 42. 
 Matthias , Alls i. 24, 26. 
 
 Jtiopbni and Tbineas, tho' fiain in Battle, 1 Sam. 
 iv. ii. yet are faid to be flain by the 
 Lord, 1 Saw. ii. 25, 
 
 A Man 
 
1 1 z Tbefaurus Theologicw. 
 
 A Man drew a Bow at a venture, and flew 
 Ahab y i Reg. xxii. 34. yet it was from the 
 Lord, as Mkhaiah the Prophet faw, ver. 
 
 \-}y 28. 
 
 So if a Man kill another by Chance-medley," 
 it is of the Lord. Exod. xxi. 13. Dettt. xix. 
 
 4, J". C&&tt«e tnediy not- JvttotfU 
 
 4. All voluntary Things "too, even fuch as are 
 done by the Choice and Confent, and Free- 
 will of Men, is ftill governed by God; 
 who inclines and bends our Hearts as he 
 fees good, tho' ftill fo that we ad freely of 
 ourfelves too, Prov. xxi. 1. Tfalm cxix. 36. 
 1 Reg. viii. 58. Atls xvi. 14. 2 Sam. xvii. 14. 
 
 Use. 
 
 1. Acknowledge God in every Thing that 
 happens in the World, Jac. iv. 13, 14. 
 J>roverbs iii. 6. 
 
 2. Pray to him alone for all true Grace and 
 Virtue, as to the only Fountain of it - y and 
 depend upon him alone for it. 
 
 Qlieft. If GOD thus governs the World, how 
 comes it to fafi that there is fo much Sin and 
 Wickednef in it ? 
 
 1. God, if he would, could have fo ordered 
 it, that no Sin fliould ever have been com- 
 mitted ; for he could have prevented it at 
 firft, or can ftill do it, or annihilate all Sin- 
 ners, that they mail never fin more. 
 
 2. Tho' he permits Sin, he is not the Caufe or 
 Author of it, Jac. i. 13, 14. That is Blaf- 
 phemy, yea 5 a Contradiction. 
 
 3. Tho: 
 
Tbefaurus Theologicw. 1 1 3 
 
 \ i~i — _^_— — — — — _ — __^ — 
 
 3. Tho' God permits Sin, yet he fo governs 
 and orders it, that he produccth Good out 
 of it. 
 
 1. By permitting one Sin, he fomctimes 
 punifheth another, Rom. i. 21, 22, 23, 25", 
 
 2. He over-rules the Sins of wicked Men, 
 fo as that they (hall turn to the Good of 
 the Righteous, Gen. xlv. 7, 8. Act: ii. 23. 
 C£rf/>. iv. 28. 
 
 3. He makes all Sin redound to his own 
 Glory ; either the Glory, 
 
 1. Of his Mercy in pardoning, R0m.ix.23. 
 
 2. Or of his Juftice in punifhing of it, 
 Trov. xvi. 4. 2 The]]', i. 7, 8, 9. 
 
 IV. He orders afTd difpofeth of all Thirigs, 
 giving them to whomfoevcr he plea fern. 
 
 1. Wealth and Riches, Deut. viii. 18. Gen. 
 xxxii. 9. 1 Tim. vi. 17. Job i. 21. Ecckf. 
 v. 18, 19. G6rf/>. vl. 1, 2. 
 
 2. Honour and Preferments, 1 CZ-ro». xxix. 
 12. Vfal. lxxv. 6, 7. 2 Sam. xii. 8. 1 i?^ a 
 iii. 13. 1 Srfw. ii. j t 8. P/^/w cxiii. 7. 
 
 3. Love and Favours, Gc». xxxix. 21. Dan. 
 i. 9. Exod. xii. 36. C/6.;/). iii. 21. 
 
 4. Healrh and Strength of Body, i Sam. 
 xii. 16. 
 
 Ndaman was cured, and Gchazi made 
 a Leper by G o d, 2 £eg. v. 27. ^#j 
 xvii. 25". 2 C£r077. xvi. 12. 
 y. Gifts and Parts of the Mind, 1 Reg. iii. 
 9,i2. Exod. xxxv. 26, 31. C/fc*/>. xxxvi. 
 f, 2. Chap. xxxi. I, 2, 3, 6. Jac. i. 5-. 
 6. All true Grace and Virtue wbttfoever. 
 Faith is the Gift of God, Epb. ii. 8. 
 So is Repentance, A&$ x^. iS. iTni. ii 25", 
 w4ff / v. 3 1 . 
 Vol t I And 
 
1 1 4 Thejauriu Theologicw. 
 
 And fo all other Graces, Jac. i. 17, 18. 
 i Cor. iv. 7. 
 7. Heaven kfelf and eternal Life, Romans 
 vi. 23. 
 
 All thefe the Works of God, his Prefervation, 
 Infpedtion, Government, and Difpofition 
 of all Things^are done ; 
 
 1. With infinite Power : For he doth all 
 Things without Trouble, only with his 
 Word, and none can refill him, 2 Chro. xx, 
 6. Job ix. 12. 
 
 2. With infinite Wifdom ; fo that he dire&s 
 all Things to the bell End, his own Glory, 
 Tfal. civ. 24. Row. xi. 3;. 
 
 3. With infinite Juftice and Righteoufnefs ; 
 fo that he wrongs none, nor is unjuft or 
 unrighteous to any, Tfal, cxlv. 17. 
 
 4. Widi infinite Goodnefs and Mercy, which 
 clearly appear in all and every Thing he 
 doth, Tfal. cxlv. 9. 
 
 Use. 
 
 1. Hence we mould learn to think, that no- 
 thing comes by Chance or Fortun e; but we 
 acknowledge God and his Providence in 
 every Thing that conies upon us, Trov. iii. 
 
 6. Exod. viii. 19. 
 
 2. To fear nothing but God; . forafmuch as 
 no Good can be withrholden from us, no 
 Evil can fall upon us, without him, Matt, 
 \. 28, 29, 30. 
 
 ;. That altho' we may and ought to make 
 ufc of Means, yet we mult put our whole 
 
 Truft 
 
 > J 
 
Tbefaurus Tbeologicus. i i 5 
 
 Truft and Confidence only on G o D, r with- 
 out whom the beft Means will be unfuc- 
 cefsful, the leaft by him will prove effectu- 
 al, Vfal. xxx vii. 3, 4, 7. 
 
 Live always upon Providence, 2 Chrcttt, 
 XX; 12. 
 
 To fubmit to his Will and Pleafure, and 
 acquiefce in all his Providences, as the Pro- 
 ducts of infinite Wifdom, Power, and Good- 
 nefs, 1 Sam. iii. 1 8. Tfalm xxxix. 9. Ifai. 
 xxxix. 8. 2 Sam. xvi. 9, 10, 11. 
 
 To give Go d Thanks for every thing that 
 happens to you, for all the Mercies you 
 enjoy, and for all the Miferies you do net 
 feel, Lamentations iii. 22. 
 
 Still piaife him, Job i. 21. Rom. xi. 33, 36, 
 
 J UD£ " 
 
i 1 6 Tbefaurus Tbeologicus, 
 
 J U D E 6. 
 
 And the Angels which kept not their 
 firtt Eflate. 
 
 I. CJ OME of the Angels kept their firft Eftate^ 
 \3 that isj retained the fame Integrity and 
 Perfe&ion wherein they were created j concern- 
 ing which we may obferve, 
 
 i. Their Names, CTDNha "aj^sxo/. 
 Cherubim, EzeL x. i, 4, j. 
 Seraphim, burning or flaming Spirits, lfa.vi.2l 
 Sons of G o d, Job i. 6. Chap, xxxviii. 7. 
 Thrones, Dominions, &c. Col. i. 1 6. 
 There be Archangels, 1 Thejf. iv. 16. 
 Such a one is Michael, Jude 9. Sfc:P£ 
 So perhaps Gabriel, Dan. viii. 16. S*n3Jt 
 
 2. Their Nature. They are fpiritual Sub- 
 fiances, of great Knowledge, and Power 
 fpiritual, Vfalm civ. 4. Heb. i. 14. 
 
 Of great Knowledge, 2 Saw. xiv. 17. 
 Natural. 
 
 Revealed, 1 Tet. i. 12. 
 Experimental. 
 
 They communicate themfelves to one ano- 
 ther by their Will. 
 And Power, Pfalm ciii. 20. 2 Thejf. i. 7. 
 2 Reg. xix. ;$\ 
 
 3. What is their Duty and Employment? 
 That we can tell pnly by reading of what 
 they have done. We find, 
 
 1. They praife God, If at, n, 3. ApocAr.S. 
 Chap- vii, 11, 12. 
 
 2. They 
 
 
Tbefaurtu Theological. 
 
 I 1*7 
 
 2. They attended our bleiTed Saviour at his 
 
 Conception, Lukei. 26, 27, 35*. 
 At his Birth, Luke ii. 9, 10, 13, 14. 
 At Bethlehem, Matt. ii. 13. 
 And in Egypt, Matt. ii. iq. 
 Afcer his Temptation, Matt. iv. 11. 
 In his Agony, Luke xxii. 43. 
 At his Apprehenfion, Matt. xxvi. ^ 3. 
 At his Refurrection, Matt, xxviii. 2. John 
 
 xx. 12. 
 At his Afcenfion, ABs i. 10, 11. 
 Yen, they worfhip him, Heb. i. 7. Which 
 
 fhews, 
 
 1. How much he is above the Angels, Heb, 
 I 4. 
 
 2. What Reafon we have to worfhip him. 
 ;. They minifter to the Saints. 
 
 1. In their Life-time : 
 
 1. To keep them out of Evil, Pfil. xct. 
 11, 12. 1 Reg. xix. f, 6. 2 Keg. vi. 17, 
 
 2. To deliver them from it, if they be 
 fallen into it, Pfal. xxxiv. 7. Numb. 
 xx. 16. Gen. xix. 1 5", 22. Dan. iii. 28. 
 c^. vi. 22. AttsxW.l, 8. r^. v. 19,20. 
 
 ;. To guide and direct them what to do, 
 
 Gen. xxii 11,12. Acts X. ;, 22. 1 Chro. 
 
 xxi. 18. Acts viii. 26. 
 4. To acquaint them with Things to 
 
 come, Dan. viii. 16. £<?W. i. I. cap. 
 
 xxii. 16. 2 £<g. i. 3, 
 
 2. At their Death the Angels convey them, 
 into Heaven, Luke xvi. 22. 
 
 3. After Death, at the laft Day, Matt\ 
 xxiv. j j. f/j^. xxv. 31. 
 
 Queft. Whether hath every one a particular An- 
 gel to attend him ? 
 
 J 3 .rffyV 
 
i 1 8 Thefaurus Tbeologicus. 
 
 Anpw. As for the Wicked, it cannot be fup- 
 pofed, that the good Angels are for their Com- 
 pany. 
 
 But that thofe who are truly pious, have eve^ 
 ry one his Angel always with him, is very pro- 
 bable, not only from all thofe Places beforemen- 
 tioned, where we find Angels ftill miniftring to 
 the Saints in all Ages, as, Abraham, Lot, Jacob; 
 Mofes, Jo(lma } Elijah, Cornelius, St. Teter, St. John, 
 &c. but more efpecially from Acls xii. ij. Matt, 
 xviii. iq. 
 
 Hoc ejj'e maximum exiftimo Beneficium, quod ab Or- 
 tu Nati-vitatis mea? Angelum Pads ad me cuflodien- 
 dum ufque ad Finem mwm dedit mihi Dominus* 
 £uguft. 
 
 Use. 
 j. Hence fee how much Kindnefs and Re-r 
 fpeA God hath for his People, fo as to 
 fend his Angels to attend them. 
 
 2. Let us learn to imitate the Angels in prai-* 
 ling God. 
 
 Jn doing his Will, Tfal. ciii. 20, 21. 
 Tho' it be by miniftring to our Inferiors* 
 
 3. Let us ft rive to get to Heaven, that w$ 
 may be like them, Luke xx. }6. 
 
 ■ A: 
 
 JUDE 
 
Tbefaurus Theologians. \ i 9 
 
 JUDE 6. 
 
 And the Angels which kept not their 
 firfl Eft ate, but left their own Habi- 
 tation, he hathrefcrvd in ever lifting 
 Chains^ und er Darhne fs, unto the 
 Judgment of the great Day. 
 
 SOME of the Ang:ls fell from their firfl 
 Eftate, 2 Vet. ii. 4. John viii. 44. Job iv. l8 f 
 
 I. What caufed their Fall ? 
 Sin be fure : And as it is generally thought. 
 Pride. For, 
 
 1. This is the Sin they tempted Man to, Gen, 
 iii. j. 
 
 3.. He is ftill proud ; as appears from the Wor- 
 ftiip he hath tempted Men to give to him j 
 yea, he would have had Christ to have 
 worfhipped him, Matt. iv. 8, 9. contrary to 
 the Temper of the good Angels, Apoc, xix. 
 10. chap. xxii. 8, 9. 
 
 5. The fpiritual and moft excellent Nature of 
 the Angels was more capable of, and liable 
 to this, than any other Sin ; whence the 
 'Proud are faid to fall into the condemna- 
 tion of the Devil; 1 Tim. iii. 6. 
 
 But this muft needs proceed from fome Error 
 in Judgment, or at leaft Inconfideratcnefs. 
 
 2. Their Temper and Difpofition after their 
 Fall. It is very corrupt and wicked, full of Ha- 
 tred againft God, and againft Mas too, as bear, 
 
 V 
 
120 Thefaurus Theologicus. 
 
 ing his Image; therefore he deftroyed Man at 
 .flrft, and ftill endeavours to do it, i Pet. v. 8. 
 Hence called a/*/3oa<@- Rev. xii. 10. Whence 
 Devil: ^17^,^, Jf^^r , v _ 
 Satan, Adverfarius, J oF. i. 9, 11, c^p. ii. 4, j. 
 jjh&(uv } the Tempter, Ato. iv. ;. 
 n<mi£?\, the wicked One, Ato. xiii. 19, 39. 
 Abaddon and Apollion, a Deftroyer, Apoc.ix. 11. 
 Beelzebub , Matt. x. 25-. ,30? hjO the God of 
 Flies, z Reg. i. 2, 6. Or elfe, ,Su? Sp3 the 
 Dunghil God, the Idol ; fo the Devil was 
 called, becaufe he was worfhipped by the 
 Heathens. 
 Whence we may obferye, that he who is, 
 Proud, 
 Malicious, 
 
 That envies others Happinefs, 
 Or ftrives to do what Mifchief he can to 
 others, is like the Devil, the worft of all 
 Creatures. 
 
 g. Notwithstanding their Fall, they have ftilj 
 great Knowledge and Power. 
 
 1. Knowledge, Mark i. 2^. 
 Natural, 
 Experimental. 
 
 They know not Things to come to pafs, un- 
 leis it be by confidering the prefent Caufes, 
 and from probable Conje&ures, Ifa. xli. 25. 
 
 2. Their Power alfo is great, Epb.vi. 11, 12. 
 He hath Power over the Air, Eph. ii. 2. 
 Job i. 19. / /, 
 
 They can do very ftrange Thines; Exod/vii. 
 11, 12. ABs viii. 9, 10. / / 
 
 They Jiave Power over Beafts, Mark v.i 1,1 ii 
 And over wicked Men, 2 Tim. ii. 26. EpL 
 
 * /' ' But 
 
 y </ 
 
-1 
 
 Tbefaurus Theologicus. i z 1 
 
 But good Men need not fear his Power; for 
 he can do nothing to them without God 
 the Father's Permiffion, Job i. 1 2. c bap. ii. 6. 
 1 Reg. xxii. 21, 22. Matt. viii. 31, 32. 
 
 4. How many of them are there ? 
 
 That they be very numerous, is plain from 
 their being almoft in all Places; and from 
 Luke viii. ;o. a Legion is many Thoufands;. 
 But that there is fome Order and Difciplme 
 among them, is probable from their ha- 
 ving a Kingdom, Matt. xii. 26. whereof 
 one is faid to be Prince, Matt. ix. 34. 
 So we read of the Devil and his Angels, 
 Matt. xxv. 41. Apoc. xii. 7. 
 
 c. What was their Punifhment ? 
 
 They were caft out of Heaven, 2 Vet'. 
 ii. 4. put then into Chains ; but fb as they 
 can ftill go about, God's Difpleafure not 
 being yet fully executed upon them, Mau 
 viii. 29. 
 Everlafting Fire is prepared for them at 
 the End of the World, Matt. xxv. 41, 
 
 Use. 
 
 1. The Devil being fo malicious and ready to 
 tempt us, we had need be watchful, 1 Pet. 
 v. 8. 
 
 2. Refift his Temptations, Jac. W 7. efpecial- 
 ly by Faith, Epb. vi. 11, 12,16. Lukexxil 
 
 %. Have a Care of coming into the fame Con- 
 demnation with them; by Pride, Malice, 
 or UncharitablenefsjW Matt. xxv. 4L 
 
 P-- f Rom, 
 
j z z Tbefaurut Theologicw. 
 
 Rom. v. 19. 
 
 For as by one Man's Difobedience many 
 were made Sinners, 
 
 I.T\ /TAN was made in the Image of God, 
 JLVJl Gen. i. 26. which confifted, 
 
 1. Partly in his Power and Dominion over 
 all Terreftrial Creatures, Gen. i. 26, 28. 
 Vfal. viii. y, 6. Hence he gave Names, 
 Gen. i. 19, 20. 
 
 2. In the Perfe&ion of his Nature, indued 
 with Reafon and Will, and with Know- 
 ledge and True Holinefs. 
 
 1. Knowledge, Col. iii. 9, 10. 
 
 2. True Holinefs, E$h. iv 24. 
 
 II. He was commanded not to eat of the Tree 
 of Knowledge of Good and Evil, Gen. ii. 16. 
 v/hich was backed with a Threatning to 
 keep his Senfes in Obedience and Subjecti- 
 on to his Reafon. 
 
 J1I. Man notwithftanding did eat of it. 
 
 j. Through Satan's Temptation ; which was 
 managed with great Cunning. 
 
 1. He enters into the Serpent, the fubtileft 
 Creature, Gen. iii. r. 
 
 2. Sets upon the Woman the weaker Velfel, 
 1 Vet. iii. 7. 
 
 3. He propounds a doubtful Queftiop* Gen* 
 iii. 1, 
 
 a. Then 
 
Thefaurus Thcologicw. \ z •> 
 
 4. Then he denies the Trinh of G o d's Threat- 
 nings, *vtr r 4. 
 
 j. Gives her a contrary Promiie, t-er. 5-. 
 6. Ufeth the Name of G od to conhrm it, -v. y. 
 2. Through the Woman's Fault. 
 
 1. In entring into a Difputewith the Devil. 
 
 2. In doubting of the Truth of God's Com- 
 mand. 
 
 3. In eating the Fruit. 
 
 ;. Mans too. In taking the Fruit at her Hands, 
 
 and eating it; whereby he broke all the Law. 
 
 In hac lege Ada data omnia pracepta condita recog- 
 
 jufcwtuSj qua poftea pullulaverunt data per Mu~ 
 
 fen. Tcrtull. 
 
 And fo he broke, 
 
 1. The Firft Command, by Infidelity, Ingra- 
 titude, Contempt of God; Ambition to 
 be like God, Gen. iii. j. 
 
 2. Hearkening to the Devil's Word more than 
 to God's, and fo worfhiping him. 
 
 5. Profaning God's Name, and blafpheming 
 it, by preferring the Devil before him. 
 
 4. Profaning the Sabbath, by dcing it upon 
 that Day. 
 
 y. Eye in not confulting her Husband, and he 
 in pleafing his Wife more than God. 
 
 6. Murdering their whole Pofterity, John 
 viii. 44, 
 
 7. In minding the Lulls of the Flefli more 
 than the Law of God 
 
 8. In Healing God's Fruit, and being dis- 
 contented with their preient Condition. 
 
 9. By paffing a falfe Judgment upon the 
 Fruit, and receiving a fails Accufation a- 
 gainft God. 
 
 ip. Evil Concupifcence, and coveting the 
 Things belonging to another. 
 
 IV. By 
 
1 ' ' -> 
 
 124 Tbefaurus Theologicus. 
 
 IV. By this Difobedience of Adam, many, e- 
 
 ven all his Pofterity, were made Sinners, 
 j. By Imputation. His Sin is reckoned to all. 
 As appears, 
 j. In that all finned in him, Rom. v. 12. Htb. 
 vii. 9, 10. Rom. v. 16, 17, 18. 
 
 2. All died in Adam, 1 Cor. XV. 22. Rom. vi.23. 
 
 3. All were then in his Loins : So that he 
 was the common Father of all Mankind; 
 therefore called Adam 3 that is, Man in ge- 
 neraI,_G<?». v. 1. 
 
 Sift* > 2. By Inhefion.' All, by reafon of Adams Sin, 
 Jfh. s6i . are maae Sinners. 
 
 1. All are born in Sin, Vfal. Li. $\ Job xiv. 4. 
 Eph. ii. ;. John iii. 6. Hence only it is that 
 Children die. 
 tl All do adually commit Sin, which fhews 
 all Mankind to be polluted with it, and in- 
 clined to it, Ecclef. vii. 20. Prov. xx. 9. 
 1 Reg. viii. 46. Gal. iii. 22. 1 John i. 8, 10. 
 5. The whole Man is defiled with Sin, and con- 
 tinually fubjed to it. 
 
 1. The Underftanding, 1 Cor. i. 19, 20. cap* 
 ii. 14. 
 
 2. The Mind and Confcience, Tit. i. 1 f. It 
 is ftupid and fencelefs, 1 Tim, iv. 2. or elfe 
 troubled. 
 
 3. The Memory, 2p^.i.i2. Inremembring 
 only the worft, forgetting the bed Things. 
 
 4. The Thoughts and Imagination, Gen. vi. , £, 
 which appears in their Vanity and Dif- 
 order. 
 
 5. The Will and AfFedions, John i. 13. Col, 
 iii. 2. in being placed, either, 
 
 1. Upon unlawful Objeds. 
 
 2. Or upon lawful Objeds in an unlaw- 
 ful Manner, 
 
 £. The 
 
Tbefaurus Tbeologtcus. i 2 5 
 
 6. The Body, z fb& v. 25. 
 
 It is not now ferviceable to the Soul. 
 
 But a Clog to it, 
 
 Yea, tempts and feduces it to Sin. 
 
 Hence our Original Sin is the corrupt Foun- 
 tain from whence all our ad:ual Sins flow, 
 Jac. i. 14. 
 
 Some Relicks of it remain in the beft Saints, 
 Gal. v. 17. 
 
 Use. 
 
 1. This mould make us low and humble in 
 our own Eyes, Job xv. 14, iy, 16. 
 
 2. Hence we mould earnestly defire to be 
 born again, and made new Creatures : For 
 otherwife our Condition is fad indeed, and 
 very deplorable. 
 
 ;. Hence we mould go to Christ the Se- 
 cond Adam, that we may be made Righ- 
 teous by him, as we are Sinners by the 
 Firft. 
 
 R O M, 
 
\i6 Tbefaurus Theologicut. 
 
 MST1F1CATI0M 
 R o m. v» 1 9, 
 
 So by the Obedience of One, /ball many 
 be made Righteous,, 
 
 I.Tl^THO is this One fpoken of? Not one 
 V \ Man, but only One in general. 
 i. All Mankind being contained m^ and fo 
 fallen with Adam, God raifed up another 
 Adam, by whom they might rife, i Cor. xv. 
 4$-. Who being promifed, as foon as the 
 firft fell, Gen. Hi. 15. is called the Second 
 Man, 1 Cor. xV. 47. 
 
 2. This was no lefs a Perfon than the Son of 
 God made Man, John i. 14. 1 Tim.iii. 16. 
 For he took the Nature of Man into his 
 Divine Perfon, Htb. ii. 16. 
 
 3. Hence the whole Nature of Man was as- 
 fully and really contained in him as in the 
 Firft Adam, 1 Cor. xv. 22. 
 
 4. This the Second Man had this extraordina- 
 ry Advantage over the Firft ; that where- 
 as the other was but a Man made in the 
 Likenefs of God, this was God made in 
 the Likenefs of Man, Phil. ii. 6, 7. 
 
 II. What was the Obedience of this One her© 
 fpoken of? 
 
 1. He did no Sin, was not guilty in the leaflL* 
 Ifai. liii. 9. 1 Pet. ii. 22. 1 John iii. J. John 
 viii. 46. 
 
 2. He did whatfoever the Law required ; and 
 fo remain d perfe&ly Righteous in all things, 
 Matt. iii. 1 £• Hek vii. 26, 27, 28. c T/o? eit # 
 euuyx TiKfiu/xivoVt John XV, IO. Cbap.'lV. 54. 
 
 3. He 
 
Tbefauruf Theologies. i 2 7 
 
 2. Htf was Obedient even to Death itfelf, 
 fid. ii. 8. So that he underwent that 
 Death which the Fir ft Adam had deferv'd 
 for all Mankind. 
 
 HI In what Senfe are many here faid to be 
 made Righteous by One ? Even in the fame 
 Senfe as we are before faid to be made din- 
 ners by One. 
 
 1. By having Christ's Righteoufnefs, as we 
 had Adams Sin imputed to us. 
 
 1. No Man can be pronounced Righteous 
 by God, unlefs he be really fo, Prov* 
 xvii. 1 5. Ifai. v. 23. 
 
 2. But no Man is really Righteous in him- 
 {elf, Ecclef. vii. 20. 
 
 *. Hence it is impoflible we fliould be ac- 
 r cepted of as Righteous before God, un- 
 lefs we have fome other Righteoufnefi 
 imputed to us, Rom. iv. 6, 1 1. 
 4. Hence Christ was pleafed to be Obe- 
 dient even to Death for us ; that fo by 
 his Obedience imputed to us, we might 
 be accepted of as Righteous. 
 
 For, 
 I, Our Righteoufnefs is plainly alTerted 
 to be only in Christ, 2O. v. 21. 
 He was made Sin for us. 
 ®uemadmodum obl.it us pro peccatis non immt- 
 rito peccator faflis dkitur. Ambrof^ 
 Our Sins were laid on him, Ifai. lijj. 6. 
 So his Righteoufnefs on us, Phil. iii. 8, 
 9. Eph. i. 6. 
 2. He is exprefly called, Our Righteoufnefs, 
 Jer, xxiii. 6. Cha. xxxiii. 16. 1 Cor. 1. 20. 
 
 2, He 
 
128 Tbefaurus Theologicur. 
 
 ■ 
 
 3. He is called our Surety, Heb. vii. 22. who 
 being Bound for us, paid in our Stead 
 what the Law required of us. 
 
 4. Christ's whole Obedience was only 
 upon our Account, and for our Sakcs, 
 Gal. iv. 4, f . 
 
 So that by his Obedience the Law is per- 
 fectly fulfilled in us, Rom. Viii. 3, 4. 
 
 2. We are made Righteous by C h r i s t, ste 
 Sinners by Adam inherently. 
 
 1. He mortifies our Sins, 1 John iii. 8. 
 ABs iii. 26. 1 John i. 7, 9- 
 
 2. He gives Repentance, ABs v. 31. 
 
 3. He fan&ifies our whole Natures, and 
 makes us Holy, 1 Con i. 30. 1 Cor. vi. 11. 
 Epb. v. 2 j, 26, 27. 
 
 4. He enables us to do good Works, John 
 xv. 4f. TtU ii. 14. P&7. iv. xi, 12, 13* 
 
 Use. 
 i. Thank God for Christ. 
 2. Put your whole Truft in hint only, fof 
 
 Grace as well as Pardon. 
 1. Let it be your great Care to be in the 
 
 Number of thofe who are made Righteous 
 
 in C h r 1 s t, in believing in him. 
 4. Live as becometh fuch righteous Perfonsi 
 
 Acts 
 
ThejdurtM Tblologicw. 129 
 
 Acts xvi. 3 1. 
 
 Belieiic on the Lord Jejus Chrift, and 
 thou /bait be favedi 
 
 l WO Things required to a true Faith in 
 Christ, 
 
 I. That we believe all the Articles of our Chri- 
 ftian Faith. 
 
 And particularly that concerning Christ, 
 we believe. 
 
 i. That he is the Lord, KJe*©-, Luk.il ir. 
 Cod, the Supream Being and Gover- 
 nor of the World, Job. xx. 28. Mff, as 
 UplX Jiff, 7er. xxiii. 6. 
 
 2. That he is the Lord Jesus, Matt. a. 21. 
 the only true Jesus or Saviour, Ail. iv.i 2 i 
 
 3. That he is the Lord Jesus Christ, the 
 Meffiah promifed in the Old Ttftamen: 7 
 Dart. ix. 2 J , 26. Matt. xvi. 16. 
 
 And, by Consequence, we are to believe, 
 that he, 
 
 1. Died. 
 
 2. Rofe again. 
 
 3 . Went up to Heaven. 
 
 4. There litteth at the Right Hand of 
 God, making IntercciTion for us. 
 
 5. Is able to fave us if we corne unto 
 God by him, Htb. vii. 2$. 
 
 II. That we have a fure Truft and Confidence 
 on God's merciful Promifes in Christ 
 for all Things neceflftry to mak* us happy y 
 and that are good for us. 
 
 Vol I K * J h n 
 
1 7 o Thejaurus Theologian. 
 
 i John iii. 23. 
 
 And this is his Commandment, That we 
 Jbould believe on the Name of his 
 Son Jefus Chrifl* 
 
 HERE we fee the Son of God called by 
 Two Names, Jf.sus and Christ ; the 
 firft being the Name of his Perfon, the fecond 
 of his Office. 
 I. As to the Firft Jestjs. 
 
 1. Who gave him that Name ? The Angel 
 Gabriel before he was born or conceived, 
 Luke i. 26, 31. Chap. ii. 21. 
 
 2. Why was the Son of God called by this 
 Name? Eecaufe he was to fave us. The 
 fame Name that was given Jojtma by Mc- 
 fes, Numb. xiii. 16. JJtDliT, which was af- 
 wards contracted into piu)% as i Chron. 
 xxiv. ii. and thence in Greek, 'Ih<t-«?, the 
 Saviour, as Luke ii. ii. Acls xiii. 23. 
 
 This Reafon is given, Matt.i. 21. For, 
 i, He alone procured Salvation for us, 
 Job. iii. 17. ABs iv. 12. And that by 
 dying for us, Rom. v. 8, 9. 1 Vet. i. 
 18, 19. 
 2c He alone conferreth it upon us, Heb. 
 vii. 2 j. Phil. iii. 20, 21. Afts v. 31. 
 
 Hence, 
 i, Truft on him only for Salvation, 
 
 1 Tim, ii. $". 
 *. Love and Efteem him above all 
 Things, Mat. x. 37. Thil iii. 8. 
 
 3. Reverence 
 
Thefaurus Theologicus. 
 
 2. Reverence and Adore him, Vhll ii. 
 9, 10. A&t xix. 1%, 1 J. He*. L tf. 
 
 4. Re Joyce in him as your Saviour, 
 L*ke I 46,47. t •'<*/>. n. 10, 11. 
 U He was called Christ. This great Thing 
 ' we muft believe. For thefe Things are writ- 
 ten that you might believe that J esus is the 
 Christ, Johnxx. Jl. 
 For the opening of this j Confider, 
 
 1. God from the Beginning promifed Man- 
 kind a Saviour, or Jesus, Gen. \u. if. 
 
 2. This Promife was often renewed to the Fa- 
 thers, and the coming of our Saviour 
 foretold by the Prophets. 
 
 3. He was ordinarily called the Meffiab, TOO, 
 
 Dan. ix. 2f, 26. 
 
 4. AfcJ/w/j in H^r^, is the fame with Ch r i s t 
 in Greek, John i. 41. Chap. iv. 2?. 
 
 Thefe Things considered, we (hall prove, 
 
 1. That J es u s is the C i-i R 1 s t or Meffiab. 
 
 2. Shew, wherefore he was called by that 
 
 Name. 
 
 1 . That J e s u s is the C h r 1 s t, appears, 
 in that all the Prophecies concerning 
 the Meffiab was foretold in him. 
 1. His Birth. 
 
 1. The Time, Gen. xliw 10. Ah!. 
 
 iii. 1. muon "fro *nn »w% 1L: &- 
 
 ii. 6, 9. £<*«• ix. 26. 
 
 2. The Place, Ma v.*2. Matt. u. 6. 
 JL«^€ ii. 4. 
 
 ;. The Family ; of David, Ifa. xi. 10. 
 
 Aftfff. xxii. 42. Lw£e ii- 4. 
 4. The Manner ; of a Virgin, Ifai. 
 vii. 14. Matt. i. 22. 
 2. His Life and Adtions. Full of Mira- 
 cles, Matt. xi. 2, 5, 4, f. 
 
 K 2 3- HlS 
 
>*-Li 
 
 9 z Tbefauruf Tbeologicus. 
 
 3. His Death and Paffions. 
 
 He was defpifed, if a. liii. 3. Sold, 
 Zeeh. xi. 12. Mat. xxvi. 15*. Wound- 
 ed, pierced, P/^/. xxii. 16. Parted 
 his Garments, VfaL xxii. 18. John 
 xix- 24. L#£e xxiv. 26 y 27* 
 
 4. His Refurrection and Afeenfion, Hof. 
 
 vi. 2. Pfal, ex. i. y4#j ii. 34, 36. 
 
 5. His Reception in the World, Tfalm 
 ii. 8. Tfalm lxxii. 11. Co/, i. 2;. 
 
 2. Wherefore is he called Mejfiah 3 Christ ? 
 Becaufe he was anointed, 
 
 1. To be a Prophet, 1 Reg. xix. 16. Ifa. 
 Ixi. 1. John iii, 2. 
 
 2. To be a Prieft, Exod. xl. 15. Heb. 
 vii. 17. £p&. v. 2. 
 
 3. A King, 1 Reg. xix. 16. Pp/w ii, 6. 
 JjGr. ix. 6. v4#j v. 51. Epb. i. 20, 2i„ 
 ^7* x. 38. 
 
 Use. 
 
 1. Firmly believe this great Truth that Jesus 
 is the Christ, Acts xvii. 2, 3. Acls xviij. 
 5,28. 1 7^ w v - *• Cta^ ii. 22. 
 
 2. Receive him, • 
 
 1. As your Prophet, obferving what he 
 hath faid, believing what he aflerts, truft- 
 ing on what he hath promifed. 
 
 2. As your Prieft, to make Attonement for 
 you, Rom. viii. 33, 34. 
 
 3. As your King, to rule and govern you, 
 and to fubdue Sin and Satan, and all 
 your Spiritual Enemies under you, 1 Job. 
 iii. 8. 
 
 3. Live up to the Profeflion of this Faith, Ails 
 xi. 26. 2 Tim. ii. 19, 
 
 L U K E 
 
Tbefauruf Theologian. i j 3 
 
 Luke i. 35. 
 
 The Holy GboU /ball come upon tbee 9 
 and the Power of the Highest jhall 
 ovcrfliadorv tbee. 
 
 H 
 
 ERE we have the Incarnation of the Son 
 
 of God defcribed, by, 
 
 I. Its efficient Giufe : The Holy Ghost 
 
 fhall corns upon thee. 
 
 II. The Subject : Upon Thee the Virgin 
 Mary. 
 
 Ill The Refult : The Union of the Two 
 Natures in one Peribn. Therefore that Holy 
 Thing, &c. 
 
 1. The efficient Caufe: The Holy Ghost. 
 
 Where in our Creed it is (aid, He Ivas con-* 
 
 celled by the Hdy Gbofl ; that is, lie did 
 
 caufc the Virgin to Conceive, Lukei. 31. 
 
 1. As to his Conception by the Holy 
 
 Ghost, I fhall only obferve, That 
 
 i. As it is a great Myftery, it is here 
 
 myfterioufly exprefied, rn^'u* lyw 
 
 ui<m cv ly as in the Creation, Gen. i 2. 
 and the Production of Man, Ch.i.u.j. 
 There was fubjert Matter, bur the 
 Spirit moved upon it, as Pfal. civ. ;o. 
 John vi. 6 % . Hence Christ's, firft 
 Name is Wonderful, Ifii. ix. 6. 
 2. It was neceffary our Saviour fhould 
 be thus conceived, that fo he u.ight 
 be free from Sin. 
 
 K $ pOf, 
 
1 24 Thefaurus Theologicus. 
 
 For, 
 
 i. The Divine Nature could not be united to 
 the Humane, unlefs pure and perfe&. 
 
 2. He could not have expiated our Sins, un- 
 lefs he had been without Sin himfelf, 
 Ueb. vii. 26, 27. 
 
 ;. Hence our Saviour, even as Man, is called 
 the Son of God, becaufe produced imme- 
 diately by God himfelf, as Adam was, 
 Luke iii. 38. 
 2. As to the Perfon of whom he was born, we 
 
 need only obferve, 
 
 1. Her Name was Mary, Luke i. 27. Matt, i. 
 
 18. Mich. vi. 4. 
 
 2. She was a Virgin when fhe bear him, 
 Gev. iii. 15*. If at. vii. 14* Luke i. 27. 
 
 3. It is very probable fhe continued to be fo 
 after, Matt. i. 2j\ compared with 1 Sam. 
 xv. 3 j. . His Brethren were his Kinfmen, or 
 Jofepb's Children by another Wife, they 
 are not called hers. 
 
 4. She was certainly an excellent Perfon, yet 
 not without Sin, at leaft Original, Rom. iii. 
 23. Chap v. 18. for fhe needed a Saviour, t 
 Luke i. 46, 47. and died* B<rm vyifeUw.fr 5^",- *s hv-DafiL 
 
 y. We ought to reverence, but not to wor- 
 ship her, Luke i. 28, 48. Matth. iv. 10. 
 
 'E/ jjaaaj'sti >? M«ei«t x} ajict x} rni/jwyAvn a'aa' bk 
 
 Use. 
 
 1. Hence fee the Condefcenfion of the Son of 
 G o d in being born of a Woman, and yet 
 poor, Lev. xii. 8. Luke ii. 24. 
 
 2. Learn of him to be meek and lowly, 
 Matt. xi. 29. 
 
 3. The 
 
Tbcfaurus Tbcologicus. i 3 5 
 
 3. TheRefuIt of this, the Union of the Di- 
 vine and Humane Nature. For, 
 
 1. That he is God we have provd already. 
 
 2. That he became truly Man, is plain from 
 his being born of a Woman, Utb. ii.14,16. 
 
 1. He had a real Body, 'John i. 14. Luke 
 xxiv. 59. I John iv. 3. 
 
 Simon Magus, Saturnus, IfiJorus Secund.'ts, 
 Marcofcmi, Ihracltonita, Ophite, Ccrdon, 
 Marcion. &c. were aox,»tbu » $&vni<nci<&tt 
 fuppofing Christ to have no real Body. 
 
 2. A Soul, Matt. xxvi. 38. Luke ii. J2. 
 Chap. xxii. 42. 
 
 /rim and Ettnomim faid, Gum* A»m 
 
 in\f>Y.yJcvaji iiv "&"<&- Theodoret. 
 t. His Soul and 1-ody were united toger 
 ther, Luke xxiii. 46. 
 
 5. His Humane and Divine Nature were 
 
 both united in one Perlbn. 
 qMsuw Hence, 'o h'oy®- 5 phv®- «>?'»> 
 ©i3« 7i g iV9 f «T®-. , Clem. Alex. 
 So char, 
 1. His Natures were not mixed or con- 
 founded together, for then he would have 
 been neither. 
 z. Nor changed one into the other, as the 
 Eutychiam thought the Humane was turn- 
 ed into Divine ; but imy^-mu dr^-rut 
 «A« P iiw *&&** Concil. Chalced. Luke 
 xxii. 42. Matt. i. 23. 
 So that he was perfed God, and perfect 
 
 Man, in cne and the lame Pcrfon. 
 The Humane Nature had no Subliftance 
 
 out of the Divine Perfon. 
 Hence flowed the Value and Efficacy of 
 his Actions, A8s xx. 28 . 
 
 K 4 Us3 
 
126 Thesaurus Theologicm. 
 
 Use. 
 
 i. Hence fee what Caufe you haye tp truft 
 to Christ for your Salvation, he being 
 God-Man, is able to reconcile God to 
 you, and you to God. 
 
 j. On <3od's Part, Hek v. i. 
 
 i. By fatisfyingfory our Sins, Hekiuiol 
 i Tim. ii. 6. <t,vTiKvTgov \a§p Twivrnv. 
 
 2. By interceeding for you, i John xxiL 
 Heb. vii. 25". 
 
 2. On our Part, Col i. 19. John i. 16. 
 
 2. Go to Christ, by trufting wholly in 
 him, Matt. xi. 28. 
 
 ;. Obey all his Commands; as certain that 
 he commands nothing but what is for you^r 
 good, Matt. xi. 30. 1 John y, 3. 
 
 i Pet, 1 
 
Thefaurus Theologicus. 1 3 7 
 
 1 Pet, iv. 1. 
 
 Forafmucb then as Cbrifl bath fuffcred 
 for us in the Flejh. 
 
 fir ft. T ~K THatfoever Christ fuffcred was in 
 
 V\ theFlefh. 
 Secondly, It was for us. 
 
 Thirdly, What it was he thus fuffcred for us in 
 the Flefh. 
 
 I. Whatfoever Christ fuffered was in the 
 Flefh. 
 
 1. Christ, as God, was, and is, incapa- 
 ble of fuffering ; being Actus pvrljjimus. 
 
 2. But he was in Time made Flefh, John i. 
 14. that is, Took our Nature upon him. 
 
 3. In this Flefh it was that he fuffered, 
 1 Per. iii. 1 8. 
 
 4. By reafonof the Union of our Nature to 
 his Divine Perfon, what he fuffer'dinour 
 Nature is reckon'd as fuffer'd by him that 
 was truly God, the Attributes, and, by 
 confequence, the Actions of the one Na- 
 ture being attributed to the other. 
 
 Ver indijfolubilem unit at em verbi & cxrnis omnia 
 qua carnis funt ajcribuntur verba, quomodo & 
 qua Vtrbi Junt pradicantur in came. Orig. 
 
 By this Union, 'Atf/utOisttJai -m ovb/Mt-rrt AlfE 39 
 tv dLv%fio~rivov tw Qeia )y tv Qhqv tw eLrSfcoTnvv 
 j&javotML^iQ. Greg. NyfT. 
 
 This is the Communicatio idiomatum fpofcc of 
 by the School-men ; as, 1 Cor. ii. 8. Acls 
 xx. z 8. 
 
 2. What 
 
128 Thef auras Theologicw. 
 
 II. Whatfoever Christ fuffer'd was only for 
 us : not only for our Good, or our Exam- 
 ple, as the Socinians would have it, but in 
 our Stead, and to expiate and make Satif- 
 fa&ion to G o d's Juftice for our Sins : For, 
 
 i. He is faid exprefly to die in our Steads. 
 
 'Avrihvr&v vyn§ -rnvruVf I Tim. il. 6. Kvryi 
 dvn ttokkuv, Matt. XX. 28. 
 
 2. To be a Sacrifice and Propitiation for our 
 Sins, Epb. v. 2. ll&<rq>o££ x) <dv<na> Heb. ii. 
 1 7. Ei* 70 Ik&aYJi&tu tu.<; i^^riafy I John 
 ii. 2. Chap. iv. 10. tK&rpit. 
 
 3. Our Sins were laid upon him, If at. liii. 
 
 4> U 6. 
 
 He was made Sin for us, 2 Cor. ix. 21. 
 
 And a Curfe for us, Gal. iii. 13. 
 
 4. He had no Sin of his own to fuffer for, 
 and therefore he could not have fuffered 
 but for our Sins. 
 
 And he being God as well as Man, his 
 Sufferings could not but be of infinite 
 Value and Merit for us. 
 
 Use. 
 
 1. Hence fee how odious and offenfive Sin is 
 to G o D. 
 
 2. When we read or hear of Christ's Suf- 
 ferings, how mould we be affe&ed with 
 it, confidering that they were all for our 
 Sakes, and Sins. 
 
 3. How much more when we fee him cruci- 
 fied before our Eyes in the Bleffed Sacra- 
 ment ? 
 
 III. What did our Lord fuffer for us ? 
 
 1. The 
 
Tbefaurui Theologian. 159 
 
 1. The firft kind of Sufferings he underwent, 
 were in his Temptations fbon after his 
 Baptifm : Of which note, Matt. iv. 1. 
 
 1. He was led by the Spirit, Luke iv. r. that 
 which even now defcended upon him. 
 
 2. Into the Wildernefs, a Place remote from 
 Men, and filled only with Beads. 
 
 1. To fulfil the Type of the Scape-Goat, 
 Lev. xvi. 20, 21, 22. 
 
 2. To give the Devil all the Advantage 
 he could defire in his Temptations, 
 Matt. iv. 2. 
 
 2. There he faded Forty Days and Forty 
 Nights : So M<fes had fafted, Excel, xxxiv. 
 28. and Ellas > 1 Reg. xix. 8. 
 
 Our Saviour fafted this Time, 
 i. To fhew the Harmony between Law 
 
 and Gofpel. 
 2. To teach us how to fit ourfelves for 
 the great Work of the Miniftry. 
 Acts xiii. 2. Hence our Emb.r- Weeks. 
 This gave the Occafion of the Churches 
 obferving Lent every Year, which (he 
 always did- and therefore it is no piece 
 of Popery. 
 . 4. After thefe Forty Days he was an hun- 
 gry, to fhew he was truly Man. 
 f . The Devil obferving this, thinks he had 
 got the Advantage over him, and there- 
 fore fets upon him, not doubting of con- 
 quering, having overcome the hzftAdam 
 in Varadife itfelf. 
 And fo firft tempts him to prove himfelf to 
 be God, by turning Stones into Bread, 
 Matt, iv. 3. Luke iv. 41. 
 
 2. All 
 
140 Tbefaurus Tbeologicus. 
 
 2. AH his Life afterwards he was fubjed to 
 the Infirmities of the humane Nature : He 
 was weary, John iv. 6. He was reviled, 
 Matt. xii. 24. Stoned, John viii. 5-9. Chap. 
 x. 31, 52. 
 
 •;. His greateft Suffering began in the Garden 
 of Gethfemane. 
 
 Where behold him, 
 
 1. Exceeding Sorrowful, Matt.xxvi. ;7,";8. 
 
 2. So great were the Apprehenfions of what 
 he was to undergo, that he pray'd againft 
 it, ver. 39. 
 
 Whatfoever God had prepared for him, 
 he ftill cries out, Thy Witt be done. 
 His own Difciples Traytors. 
 Soldiers to apprehend him. 
 Falfe Witnefles to accufe him, 
 Judges to arraign him. 
 Thorns to crown him. 
 A Rabble to abufe him. 
 A Crofs to crucifie him. 
 Still, Thy Witt be done. 
 
 3. Behold him in his Agony ! Luke xxii. 44^ 
 
 Luke 
 
Thefaurus Theohgicus. i 4 1 
 
 Luke xxih. 33. 
 
 And when they were come to the Place 
 which is called Calvary, there they 
 crucified him. 
 
 N 
 
 OW was the Power of Darknefs let foofe 
 upon our Lord, Luke xxii. j;. Gen. iii. 1 J. 
 
 I He was betrayed by one of his own Difci- 
 ples, P/kxli.9. Joh.xin. 18. PfalAv. 12, 13. 
 and that with a Kifs too, Matt. xxvi. 49. 
 
 II. Apprehended. Where obferve, • 
 
 1. They came upon him with Swords and 
 Staves, as if he had been a Thief, Matt. xpL 
 
 2. He confeflbd himfelf the Perfon they fought 
 for, John xviii. j. which daunted them fo, 
 that they fell to the Ground, John xviii. 6. 
 
 3. HisDilciples making fome little Refiftance, 
 and Peter cutting off MaUbm% Ear, John 
 xviii. 10. Jesus cured it, Lake xxii. j r . 
 
 4. Then they bound him, John xviii. 1 2. a!- 
 tho' he could have had Twelve Legions ci 
 Angels to affift him, Matt. xxvi. j 3. 
 
 III. Arraigned. Where obferve, 
 
 . When they had firft carried him to Annas 
 to take his Counfel, John xviii. 13. Then 
 they led him to Caiphas the High-Prieft, 
 Matt. xxvi. J7. where the Ssnhthlm or 
 
 Council was then held. 
 
 Hers 
 
 1 
 
142 Thefaurut Tbeologicw. 
 
 Here they fought falfe Witnefs againft him, 
 
 Matt. xxvi. ^9. 
 Here they queftioned him in many Things, 
 
 but he aniwered nothing, Matt, xxvi. 6o, 
 
 61, 62. according to If a. liii. 7. 
 Here they fmite and abufe him, Matt. xxvi. 
 
 67. 
 Here Teter denied him thrice, Matt. xxvi. 
 
 72 > 7 *' r r 
 
 Here they accufe him or Blafphemy, Matt, 
 
 xxvi. 65-. 
 Here they took Counfel to kill him, Chap. 
 
 xxvii. 1. 
 Here Judas recanted, and hanged himfelf, 
 Chap, xxvii. j. 
 
 2. From Caiphas they led him to "Pilate, Chap. 
 xxvii. 2. Luke xxiii. 1, 2, 3, 4. 
 
 5. From Tilate to Herod, Luke xxiii. 6, 7, 8. 
 where he was abufed, v. 11. 
 
 4. From He>W to Pj/afe again, Lk£c xxiii. 11. 
 who excufeth him, Luke xxiii. 14, 15-. jfe,&» 
 xix. 4. and would have releafed him, Luke 
 xxiii. 16. but they rather chofe Barabbas, 
 -v. 18. and cried, Crucify him, ■?• 21. His 
 Wife fent to him, Matt, xxvii. 19. and 
 iWirrf. xxvii. 24. But they accufe him of 
 Treafon, John xix. 12. Hence Tilate con- 
 demns him, John xix. 16. 
 
 IV- Being condemned, they carried him to ba 
 crucified. 
 
 1. They crown him with Thorns, Matt, xxvii. 
 29. Gen. iii. 18. 
 
 And abufe him, Matt, xxvii. 50, 31. 
 
 2. They laid his Crofsupon him, John xix. 17. 
 Gen. xxii. 6. But left he mould be weary, 
 and fo not fo fenlible of Pain, they com- 
 pel 
 
Thef auras Tbeologicus. 14? 
 
 pel Simon, a Cjrenean> to do it, Luke xxiii. 
 26. 
 
 5. As he went along, the Women bewailed 
 him, Luke xxiii. 27. 
 
 4. When they were come to Mount C I 
 they crucifie him. 
 
 1. They fattened the Crofsin the Ground. 
 The Crofs was an erect Piece of Wood, 
 at the uper End whereof there was a tranf- 
 verfe Beam, and in the middle another 
 Piece ftanding out 5 \<p S l-myjav-mi It cnv- 
 f viAtvoi' Juftin. M. 
 
 XJbi requiefcit qui clavis affigitur. Iren. 
 
 2. They raifed up his Body, and placed it 
 upon that middle Piece, Numb. xxi. 9. Job. 
 iii. 14. 
 
 3. They nailed his Hands to the tranfverfe, 
 and his Feet to the erect Beam, Zecb. xii. 
 10. Tfalm. xxii. 16. John xx. 27, 2$. 
 
 4. At the Top of the ere<5l Beam they fixed 
 the Title, T h 1 s is Jesus the K. 1 1 
 of the Jews, Luke xxiii. 38. 
 
 5". As he hung there, they gave him Wine 
 and Myrrh to drink, Mark xv. 23. to flu 
 
 pify him ; but he would not have it. 
 
 6. Thus he hung for Three Hours together 
 in the greater! Pain imaginable, and yet 
 pray'd for them, Luke xxiii. 34. 
 
 But they reviled him, Luk. xxiii. 3 f, 3 6, 3 7. 
 And crucified Two other Malefa&ors by 
 him, one on each Side, Luke xxiii. 33. 
 
 7. Then the Sun was darkened, Luke xxiii. 
 
 44; 4f • 
 
 8. About 
 
144 Tbefaurw Tbeologicw. 
 
 8. About the Ninth Hour, or Three in the 
 Afternoon, he cried, Eli, Eli, &c. Matt. 
 xxvii. 46. and committed his Spirit into 
 the Hand of God, Luke xxiii. 46. And 
 then gave up the Ghoft, at the Time of 
 the Evening Sacrifice. 
 After this they pierced his Side, Job. xix. 
 34. 
 
 Use. 
 Behold here, 
 
 1. The infinite Love of God, Vhil. ii. 6, 7, 8* 
 
 2. The Heinoufnefs, the Sinfulnefs, Vhil. iii. 
 18. of Sin, which only imputed, brought 
 fuch ftrarige Sufferings upon the Son of God. 
 
 5. Your Obligation to Duty, Rom. vi. 6. GaU 
 v. 24. Cbap. vi. 14. 
 
 i Cor} 
 
Thefaurui Theologicw. 14 j 
 
 1 Cor. xv. 3, 4. 
 
 Row that Chrifl died for our Sins, di* 
 cording to the Scriptures, and that 
 he was buried* 
 
 I. /CHRIST, according to the Scriptures, was 
 \^j to die : For this was, 
 i. Tipified. Ifaac, as the Type, was com- 
 manded to be offered up, Gen. xxii. 2. and 
 tho'GoD afterwards accepted of a Rarri 
 prefent inftead of him, v . 1 2. yet that (hew- 
 ed the Antitype was to die, Heb. xi. 19. the 
 Pafchal Lamb was co be killed, Exod. xii. 6. 
 1 Cor. v 7. Heb. xiii. II, 12. Revel, hi. 8. 
 2. Foretold by Prophecies, IJ'j. liii. 7, 8, 9. 
 II. Jesus ChRis* did accordingly die, as it 
 is recorded by all Four Evangeliits, and the 
 Apoftles. Concerning whofe Death, obfeive, 
 i. It was not only a painful and fhameful, buc 
 likewife an accurfed Death, Deut. xxi. 2;. 
 
 G /. iii. I). 
 2 Yet he underwent it willingly, and wirli 
 hearty Obedience to Gor, ?bil. ii. 8. as 
 appears, in that he cried with a loud Voice, 
 and then gave up the Ghoft, Luk. xxiii 46. 
 
 A/<* $ rkrv >t) <petvn La £?:j y \i nv hx Atp^S* on »&[ 
 vfyoiav ii T^iy,ua. yiviiaf. Chrytoftom. 
 Spiritum cum Vcrbo fponte Jem'Jir. Tertull. 
 Jguaji Arbiter exttendi, fufcifitniiiiut Corf mis 
 emifit Spiritum, non ami fit. Ambf. 
 
 3. Altho' his Soul was feparrited from his Bo- 
 dy, and fo he was truly dead, yet neither 
 were fepartccd from his divine Perion 
 
 VcU I. L 'h i 
 
146 Tbejaums Theologicw. 
 
 «Vs<rT«6^* Greg. NyfT. 
 Ghtid fecit Vajjlo ? jjtuid fecit Mors ? Niji Ani- 
 mam a Corpore feparavit, An'imam vcro a Vvr- 
 bo non feparavit. Aug. 
 
 III. It was only for our Sins that he died. 
 
 1. Death is the Wages only of Sin, Rom. vi. 23. 1 
 
 2. Christ had no Sin of his own to die for, 
 John viii. 46. 1 Vet. ii. 22. 
 
 3. Hence, as it was only for Sin he died, IfaL 
 liii. 10. fo it was only for our Sins, Ronn iv. 
 25". to fatisfy G o d's Juftice for them, 1 Job. 
 ii. 2. that fo our Sins might be pardoned, 
 Htb. ix. 22. Efh.'i. 7. Col.'i. 14. and fo we re- 
 conciled to God, Rom. v. 10. Col. i. 21, 22 6 
 
 Use. ' 
 
 t. Behold here the infinite Love of God, 
 
 1. John. iv. 10. 
 3. Oft meditate upon Christ as dying' for 
 
 your Sins. 
 2. Put your whole Truft and Confidence on 
 • him j Gal. ii. 20. 
 
 He was buried. Concerning which obferve, 
 
 1 . Altho' by the Roman Laws, he that v/as 
 crucified was to be expofed to the Fowls 
 df the Air, and not buried, yet G o d fo or- 
 dered it in his Providence, that Christ 
 was buried, Deut. xxi. 22, 23. Job. xix. 31. 
 
 2. He was buried by Two honourable Per- 
 Tons, JofephyMatt. xxvii. 57. Lufaxxm. jo. 
 
 and Nicodemusy Job. xix. 39, 40. Cba. iii. 1. 
 and fo the Prophecy fulfilled, Ifa. liii. 9. 
 .3. He was laid in a new Tomb, dug out of 
 a Rock, Matt, xxvii. 6* 
 
 Vwit 
 
Thefaurus Thcologicus. 147 
 
 Venit ad me Traditio talis, quod Corpus /.* 
 da primi Hofttinis ibi fepultns tft, ubi crucifixes 
 efi Cbrifim; ut ft cut in Adamo omncs moriun- 
 tur, fie in Chrijh omncs crucificentur. O. tg. 
 
 Ubi in Adam Mors omnium 3 ibi in Chrifio 
 omnium RcfurreStio. Ambr. 
 
 Hence Adam is believed to be one of 
 thofe that then rofe from the Dead, Mat. 
 xxvii. jr, J2. 
 
 Jghtod Adamum ibidem folvcrit, Ecclefia 
 fere tot a cenfentit. Aug. 
 . As his Body was laid in the Grave, his Soul 
 went to Hell. For which confider, 
 
 1. He had a Soul as well as Body, Matt. 
 xxvi. ;8. 
 
 2. His Soul feparated, mult go either to 
 Heaven or Hell. 
 
 Not to Heaven Joh.\yi. 17. But Lttk. xxiii. 
 45. Efi Senfris multo expeditior, & ab omni- 
 bus Ambiguitatibfis liber, ft non fecundum id 
 quod Homo erat, fed id *uod 3 
 accipatur, Hodie meciira cris, &c. Au£. 
 
 3. That it went to Hell, is plain from LfL 
 W.y.Rom. x. 6, 7. Pp/.xvi. 10. Ach 11. ;'r. 
 This hath been the.conftanc Opinion of 
 the Catholick Church, alt ho' they differ- 
 ed inthcEndsof hisDeicent, fomethought 
 he preached the Gofpel there, 1 fet. iif. 
 18, 19. 
 
 ctk^. Clem. Alex. 
 
 Some that he went to triumph, Col. ii. 1 y 
 
 But be fure he won't. 
 
 1. To fatisfy the Law of the Dead, 
 Mortuorum fervare. lien. As his Body 
 was buried as the Bodies of Sinners arc, 
 ib his Soul went where theirs. 
 
 L 2. Hinc 
 
148 Tbefaurus Theologicus. 
 
 Hinc quoqtte Legi fatisfecit, Forma humanai 
 Mortis apud Inferos funBus. Tertull. 
 z. That we might not come there. 
 Ideo ille fervenit ufauc ad Infernum, m no* 
 remancremus in Inferno. Aug. 
 E/$ rlv etc/W ^a^ctivcop )ip&{ aplpgfS. Athifl. 
 
 Use. 
 
 1. Confider the feveral Degrees of Christ's 
 Humiliation, and be duly affe&ed with it. 
 
 2. Let fuch Confiderations excite you to live 
 to him who died for you, 1 Cor. vi. 20. 
 
 3. To make you more effectually frequent 
 the Lord's Supper. 
 
 i Cor. xv. 4. 
 
 And that he rofe again the Third Day 
 according to the Scriptures. 
 
 I, /^IIRIST, according to the Scriptures^ 
 \j was to rife again. The Scriptures had, 
 
 1. For£ihewed it in Types: In Ifaacs Delive- 
 rance, Gen. xxii. 1 2. Jofeph's, Chap* xli. 14. 
 and Jonah's, Jonah ii. 10. 
 
 2. Foretold it in Prophecy, Pfal. xvi. 10. A&* 
 ii. 31. If a. Jiii. 10. Pfal. ii. 7. If a. ix. 7. Afis 
 xXvi. 22, 2;. 
 
 II. Christ, according to the Scriptures, did 
 
 rile again. This is attefted, 
 1, By many Eye-Witneffes that faw him, Ma- 
 ry Magdalen, Mark xvi. 9. Cleopas, &C. Luke 
 xxiv. 13. all the Difciples but Thomas, John 
 XX. 19. Thomas too, ver, 26. 
 
 Cum 
 
Tbejaurvu Tbeologicuf. 149 
 
 Cum furm exercult Solicit udinemy omnium Fid em 
 
 confirma'vit. Aug. 
 TJt©- iAiKW Tfrnrfv' Cyril. Alex. 
 Vttlnmm Cicatrices tetigit. Greg. Mag. 
 Vuhicra Jufcepta nobis Ca-lo info re maluit . AmSr 
 A'et t»7d «Vt5M ly&v w Wfttue swt/??- Clirylbft. 
 Five hundred at one Time, 1 Cor. xv. 6. 
 All theDifciples, Lttk. xxiv. 43. Act. x. 41, 42. 
 Vaul, I Cor. XV. 8. 
 2. His Enemies, Matt, xxviii. ir, 12. 
 
 'H $ <LK\\§u<t mtfjji t&V Ivclvt'iuv a.vjy^uJ7D(xii:n fix- 
 httpim* Chryioft. 
 
 '3. Angels Luke xxiv. 4, 5-, 6. 
 
 4. God himfelf, by Miracles, enabling his 
 
 Apoftles to preach, to propagate, and die 
 
 for the Gofpel, ASs iv. 33. 
 
 jjguifauis ergo adhuc Frodigia requirit ut credjt, 
 magnum eft ipfe Prodigium } jui Alundo credent $ 
 non credit? Aug, 
 
 III. How was he raifed ? 
 
 1. By the Power of God, Eph. i. 19. Gal. i. r, 
 
 2. And, by confequence, by his own Power, 
 himfelf being God, John ii. 19, 22. John 
 x. 17,18. 
 
 %al AAnJws imStV) d( & J.x»5uf a.v'isY\3\v \tuf\nv, Tgnac. 
 Not only Corpus fuum kvando y as the Socinif 
 ans f but as the Father did. 
 
 JV. How long was it after his Death before he 
 
 rofc ? 
 
 lie rofe the Third Day, and that too accor- 
 ding to the Scriptures, Jon. i. 17. Matt, 
 xii. 40. Matt. xvi. 21. 
 
 And that he did fo is plain, Acts x. 40. Job* 
 xix. j j. Chap. xx. 1. 
 
 Hence the L q r d's Day always kept, John 
 *X. 1?, 26. 
 
i 50 Thefaurus Theologicus. 
 
 V \Vct JblxQ" VcKc)v TO O&H&, Xj (AcUT \Z3'i t UZVi }J.'iVW Xo- 
 
 y%~-> ^ Tfireuov n to iTAcnv 'ijbi^iv apSttfov. Athan. 
 
 He lay Three Days, that we might believe 
 he was dead ; he rofe the Third Day, that 
 we might believe he lives. 
 V. What Inferences may we draw from this Ar- 
 ticle ? 
 1. Do&rinal. 
 
 1. That C h r 1 s t is the Son of G o d, Rom. 
 i. 4. Vfal. ii. 7. ABs xiii. 33. 
 
 2 . That he died not for his own Sins, but 
 ours, ABs ii. 24. 2 Cor. V. 21. 
 
 E} $ jTk &ijul$tv>K'j{ 7rfi>s dv\.sv\ '■> ei <$ «&?£?» '£uc/Vxep 
 
 077 d(XUp7O>K0( XX, YIV' E/ /£ dy-CLfTWhOS xk «C» 
 •OTJf i$a.Vpto$H j J5 STEpKf. Ef e/^ J5 27l'p»J 'TTBti'Ta? 
 
 avlsu* Chryfoft. 
 
 3. That by his Death he hath fatisfied God's 
 Juftice, and fo is able to juftify us before 
 his Father. If he had not paid our Debt, 
 he would not have been releafed; but 
 God fent an Officer to open the Prifon 
 Doors and releafe him, 1 Cor. xv. 17. Rom. 
 iv. 24, 2 j. Chaf. viii. 33, 34. 
 
 4. We may furely hope and truft in him for 
 our Salvation, 1 Yet. i. 3. Heb. vii. 25-. 
 
 5". That we fnall rife again, 1 Cor. xv. 12, 1 
 
 21, 22. Rom. viii. 11. 
 OuA'/7w y6 vJ&s \$iv zynyLfutvQ; « fjuvt 077 ^ japans 
 
 dv&ssLsrus, >y yiiahs tiyitZm^iV' Chryfoft. 
 'Exeivx $> ccVisavr©-, x) »//«* \h.7n^ofjuiV dvctStim^K* 
 
 Theodoret. 
 
 6. He will come to Judgment, AB. xvii. 31. 
 
 1 T&e/^ i. 10. 2 Cor. V. 10. 
 
 7. We rofe with him, as Members with their 
 He?d, Col. ii. 12, 20. Efh. ii, 5, 6. 
 
 2. Practical 
 
 1. Me- 
 
Tbefaurus Theologicus. i 5 1 
 
 1. Meditate upon his Refurrcetion, 2 Tim. 
 ii. 8. This is the. End of our keeping this 
 Day, and every Sunday. 
 
 2. Believe in him for Pardon and Salvation, 
 Rom. v. 10. 
 
 3. Fear him, Mjtt. xxi. 42, 44. Tfal. ii. 9. 
 £/>/&. i. 20, 21. Pif/, ii. 9^ 10. 
 
 4. Rife to Newncfs of Life, Ro;n. vi. 4. £06. 
 v. 14. \\ev. xx. 6. 
 
 5-. Seek thofc Things that are above, Co/.iilr. 
 
 I Pet, iii. 22. 
 
 JF/w /V £0tf£ into Heaven^ and is on the 
 Right-band of GOD. 
 
 J. rip H AT the Mejfiab was to afcend into 
 l_. Heaven, was, 
 
 1. Forefhcwed in Types, ExoJ. XXX. 10. Lev. 
 xvi. 2. Wi/'. ix. 7, ii, 12, 24. 
 
 2. Foretold in Prophecy, Pfal. lxviii. 18. £^„ 
 iv. 3. nm*: 1 ? it 1 ?;; 7«rg-. yprh x^o 
 
 Jl. That our bleiTed Saviour did afcend thither is 
 plain, from the Tcllimony, 
 I. Of the Apolfles, in whole Prcfence he a- 
 fcended, Mr. xvi 19. Luk. xxiv. jo, ji. y4ff T 
 i. 9. None law him rife, becaufo chcy were 
 to fue him afterwards ; but they fiw him a- 
 i'cend, becaufe they were not to fee him u-« 
 gain till the laft Day. 
 
 K&i pf 'f avacziTcUf t$ fxlv ts'a©" ric/ip, top j «f^u? 
 7*'a@ iyJijj. Chryfcft. 
 
 L 4 2. ( . 
 
i 5 1 Tbefaurus Tbeologicus. 
 
 2. Of Angels who was fentto allure them he 
 was got to Heaven 3 Aits i. 10, n. 
 
 "077 Q us t Ztyvov dva.\&tifi&vi\cu dtfjoi hoimv i/lf- 
 Jknov ol a-fycKoi' Chryfoft. 
 
 3. Of. Christ himfelf, Job. xx. 17. There- 
 fore when he faith that the Son of Man was 
 in Heaven before, Job. iii. 15. that is meant 
 only of the Affumption of the humane Na- 
 ture to the divine Perfon, whereby it might 
 be faid to be in Heaven becaufe the divine 
 Perfon was there. 
 
 JII. Concerning the Afcenfion, we may obferve 
 the Time, Place, and Ends. 
 
 1. The Time : Forty Days after his Refur- 
 re&ion, Aits i. 3. which Time he continu- 
 ed upon Earth, 
 
 1. To convince his Difciples of the Truth 
 of his Refurre&ion, by his frequent ap- 
 pearing to them, and converfing with 
 them , Luk. xxiv. 30, ; 9, 41, 42. Ait. x. 41. 
 
 2. To manifeft the great Glory his Body 
 was now endowed with, Job. xx. 26. Luke 
 xxiv. 31. Pbil. iii. 21. 
 
 a. To inform their Judgments, Aits i. 3 . Lufa 
 
 xxiv. 29. 
 4. To ordain his Apoftles, John xx. 21, 22. 
 c. To give them their Commiffion, Matt. 
 xxviii. 19, 20. Mark xvi. ic. 
 
 2. The Place. He afcended into Heaven. 
 
 1. He left this World, John xvi. 28. 
 
 2. He went to fome other determinate Place, 
 John xiv. 3. 
 
 3. This Place was upwards, above this 
 World, Jits i 9. 
 
 4. This fuperior Place whither our Saviour 
 went, was Heaven, Mark xvi. 19. Luke 
 xxiv. ci. Heb. jx. 24. 
 
 J. The 
 
->• 
 
 Thefaurus Tbeologicus. i 5 j 
 
 y. The Heaven whither our Saviour went, 
 is the Heaven of Heavens. He paffed 
 through the lower Heavens, //sahXu.^V* 
 7Ja> lejzvvf, Htb. iv. 14. Epb. iv. xo, Htb, 
 vii. 26. 2 Cor. xii. 2. 
 
 Wherefore did he afcend thither ? 
 
 1. To feal and confirm the Redemption he 
 had purchafed for us; astheHighPricft, 
 when he had offered Sacrifices with the 
 J31ood, he entered into the Holy Place, 
 Lev. xvi. 14. Heb. ix. 12. 
 
 2. To fend down the Spirit upon his Apo- 
 ftles, and all Believers, John xvi. 7. Luke 
 xxiv. 49. Atts i. 8. Chap. xxi. Epb. iv. 8. 
 
 3. To prepare a Place for us, John xiv 2. 
 
 Use. 
 This fliould teach us, 
 
 1. To believe firmly on our bleffed Saviour, 
 as the Christ in whom all the Types and 
 Proprieties were fulfilled, John xx. 29. 
 
 2. To truft ftedfaftly on him for his bringing 
 us to Heaven, Heb. vi. 19, 20. John xiv. 2, 3. 
 
 ;. To follow our bleffed Saviour into Heaven 
 with our Hearts and Affe&ions, Phil. iu\ 
 20. 2 Reg. ii. 2, 11, 12. 
 
 1 p*t; 
 
i 54 Thefaurus Theologicw. 
 
 1 Pet. iii. 22. 
 And is on the Right-hand of GOD. 
 
 I. ^Tp H E MeJJlab was to fit at the Right-hand 
 
 X of G o d. This was forefhewed, 
 
 1. In Type, Gen. xli. 40, 41, 42. 
 
 2, In Prophecy, Vfal. ex. 1. Afoff. xxii. 44. 1 
 Atlsn. 34,3?, 36. 
 
 II. It is plain, that our Saviour did and doth fo, 
 .Markxvi. 19. Row, viii. 34. 
 
 To underftand this we muft confider, 
 1 . What are we to understand by the Right- 
 hand of God? 
 
 1. Negatively. Not as if God had pro- 
 perly any Hands. 
 
 2. Pofitively. It denotes, 
 
 1 . His Power : For the Hand is that Mem- 
 ber whereby we Work, Matt. xxvi. 64. 
 
 2. The Right-hand denotes Honour and 
 Glory, i Reg.ii. 19. Heb. i. 3. C^.viii.i. 
 
 Terfeclo Opcrs ad Ccelos VlBor adveniens, audit a\ 
 Deo Vatre,fede ad dextram meam. Max. Taur. 
 
 3. It fignifies Happinefs and eternal Feli- 
 city, Vfal. xvi. n. 
 
 J>)uid eB Vatris Dextera, niji ilia atema s ineffa- 
 bilifque Felicitas quo pervenit Films Hominis > 
 etic.m Carnis Immortalitate percept a. Aug. 
 
 How are we to apprehend C h r i s t as now 
 rhe Ripht-hand of God? 
 
 ' r i -netimes faid in general only to 
 n. iii. 22. Rom, viii. 34.. 
 
 p Some- 
 
Tbefaum Theologian. i 5 5 
 
 2. Sometimes to (land there, ABs vii. j6. 
 ' Sft/er* judicavtu cH, flare vero Tugnantis & 
 
 Adjwvantts. Greg. M. 
 ». Moft commonly to fie there ; which fig- 
 nitics not any bodily Pofture, but, 
 
 1. His Dwelling, in Heaven, 3U^ 
 Scdere inielliglte hr.bltarc. Aug. 
 
 2. His Quiet and Freedom from all Di- 
 fturbance. 
 
 3 . His Dominion and Sovereignty, ?fal. 
 CX. 1. 1 Cor. xv. 2f. 
 
 Jpfum Verbttm federe Regnl Jignifcat Vote} a* 
 tent. Hieron. 
 
 4. His Power of judging, Vrov. xx. 8. 
 
 3. What is he now doing there ? 
 
 1. He exercifeth his Prieftly Office, by ma- 
 king Interceftion for us, Heb. vii. 24. 
 
 1. Christ's Prieftly Office began upon 
 Earth, when he offered up himfelf as a 
 Sacrifice for us, Heb.x. 12. Cbap.ix.i6, 
 Eph. v. 2. 1 Tim. ii. 6. Mntt. xx. 28 
 
 2. As the High-Prieft was to go once a 
 Year into the Holy of Holies to make 
 Atonement for the People, Liv. xvi. 
 
 So Christ, when he had otter d up 
 himfelf, went into Heaven, as it was 
 with his own Blood, Heb. ix. 12, 24. 
 
 1. To make Atonement and Inter- 
 cefiion to G d for the Pardon of 
 our Sins, by venue of his Blood, 
 1 John ii. 1, 2. Rom. iv. 25". 
 
 2. To fend down his Spirit upon us to 
 cleanfc us from all Sin, John xvi. 7. 
 Heb. ix. 13,14. and to lead us into 
 all Truth, John xvi. 13. 
 
 2. To 
 
i $6 Tbefaurus Theologicus. 
 
 3. To take Care that all neceffary 
 Means of Salvation be afforded to 
 thofe who believe, and to make 
 them effe&ual, Epb. iv. 8, n, 12. 
 
 4. To offer up our Prayers to God 
 with the Ineenfe of his own Merits, 
 Rev. viii. 3, 4. Lev. xvi. 12, 13. 
 
 Use. 
 y. This mould encourage us to pray, Heb. x, 
 
 1 9, 20, 22. C&*/>. iv. 14, l6. 
 
 z. This mould teach us, in all our Prayers, to 
 a<St by Faith on Christ, as in Heaven 
 interceding for us, John xvi. 23, 24. Mark 
 xi. 24. 
 
 3. Hence we mould put our whole Truft on 
 Christ, and him alone, for our Salvation, 
 Heb. vii. 2f. Rom, viii. 34, 
 
 i Pet; 
 
Thefaurus Theolo<*icus. 157 
 
 1 Pet. ni. 22. 
 
 'Ann eh, and Authorities, and Powers, 
 being made fubjett to him. 
 
 "H 
 
 IS Kingly Office. 
 
 1. That Christ fhould be a King, is plainly 
 foretold, TfaU ii. 6. Afts xiii. ;;. IfuAx. 6,7. 
 Matt. ii. 2, 4. Zech. ix. 9. Afoff. xxl 5-. 
 
 2. His Kingdom was not of this World : No 
 Temporal Kingdom, as the Jews thought, 
 yea, and the Apoftles, Ails i. 6. Himfelf 
 faith it was not, John xviii. ;6. therefore 
 he would not divide the Inheritance, Luke 
 sit 13, 14. nor be made a King by them, 
 John vi. iy. 
 
 3. He exercifed his Regal Power, even when 
 he was upon Earth, over bad Angels, Mark 
 i. 2^,27. Chap.m. 11,12. Good Angels, 
 they attended him as his Guard, Lukt ii. 1 j. 
 and worfhipped, Heb. i. 6. 
 
 4. After his Refurredion he declared his Com- 
 miffion and Authority, Matt, xxviii. 1 8. 
 
 5. At his Afcenfion, he was a&ually inverted 
 with it, enthroned, crowned, Atfs ii. 36. 
 Chap. V. 31. 
 
 Concerning this his Kingdom, we may ob- 
 
 ferve, 
 I. The Extent. It is over all, it is extended 
 
 all Over the World, Rom. ix. f . 1 Ptt. iii 22. 
 
 Epb, 
 
i$% Tbefauru* Theologicw. 
 
 Epb. i. 20, 21. Phil. ii. 9. and yet he needs 
 no Viceroy, for he is every where, Matt. 
 xxviii. 20. and therefore no Vicar-General. 
 
 2. The Nature of this Kingdom, as it refem- 
 bles thefe on Earth. He hath, 
 
 1. His Throne in Heaven, there he keeps 
 his Court, Heb. viii. 1. Chap. xii. 2. 
 
 2. His Courtiers and immediate Attendants 
 are Holy Angels and Saints, Rev. vii.u. 
 
 3. His Minifters of State are likewife the 
 Holy Angels, Heb. i. 14. 
 
 4. His Secretaries are the Prophets and 
 Apoftles, 2 Vet. i. 21. 
 
 y. Yet he gives Audience every where, 
 Mat. xviii. 20. therefore we ought not to 
 to go to his Courtiers. 
 
 6. The Law he governs his Subje<5ts by, is 
 his written Word,. Jac. ii. 8, 12. 
 
 1. The Common Law is the Old-I^efta- 
 menty Rom. iii. 19. 
 
 2. The Chancery, or Court of Equity, ' 
 is the New, Rom. iii. 20,21,23. 
 
 7. The Great Seals he ufeth to confirm his 
 Grants, is the Sacraments, Rom. iv. 11. 
 
 8. His Enemies are many, but he conquers 
 them all, Heb. x. 12, 13. Jofi. x. 24. 
 
 He foon conquered all thofe that oppo- 
 fed him in die Propagation of the 
 Gofpel, Matt. xvi. 28. 
 But his great Enemies are Three great 
 and powerful Princes. 
 Satan, John xii. 31. Efh. ii. 2. Cha, vi.12. 
 Sin, Rom. v. 21. Rom. vi> 12. 
 Death, Rom. v. 17, '14. 
 
 i. He 
 
Thef aunts Tbeologicw. i 5 9 
 
 1. He conquers the Devil, Heb. ii. 14. 
 1 John iii. 8. 2 Tim. ii. 26. 
 
 2. Sin, &>w. vi. 14. Atts v. ;r. Vhil'vi.i^i 
 
 3. Death is alfo conquered by him, Hof 
 xiii. 14. I Cor. xv. ^4, f j, y6. 
 
 '9. He hath his AmbaiTadors alfo, 2 O. v. 20, 
 
 Use. 
 In his Name therefore I befeech you, 
 
 1. To Honour and Reverence him as exalted 
 above all other Monarchs in the World, 
 John V. 23. Fhil. ii. 9, 10. 
 
 2. Submit unto him, and obey his Laws, 
 Vfal. ii. 9. Luke xix. 27. 
 
 3. Truft to him for his Pardon, ABs v. 31. 
 and Protection of you, and his bringing 
 you to himfelf in Heaven, Revel, iii. 21 . 
 Rev. vii. 12. 
 
 Matt. 
 
if>o Tbejaurw Tbeologicw. 
 
 Matt. xxv. jiJ 
 
 When th'e Son of Man fliall come m 
 his Glory, 
 
 I. ^IHRIST fhall come* again from Heaven 
 Vj to Earth. 
 
 He is now in 'Heaven, and will be to the End 
 of the World, Acls iii. 21. v - 
 
 But that he will one Day come from thence 
 again, is attefted, 
 
 t. By the Apoftles, i Thefil iv. 16. z Tloejf. i. 7. 
 Heb. ix. 28. 
 
 2. By the Holy Angels, ABs 1. 10, 11. 
 
 3. By Christ him felf, John xiv.2 } %. MatU 
 xxvi. 64. Cbap. xxv. 31. 
 
 II. His Coming mall be with great Glory* 
 The Archangels fhall be his Heralds, 1 The/ft 
 
 iv. 16. 
 AH the Holy Angels fhall attend him, Math 
 
 xxv. 51. 2 Thejf. i. 7. Mark viii. ;8. 
 This was long ago foretold by Enoch s Judges 
 
 xiv. 15-. Dan. vii. 13, 14. 
 So he is often (aid to come in the Clouds^ 
 
 Matt. xxvi. 64. Rev. i. 7. 
 
 The Clouds of Heaven, they are the Angels 
 of the Hod of Heaven. R. Gaon* 
 
 III, Being 
 
Tbejaurus Theologian. i#i 
 
 III. Being chus come with his Angels, he fhall 
 fit upon a Throne, that is, a Judgment 
 Seat, Matt. xix. 28. 
 
 To open this, 
 
 1. There will be a Judgment. 
 
 i. Private, Heb. ix. 27. Eccl. xii. j. 
 
 NJTd iD)'ph Targ. LukeXVi. 22, 23. 
 2. General. Of which, 
 
 1. That there is fuch a Judgment to come 
 appears, 
 
 1. From theTeftimonyof Confcience, 
 Atts XXiv. if. Rom.il if. 
 
 2. From theJufticeofGoD,Gf».xviii.2j-. 
 
 3. From the Vifions of it, ZX;«. vil. 10. 
 tlev. xx. 12. 
 
 4. From his exprefs AfTertion of it, Eccl. 
 xii. 14. Rom. ii. y. E«7. xi. 9, 10. 
 
 2. Who will then be Judge ? Christ, John 
 v 22, 27. Row. xiv. 10. i Cor. v. io. ^tf.r.viL 
 31. Cfjjp.x. 42. 
 
 1. Becaufe it is but Reafon, that fie that 
 was judged of Men, fhould afterwards judge 
 them, Matt. xxvi. 64. Phil. ii. 9,10, 11. 
 
 2. That fo we may fee our Judge, John v. 
 27. fob xix. 25*, 26, 27. 
 
 2. Who (hall then be judged ? All Nations and 
 People wliatfoever, Mat. xxv. 52. 2Ccr. v. 10. 
 
 1. Ail that are Dead fhall be raifed again eg 
 Life, i Cor. xv. j 2. Rev. xx. 12, 13. 
 
 2. Thofe that are then alive fhall be fu in - 
 moncd too, 1 Cor. xv. y 1. 1 2Tk# iv. 17. 
 
 IV. What Law will he Judge by ? The Law of 
 God, Jac. ii. 12. and by the Law of Na- 
 ture, Rom. ii. 14. 
 
 By which he will Judge, 
 1. The Thoughts, 1 Cor. r-'. j\ 2 TV. ii. r. 
 M 7. 
 
1 I ' " — ^ — 
 
 1 52 Thejaurm Theologicw. 
 
 ~~—~~ ~~ — — — ] - 
 
 2. The Words, Matt. xii. ;6. 
 
 3. The Adions of every Man, 2 Cor, v. 10.' 
 Ecclef. xii. 14. 
 
 To this End, the Books fhall be opened, 
 Revel. XX. 12. 
 
 1. The Book of Gods Word. 
 
 2. Of his Omnifcience, Mai. iii. 16. 
 
 3. Of Mens Confciences, Jer. xvii. 1. 
 
 V. What will be the Iffue of this Judgment ? 
 Abfolution to the Juft. 
 Condemnation to the Wicked. 
 
 Use. 
 
 1. Make a Virtue of that now, which then 
 you will be forced to do, even honour 'and 
 revere him, John v. 22, 23. 
 
 2. Get him to be your Friend beforehand. 
 
 5. Live as you will then wifh you had done,' 
 2 Pet. iii. 10, 11. ?ta.ii. 12. Matt, XXV. 44* 
 Luke xxi. 54. 
 
 GhU 
 
Thefaurus Theologicus. i6j 
 
 Gal. iv. 6. 
 
 And because ye are Sons, GOD hath fent 
 the Spirit of his Son into your Hearts, 
 crying, Abba Father. 
 
 /'VBferve here, 
 
 I. Irr General. All the Three Perfons of the God- 
 head are here mentioned together, as often 
 clfe where, Matt. iii. 16, 17. Matt, xxviii. 19. 
 2. Cor. xiii. 14. 1 John v. 7. 
 
 II. In Particular. Concerning the Holy Ghoft, 
 
 obferve, 
 
 1. He is here reckoned among the Perfons of 
 the Sacred Trinity, Afts v. 3, 4. 1 Cor. xii. 
 6, 11. If at. vi. 8, 9. cum Atti xxviii. 2j, 26. 
 Matt. xii. 31, 32. 
 
 2. As Ch r 1 s t is here called the Son of G d ; 
 fo the Holy Ghoft is here called the Spirit 
 of Christ, proceeding from the Son as 
 well as from the Father, John xvi. 15-. 
 
 3. As the Father fent the Son, Gal. iv. 4. fo 
 he fent the Spirit of his Son too, verfe 6, 
 i£*ms-H*€, in both Places, Job. xiv. 26. C6*f« 
 xv. 26. 
 
 4. God fends his Spirit only to thofe who are 
 his Sons by Adoption, ver. v. 077 JV \& &'• 
 That ye are Sons, appears from hence, be- 
 caufe you have the Spirit; or, becaufe ye 
 are Sons, therefore, &c. we partake of the 
 Spirit only by Vertue of our Union to Christ. 
 
 Which Union is made by Faith, John i. 12. 
 M z There- 
 
1^4 Tbefauruf Theologicus. 
 
 *■- — ■ __ 
 
 Therefore none elfe are capable of it, 
 John xiv. 17. 
 5. It is the Heart of Believers into whith the 
 Spirit is fent, and wherein Christ and 
 it dwell, Efb. iii. 17. 
 For the Heart is the Fountain of Life, 
 
 Vrov. iv. 23. 
 And the Seat of all true Grace. 
 Hence whatfoever a Man doth, now well 
 foever he fpeaks, unlefs his Heart be right 
 with God, he may be confident that he 
 hath not the Spirit of Christ. 
 6. This Spirit thus fent by God into the Heart 
 of Believers, cries, Abba Father , which is 
 the laft and greateft Work he doth for us, 
 and in us, and therefore fuppofeth all the 
 reft. 
 
 Now the great Things he doth are, 
 1. External. Which as Means he iifet^ 
 
 1. He hath revealed the Will of God, and 
 neceffary Truths to us, 2 ?et< i. 21, 
 Jehu xiv. 26. 2 Tim. iii. 16. 
 
 2. He conftituteth and appointeth Mini- 
 sters in his Church to expound this, 
 the Will of G o d, and apply it to Men, 
 Efh. iv. 1 1, 12. 1 Cor, xii. 6, 7, 8, 9, 10. 
 ABs xx. 28. Chap. xiii. 2. 
 
 2\ Internal. By thefe Means, 
 
 1. He enlightens our Minds, rectifies our 
 Judgments, and clears up our Appre- 
 henfionsofthejTruths he hathreveal'd, 
 ABs xVi. 14. ?Jal. cxix. 18. John vi. 65, 
 1 Cor. ii. 11, 12. John Xvi. 1%. 
 
 2. He convinceth us of Sin, and makes us 
 truly fenfible of it, and Penitent for it, 
 John xvi. 8, 9. ABs ii. $7. 
 
 3, He 
 
Tbefauritf Tbeologhux. i 6 5 
 
 3. He fan&ifiesand renews our Wills and 
 Affections, and ib our whole Nature, 
 Tit. iii. f, 2 Thejf. ii. 1 3. I Vet. i. 2. Job, 
 iii. j. 1 Cor. vi. 11. 
 
 4. He guides, dirc&s and governs us in 
 our Anions, Rom. viii. 1, 14, 26, 27. 
 1 Cor. xii. ;. 
 
 5". He allures us of our Adoption and Re- 
 conciliation toGoD; whereby we are 
 able to call him, Abba Father, Rom.v'm. 
 i<;, 16. by which Means he is an ear- 
 nest of our future Glory, Epb. i. 1 3, j^ 9 
 
 Use. 
 j. Hence we fhould learn to adore all the Per- 
 fons of the Sacred Trinity, as all concur* 
 ing in our Redemption^ 2 Cor. xiii. 14. If a, 
 vi. 3. Revel, iv 8. 
 2, Pray earneftly for the Spirit, otherwife ye 
 are none of Christ's, Row. viii. 9. nof 
 can do any good Thing, John xv. v. 
 And we have a Promife for it, Luke xi. ij, 
 
 . — 
 
 M3 
 
 Act, 
 
1 55 Tbefaurus Theologicm. 
 
 Acts ii. 47.- 
 
 r i4«^ jfe Z,0r^ ^dfedJ to the Church daily 
 fuch as fhould be Javed. 
 
 I-T^irHAT is meant by the Church? The 
 V V Englijh is from the Greek, Kvei&M : But 
 the Word here in the Greek is 'E**m^ fre- 
 quently ufed in the New Teftament. 
 
 1. Sometimes for the Place where the Difciples 
 met to worfhip God, i Cor, xi. 22. *H * 
 
 Sicut Ecclejia dicitur locus quo Ecclejla congrega- 
 
 tur. Aug. 
 Hanc tamen vocari etiam ipfam T>omum Oratio- 
 
 num> tefiis efi idem Apofiolus dicens nunquid 
 
 domos non habetis, &c. Id. 
 So St. Bafil, Chryfoftoniy Jerom, &c. expound 
 
 it. Conveniunt in Ecclejid. Tertull. 
 
 2. Sometimes for the Affembly met together to 
 worfhip God. Any particular Congrega- 
 tion of Saints, Col. iv. 1 j. Rom. xvi. 5,5-. 
 1 Cor. xvi. 19. If the Apoftle had meant on- 
 ly their private Family, he would have ex- 
 prefs'd it fo, as Rom. xvi. 10, 11,14,1 5". 2 Tim. 
 iv* 19. He means therefore the Congregate 
 on that ufually met in fome Part of their 
 Houfe confecrated to the Service of G o d. 
 
 3. Tho' there were many fuch particular 
 Churches there, yet the Scripture often calls 
 the whole Body of Saints in any City or 
 Country, a Church, as the Church of Hie- 
 rufalem, Aft. viii. I. Jntioch, Chap. xiii. I. 
 Cafarea, C^.xviii. Z2,,Thejfalonians } 2.Thej[.'i. i. 
 
 4. For 
 
Thefaurus Tbeologicus. \6-j 
 
 4. For the Govcrnours and Rulers of the 
 Church in any City or Nation, Mat. xviii. 1 7, 
 
 See what follows, Mat.xvm.iS. Jobnxx.n^ 
 
 5. For the Body collective of all Chriftians in 
 the World, whereof C h r i s t is Head, Col, 
 i. 18. Eph. i. 22, 22. Chap. v. 23, 25-. 
 Thus Christ himfelf uieth the Word, Mat, 
 
 xvi, 18. 
 And thus it is underftood in the Creed, and 
 in the Text. 
 II. What are the Properties of this Chutch. 
 
 J. It is One, 'E/< ha, tg.Q0x.1x.tw avnwUKhv- 
 
 1. As having one Head, and built upon one 
 Foundation, 1 Cor. iii. 11. Eph. ii. 19, 2Q, 
 
 2. As agreeing in one Faith, Eph. iv. y. 
 
 3. Lead by one Spirit, Eph. iv. 5, 4. 
 Hence we fhould all conform to the Do- 
 
 dxine and Rites of the Church in ge- 
 neral, 1 Cor. xi. 16. 
 2. The Church is Holy. 
 
 1. Negatively. 
 
 1. Not Co as that there were no unholy 
 Perfons in it; for Christ compares it to 
 A Floor, Wheat and Chaff, Matt. iii. 12. 
 A Field, good Seed and Tares, Matx x 
 
 xiii. 24, 2 j". 
 
 A Cafting-Net, good and bad Fifhes, 
 Matt, xiii, 47, 48. 
 
 An Houfe, Veilels of Honour and Dis- 
 honour, 2 Tim. ii. 20. 
 
 2. Not as if any were perfectly Holy iq 
 this World, 1 John i. 8. 
 
 2. Pofitively Holy. Becaufe, 
 
 j. It calls Men to Holinefs, 2 7/w. i. 9. 
 2. It engageth Men to Holinefsj 2 Tim\ 
 ii, 19. 
 
 M 4 V In, 
 
j 6% Thefaurus Tbeologicus. 
 
 2 . In it many are fincerely Holy, Tit . ii. 14. 
 
 4. It brings them to perfect Holinefs here- 
 after, when the Church will be all Ho- 
 ly, Epb. v. 26, 27. 
 3. Catholick or Universal ; as, 
 
 1. Spread over all Places and Ages, Matt, 
 xxviii. 19. Mark xvi. 15-. Rev. v. 9. 
 K&9sA/*w, affellatur quod per totum orbem dif- 
 
 funditur, Aug. 
 
 2. It teacheth all neceffary Truths, 7<?<6.vii.i ;.- 
 
 Cyril. 
 
 3. It enjoins univerfal Obedience, and the 
 Exercife of all Graces, 1 Vet. i. iy. 
 
 A/* to ya.9oA./^«< }ci7fiv&v ^ Stg$.7rivHV cLmVPiffi 
 c6 t «tf?77'<V «e/bf. Cyril. 
 
 III. Such as fhall be faved are brought into the 
 Church by God. 
 
 1 . The Lord brings or adds them to the 
 Church, John vi. 44. Ms xvi. 14. 
 
 2. They that fhall be faved are thus brought 
 by the Lord into the Church, Aft. iv. 12, 
 
 Jets xvi. 31. 
 
 Habere nequit Deum Tatrem qui non habet Ec~ 
 clvfiam Matron. 
 
 Use. 
 
 1. Thank God for your being brought into the 
 Church, the pureft upon Earth, Mat. xi. 25-. 
 
 2. Continue in the Church, and live up to the 
 Dodrine and Difcipline of it, Matt.v.i6i 
 
 j Vet. ii. 12. 
 
 Unlefs ye do this it will avail you nothing.' 
 If you do, you will get to the Church Tri- 
 umphant, Heb. xii. 22, 
 
 PsAU 
 
 
Thefanrus Theologicus. 169 
 
 Psal xvi. 3. 
 But to the Saints that are in the Earth, 
 
 lOmmunion of Saints. 
 
 Saints in Heaven, Col. i. 12. J tide 14, 
 1 Tbejf. iii. 1?. 
 Saints in the Earth. 
 
 I. Who may properly be faid to be Saints. 
 
 II. How they did, and we may become fuch. 
 
 III. What Communion there is among them. 
 1. Who are truly Saints, and may properly 
 
 be called fo j and what 'tis to be a Saint. 
 Jn general : 
 
 1. Some are faid to be Saints, or Holy, 
 pnly becaufe feparated from the pro- 
 fane and heathenifli World, to the 
 Worfhip of the True God, Deut.\ii_6. 
 Chap, xiv. 2. Rom. i. 6, 7. 
 
 Or, to fome efpecial Service in the Wor- 
 fhip of G o d, as, Holy Priefts, Levit. 
 xxi. 6, 7, Numb. xvi. j, 7. Holy Pro- 
 phets, Luke i. 70. Holy Apoftles, Eph. 
 iii. f. Rev. xviii. 20. 
 
 2. Some are Saints by Covenant with 
 God, Pfal. 1. f, Excd. xix. 5-, 6. 2 Cor. 
 i. 1. Thus every one baptized is a 
 Saint, 1 Cor. vii. 14. Rom. xi. 16. 
 
 5. Some are Saints only by profeflion, 
 Deut. xxvi. 17, 18, 19. 1 Cor. i. 2. with 
 Chap. iii. ;. 
 
 4. Some are really and truly Saints by- 
 Participation of all true Grace and 
 Venue, 1 Cor. vi. 1,2, 11. 
 
 Con- 
 
i 'jo Thefauruf Theologian. 
 
 Concerning which, in general, obferve, 
 
 i. There are but very few of them in the 
 
 World, Matt. xxii. 14. Luke xii. 32. jj 
 
 fHKp)v 7roiy.vtoV' 
 
 2. It is an hard matter to know, who are 
 and who are not Saints in this World. 
 Judas among the Apoftles. 
 Foolifh among Wife Virgins, Matt. xxv. 
 3, 4, j. Matt. vii. 22, 23. 
 
 3 . It is no eafie matter for a Man to know, 
 whether he himfelf be a true Saint or no, 
 jfer.xvii.9. Luc.xviii. ii. M<*f. xxv. 11,12. 
 
 4. It is a very hard and difficult Matter 
 to be a true Saint, Matt. vii. 13, 14. 
 But bleffed be G o d, it is pofiible for us* 
 
 In particular: 
 
 A true Saint, 
 
 1. Is one that is renewed and fanctified by the 
 Spirit of God, the only Principle of all 
 trueSan&ity, J oh. iii. $, 6. Tit. Hi. j. xTbeJJl 
 ii. 1 3. 1 Vet. i. 2. 2 Vet. i. 4. 1 John iii. 24. 
 
 7.. He is a&ed and guided by the lame Spirit, 
 Rom. viii. 1, 9, 14. Gal. v. 18, 25". 
 
 3. Hence the Actions of a true Saint differ 
 from all moral or humane A&ions, 2 Cor* 
 iv. 13. Epb. vi. 18. Vhil. iii. 3. Co/, i. 8. 
 
 1. They proceed from fpiritual Motives, 
 and are directed to fpiritual Ends, 2 Cor, 
 i. 12. 
 
 2, They are performed in a fpiritual Man- 
 ner: 
 
 With Zeal and Fervency, Rom. xii. 11. 
 and yet with Order and Regularity too. 
 
 That is, orderly and methodically, not 
 againft Reafon. 
 
 4. Hence 
 
Thefaurut Theologicus. 1 7 1 
 
 4, Hence alfo, he carefully abftains from 
 Sin, as contrary to the Principles of 
 Grace that is in him, 1 John iii. 9. 
 
 1. The Bent and Inclination of his Heart 
 is againft it, TfaL cxix. 113. TfaL xvii. 3. 
 
 2. Hence he cannot Sin without Relu- 
 #ancy and great Difficulty ; as it were, 
 Violence offered to himfelf, 2 Ccr. xiii. 
 8. ABs iv. 20. 
 
 3. He avoids Sin as Sin, becaufe offenfive 
 to God, and contrary to his Laws, 
 Gen. xxxix. 9. TfaL Li. $". 
 
 4. Hence he fets himfelf againft all Sin," 
 I TbejJ'. v. 22. 
 
 Hidden and fecret, as well as open Sins. 
 Pride, Uncharitablenefs, as well as 
 
 Theft or Swearing. 
 Sins of Omiffion as well as Commiffion.' 
 
 5. He chufeth the greateft Suffering, ra- 
 ther than the leaft Sin, Job xxxvi. 21. 
 Numb. xxii. 18. 
 
 V. A Saint is Holy in all manner of Conver- 
 fation, 1 Vet. i. x 5-. He that is Holy at all, 
 is all Holy, univerfally Holy. 
 
 1. In refpeel: of the Rule he walks by, the 
 Word of G o d : Where, Gal. vi. 16. 
 
 1. He believes all the Truths there reveal- 
 ed, 1 John iii. 23. Gal. v. 20. 2 Pet. ii. 
 I. Chap, iii. 16, 17. J tide 19. 
 
 2. Trufteth on all the Promifes there 
 made, Rom. iv. 20, 21, 22. Pfal. xxvii. 1. 
 Heb. xi. 1 3 . 
 
 3. Obeys all the Commands there enjoin- 
 ed, TfaL cxiXv 6. Luke i. 6. 
 
 1. He 
 
172 Thefaurus Theologicus. 
 
 1. He obeys them, becaufe there com- 
 manded* otherwife, 'tis no Obedience, 
 I Sam. xv. 22. Heb. xi. 8, 17, 18. 
 
 2. Hence he obeys all, Luke'i. 7%. 
 
 j. The Duties of the Firft, as well as 
 
 Second Table. 
 2. The Duties of the Second as well as 
 
 of the Firft, Matt. xxii. 37, 38, ; 9. 
 
 3. Every one of each Table, as well as 
 any one, Jac. ii. 10. 
 
 2. A Saint is univerfally Holy, in refpeft of 
 the Objeft, God and Man, Acts xxiv. 16. 
 
 1. In refpecl: of God, t Cbron. xxviii. 9. 
 
 1. Praying to him, Acts ix. 1 1. Vfal xxxii. 
 6. Eph. vi. 18. 
 
 2. Reading and Hearing his Word, Vfal 
 xix.9, 10. Vfal. Ixxxiv. 10. Vfal.'i. 2. 
 
 £. Loving and Fearing him above all 
 Things, Vfal lxxiii. 25-. If*, viii. 13. 
 
 4. Keeping his Sabbaths, Exod. xx. 8. Ifal 
 lvni. 13. 
 
 5. Not fpeaking of him but with Fear and 
 Reverence, Exod. xx. 7. Deut. xxviii. 
 j 8. Ecclef. ix. 2. 
 
 6. Praifing his Name, Vfal cxlv, jo, P/*/. 
 xxxii. 1. 
 
 2. In refpe& of Men.' 
 
 1. Loving his Enemies, Man. v. 44. Rom, 
 xii. 17, 18. 
 
 2. Charitable to the Poor, 1 j^«iii. 17. 
 
 3. Jufttoall, Matt, xxiii. 14. Lukexix. 8, 
 Mich. vi. 6. 
 
 3. Univerfally Holy in refpec^ of Time,' 
 
 Luke i. 75". Vfal. civ. 33. PjfaJ. cxlvi. 2, 
 i^|v. 16, 17, 18, 
 
 4. Um- 
 
Tbefaurns Theologicus. 175 
 
 4. Univerfally Holy in refpeft of the Sub- 
 Jed ; wholly Holy in Spirit, Soul and 
 Body, iThejf. v. 25. 
 
 Sunt tria ex ejuibua perfeftus homo confat^ came, 
 an\m& & Jpirittt. Ircn. 
 
 1. The Spirit, the high Part of Man, 
 o v*u « tf/aVo/tf oivitK' The Reafon and 
 Underftanding j which, in a true 
 Saint, is fan&ified, 
 
 1. In refpe&of God: having, 
 
 1. A right Judgment concerning ham, 
 Deux. iv. 59. Exod. xxxiv. 6. Cbap. 
 f iii. 14. 
 
 [ 2. Clear Apprehenfions of him, 
 
 Deut. iv. 1 j, 16. Job xxxi. 23. 
 Cbap. xlii. y, 6. 
 3. Frequent, yea, conftant Thoughts 
 and Meditations upon him, pfal. 
 exxxix. 17, 18. Tfal. civ. 
 
 2. In refped of others, Matt. vii. 1. 
 1 Cor. xiii. f. P/6*7. ii. ;. 
 
 3. In refpedt of himfelf, Rom. xii. 3, 
 Gew. xxxii, 10. jf^ vii. 20. Tfal. Ii 
 2, 2, 4. Tjfij. vi. j". Luke xv. 18, 19. 
 C/;*/>. xviij. 11,13. 1 Tim, 1 . 1 5 . 
 
 1 Thes. 
 
174 Thefauruf Tbeologicw. 
 
 i Thes. v. 23; 
 
 And the very GOD of Peace fanttijie 
 you wholly. 
 
 HE that is truly fan&ified, is fan&ified whol- 
 ly in Spirit, Soul and Body. 
 
 Sunt trio, ex quibus ferfeftus homo conftat, carniy 
 animd & fpritu. Iren. 
 
 I. In Spirit; the higheft Part, v*t, « fioivoic£ 
 cvnm s Reafon, Underftanding ; which, in 
 a true Saint, is fan&ified. 
 
 1. In refped of God : Having, 
 
 1. A right Judgment concerning him as 
 one, Dettt. iv. 39. Glorious, Exod. xxxiv, 
 6. Eternal God, C^.iii. 14. And yet 
 
 «* Three Perfons, 1 John v. 7. 
 
 2. Clear Apprehenfions of him. 
 
 1. His Infinitenefs, Deuh iv. 17, 16. 
 
 2 . His Greatnefs, Job xxxi.2 3 . c. xlii.y,^. 
 
 3. His Power, Sovereignty and Provi- 
 dence over the World, Mat.x. 29, 30; 
 
 3. Conftant Meditations upon him, Pfal. 
 x. 4. Tfal. cxxxix. 17, 18. Vrov. iii. 6. 
 
 2. In r,efpe<a of others, not thinking 111 of 
 them, Mat. vii. 1. Thil. ii. 3. 
 
 This is robbing God, Rom. xiv. 10. 
 
 3. In refpeft of himfelf^ always thinking 
 humbly and lowly of himfelf, Rom. xii. 3. 
 Gen. xxxii. 10. Job vii. 20. Chap. xL 4. TfaL 
 Hii. 3, 5. i/^. vi. j. Mtf. viii. 8. Lukexv. 
 18, 19. Chap.wiii. 11, I J. SJtm.i. if. 
 
 II. The 
 
TbefauriM Theologicwt. 1 7 5 
 
 II. The Soul ; that is, the Will, the Eledive 
 Faculty, by which we chufe or refufe. 
 So UQJ is put, Gen. xxiii. 8. PTSn Targ. 
 n* \DSE, The Will of my Enemies, Pfalm 
 xxvi. 12. So Vfal. xli. 2. 
 Hence in a Saint, the whole Soul, the Will, 
 and all its Affe&ions, are fan&ified. 
 
 i. In refpe<ft of God. 
 
 i. His Will, that is conformed to the Will 
 
 of God; willing what he wills, milling 
 
 what he nills, Luke xxii. 42. 1 Sam. iii. 18. 
 
 2. His Love: He loves God above all 
 
 Things, Deu. vi. y. Luk. xiv. 26. Mat. x. 37. 
 
 He that knows God mult needs love 
 
 him ; becaufe he knows, 
 
 1. Howgoodheisinhimfelf,Z,«^.xviii.i9. 
 
 2. How good he is to us, Vfal. cxix. 63. 
 Pfalm xxxiii. 5". 
 
 ;. His Defires: They too are carried only 
 after God, Pfal. xlii. 1, 2. Pfal. lxxiii. 2j. 
 Tfalm xxvii. 4. 
 
 4. His Fear : That too is only of G od, 
 Pro-v. xxiii. 17. If a. viii. 13. Afof. X. 28. 
 
 1. His Excellency and Majefty, Gen. 
 xxviii. 16, 17. 
 
 2. His Anger and Difpleafure, P/j. xxvii.?; 
 
 3 . Hence he fears none but God, Mat.x. 28. 
 
 5. Hope : That too is only upon God, Prov. 
 iii. j. Pfal. cxlvi. 5-. PfiL xlii. f, 11. P/«/. 
 xxxvii. 3, 6. Ufing Means, but trufting 
 only on G o d, Efib. iv. 14. 2 Chion.w. 1 2, 
 
 6. Joy: Rejoicing in God, P/j/7. iv. 4. 
 
 1. In the midft of Troubles, Heb. iii. 18. 
 
 2. Of Comfort, P/W, cxix, 14. 
 
 2. In refpeft of Men. 
 
 1. Ho 
 
176 Thejaurus Tbeologlcw. 
 
 ■ — , — _ — / 
 
 1. He loVes his' Neighbour as himfelf, Levi 
 xii. 18. Matt, x:Ji. 39. Gal. v. 14. 
 
 t. He wifheth no more Hurt to his Brother 
 
 than to himfelf; 
 2. Doth him what Good he can, Gal. vi. io. 
 
 He that doth not this is no true Saint, 
 • 1 Johniv. 20. John xiii. 35". 
 
 2. He moderates his Anger againft others. 
 
 1. He is not angry without Caufe, Matt. V. 
 22. Mark iii. f. 
 
 2. Not long, Eph. iv. 26. 
 
 3. Not fo as to revenge himfelf, frov. xx« 
 22. Rom. xii. 19, 20. Deut. xxxii. 3^. 
 
 3 . In refped of the World. 
 
 1. He is hot overjoyed at the Encreafe of 
 worldly Riches or Honours, Vfah lxii. 10. 
 Tfal. xlix. 6. 1 John. ii. 1 5:. 
 
 He is above all fuch Things, Thil. iii. 20. 
 
 2. He is not grieved at the Lofs of them, ; 
 Job i. 21. Chap. v. 20, 21, 22. 2 Cat. xii. 
 io. ;4#j v. 41. Thil. iv. 11, 12. 
 
 3. He doth not covet the World; 
 
 i. He defires not great Things, Ttnxlv.y; 
 
 Trov. xxx. 8. 
 i. Not in foe firft Place, Mitt. vi. 33. 
 1 fog. iii. j, 9, n. 
 
 3. Not fo as to ufe unlawful Means, Atf. 
 viii. 183 19. Numb. xxiv. 13, 
 
 4. Not fo as to trouble his Head about 
 them, Matt. vi. 2 ?, 34. 1 Ptf. v. 7. 
 
 III. Body; that is, his outward Actions' are Holy. 
 i. In his External Duties towards God: 
 Praying, Vfal. Iv. 17. 
 Hearing. 
 Sacraments, Ltth xxii, 19. 
 
 2. Iri 
 
Tbefaurus Thcologicw. 177 
 
 ±. In all his Relations towards Men. 
 
 1. As aSubjed to his Prince, Tit. iii. i» 
 Rom. xiii. I. i Vet. ii. I}» 
 
 2. An Husband or Wife, Epb. v. 22, 25", ;;. 
 
 3. A Parent or Child, Epb. vi. 1, 2, 3, 4. 
 
 4. A Mafter or Servant, Epb. vi. j, 6. 
 
 3. In his Words, Ato. xii. 36. 
 
 i. He dares not Lye, Epb. iv. 2^. 
 
 ZV"o» aliquando commitet Cbriflianus ut lingua 
 interpret anlmi a fenfu & cogitntione dif- 
 cedat. Juft. 
 
 1. Lying proceeds from the Devil, John 
 viii. 44. 
 
 2. Contrary to the Nature of God, 7/ r.i. 2. 
 
 3. Hence it is an Abomination to hirn^ 
 Tro'v. xii. 22. 
 
 2. Me fpeaks Evil of no Man, Tit. iii. 2. 
 Jac.iv. ii. 
 
 4. In his Anions, he is juft and righteous, 
 
 Matt. V. 20. 
 
 1. He doth Evil to none. Matt. vij. 12. 
 
 2. But all the Good he cart to all, Gal. vi. 
 
 10. Job xxxi. 19, 20, 22. 
 So that he, who is a true Saint, fhines as 
 Light in the World, Phil. ii. iy. M*tt 
 v. 16. 
 
 Use. 
 
 Labour to be Saint*. 
 Confider, 
 X. How miferable you are without Holinefs. 
 
 1. Without it none of your Sins can be par- 
 doned, Luke xiii. 2. 
 
 2. You can have no Peace, If a, xlviii. 22, 
 Chap. lvii. 20, 21. 
 
 J. You can never get toHeaVen, Ihb xii. 14; 
 N 2, Hovt 
 
i^8 Thejaurm Tbeologicw 4 
 
 ■ hi n_ 
 
 2. How happy you will be with it ! 
 Saints are, 
 i. The wealthier! Perfons in the World, 
 1 Tim. vi. 6. Chap. iv. 8. iCor.m. 22,23, 
 Pfal, cxliv. 1 j. 
 a. The moll honourable Perfons in the 
 World, If a. xliii.4. Pfal.xvu 3. 
 Honourable^ 
 
 1. In their Titles^ iPtf.H.9. Mahuuiyl 
 z. In their Relations: 
 
 Father, God, John i. 12. 
 Mother, the Church, Gal. iv. i& 
 Brethren, Christ and all Saints, Hehl 
 ii. ii* 
 
 j. in their Retinue, Heb, I. *4< P/*//* 
 
 xxxiv. 7. 2 Reg. vi. 17. 
 $. Hence they always live in Safety and 
 
 Quiet, Prov. iii. 23, 24. No Evil mall be- 
 
 fal therrij Rom. vii. 28. 
 4. Hence they live the moft pleafant aisd 
 
 comfortable Lives of all Men, Prov. iii. 
 
 17. Phil. iv. 4. I Pet. i. 8. 
 f . They only get to Heaven, Mat, xx-v. 46* 
 
 Co/* i. 12, 1 Cor, it 9. 
 
Tbefaurus Theologicus. i 7 9 
 
 Acts xxvi. 18. 
 
 Among them which are fanclified by 
 Faith that is in me. 
 
 w 
 
 E are fanclified only by Faith in C h r i s t. 
 
 L Sanctification is not natural to us, neither cart 
 it be acquired by our own natural Powers 
 and Faculties, Rom. viii. 7^ 8. 2 Cor. iii. 5; 
 Epb. ii. 8. Jer. xiii. 23. 
 
 But it is infufed into us by God, John vi. 44- 
 Lev. xx. 8. Jer. xxxii. 39. Ezek. Xi. 19. 2 Ttmi 
 ii. 25, 26. 
 
 II. Our Sanclification in Scripture is afcribed m 
 
 a peculiar manner to God the Holy Ghoft,' 
 as the immediate Author and Worker of it,- 
 2 TbrJJ'. ii. 13. Rom. i. 4. 
 
 i. He enlightens our Mfnds, Ephef. i. 17, 180 
 I Cor. ii. 10, 12. 
 
 2. He convinceth the Judgment, John xvi. j- 
 
 3. He renews the Will, and fo regenerates and 
 fan&ifies the whole Soul, Phil. ii. 13. Tit. 
 iii. y. 7<h£» iii. 7. 
 
 4. He guides and directs us in the Ways' of 
 
 Holinefs, Rom. viii. 14. 1 Cur. vi. n. 
 
 III. The Hoty Ghoft is fent upon us to (aridity 
 and make us Holy, only upon the Account 
 ofCHRisVs Merit and Mediation for us. 
 
 N * There- 
 
i8o The J auras Theologicus* 
 
 Therefore ic is called the Spirit of Christ, 
 
 Rom. viii. 9. 
 He promifech to fend it, John xv. 26* 
 It was not given till C hr 1 st's Afcenfion, Joh' 4 
 
 vii. 39. 
 When afcended, he fent it, Atts 11. 55. 
 So that it is by him only that we partake of it, 
 
 Tit. iii. y, 6. Rom. v. y , 6. 
 And whatfoever it does for us it firft receives 
 
 it from Christ, John xvi. 14. 
 For he proceeds from the Son as well as from 
 
 the Father : And whatfoever he doth for us, 
 
 is only becaufe Chris t, from whence he 
 
 proceeds, took our Nature upon him. 
 
 IV. Hence our San&ification depends altogether 
 upon C h r 1 s t's Merits and Interceffion for 
 us. 
 
 So that we are fandified in him, 1 Cor. i. 2. 
 Fie was made our San&ification, 1 Cor. i. 30, 
 He fan<5Hfies us, Eph. v. 25", 26, 27. 
 And gives us every Thing conducing there- 
 unto : 
 
 1. Repentance, ASts v. $1. 
 
 2. Converfion, Acls iii. 26. 
 
 3. Faith, Heb. xii. 2. Luk. xvii. f . Chap. xxii^il 
 
 4. Grace and Power to do good Works, Job. 
 xv. 4, 5. Vhil. iv. 12, 13. 
 
 Yea, this was the great End of his Death and 
 Paffion for us, Tit. ii. 14. Gal. i. 4. Heb. ix. 
 14. i Vet.'x. 18. 
 
 So that whatfoever Grace we have, we muft 
 thank C h r i s t for it, Rom, vii. 24, 2 J. 
 
 V. Tha 
 
TbefanrtM Theologicw. i 8 
 
 V. The Way whereby we partake of this Sali- 
 fication in and through Christ, is by be- 
 lieving in him. 
 
 By Faith that is in me. 
 
 I John v. j. Gal. ii. 20. Atts XV. 9. John XV. y, 
 ^<?j xvi. ;i. 
 
 This therefore is the firft and great Thing 
 which we are to believe in Christ for, e- 
 ven for our San&ification. 
 
 Which Faith may be attained by,' 
 
 1. Prayer, Luke xi. 13, Jac. i. 5. 
 
 2. Hearing, Rom. x. 17. 
 
 3. Meditation, confidering efpecially what 
 ftrong Grounds we have to believe, even 
 the Infallibility of k GoD and his Word, 
 Heb. vi. 17, 18. 
 
 4. The Sacrament of the L o r d's Supper, Afts 
 ii. 42. 
 
 This comprises all the reft. 
 
 N 3 Ef$i 
 
j8z Thefaurus Tbeologicus. 
 
 E ph es. ii. 19. 
 
 Now therefore ye are no more Strangers 
 and Foreigners, but Fellow-Citizens 
 with the Saints, and of the Houfholi 
 of GOD. 
 
 I. r TP HE Church is compared to a great City 
 JL that reacheth over the World, Heb. xii. 22. 
 a City incorporated into one Body or Corpora- 
 tion^ whereof Christ is Head, Eph. i. 22, 2;. 
 Col. ii. 19. 1 Cor. xii. 12. 
 
 II. This City is govern'd by the Laws of God, 
 Christ's own Inftitution, 2. Tim. iii. 16. tho* 
 every particular Corporation in it may have 
 fome By-Laws, fo they be not contrary to the 
 Fundamental Laws of the City, 1 Col. xiv. 40. 
 
 III. Many may live near, or in the City, 
 which yet are not of it, nor admitted into it : 
 But are tkvtoi $ -m&wi 3 Strangers and Foreigners, 
 Eph. ii. 12. Such are Jews, Turks , Heathens, and 
 all that are not true and real Chriftiansy tho' they 
 live among thefe Citizens, they are not Fellow- 
 Citizens with them. 
 
 IV. Many are made free of this City, admit- 
 ted into it by Baptifm, and Spiritual-Regenera- 
 tion, being born again of Water and the Spirit, 
 John iii. j. 1 Cor. xii. 13. and fo made Fellow- 
 Citizsns. 
 
 V. There be many great Immunities and Pri- 
 vileges granted to this City, which only the Fel- 
 low-Ckizenshave any Right to, or can partake of. 
 
 1. Safety 
 
I m 
 
 Tbefaurus Theologicus. i 8 \ 
 
 X. Safety and Protedion from all manner of 
 Enemies, Mat t. xvj. 1 8. 
 
 2. Free Trade and Commerce for Grace and 
 Goodnefs, for Heaven and Happinefs, 
 which can be attained by none but fuch as 
 are free of this City, Atts ii. 47. Cbap.x.6,4.8, 
 
 3. Here is that Communion of Saints that is 
 one main Article of our Chriftian Faith. 
 
 Here, 
 
 j. The Saints have Communion in the Body 
 and Blood of C h r i s t, whereby all Saints 
 refort to the fame Table, eat the fame. 
 Food, drink of the fame Cup, 1 Cor. x. 3, 
 
 4, 16, 17. 
 
 2. Communion with God. 
 
 1. The Father, 1 John \. %. fo that we 
 may call him our Father, 1 John ii i. 1. 
 
 2. The Son, 1 John i. 3. 1 Cor. i. 9. 
 e,V wivuvi&v, to the Communion, John 
 i. 16. Chap. xv. 4, f. 
 
 Jle took our Nature upon him, and irj 
 it died for us, and we haveFellowfhip 
 in his Death, Vbil. iii. 10. 
 
 5. God the Holy Gholt, Phil, ii. x> 
 2 Cor. xiii. 14. 
 
 for Christ being our Head, and we 
 his Members, the Spirit is diffus'd fropi 
 him to us, Gal. iv. 6. 2 F(t. i. 4. 
 
 j f Communion with the Saints and Angelf 
 above : all which make up but one 
 Church with that below. 
 Where Christ is Head and Governour. 
 
 N 4 They 
 
I 8 4 Tbefaurus Theologicus. 
 
 They pray in general for us, Apoc. vi. 10. 
 
 Matt, xviii. io. 
 Minifter to us, Heb. i. 14. 
 They rejoice at our Good, Luke ii. 13, i£ 
 
 Chap. xv. 7. Apoc. xviii. 20. 
 And we, for our Parts, praife God for them,' 
 
 that they are got to Heaven. 
 But by no Means muft pray to them : For^ 
 
 1. They do not hear our Prayers, Ifaiah 
 lxiii. j 6. 
 
 2. Nor can fulfil our Defires. 
 
 3. This is part of that Worfhip which is duo 
 only to God, Rom. x. 14. 
 
 4. They have Communion with one another* 
 
 1. In the Exercifes of all Religious Duties^ 
 praying for one another, Eph. vi. 18. 
 
 2. In all A&s of Love and Charity, John 
 xiii. 35". Gal. vi. 10. 
 
 Vide ut fe invicem, diUgunt. Tert. 
 
 Use. 
 j. Make it your main Bufinefs to get to be 
 
 Saints, Matt. vi. 33. 
 2. Live as becometh Saints, 1 John i. 6, 7. 
 
 * Then you will furely get to Heaven, Col. i. 12^ 
 
 I jQHSi 
 
Thefaurus Theologkus. i ?> ? 
 
 i John iii. 4, 
 Sin is the Tranfgreffion of the Law. 
 
 /Vr/?,TX7HAT Law? 
 
 I. The Law of Nature, the Didates of right 
 Reafon, Rom. i. 32. 
 
 This Law appears, 
 
 1. From the Laws of Heathens, and all Na- 
 tions, Rom. ii. 14. 
 
 ES»»up Qih v'oftov Zv 7» <p-jcH *y& 9 ov> Chryf. 
 
 2. By their own Confciences, Rom. ii. iy. 
 
 Ef Aw te ag/Y w/e lex intima in ipfo corde con- 
 fcripta. Aug. 
 
 II. The Municipal or Civil Laws of all Coun ; 
 tries, Rom. xiii. i. Ttt. iii. i. i p et . ft, x , 
 
 Thefe we are bound in Confcience to ob- 
 ierve, fo long as they are not repugnant 
 to the Law oTGod, Rom. xiii. c. 
 
 And every tranfgreffion of fuch Laws is Sin. 
 
 III. The Divine Laws inftituted by G d him- 
 ielf • which are, 
 
 1. Ceremonial ; Concerning the Sacra- 
 ments Sacrifices, Holy Times and Places, 
 and other outward Obfervances of Priefts 
 and People among the Jews. 
 
 This 
 
1 86 Tbefaurw Theologicw. 
 
 This is now abrogated, ABs xv, 28. C0/.U.16, 
 Heb. vii. 12. Chap. ix. IQ. 
 
 2. Judicial: Concerning Magistrates, Con* 
 tra&s, Diftributions of Inheritances, Witnefs* 
 Punimments of Blafphemy, Perjury, &c. 
 
 Thefe were made only for the Jews, and 
 
 therefore cannot oblige other Nations. 
 And the Apoftle commands all Chriftians 
 to obferve the Laws of their own Nati- 
 ons, tho' different .from the Jewifh, 
 1 Vet. ii. 13. 
 
 5. The Moral Law : contained in the Deca^ 
 logue, Deut. iv. 15. 
 
 This Law is ftill in force : 
 
 1. It is no where repealed in Scripture^ 
 and therefore muft needs be in force, it 
 having been once eftabUlhed. 
 
 2. It was confirm'd by Christ himfelf, 
 Matt. v. 17. Chap. xix. 17, 18. Row.iii.;i. 
 
 5. It was enjoin'd before Christ was 
 promifed, Matt. xix. 8. 
 It was indeed the eternal Will and Pica* 
 furepfGoD. 
 
 Use. 
 Obey this Law. Confidef, 
 
 1. It is juft and holy in itfelf, Vfal. xix. 7, 8. 
 
 2. It is gpod and profitable for you, being 
 fuited to your Temper and Conftitution, 
 Rom. vii. 12. 
 
 3. You will be judged by it, Jac. ii. 12.' 
 
 4. Every tranfgreflion of this Law is Sin, 
 
 $econdfy> 
 
Thefaurut Tbeologicw. 187 
 
 Secondly, What is it to tranfgrcfs the Law ? 
 'Avapiuvuv, and Nitfri, A via & (copo aberrare ; 
 to mifs the Law, the Mark we aim at, by go- 
 ing beyond it, or coming lhort of it, Niorp nVi 
 Judges xx. 16. 
 The Law may be tranfgrcfled, 
 
 1. As to the Matter ; when we do the Thing 
 that is exprefly forbidden, or do not the 
 Thing that is exprefly commanded in it, 
 1 Sam. xv. 24. 
 
 2. As to the Manner of Performance. 
 
 1. The Principle, which moves us to any 
 Adion, 1 Tim. i. y. 2 Cor. I 12. 
 
 2. The Circumftances, 2 Sam. vi. 6. Numb. 
 xx. 8, ir. 
 
 ;. The End, Matt. vi. 1. j Cor. x. 51. 
 
 Thirdly, What Difference is there in Sins and 
 Tranfgreffions of God's Law ? 
 
 There is, 
 j. Original Sins: The Sin of our Firft Parents, 
 Gen. ii. 17. Cta/>. Hi. 6. 
 This Sin we are all, 
 
 1. Guilty of : For being all in his Loins, we 
 finned alfo in him, Heb. vii. 9, 10. Hence 
 Jie was called cnN, Adam, Man in general. 
 Adam & Eva natura humani generis erant, 
 
 tjuare in illis urns omnes eramus. Aug. 
 Hence all Men finned in him, Rom. v. 12, 
 18, 19. 1 Cor. xv. 22. 
 
 2. Defiled with Sin : So as that we are all by 
 Nature prone to Sin, Pfal. li. y. Eph. ii. 3. 
 John iii. 6. 
 
 Fuerunt ejr ante Chrijlum viri injignes Tropheta 
 & Sacerdotes, fed in feccatis concept; & 7iati, 
 nee original'; nee ferfonali caruere peccato. 
 
 Cyprian. 
 
 Mft 
 
1 88 Tbefaurus Tbeologicus. 
 
 I Mw Jlv&SmL AvB^amv t&Sa&v ivptlSiveu arm puT*, ^u»</£ 
 idv a (ha «?«*££ £ ycvimaf aim. Bafil. 
 
 Hence Children die : For Death is the 
 Wages of Sin only, as well as the only 
 Wages of Sin, Rom. vi. 23. 
 Hence they ought alfo to be Baptized. 
 Ghtia per Baptifmi Sacr •amentum nativitatis fordes 
 deponuntur, propterea baptizAntur & parvul'u 
 Orig. 
 2. Actual Sins. 
 Which differ, 
 
 1. In refped of the Obje&, the Law. 1 
 Some are, 
 
 1. Sins of Omiffion againft a pofitive Pre* 
 cept, Matt. xxv. 42. 
 
 2. OfCommiflion againft a negative Pre* 
 cept, when we do what we ought not. 
 
 2. In refpeft of the Subject, 
 
 Some are Sins, 
 
 1. Of the Head or Thoughts, Gen vi. f, 
 Jer. iv. 14. 
 
 2. The Heart, Vrov. ii. 14. Co/.iii. 2. 
 
 3. The Tongues, Matt. xii. 16. 
 
 4. The Hands or Actions, If a. i. i<r # 
 5. In refpedr of the Quantity. 
 
 We like not the Fopifh Diftin&ion between 
 Venial and Mortal Sin, as if fome de- 
 ferved only Temporal, others Eternal 
 Punifliments,- or as if any Sin was Ve- 
 nial in its own Nature. 
 
 Yet it is plain, fome Sins are greater than 
 others, John xix. n. Luke xii. 47. 
 
 But no Sin is in itfelf Little or Venial, with- 
 out Mercy in Christ. For the leaft Sin, 
 
 1. Tranfgreffeth the Law, >> e^ptf* » dvo(Aa> 
 
 2. Offendeth God, 
 
 3. Defiles the Soul. 
 
 4, De- 
 
Thefanrus Tbeologicus. i 89 
 
 a. Defer veth Hell. 
 
 7. Will be called in queftion at the laft Day, 
 Eccl. xii. 14. 
 
 Other Sins are great and crying Sins, Gen* 
 iv. io. Jac. v. 4. 
 
 Such as are committed, 
 It Immediately againft God himfelf, 1 3am. 
 ii. 2 j. ?f«l. Li. 4. 
 
 2. Againft the Spirit of God, Mat.xW. 31, 
 
 I 1 - 
 
 3. Againft Light and Knowledge, Joh. 111. 
 
 19. Luke xxii. 47. 
 
 4. Sins againft Solemn Vows and Promifes, 
 fuch as are made in Baptifm, Heb. vi. 4, 6. 
 
 i. Wilful, prefumptuous and deliberate Sins, 
 Heh.x. 26. 1 John v. 16. Sins unto Death, 
 fuch as Men continue in. 
 
 6. Againft Mercies and Judgments, Matt. 
 xi. 21, 22. 
 
 Fourthly, What are the Effete and Confequences 
 of Sin? Very fad and difmal. 
 
 We may fee them, 
 1. In the Names and Titles which are given 
 to it in Scripture. 
 
 1. Shame, Phil. hi. 19. Ezek.\\m.io. Ezra 
 ix. 6. 
 
 2. Folly, P/i/. lxxxv. 8. ^Jfe. vii. 1 j. rtm 9 
 Vfal xciv. 8. 
 
 3. Filthinefs and Abomination, Rev. xvii. 4. 
 E&r* ix. n. 2 Cor. vii. 1. Jac. i. 21. Afor. 
 XV. 20. Jfa. i. 5, 6. 
 
 4. Slavery, Row. viii. 21. Chap. vi. 20. 
 
 5. Death, 
 
190 Tbefduriis Tbeobgicus. 
 
 x 
 
 j. Death, Rom; viii. 6, C64.vii.24. Eph. ii. r« : 
 r/ A(/7W ddv<fris Kit <r» cLSvlvcLtx* Bafil. 
 
 For it feparateth the Sotil from God, its 
 Life and Happinefs. Ifa. lix. 2. 
 
 Yeccatum eft medium feparans. Aligi 
 
 2. In the Properties of G od, who is offended 
 at it. 
 
 1. His Greatnefs and Glory, ifa. iii. 8. Jen 
 x. 6, 7. 
 
 2. His Purity and Holinefs, tf«£.i. 13. Lev. 
 xi. 44. 
 
 ;. His Knowledge or Omnifcience, Lake 
 xvi. 15-. Pfal. cxxxix. 2, 3,4; 
 
 4. His Jufiice and Righteoufnefs, Ifa. xlv. 
 
 21. Jer. xvii. 10. 
 
 5. His Goodnefs and Mercy, Jer. iii. ft 
 Pfal. exxx. 4. 
 
 6. His Power and Omnipotence, Jer. V. 21, 
 
 22. Jer. X. 10. Ato. x. 28. 
 
 5. In thePunifhments God hath laid upon Sin- 
 ners, Adam, Cain, the Old World, Sodom and 
 Gomorrah, cj£gypt, Nadab and Abihu^LenJ.^.TLi 
 Corah; Dathan, and Abiram, Achitophel, Jero- 
 boam, Judas, Herod, &C. Lam.i f. Chap.v.i6± 
 4. In the Threatnings which God hath de- 
 nounced againft Sinners, Jobxvin. f, 8, 10^ 
 12. Mai ii. 2. Dent, xxviii. 1 J, 16, 18. Provi 
 L 24. 
 j. In the Death and Paffions of our Lord and 
 Saviour Jesus Christ. 
 Behold the Son of Go D himfelf in his Ago- 
 ny, Apprehenfion, Arraignment, Con- 
 demnation, Crucifixion, and Death, Matt 
 xxv ii. 46. Lam. i. 12. 
 Why all this but for Sin r? Tfa. Hit. 4, £ & 
 
 6. Ift' 
 
Thefaurus Theologies. 191 
 
 6, In the Punifhments that fhall be laid upon 
 Sinners in the other World. 
 
 When they fhall be, 
 
 1. Deprived of all Good, Matt . xxv. 41. Jo-, 
 
 V. 2J. 
 
 2. Condemned to all manner of Evil and 
 
 Mifery, Matt, xxv. 41. 
 
 Which Mifery will be, 
 
 1. Real. 
 
 2, Univerfal 
 
 1. In Body, Matt. xxii. 1$. 
 
 2. In Soul. 
 
 1. The Underftanding, 2 Thef I q 
 
 2. The Will and AfFedions. No- 
 thing good. All Things to be 
 refilled. 
 
 3. The Confeience. 
 
 %. Continual, Lukexvl 24, 2;. 
 
 4. Everlafting, Matt. xxv. 41, 46* Mar\ 
 
 ix. 43, 2 Theff.i.9. 
 
 Col; 
 
\$z Thefaurw Theologian ; 
 
 Got; i. 14. 
 
 i» jriow »?£ /^* Redemption through his 
 Blood, even the Forgivenefs of Sins. 
 
 rl 
 
 ER E is the Benefit we receive by Christ^ 
 even Redemption. 
 
 1. Frorri the Guilt of Sin; whether Original 
 or A&ual, of Omiffion or Commiffion. 
 
 2. From the Power and Prevalence of Sin, ; 
 Rom. vi. 14* Heb.ix. 13, 14. Afts iii. 26. 
 1 Tei. i. 18. M?/f. i. 21Y fif. ii. 14. 
 
 2. From the Power and Tyranny of Satan, : 
 Col. i. 13. i Jo^w iii. 8. L«£<j xxii. 31, 32. 
 
 4. From the Curfe of the Law, Gal. iii. 1 3. civ. p 
 
 5. From the wrath of God. 
 
 1. In this World, Rom. v. 1. Luke ii. 14. 
 
 2. In that to come, 1 thtffi i. 10. AB. iv. 12." 
 
 11, The Means whereby Chris t hath purchas'd 
 this Redemption for us, even by his Blood. 
 i. It was neceffary our Redeemer mould be 
 Man, as well as God, i fim.il f . Heb. \u 
 
 14, 17. 
 That fo he might mediate betwixt both Par- 
 ties, Job ix. 33. rtfno. 
 
 2. That he fufFer, Heb. viii. 3. Ltf^xxiv. z& 
 
 3. That he fufFer a Bloody Death, fl^ ix. 22, 
 
 Thereby, 
 
 1. To expiate our Sins, 1 J ok ii. 2. IfaAhi* 
 
 2. To conquer Satan, Heb. ii. 14. 
 
 3. To reconcile G o d to us, and us to G o D> 
 R<sm. v. 10, 11. Evk'n. 16. 
 
 r lit The 
 
Tbefaurut Theologian. i 9 3 
 
 III. The great benefit of all that we receive by 
 Christ, is the Forgivenefs of Sins. 
 
 1. What is that ? 
 
 2. We receive it only through the Blood of 
 Christ. 
 
 1. What is Forgivenefs ? 
 
 It The Names in Scripture given to it. 
 
 1. Remiffion, "A^?, Ath'u. ;8. Dif- 
 miffion, Releafing, Ifa. lxi. r. 
 
 2. Mercifulnefs to our Sins, Heb.7m.ii2 
 "l\iu(. Luke xviii. 13. 'O Ozo< )\a5*- 
 
 5. Pafling over Sin, Rom. iii.if. n*??^: 
 4. Purging from Sin, VfJ. li. 7. \3Nisnn 
 ^ .Not remembring our Sins,7*r.xxxi. 3 4. 
 
 Tip 1137N N 1 ? H^.viii.12. Ov /m iJLvndS Sw. 
 
 6. Covering Sin, Pp/.xxxii. I. ^DD P/*/. 
 lxxxv. 2. Pp/. li. 9. 
 
 7. Taking away and removing Sin, Vfttl 
 ciii.10,12. E.v.xxxiv.7. Lro.xvi. 20,22. 
 
 8. Cafting behind God's Back, Ifgu 
 xxxvii. 17. Vfal. xc. 8. 
 
 9. Blotting out Sin, //j.xliii.zf.c.xliv 2?, 
 
 10. Not imputing Sin, Vfal. xxxii. i, 2 
 Rom. iv. 7, 8. 
 
 But calling it, as it were, into the 
 depth of the Sea, M\c. vii. 18, 19. 
 2. The Nature. 
 Forgivenefs is an Aft of God's Grace, 
 whereby he abfolves us from the Ob- 
 ligation to thole Punifhments, which 
 by his Law are due to us for oar Sins. 
 1. The general Nature ; It i? an Ad: 
 of God's Grace. 
 x. Of Gop.- 
 
 i. It is afcribed to him alone; 
 ExoJ. xxxiv. 7. Mark: ir 7. 
 G f. We 
 
194 Tbejaurus Tbeologicm. 
 
 2. We are to ask it only of him, Mm. vi. 12. 
 
 3. He aione Juftifies, Rom. vii. 55. 
 
 4. Our Sins are only againft him, ~pfaU 
 Li. 4. 
 
 2. Of his Grace, not Wifdom, Power, or 
 Juftice, Ifa. xliii. 25-. 
 
 3. It is of God's Grace in Christ, Eph. Lj. 
 2. The fpecifical Difference. 
 
 1. We are obliged to bear the Punimments 
 due by Go d's Law to Sin, Gal. iii. 10. 
 
 2. God takes off that Obligation, l<peikhy*7*i 
 2 Sam. xii. 13. Mark iii. 28, 29. 
 
 Use. 
 
 1. Pray daily for Pardon. 
 
 2. Trull in Christ for it. 
 
 IV. It is only by Christ's Death, that We re- 
 ceive Forgivenefs of Sins. 
 
 1. All Mankind is guilty before God, and fo 
 obnoxious to his Wrath and Everlafting Pu- 
 nifhment, Rcm.in. 19. Gal.iu.22. 
 
 2. Christ, the eternal Son of God, was plea- 
 fed to take the Nature of Man upon him, fo 
 as to become both God and Man in one 
 Perfon, Ifa. vii. 14. Rom. ix. £. Phil. ii. 6, 7. 
 
 ;. Christ in this Nature waspleafed to fuffer 
 Difgrace, the Curfes of the Law, Gen.ni. 12, 
 The Wrath of G o d, Chap, xxvii. 46. 
 Yea, an Ignominious, 
 Accurfed, Gal. iii. 13. 
 And painful, Bloody Death. 
 And all for Sin, the only Caufe of Deaths 
 Heb.x. 12. 
 
 4. Christ fuffered all this, not for himfelf, 
 1 Tet.'iu 22. Chap. iii. 18. Heb. vii. 26. but 
 for us who partake of that Nature in which 
 
 he 
 
Thefaurus Tbeologicus. 19^ 
 
 he fufFered, Ifa. Iiii. j, 6. flow, iv. 2^. G.?£ 
 i. 4. i Cor. XV. ;. 
 5". The.c the Sufferings of Christ for us, were 
 of greater Worth and Value, thai? i) all \Ln 
 had fiv.Tered eternal Death, J&jxx. 28. 
 
 6. Hence God was pleafed to accept of them, 
 asafufficient Price of our Redemption, and 
 Satisfaction to his Juftice for our Sins, Mat, 
 xx. 28. Auifov &rn mKkwv' 1 Tim, ii. 6. Eph, 
 i. 6. 
 
 7. God's Juftice being thus fatisfied, he is re- 
 conciled unto us ; and takes off our Obliga- 
 tions to Punifhment, by Reafon of the Pu- 
 nifhments which his own Son underwent for 
 us ; and therefore for his Sake is (aid to par- 
 don or forgive our Sins, Rom. v. 10. Col. i. 
 20. 2 Cor. v. 2i. Matt, xxvi.21. 
 
 Use. 
 
 1. Hence we may learn, what Ground We have 
 to truft in Christ for Pardon, Rom. viii. 54. 
 
 2. Hence be advifed, to make it your Bulinels 
 to get your Sins Forgiven. 
 
 Confidering, 
 
 1. How miferable you are without it. 
 
 1. God is conftantly angry with you, Tft. 
 vii. n. 
 
 2. You are in continual Danger of Hell 
 and Damnarioii, Heb. x. 26, 27. 
 
 2. How happy with it, Vfal. xii. 1, 2. 
 
 1. Your Perfcns accepted and juftified be- 
 fore God, Pfaf, xxxii. i, 2. compared 
 with Rom. iv. (, 3 7. 
 
 2. G o d reconciled unto you and become 
 your Friend, Rom. v. 1, 9, 10. 
 
 3. All Things work together for your 
 Good,- Rom. viii. 28. 
 
 4. You will be glorified, Rom. viii. ;o. 
 
 O 2 Acts 
 
19 6 Tbefaurus Theologicus. 
 
 Acts iii. 19. 
 
 Repent ye therefore and be converted) 
 that your Sins may be blotted out^ 
 
 REpemance and Converfion is neceffary ifij 
 order unto Pardon. 
 To true Repentance is required, 
 
 FirB, Con vi&ion, John xvi. 8, 9. Atls it, 37* 
 I. Of the Evil of Sin, Row. vii. 15. 
 
 i» Contrary to God's Law, 1 John iii. 4." 
 2. Contrary to his Nature, Ifai. i. 13, 14V 
 H^b. i. 13. 
 . 3. OfFenfive to his Majefty, If a. iii. 8. Pfah 
 xcv. 10, II. 
 4. Deftru&ive to theSou^G^/.iii.io.T/Y.i.i^a- 
 Separating it from God, and fo from all 
 Good, If a. lix. 2. Jer. V. 2$\ 
 f. The fole Caufe and Procurer of all trig 
 Mifery in the World, Pfal. cvii. 1-7. 
 II. Of our own Guiltinefs of Sin. 
 
 1. Original, Pfal. Li. 5". 
 
 2. Adual, Pfal. Li. 4. 
 1 . In our Heads*" 
 
 1. Error in Judgment, 2 Pet. ii. t. 
 
 2. Ignorance of Mind, Ifa.i.2, 3. Jer.W.ii, 
 
 3 . Vanity of Thoughts, Gew.vi. j . Jer.xv. 14* 
 2* In our Hearts, j^er. xtfii. 9. 
 
 1. Perverfenefs of our Wills, Ifa.xxx* 
 1 j, 16* .Mztt. xxiii. 37. 
 
 2. Diforders of our Afre&ions and Pak 
 fions, 2 7w, iii. 4. Col. iii. 2. 
 
 3. In 
 
Thefauru* Tbeologicw. 197 
 
 5. In our Tongues, Pfal. xxxiv, 15. fiUt, 
 
 xii. 36. 
 4. Our Hands and A&ions. 
 
 j. Towards God. 
 
 2. Towards Men. 
 
 III. Of the Aggravations, of our Sins, 
 
 As committed, 
 j. Againft God, 
 
 1. The Father, j Sam. ii. 2j. Ifa. iii. §. 
 
 2. The Son, Hcb. vi. 6. 
 
 ;. The Holy Ghoft, Rev. iii. 20. 1 Tbef v, 
 19. £/>/>. iv. 50. 
 
 2. Againft frequent Reproofs, Jcr.xxix. 18, 
 
 j 9. P?w. xxix. i, 
 5. Againft Light, John in. 19, 
 4. Againft Vows and Refolutions, Pfal. lxvi, 
 
 13, 14. £a:/e/; v. 4. 
 
 Secondly, In Contrition for Sin, Pfal Li. 17. J\/. 
 lvii. 1 j-. Chap. lxvi. 2, 2 Cor. vii. 9, 10. 
 
 Which Sorrow or Contrition mould be, 
 
 1. Hearty, Joel'ii. 13. Pfal. Li. 17. 
 
 2. Sincere, or upon right Grounds ; becaufe, 
 ofFenfive to G o n, Luke xv. 21 . 
 
 3. Univerfal, Pfl. xix. 12. 
 
 4. Exceeding all other Sorrow, Zecb.xW. 10,12. 
 
 5. Accompanied with Shame and Confufian, 
 of Face, Ez*ek. 36. 31, 32. 
 
 Thirdly Confeflion of Sin, 1 John i. v> 
 
 1. To God, Ezrax. 10,11. 
 
 1. Cordial, Rom.x. 10. 
 
 2. Humble, Ezra ix. 6. Gj.<t. x. J. A t </j. i\. 
 j ; 2. Luke xviii. 13. 
 
 1 P5 'S«'G* 
 
198 Tbefaurus Thsologicus. 
 
 3. General an* particular, Tfal. Li. 3,4* 
 with the feveral Aggravations of them, 
 Dan. ix. 15. 
 
 4. With loathing and abhorring ourfelves 
 for it, Dan. ix. 4, 7. Tfal. xxxviii. 18. 
 
 5-. With Prayer to God, Dan. ix. 20. 
 
 1. To pardon, Luke xviii. 13. Tfal. Li. 9* 
 
 2. To fubdue it, p/*/. Li. 7, 10. 
 Whofo thus confeffeth his Sins, God 
 
 will forgive them, Tfal. xxxii. j, 
 
 II. ToMen^c.v. 16. 
 
 Lfpecially when the Confcience is troubled 
 and God eminently provoked, 2 Sam. 
 xii. 13. 
 
 Fourthly, Refolutions againft Sin, Tfal. mi. %l 
 Tfalm xxxix. 1. J0JI1. xxiv. iy. 
 
 This mud be, 
 
 1. With ferious Deliberation. 
 
 2. In the Name of C h r i s t, and by the Grace 
 
 of God, John xv. 5-. 
 
 3. Strengthened with Prayer, Tfal. cxli. ;, 4* 
 F/;//. xix. 12, 13. 
 
 Fifthly, Converfion. 
 
 I. What rnuft we be converted from? Sin 
 and Wickednefs, Ez-ek. xiv. 6. Chap, xviii. 
 30. Chap, xxxiii. II. If a. lv. 7. 
 1 . From Sin as Sin. 
 
 1. As it is the Tranfgreflion of God's 
 Law, 1 John iii. 4. Rom. vii. n, 12. 
 
 2. Contrary to his Nature, If a. iii. 8. 
 
 3. Difhcnourable to his Name, Rom. ii.23. 
 1 "S/»7. ii. 30. &foff. v. 16. 
 
 2. From 
 
Tbefaurus Tbeologicus. i 9 9 
 
 2. From all Sin, one as well as another, 
 Ez,eL xviii. ;o, 31. Jac. ii. 10. 
 And by Confcqucr.ee from our darling 
 Sin, Ffal. xviii. 23. 
 
 1. That which our Hearts aremofl fet 
 upon, Ez,cL xxxiii. 21. ytf/j viii. 22. 
 
 2. Which we are molt caiily overcome 
 by, Heb. xii. I. 
 
 3. Which we are moft loth to part wirh, 
 Matt. xix. 21, 22. 
 
 To forfake this Sin, is very acceptable 
 to G o D, Gen. xxii. 1 6. 
 
 ;. We- muft not only turn from the Com- 
 miffion of Sin, but from all Love to it, all 
 Pleafure and Delight in it, 1 John ii. 1 j. 
 Jer. iv. 14. Trcv. ii. 14, 
 
 Use, 
 Turn thus from Sin. 
 
 Of j ect. 1. I fliall then leave my Pleafurcs. 
 
 1. They are not real Pleafurcs, Ifa. lvii. 10 i 
 21. 
 
 2. At the bed they are but Brutifh, Luke xii. 
 
 5. But for a moment, 2 Cor. iv. 17, iS. Hcb. 
 
 xi. 25". 
 4. End in Mifery, Ro?n. vi. 21. Trov. xxiii. 31, 
 
 y. You lofe much greater Pleafures for thern, 
 Pfal xvi. 11. i i'et. i. 8. 
 
 Object. 2. But there is Profit in them, A3\ 
 xix. 27, 28. 
 
 O 4 1 III 
 
200 Thefaurus Theologicns. 
 
 i. It is but Teeming Profit, Prov. x. 22. Jac. 
 v. 2,;. 
 
 %. You lofe more than you get, Mat. xvi. 26. 
 3. You will gain more by loiing fuch Profits, 
 1 Tim. iv. 8. Chap. vi. 6. 
 
 1. The Favour of God. 
 
 2. A Bleffing upon what you have. 
 '3. Everlafting Life, Matt. vi. 19, 20. 
 
 II. What muft we be converted to ? God and 
 popdnefs, Ho/1 vii. 1 6. 
 
 What is that ? 
 
 1. Negatively. 
 
 1. To turn from one Sin to another, is no 
 turning to God, Matt.iyL.i^. Luke xi. 
 24,25:. 
 
 3. To turn to a meer civil Life, is not true 
 turning to God, Alark xii. 34. 
 
 2. To turn from one Sed: to another, or 
 from a grofs to a fuperftitious Way of 
 Living, is net turning to God, Matu 
 xxiii. 1 y. 
 
 2. Positively : We muft turn from Sin, fq as 
 to have our whole Hearts inclined toGoD, 
 Jpdii. 12. 
 
 1, To love him with all our Hearts, Deutl 
 vi. 5-. Mat:, xxii. 37. Chap.x. 37. 
 
 '2. To defire him, P/*/. Ixxiii. 25. P/^/. xlii. 
 1 j 2. Thii iii. 8,9. 
 
 0. To rejoice in him, Tfal. iv. 7. 1 p<>?. i. 8. 
 Hah. iii. 17, 1 8. 
 
 4. To truft and confide on him, prov. iii. j f 
 JJI-. I. 10. P^/. xxvii. ij 2, 3. 
 
 j. To 
 
Thejanrus Theolo<ricus. 
 
 20 1 
 
 j. To fear and dread him, Ifa. viii. 13. Mat. 
 x. 28. 
 
 6. To ferve, honour and obey him, and do 
 all fuch good Works as he hath prepared 
 for us, Ffal. xxxiv. 14. Ifa. i. 16, 17, 18. 
 
 7. To believe in JesusChrist, and the 
 Promifes which God hath made to us in 
 him. 
 
 Use. 
 Take not up with a partial Repentance, 2 Cor. 
 vii. 10. Mark vi. 20. 
 
 Sixthly, We mufl not only be converted to G od 
 the Father, but to the Son too, fo as to be- 
 lieve in him for Pardon, in order to our ob- 
 taining of it, Acts iii. 38. Mark i. ij. 
 
 1. There is nothing of Worth or Dignity in 
 our Repentance itfelf, whereby it can de- 
 ferve Pardon, Luke xvii. 10. 
 
 2. However, it qualifies us for it, and puts us 
 into a Capacity of obtaining it. 
 
 1. But it is conferred upon us only on the Ac- 
 count of Christ and his Merits, Col. i. 14. 
 Matt. xxvi. 28. Rom. v. 10. 
 
 4. Though Christ hath merited it for us, 
 we cannot partake of it but by Believing 
 in him, AH. xiii 38, 39. Rom. iii. 28. Gal. 
 ii. 16. 
 
 How doth it appear, that if we fo repent, 
 
 we fliall be parcon'd ? 
 God hath faid it, Ifa. lv. 7. Esuk. xviii. 30. 
 
 Atfsxvi. 31, 2ec£. i. 3. 
 
 Usz. 
 
202 Tbefaurus Tbeologicus. 
 
 Use. 
 Repent and be converted. 
 
 Means : 
 
 i. Prayer, Lam.v. 21s Jen xxxi. 18, 
 
 2. Hearing, JRcw. x. 17. 
 
 3. Failing, 1 Cor. ix. 27. Joel'ii: 12. 
 
 4. Meditation, P/*/. iv.4. PjW. cxxxix. 17,18, 
 
 5. Receiving the Sacrament. 
 
 Means: 
 
 1. Prayer, Z^w. v. 21. 7er. xxxi. 18. P/*/. Li. 
 10, 11. 
 
 1. No one can repent or convert himfelf, 
 without the Afliftance of God, 2 Con 
 iii. j. Jac.i.ij. Epb.ii.8. 
 
 2. We cannot expeft he fhould affift us, un- 
 lets we ask it of him, although he hath 
 promifed it, Ez,ek. xxxvi. 26, 27, 37. 
 
 3. If we do fincerely ask it of him, he wil! 
 infallibly affift us, Luke xi. 1 3 . 
 
 2. Hearing. 
 
 1. This is the Means whereby we are inftru- 
 cled how to repent, and are called upon 
 to do it, 2 Cor. v. 20. Ez>ek. xxxiii. n. 
 
 2. It is the Means whereby God doth ordi- 
 narily work Repentance in us, Rom. x. 17. 
 Acli ii. 41. 
 
 . -\. Fafting. 
 
 1. This rightly ufed keepeth the fenfual 
 Parts in Subje&ion ; and fo takes off the 
 greateft Impediment to Repentance, 1 Cor, 
 ix. 27. 
 
 2. It prepares and difpofes the Mind for the 
 Receipt of Grace and Virtue, Joel. ii. 12. 
 
 4. Me- 
 
Thefaurus Theologicus. 203 
 
 Meditation, Tfal. iv. 4. 
 
 1. Upon Sin. 
 
 1. The Nature, 1 John'm. 4. 
 
 2. The Confequences of it, Dent, xxxii. 
 29. iDir nnNh UP*. 
 
 2. Upon the World. 
 
 1. Its Uncertainty, 1 Pef. i. 24. 
 
 2. Its Vanity, Ecclef. i. 2. CA*/>. ii. ij, 
 
 3. Upon Go d and his Glory, P/rf.cxxxix. 
 17, 18. 
 
 4. Upon Repentance. 
 
 1. As it puts a Man. out of Danger of 
 Evil, Pfal. xxiii. 4. ?fal. xci. 9, io. 
 Pwz/. iii. 23, 24,25". 
 
 2. It brings a Man into Favour with 
 God, and fo enftates him in all 
 Good, Pfal. lxxxiv. 11. 
 
 5-. Truft on Christ for it ; it is he that 
 gives it, Atti\. 31. John xv. j. PHI. 
 iv. 13. 
 He invites you to him, Matt.xl 29. And 
 promifeth, that if you come he will 
 receive you, John vi. 37. 
 6. Receive the Sacrament of the Lord's 
 Supper, Luke xxii. 19. 1 Cor. xi. 26. 
 
 i Cor, 
 
204 Thefaurw Theologicus. 
 
 i Cor. xv. %il 
 
 For fince by Man came Death, by Man 
 came alfo the Refurreclion of the Dead* 
 
 ~& r ft>\'KJ H A T are we to underfland by the 
 
 V V Refurre&ion of the Dead ? 
 Secondly, How doth it appear that the Dead fhal! 
 
 rife again ? 
 Thirdly, How doth it appear that the fame Body 
 
 {hall rife again ? 
 Fourthly, Wherefore the Refurre&ioft is faid to, 
 
 come by Christ? 
 Fifthly, What will be the Confee^uents of it ? 
 
 I. What are we to underfland by the Refur- 
 reftion of the Dead ? 
 
 i. Man hath Two integral and efTential 
 Parts, a Soul and Body. 
 
 2. So long as thefe Two Parts are united, 
 the Man is faid to live. 
 
 3. When the one is feparated from the other, 
 then the Man is faid to die, and ceafe to 
 be a Man. 
 
 4. If thefe Two Parts, after feparation, be 
 reunited, then the Man that was dead is 
 properly faid to rife again, as in Christ's 
 Refurre&ion, John xx. 20, 27. 
 
 II. How doth it appear the Dead fhall rife? 
 1. It is poflible. God can do it. 
 
 1. From the Infinite Wifdom of Gob, 
 who knows every Part of every Body,, 
 TfaL cxxxix. 1 j, 1 6. Matt, x. 29, ;o. 
 
 2. From 
 
Tbefaurus Tbeologicus. 205 
 
 e. From his Infinite Power, to whom no- 
 thing is impoflible, Matt, xix. 26. Tfalm 
 cxxxv. 6. 
 fi. It is certain God will do it. 
 
 X. from the Old Tefiamerityjob xix. 2f. Van. 
 xii. 2. E*W. iii. 6. cited by C h r i s t, Afor. 
 xxii. 32. y4#j xxiii. 6. Chap xxiv. 21. 
 
 2. From the New. 
 
 1. From thofe whom Christ raifed, Mark 
 v.41,42. LukeVii. 12,1 J. j^o/j. xi. 39,43. 
 
 2. From Christ's own Refurre&ion, 
 1 Cor. xv. 12, 20, 
 
 £. From exprefs AfTertions of it, 1 Cor, 
 XV. j 2. 1 Thejf. iv. .16. y4#j iv. 2* 
 3. From Reafon. Becaufe we are capable of 
 doing Good or Evil, and fo of everlafting 
 Rewards and Punifnments, as Men ; and 
 fo as having Bodies as well as Souls. 
 
 HI. How doth it appear that the fame Body 
 {hall rife again? 
 
 1. From the Nature of the Refurre&ion : For 
 
 unlefs it be the fame Body and Soul, it is 
 no Refurrection. 
 
 2. From the End of the Refurrection, that all 
 may be judged, 2 Cor. v. 10. 
 
 3. From Christ's Refurredion, Luke xxiv. 39, 
 
 4. From exprefs Teftimonies of Scripture, jfc£ 
 xix. 26, 27. 1 Cor. xv. j 3. 1 Thejf. iv. 16, 17, 
 
 IV. Why is the Refurrection here faid to come 
 
 by Christ? 
 Becaufe it is by him we (hall be raifed, John 
 
 vi. 39, 40. 
 All Power is given unto him, Matt, xxviii. 18. 
 He is Lord both of the Dead and Living, Ron;. 
 
 xiv. 9. Not of the Dead as dead, but as by 
 
 him to be raifed again, 
 
 Bv 
 
m I. ■ ■ ■ ll « - 
 
 206 Thefaurut Tbeologicus. 
 
 By this Means he will deftroy Death itfelf, 
 1 Cor. xv. 25*, 26. 
 
 V. What will be the Confequent of the Refur- 
 region ? 
 Judgment, John v. 28, 29. Matt* XXV. jr, 32J 
 34, 41. 
 
 Use. 
 
 This mould make us, 
 
 1. Admire, 
 
 1. The Wifdom of God in knowing all 
 Mens Dull. 
 
 2. His Power in railing them up. 
 
 3. His Juftice in punifhing Sinners. 
 
 4. His Mercy in rewarding Saints. 
 
 2. Be thankful to our Saviour for his Conquer! 
 over Death, 2 Tim. i. 10. 
 
 3. Arm us againft the Fear of Death, 1 Cor. xv.' 
 
 4. Keep us from immoderate Sorrow for the 
 Death of our Friends, 1 Thejf. iv. 1;. 
 
 j. Hence we fhould always be preparing for 
 the Account we muft give when rifen again, 
 Atts xxiv. I $ 3 16. I Cor. xv. f 8. 
 
 Matt. 
 
Tbefaurw Tbeologicw. 207 
 
 Matt. xxv. 46. 
 
 And tbefe fljall go away into evcrlafling 
 Punijhment. 
 
 I* IFEeverlafting, in its General Notion, im- 
 _j plies both the JLife which the Juft fhall en- 
 joy in Heaven, and that which Sinners fhall have 
 in Hell for ever, John v. 29. 
 
 Here is, as to Sinners, 
 I, ThePfl'?;<7 Damni. Kai a.7n\iuavV7tu xtm- And thefe 
 fhall go away from Christ, ver.4.1. and 
 by Confequence from whatfoever is or can 
 be good for them. 
 
 Deprived, 
 
 1. Of all Light, over- whelmed with Darkncfs, 
 Matt. viii. 12. 2 Yet. ii. 4, 17. Jude 15. 
 
 2. Of all Honour and Refpeft, fo as to live 
 continually in Reproach and Ignominv, 
 Rev. xxii. ij. Matt. xxv. 30. Matt.m. 12. 
 Dan. xii. 2. 
 
 3. Of all Wealth and Riches. No fuch Thing 
 there, Lukexvi. 23, 24. 
 
 4. Of all Pleafure and Delight* 
 
 1. Real, Luke xvi. 23,24. 
 
 2. Imaginary Matt. viii. 12. 
 
 y. Of all Peace and Quietnefs of Mind, being 
 in continual Horror and Amazement, Jfa. 
 lvii. 20,21. 
 Hence, 'O fyvypot ffl l&rwv, Matt. viii. 12. 
 gnafhing and grinding their Teeth for Grief 
 and Vexation for what they have dene. 
 
 So 
 
20 8 Tbefaurus Theofogicus. 
 
 So that they will have an inteftine War in 
 their own Breafts. 
 
 6. Of all Love and Favour^ 
 
 i. From their Fellow-Creatures. 
 2. From their Creator himfelf, Pfal.xxx.y. 
 Luke xiii. 27. Prov. 1.2.6. 
 
 7. Of all their Hopes and Expe&ations of 
 ever bettering their Condition, fo that they 
 will not only be miferable to Eternity, but 
 they will know too that they fhall be fo as 
 never to look for good Days more, nor for 
 any thing in the World that is good for them* 
 
 II. Pana fenfus. Everlafting Punilhment. 
 
 E<; vjohcLOJV cudviov. 
 
 1. Punifhment; both in Soul and Body 5 Matil 
 x. 28. 
 
 1. The Soul. 
 
 1. The Thoughts tormented. 
 
 1. With the Remembrance of their for- 
 mer Sins, Job xiii. 26. 
 
 2. With the Apprehenfion of God's 
 Wrath ani Indignation, 2 TbeJT. i. 8., 
 9. Matt. viii. 29. Luke viii. 28. Job 
 xxxi. 23. 
 
 2. The Affe&ioris all in a Comburtion.' 
 No Love, Joy, or Hope. 
 
 No Defires ever fatisfied, Luke xvi. 2$l 
 5, The Confcience racking them for neg- 
 lecting the golden Opportunities they 
 once had, Mark ix, 44. 
 
 2. The Body. In a continual high Fever 
 always burning, Mark ix. 45*. Luke xvi. 
 23, Rev, xx. iy. Chap, xxi. 8, 
 
Tbefauruf Theologians. 209 
 
 - ■ ■■ _ 
 
 The Eyes tormented with frightful Sights, 
 
 Devils, and damned Spirits. 
 The Smell with Stenches. 
 The Ears with Screechings, Wailing and 
 
 Lamentation, Matt. xiil. 42, jo. 
 Continual Hunger and Thirft, but no Re- 
 
 frefhment, Luke xvi. 24. 
 
 2. Everlafting. That it will be fo, is pliin ♦ 
 for it is exprefiy faid, Dan. xii. 2. Mat. xxi, 
 41. Mark ix. 44. 2 Tbeffl i. 9. 
 
 1. Becaufe tho' Sin be but Temporal ; yet 
 God, againft whom it is committed, is 
 Eternal. 
 
 2. If finful Men mould live eternally, they 
 would Sin eternally, their immortal Souls 
 being habituated to it. 
 
 5. They have their Choice of Option, c 
 ternal Life or eternal Death, Dent. Xxx. 
 
 Use. 
 
 1. Often think of Hell, Deut. xxxii. £c/. 
 
 2. Let the Confideration of it deter you frorr;' 
 finning, Rom, vi, 21, 
 
 If ^AT^ 
 
— 
 
 2 10- Tbejaurm Theologicw. 
 
 Matt. xxv. 46. 
 But the Righteous into Life eternal. 
 
 O e s e r v. /^\ U R Saviour mentions only Two 
 V^/ Places, Everlafting Punifnmenr 3 
 and Life Eternal: No Vurgatory. 
 
 By Vurgatory, they mean a Place betwixt Hea* 
 ven and Hell, where the Faithful, that have not 
 fully fatisned for their Sins in this World, are 
 kept in Torment till they have fatisfied Divine 
 Juitice, and are purged from all their Sins, fo 
 as to be fit for Heaven. 
 
 Llr/ibus Vatrurn, They call a Place where the 
 Faithful before Christ were kept in the Dark. 
 
 Limbus Infantum, For Infants that die without 
 Baptifm, deprived only of heavenly Jays, but in 
 no Pain. 
 
 That there is no fuch Place, appears, 
 
 1. Jn that the Scripture mentions only Two 
 Places for the Receptacle of Souls after Death, as 
 in my Text; {o Mat.viii. 11,12. Lukexvi. 22,23. 
 
 2. In that the fame Scriptures plainly affert, 
 That the Faithful go dire£Hy from Earth to Hea- 
 ven, without ever touching at any fuch Place as 
 Purgatory, John v. 24. Phi!, i. 23. 2 Cor. v. 1, 8. 
 So the Thief on the Crofs, Luke xxiii. 43. 
 
 3. There is no more Work to be done after 
 Death, but to be received into Glory, Rev. xiv. 
 13. 2 Tim. iv. 8. 
 
 4. The Saints that are alive when our Saviour 
 comes again Ihall go immediately to Heaven, 
 therefore all others, 1 T/jeJJ'.iv.ij. Matt.xw. 34. 
 
 $\ The Blood of C h r i s t purgeth us from all 
 
 Sin, 
 
■4' • ' 
 
 Tbefaurus Theologicns. 2 i i 
 
 Sin, and therefore we need not be purged aft..' 
 wards in purgacory, i John i. 7. Rsv. i. ;. 
 
 Ghtando ifiinc excft'um fuerit, nuh'us jam locus pee- 
 nitentia eft, nullus [atisfaclion'is eft eel us. Cypr. 
 
 lAijcfriStvlaU >B, lit TO K07[J.\S T«7tf tit TYiV CUiii'lOV 
 
 clvdmtvav. Chryf. 
 Nullus eH ullibi medlm locus, ut pojjit ejje mfi cum 
 Diaboky qui non eH cum Chr'ifto, Aug, 
 
 Use. 
 
 Hence we m«ift be fure to be ready for Heaven, 
 whilft we are here, for after Death there is no- 
 thing to be done, Ecclef, ix. 10. Cbap.ix. $, 6. 
 
 Who are thofe who are here called the Righte- 
 ous ? 
 
 They who live Rightecufly 1 John iii. 7. 
 
 Juftitia eft con ft. ins & perpctua 'voluntas jus fuum 
 cuique tribiundi. II. 
 
 He that is Righteous, gives to every one his 
 due. 
 
 I. To Men, Rom. xiii. 7. 
 
 1. In General. To all Men we owe, 
 
 1. Honour and Refpectj 1 Per. ii. 17. Thll, 
 ii. }. 
 
 2. Love and Favour, 1 Johniv. 20, 21. 
 Matt. v. 44. 
 
 3. Juft and equitable Dealings, 1 TbtJJ'. 
 iv. 6. Matt. vii. 12. 
 
 4. Our Prayers and Thankfgiving, 1 Tim- 
 ii. 1, 2. 
 
 2. To our Superiours we owe, 
 
 I. Reverence and good Opinion, Eccl % 
 20, z Pet, ii. 10. 
 
 P z 2. Sub- 
 
2 1 z Tbefaurus Tbeologicus. 
 
 2. SubjeiHon and Obedience, Rom. xiii.i. 
 i Pet. ii. 13. Wherefore Rebels and 
 Traytors are not Righteous, 
 j. To our Inferiors, efpecially to the Poor, 
 
 we owe Alms and Affiftance, Dan. iv. 27. 
 
 p2f. i Tim. vi. 17, 18. M?rr. xxv. 34, $ j. 
 
 It. ToGoDj he performs his Duty, in 
 
 1. Believing what he hath faid Upon his Te- 
 ftimony, becaufe he hath faid it, Heb.vi.i8* 
 
 2. Obeying what he hath commanded up- 
 on his Authority, becaufe he hath com- 
 manded it. 
 
 i. Sincerely, fWc/.xxiii. 26. 1 Chro.yLvm.& 
 2. Universally, Pfal. cxix. 6. and to 
 ferve, love, fear, and fubmit to him, 
 Matt. xxii. 37. 
 £ Trufting on what he hath promifed up- 
 on his Veracity, becaufe he hath pro- 
 mifed it, Heb. xiii. 5", 6. 
 They who are thus fincerely Righteous 
 in themfelves, by Vertue of their 
 Faith in Christ, are accepted as per- 
 fectly Righteous in him, Phil, iii.8,.9. 
 
 None but they who are thus Righteous 
 can enter into Life. To fave others, 
 is inconfiftent, 
 
 1. With the Juftice of God, Luke xiii. 5. 
 
 2. With theDefign of Christ, 1 Job* 
 iii. 8. 
 
 2. With the Nature of Heavsn, 1 Cor, 
 xv. jo. 
 
 Use. 
 
 Labour to be thus Righteous before all Things 
 elfe, Matt. vi. 3 j. 
 
Tbefauru! Theologian. 2 1 ^ 
 
 Firfiy Life. So Happinefs is often cillcd, and 
 Heaven it felf, Matt. Vim. 8. Cbap.xix. i6,}j. 
 For then the Soul will properly live in G od, 
 its Life, 1 John v. 12. 
 Dua vita funtj una corporis, nit era anlma. Si- 
 cut vita Corporis anima, it a vita <.nima Dlms. 
 
 Aug. 
 Earn quippe vitam aternam dicimw, uhi tfi fine 
 fne falicitas. Aug. 
 
 This Life Eternal is called, 
 I. Reft, thb. iv. 9. We Ihall there reft from, 
 all our Labours, Rev. xiv. 13. 
 
 1. Of the Mind or Soul. 
 
 1. From all Grief and Sorrow, Re\>. vii. 
 17. Chap, xxi.4. 
 
 2. From all Fears and Jealoufies of future 
 Events, Matt. x. 28. 
 
 3. From nil Care and Solicitude, Matt, 
 
 yi. 34- 
 
 4. From all Temptations, 
 
 1. Of the Devil, 1 Pet. v. 8. Rem. xvi, 
 20. Rev. xii. 9, 10. 
 
 2. The World, 1 John ii. 1 J. Matt, iv, 
 
 8,9. 
 5. The Flefli, Row. vii. 24. 
 2. From all the Labours of the Body, 
 from Pains and Aches. 
 From Sicknefs and Diftempers. 
 From Wearinefs, and whatfocver elfe is 
 troublefome to the Body, as Hunger, 
 Thirft, &c. 2 Theff. i. 7. 
 
 JI. It is called the Joy of our Lord, Matt. xxv. 
 21. yea, the lulnefs of Joy, Vfal. ivi. 11, 
 
 p 3 IBt ft 
 
2 14 Tbefaurus Theologicus. 
 
 III. It is called Paradife, Luke xxiii. 45. py {j 
 Gen. ii. 8, 15". 2 Cor. xii. 2, 4. 
 
 IV. It is called a Kingdom, Ato. xxv. 34. 
 A City, /&£. xiii. 14. Chap, xi. 10. G<*/. iv. 
 26. A Crown, 2 7w». iv. 7, 8. An Inheri- 
 tance incorruptible, 1 Vet. i. 4. 
 
 V. The greateft and moil; unfpeakable Hap- 
 pinefs of Mankind, Pfal. xxxi. 19. Ifa. lxiv, 
 4. 1 Cor. ii. 9. 2 Cor. iv. 17. 
 
 This great Happinefs confifteth, 
 
 I. In our Conformity to Christ, i John'm.zl 
 1 Cor. xv. 49. 
 
 1. In our Bodies, Phil. iii. 21. 
 
 1. His was glorious and fplendid, Matt. xvii. 
 5. Thil. iii. 21. So fhall ours be at that 
 Time, Dan. xii. 3. M^f. xiii. 43. 
 
 2. Quick and agile, Acls i. 9, 10. x Thejf. 
 iv. 17. 
 
 Hence it is faid to be a Spiritual Body, 
 1 Cor. xv. 44. that is, of a Spiritual Qua- 
 lity, not Subftance. 
 
 1. There fhall ftill remain the fame Subftance 
 
 as before j 
 
 1 . C h R 1 s t's Body after his Refurre&ion 
 had Flefh and Bones, Lukexxiv. 39,40. 
 John xx. 25", 27. 
 
 2. Otherwife it could not be a proper Re- 
 furreftion, Job xix. 26. 1 Cor. xv. J4. 
 
 2. It will therefore be the fame Body, but fo 
 refin'd and fpiritualized, as to be always 
 at the Command of the Soul and Will. 
 
 3. As Christ's Body was incorruptable, Pfah 
 
 xvi. 10. A els ii. 51. 
 
 So 
 
Tbefaurus Theologicus. 2 1 5 
 
 So will ours be incorruptible coo, 1 Cor. xv 
 
 j2, 5-3. 
 4. Our Bodies there will ftand in no Need 
 of Meat or Drink, Rev, vii. 1 j, 16. 1 Cor. 
 
 vi. 15. 
 
 So that we fhall there be in all Refpctf-s, 
 'ioufy\oi, equal to the Angels them- 
 felves, Matt. xxii. 30. 
 
 2. In our Souls, we fhall be made like to 
 Christ. 
 
 1. In General. 
 
 Our Souls will be made perfe&ly Holy 
 and Righteous, 2 Pa. iii. 15. Phil iii. 
 11, 12. 
 
 2. In Particular. 
 
 1. Our Understandings pcrfeft in Know- 
 ledge, 1 Ccr.xiii. 9,10,12. i Job. iii. 2. 
 
 2. Our Wills perfect; fo that they can- 
 not Sin. 
 
 3. Our Affe&ions. All placed aright up- 
 on their right Objefts. 
 
 Fear, Grief, Hatred, Anger, all ccafe 3 
 
 yea, and Hope too. 
 Love and Joy in their Perfe&ion, 1 Cor, 
 
 xiii. 8, 13. 
 
 II. It confifteth in the Company we fhall there 
 have; 
 
 j. Of Glorified Saints of all that ever were, 
 or fhall be upon Earth, Htb. xii. 25. 
 Matt, viii. II. 
 
 P 4 &*lt\ 
 
2i6 Thef auras Theologicus. 
 
 Quefi. Whether mall we then know one another ? 
 Jnfw. Yes, Queftionlefs : 
 
 For, 
 
 j. Laz,irm knew Abraham, Luke xvi. 2;. Peter ^ 
 James and John, knew Mofes and Ellas iri 
 the Mount, Matt. xvii. 3, 4. They knew 
 Christ when rifen. 
 
 %. Adam in the State of Innocency knew his 
 Wife fo foon as he faw her, tho' he had ne- 
 ver fcen her before, Gen. ii. 23. 
 
 3. The Angels know all the Saints and Ele^ 
 Mark xiii. 27. And we fhall then be ioap 
 
 4. This K nowledge of one another will con- 
 duce much to our Joy and Thankfulnefs to 
 God, and therefore befure we fhall there 
 have it. 
 
 1. Of Angels. 
 
 2. Christ, John xvii. 24. 
 
 3. God. 
 
 Ill, It confifts in our Enjoyments. 
 
 1. Of all the Perfections of God, by feeing 
 and perfectly knowing of them, Matt, v. 8. 
 Heb. xii. 14. 1 Cor. xiii. 12. 
 
 a. His Love and Favour, Tfal. iv. 6, 7. Tfalm 
 ixvii. 1. Zepb, iii- 17. 
 
 IV. la 
 
Tbefaurus Theoloycus. z 1 7 
 
 IV. In our Employment j which will be to ad- 
 mire and adore, and praifeGon, for his 
 Creation andPrefervation of the World, Rev. 
 iv. 10, 11. Chap. xi. 16. 
 For his Redemption of Mankind, Rev. v. 9, 
 
 11, 12. 
 And for his own infinite Perfections, Rev. iv. 
 
 8. Chap. vii. 9, 10, 11, 12. 
 
 V. In the full Content and Satisfaction that will 
 arife from every Thing we there have, or 
 are, or do, ?fal. xvi. 11. Vfal. xvii. 1 j. 
 
 Though our defires be infinite, they will be 
 there fully fatisfied in the infinite Good. 
 
 Qtf eft. Whether will there be Degrees of Glo- 
 " ry in Heaven, fo as that fome fhall have 
 greater Glory than others? 
 
 Anfiv. Yes. 
 
 For, 
 
 1. The Scripture fpeaks of Degrees of Glory,' 
 
 1 Cor. xv. 41,42. Dan. xii. 5. 
 
 2. There are Degrees of Torment in HeV, 
 Matt. xi. 22,2;, 24. Luke xii. 47, 48. # 
 
 Put ftill every One fhall have and enjoy as 
 much as he is capable of. 
 
 Secondly, Life Eternal. 
 
 1. It is Eternal j fo as never to have an End, 
 
 2 Cor. v. i. i Vet. i. 4. Rev. xxi. 4. 
 
 2. We fhall alfo be as perfe&Iy afiured of it, 
 -fo as never to fear Death or Mifery more. 
 
 Use. 
 
2 1 8 Tbefaurus Theologian. 
 
 Use. 
 The Belief of this fhould, 
 
 i. Leffen our Affe&ions and Love to this 
 World, Col. iii. 2. 
 
 2. Encourage us to undergo any Trouble or 
 Affli&ion in order to our getting to Hea- 
 ven, Rom, viii. 18. 2 Cor. iv. 17, 18. 
 
 3. Perfuade us to Labour after Righteoufnefs 
 before all Things elfe, Matt. vi. 33. 
 
 1 Cor; 
 
Thefaurus Theologian. z i 9 
 
 1 Cor. xv. 58. 
 
 Therefore my beloved Brethren, be ye 
 fledfafl, immoveable, always abound- 
 ing in the Work of the Lord. 
 
 y N this Chapter are Four Things : 
 
 I. A Summary of the Doftrine of the Gofpel, to 
 
 ver. 12. 
 
 II. A Reprehenfion of fuch as deny the Refur- 
 
 recTion of the Dead, to ver. 1 5-. 
 
 III. A Confutation of their Arguments, to ver. 
 28. 
 
 IV. A feafonable Inference from the PremifTes, 
 to ver. J" 8. 
 
 'Efpauoi yiviSti cLtiiJA/jvinvh 
 &t)@\tL hennv & ou>um£9? n Tm&iviat' Chryf. 
 
 Wherein we have, 
 
 1. His loving Compellation. 
 
 1. Brethren, 1 Vet. iii. 8. 
 
 2. My Brethren, Heb. ii. 11. 
 
 3. My beloved Brethren, Pbil. iv. 1. 
 
 2. His Apoftolical Exhortation, 
 
 I. Be ye ftedfaft, 'E^cJo/. 
 
 Jguefi. r. What is it to be ftedfaft? 
 
 1. To be well grounded in our Religion, 
 
 TiStUi\tU(M.V6t ;£ ttfycUQij Col. 1. 2^ 
 
 2. Well built upon that Foundation, JuJe 20. 
 Col. ii. 7. *£gei£«><<fi'0/ Xj i7niwJby.*tiiVoi. 
 
 Que]}. 
 
220 Thefaurut Theologicw, 
 
 jgueft. 2. What fhould we be thus ftedfaft 
 and well grounded in ? 
 
 I, In the Profeffion of our Religion, Heb. iv. 14." 
 
 Chap X. 2 J. 
 
 i. That we do not take it up merely upon an 
 implicite Faith, Heb. v. 12. 2 Tim. i. 12. 
 Ignorantla omnium errcrum mater efi. Syn. Tol. 
 2. But that we be able to give a Reafon of 
 our Faith, 1 Vet. iii. i£. 
 
 TaJuirt $ >y TtoKka ■nkHova. 7ktuv top ^i&avIv nJiviu 
 %eji xj T«7wf 7jtt.Vtt>v "ZmSiJlvcu \bpiv roll ifa° 
 •jaw Chryf. 
 
 II. In the Principles of our Religion. 
 
 1. Concerning the Scriptures. 
 
 1. That they are the Word of G o d, 2 Tim, 
 jii. 16. 2 P<tf. i.21. 
 
 2. Contain all Things neceffary to Salvation, 
 2 7m» iii. 16, 17. 
 
 3. That allPerfons ought to read them, 
 John v. 39. ./4<fo xvii. 11. Matt. XX. 29. 
 
 2. Concerning God. 
 
 1. That there is but one God, Dettt. vi. 4. 
 Ifa. xliv. 6. 1 Cor. viii. 4. 
 
 2. That this one God is three Perfons, 
 Matt, xxviii. 19. 1 John v. 7. 2 Cor. xiii. 14. 
 
 1. The Father, Epb.iv.6. Chap.i..$. 
 
 2. The Son, Rom. ix. 5". PAi/. ii. 6. 
 
 ;. The Holy Ghoft, ^^jv.3,4. Tit .iii ^i 
 
 5. Concerning Man. 
 
 1. That he was made in the Image of Go D, 
 Gen. I 26, 27. Eph. iv. 24. 
 
 2. That by Adams Fall, all Men are fee- 
 come finful and miferable, Rom. v. 17, i8j, 
 
 *"*♦ 19. £cJ. vii. 29. Rom. iii 9, 10, 23. 
 
 * ^ > * . ,3. That 
 
 _ < k . % <^ ■' * 
 
TbeJ auras Theologicus. z z i 
 
 3. That there is no Way for Man's Reco- 
 very, but only byjESUsCHRisT, Acts 
 iv. 12. John iii. 16. Alls xvi. 51. 
 (.. Concerning Christ. 
 
 1. That he is both God and Mail in One 
 Perfon, Atts xx. 28. 
 
 2. That he, as fo, died only for our Sins, 
 If a. liii. j . 1 John ii. 2. 
 
 3. That he is our only Mediator in Heaven, 
 1 Tim. ii. 5-. No Saints or Angels, John 
 xiv. 6. I John ii. 1. 
 
 j. Concerning the Sacraments. 
 
 1. That there are but Two, as generally 
 neceffary to Salvation, Baptiim and th^ 
 Lord's Supper. The other Five, 
 Confirmation, 
 
 Matrimony,- 
 Orders, 
 Penance, 
 
 Extreme Un&ion, Ufed by the Papifh, 
 cannot be properly called Sacraments. 
 
 2. Thefe Two are abiblutely neceffary to 
 
 Salvation : 
 
 1. Baptifm, Matt, xxvii. 19. John iii. 5*. 
 
 2. The Lords Supper, L»&? xxii; 19. 
 
 6. Concerning the Lord's Supper in parti- 
 cular. 
 
 x. That the Bread and Wine are not turned 
 Subftantially into the Body and Blood of 
 Christ, i Cor. x. 16, 17. 
 That deftroys the Nature of the Sacra- 
 ment, there being no Figure. 
 Our Saviour meant other wife, L«/%xxii. 1 9. 
 2. That it ought to be adminiftred in both 
 Kinds, Man. xxvi.27. nfm \fc *wv *-**7ir, 
 1 Cor, xi, 26, 
 
 <). Con- 
 
222 Thefaurus Theologicw. 
 
 7. Concerning good Works. 
 
 1. That they are well-pleafing to God^ 
 Hcb. xiii. 16. Phil, iv. 18. 1 Pet. ii. j. 
 
 2. Neceffary in order to Salvation, Mat t. 
 xix. 17. Jac. ii. 26. 
 
 ;. But not fo as to merit any Thing at 
 God's Hand, Luke xvii. 10. 1 Cor. iv. 7. 
 
 III. Stedfaft in the Pra&ice of our Religion. 
 1. In the worfhipping of God. 
 
 1. Internally, John iv. 24. 
 
 1. In loving God above all Things, Dentl 
 vi. s ■ 
 
 1. Becaufe he is infinitely good in him- 
 felf, Luke xviii. 19. 
 
 2. Continually good to us, Pfal.cxvi. 1. 
 Luke vii. 47. 
 
 2. In our fearing him alone, Ifa. viii. 13 J 
 Matt. X. 28. 
 
 1. Becaufe he governs the World, Jer," 
 v. 22. 
 
 2. He is both a juft and merciful God, 
 
 Pfal. CXXX. 4. 
 
 3. Our Submiflion to him, Luke xxii. 42. 
 becaufe of his infinite Wifdom and 
 Goodnefs, 1 Sam. Hi. 18. 
 
 4. Our trufting on him, Prov. iii.y. and 
 Christ. 
 
 1. He is All-wife, 2 Pet. ii. 9. 
 
 2. And Almighty too, Matt. xix. 26. 
 
 y. In our Thankfulnefs for all his Mercies, 
 rmnrra? Lev. xxii. 29. 
 
 1. Becaufe all Things come from him, 
 1 Cor.iv.J. 
 
 2. We deferve no Mercies, Gw.xxxii. 10.' 
 
 2. Externally. 
 
 1. In praying, 
 
 1. Only 
 
Thefaurw Tbeologicw. 223 
 
 1. Only unto God ; Rom. x. 14. Matt. vi. 
 9. Rev. xxii. 8, 9. 
 
 Qiov }{Vouiv». Bafil. 
 Moy<y $ ■srefcrevttTEof tw £W toct Ojcj- Orig. 
 
 2. Only in a known or vulgar Tongue^ 
 1 Cor. xiv. 15-, 1 6. 
 
 How elfe fhall I know whether the Pried 
 prays or curfes. 
 
 e O/ "Eaamps? iM\Mt&}iu<i 01 "j 'Pu/Muot fU[xdJ/juf % 
 
 ttJ 0««. Orig. 
 
 3. With Decency, Order, and Reve- 
 rence, 1 Cor. xiv. 40. Hei. xii. 28. 
 
 2. In hearing the Word of God read and 
 explained to you, 1 Tbejf. ii. 15. 
 
 3. In receiving the Sacrament of the Lord':; 
 Supper, i Cor. xi. 2j, 26. 
 
 2. In your Submiffion and Obedience to the 
 King, Rom. xiii. 1. 1 Pet. ii. 13, 14. con- 
 trary to the Popifh Opinions and Practices 
 of oppofing and depofing King?, if they 
 think them Heretical. 
 
 3. In your Love and Affection to one ano- 
 ther, Matt. V. 44. 
 
 Thus Stephen was, ABs vii. 60. 
 And our blefled Lord, John xiii. 1. Lufo 
 xxiii. 34. 
 
 4. In your Juftice and Equity towards all^ 
 1 Theff. iv. 6. 2 Pet. Hi. 17, 18. 
 
 II. Unmoveable, ayvntxivimi, Eph.iv. 14. 
 So as not to be moved from the Profeflion, 
 
 Principles, or Practice, of our Religion. 
 I. Not by Threats or Menaces, Acls iv. 17, 
 
 iS, 19, 21. 
 
 No Threats like to G o d's, 
 > 2. Not 
 
224 
 
 Tbefaurus TbedlogicUs. 
 
 2. Not by fpecious Promifes and Allurements, 
 2 Tim. iv. io. Mark xiv. io, n. Gen. iii. y, 
 6. Matt. iV. 8, 9. 
 
 3. Not by any Troubles 6r Affli&ions here 
 below, Hah iii. 18. Job i. 20, 21. jfr?& xiii. 
 I J. Matt. V. 10, II. Chap. Vli.26, 27. 
 
 Why be immoveable ? 
 
 1. Otherwife we fhall lofe the Comfort and 
 Benefit of all that we have done, Ezek. 
 xviii. 24. 
 
 2. We (hall lofe our Reward in another 
 World, Matt. x. 22. Rev. ii. 10. 
 
 3. Our latter End will be worfe than the 
 firft, 2 Pef.ii.20j 2r,22. 
 
 Means. 
 1. Get a well fettled Judgment in the Princi-J 
 
 pies of Religion, Dan.xl 32. 
 1. Beg of God to affift and ftrengthen ycm, : 
 
 ABs iv. 29. 
 3. Believe and truft in God and our bleffed 
 
 Saviour for his afliftance, £,«£<? xxii. 51,520 
 
 ?hil iv. 11. Rom. viii. 53-, 36, 37. 
 
 Pro^ 
 
ThtJAurus Theologitus. 22.<c 
 
 Prov. xxi. 31. 
 
 The horfe is prepared againji the tidy of 
 battel: hut ftfety is of the Lord. 
 
 .yiu/nn mrrn 
 
 WE may make preparations for the fighting 
 of our Enemies, but the iflue is only 
 from GOD. 
 
 I. What Enemies may we fight ? 
 1. Spiritual. 
 
 1 . The Devil. 
 
 2. The World. 
 
 3. The Flefh. 
 
 I. Temporal. 
 
 1. Private. 
 
 2. Publick> 
 
 II. It is lawful to wage War, and to maie 
 Preparations, and ufe Means. 
 
 1. GOD himfelf commanded his People to 
 
 go out to War, Numb.xxxi. 2, 3. Sam, 
 xiiii. 2. 1 Kings \i. 14. 
 
 2. The People of G O D in all Ages have 
 
 done it, Gen. xiv. 14. David. 
 
 3. It appears from John's Anfwer to the Sol- 
 
 diers, Luke iii. xiv. and our Saviour to 
 the Centurion, Luke vii. 9. and Cornelisu^ 
 jMsx. 1. 
 
 4. It is lawful to defend the Magiftrate's Per* 
 
 fon and Authority. 
 
 5. The Fathers held it. jfug.fyc&kiagofjoflmd's 
 
 lay ing ambulh againft^',fc/>/c admonemur non 
 Vol. I. Q. »>;*/M 
 
226 Thefaurm Theologies. 
 
 injufie fieri ab his qui jnftum helium re- 
 runt. 
 
 i\oycw% Bafil. 
 
 III. But the Iflue is ftill from GOD. 
 i. GOD made all things, 
 
 2. Preferves all things. 
 
 3. Governs and orders all things, To that no- 
 
 thing can act without him. 
 
 4. And therefore all Victory and Safety is ftill 
 
 from GOD. 
 
 US E. 
 
 1. Truft in GOD only. 
 
 1. When you have no Means* iChron.xx. 12. 
 
 Pfal. lvi. 3. 
 1. In his Wifdom. 
 2. Power. 
 
 3. • Mercy. 
 
 4. Faithfulnefs to his Promifes. 
 
 2. When we have all Means, Pfal. exxvii. i„ 
 
 2. Be thankful to G O D for all Mercies. 
 
 1. Acknowledge him in them. 
 
 2. Live like thofe who are obliged by GOD'5 
 
 Mercies to ierve him. 
 
 1 Col 
 
Thefattrus Thtol'ogicus. 
 
 i Cor. xv. $S. 
 
 Always abounding in the Work of the 
 Lord. 
 
 L XXr HAT is it to abound in the Works of 
 V V the Lord ? 
 
 J. Negatively, Not as if we could do more 
 than is required, or works of Superero- 
 gation, which the Papifts boaft of, faying 
 that fome Men do and differ more than is 
 required of them, which they fay is thrown 
 into the common Stock or Treafury of 
 the Church, out of which others receive 
 it, which is the ground of their Indul- 
 gences. 
 lndulgtntia Ecdefiajilca efirel.txatio pan<c tem- 
 poralis per applicationem fuper abundant Urn 
 Chrijli CT fanliorum fans jail ion urn faEla 
 Greg, de Valentin. 
 This is againft 
 
 i. Scripture, Lufo xvli. 10. Mat. xx o ro 
 and xxv. 9. Do I pray without ceafine? 
 in every thing give thanks? it is no 
 more than I am commanded. 
 1. Reafon 
 
 1. None can do more good Works than 
 what is commanded, for what is not 
 commanded, is not good, ifa j 12 
 
 *. All fuch Works would be ftperfluous 
 for neither themfclvcs nor others are 
 benefited by them, Gal. vi. 5. 1 Cor, 
 ill. 0. 2 Cor. v. 10, 
 
 Q- 2 3. No 
 
228 Thtfaurus Ibeoiogicas. 
 
 3. No Man can do as much as be is command- 
 ed, much lefs more, Ecclef. vii. 10. 1 John 
 
 i. 8. , 
 Mop©- yo ttvctfXAfliijQ- hly®- 79 fiiv $ %%&(**$£ 
 
 vetv m<nv l L u<pv]ov x} mi/qv. Clem. Alex. 
 3. Again ft the Doctrine of the univerfal Church. 
 
 Acceferunt jafti non Sederunt coronas & de fo'rti- 
 tud'ine fidelium nata, funt exempla fatientid^ 
 nondonajuftitia. Lev. 
 2. Pofitively, This Phrafe of abounding im- 
 plies, 
 ii That we ufe our utmoft czre and diligence 
 to do the Works of the Lord, 2 Pet.x. 
 to. Ecclef. \±. 10. Tit.u. 1 4. 
 
 2. That we abound in refpect of our felves, 
 
 growing in Grace, and doing every day 
 more and more good, 2 Pet. iii. 18. 
 Heb. v. 12. Col. i. io. 
 
 3. Abound in refpedt of others, excelling o- 
 
 thers in good Works, Mat. v. 1 6. PhiL 
 ii. 15. 
 
 n; 
 
 H. What Works of the Lord? 
 
 1. Works of Piety towards GOD*, loving 
 fearing, trufting on him, honouring him 
 with all we have, Prov. iii. 9. thofe things 
 we mould abound and increafe in every 
 Day more and more, Col. i. 1 o. 2 Pet. iii. 
 18. 
 Works of Equity towards Men. 
 
 1. Forgiving the injuries we receive from 
 them, Afor.xviii. 21,22. Mat. v. 44. 
 
 2. Relieving their Neceffities, I Tim. vi 
 17, 18. 
 
 3. Deal- 
 
Thefaurus Tkeoloqictts* 229 
 
 3. Dealing juftly in all things with them, 
 Levit.x'iX. 35, 36. 1 Thef.if. 6. 
 
 III. How always abound? At all times, in 
 time of health, and time of ficknefs 3 in times of 
 profperity, and jn times of trouble and adv«r- 
 fay, Jets xz'w 1 5. 
 
 IV. Why abound in the Works of the Lord ? 
 1. We are commanded, Hcb.\\. 1. 2 Pet. i. 5, 
 
 6,7,8. 1 Tbcf iv. 1. 
 ;t. The more we abound in good Work*;, the 
 more comfort we lhall have from them, 
 1 Cor. i. 12. 
 
 3. We can never abound too much, nor indeed 
 
 enough, Luke xvii. 10. 
 
 4. They are the Works of the Lord , and 
 
 therefore, 
 
 1. Themoft honourable, 1 Sam.il 30. 
 
 2. Themoft pleafanr, Frov.m. 17. pj a l. cxix. 
 
 14. Pfal.i. 2. Pfal. Ixxxiv. 10. 
 
 3. The mod profitable Works, Pfal. \xxxW. 
 
 11. 1 Tim. vi. 18, 19. Mat. vl 19, 2Q. 
 
 5. Tour labour will net be w vain in the Lord, 
 
 Q.3 1 Cor. 
 
22 o The four us Theologicus. 
 
 i Cor. xv. 58. 
 
 Tor af much as ye know that your I dour is not 
 in vain in the Lord. 
 
 I. TT7*HAT are we to underftand by la- 
 VV bour? 
 
 1. Whatfoever care and pains you are at, to 
 
 do good and ferve GOD ftedfaftly, it 
 doth require great care and ftudy, Luke 
 xiii. 24. Pfal. cxxxii. 4, $. Pfal. i. 2. 1 Cor, 
 
 ix. 24, 2$. I Tbejf.i.^. 
 
 2. Whatfoever cofts or charges ye are at, Phil. 
 
 iii. 8. Mark x. 29, 30. Mat. xix. 21. 
 
 3. Whatfoever trouble or affliction we under- 
 
 go for Chrift's fake, Heb. xi. 24, 25. 
 2 Cor. vi. 4, 5. Heb. xi. 36, 37. 1 Pet. iii. 
 14. j4ttsxiv. 22. 
 
 II. In what fenfe will our labour not be in 
 vain ? 
 
 1. Neg. Not as if we could merit anything 
 
 at GOD's hand by what wedoorfuffer 
 
 for him. For Tua peccata funt merita Del 
 
 funt. Aug. 
 
 1. We can do no good Works but what 
 
 we are beholden to GOD for, Jam. i. 
 
 17- 
 Merita omnia dona Dei, [tint & ita homo magis 
 
 propter ipfa Deo debitor eft quam Dens homim\ 
 
 Bernard. 
 
 i. What 
 
Tbefauras Tbeolcgicus. 231 
 
 2. Whatfoever we can do or fufFer is no 
 more than what we are bound to do 
 for him that gives us all things, Luke 
 xvii. 10. 
 3. Our Works bear no proportion to our 
 Reward, Rom. viii. 18. 
 Quibiu Ubcrtbtu qnibu* injiirus foffitrmu nojlra 
 
 levare yeccata? Ambrof. 
 Quis noftrum fine divina pot eft fnbftftere mifcra- 
 tione ? Quid foffhrnns digmm f remits facer e 
 ccleftihu? Id. 
 Quid (unt merit a noftra ad t ant am gloriam t 
 
 ""Bern. 
 
 1. Pofitively. Their labour (hall not be loft, 
 or to no purpofe, but GOD of his infinite 
 Mercy in Chriit will abundantly recom- 
 pence them both in this life and that to 
 fome, 1 Tim. iv. 8. Heb. x. 35. 
 
 Q^ 4 iCOR. 
 
2 $4 Thefaurus Theologicus. 
 
 2 Pet. i. <j'. 
 
 And htfiies this giving all diligence, add to 
 your faith virtue, 
 
 HE R E the Apoftle gives us a Chain of all 
 Chriltian Graces : Wherein we may ob- 
 ferve in general, 
 
 I. Faith leads the Van, as i CV.xiii. i 2. For, 
 i. It is only by Faith that we have, or exer- 
 
 cife any Grace. 
 i. All Grace comes by Chrift, Johni. 17. 
 
 and xv. 5. 
 2. We receive it from him only by Faith, 
 Atls xxvi. 18. 1 John v. 5. 
 2. It is only by Faith that our other Graces 
 or good Works are acceptable unto 
 GOD, Heb.xl 5,6. i Pet.il 5. 
 Hence we are to endeavour after Faith 
 in the firft place, Epb. vi. id. 
 
 II. Where true Faith leads the Van, all other 
 Graces follow. 
 
 For Faith works by Love, Gal. v. 6. 
 
 And Love is the fulfilling the Law, Rom. 
 
 xiii. 10. 
 J3e that believes is born of GOD, 1 John v. 1 . 
 He that is fo born doth not fin, 1 John iii. 9. 
 Faith without Works is dead and ineffe&ual, 
 
 Jam.'i\. 14. and xxii.26. 
 Therefore a true and lively Faith always 
 
 brings forth good Works, 
 
 Clem. Alex. 
 
 Fides 
 
Thtj&urus Theo/ogictu. 2^5- 
 
 t.dts (jiu eft juftitise fundament um quam nulla 
 bona opera proccdunt^ & ex qua omnia pro- 
 cedunt y ipfa r.os a peccatis pur a at ^ mentes 
 nojhas i/luminar. Profper. 
 
 Kct9' Uv}riv ™&{ <TAwp»f b#v dyaJiuv l^av, Chryf. 
 
 III. We mud not content our felves with one 
 or more Graces, but muft: endeavour to get and 
 exercife all manner of Grace and Goodnefs, 1 Pet. 
 i. 1 5. 77r. ii. 11, 12. Eph. vi. n. Jam. ii. 1 o. 
 
 IV. We mud give all diligence to be thus tru- 
 ly good and pious, juft and righteous, and to get 
 and exercife all true Grace and Virtue. 
 
 1 . What is it to give all diligence ? 
 It implies. 
 1. That we prefer true Grace and Piety 
 
 in our Judgments before all things 
 
 elfe, Vjal. exxxvii. 6. 
 
 1. Becaufe it is really more excellent, 
 
 than all other things, Prov. xii. 16. 
 Pfal. xvii. 3. Prov. iii. 1 3, 14, 1 5. 
 
 2. Becaufe it is the only needful thing 
 
 in the World, Lukex. 39,42. Heb 
 xii. 14. 
 a. That we defire it in our Hearts before 
 all things elfe, Pfal. xix 9, 10. Pfal, 
 lxxiii. 25. Phd. iii. 8. 
 3. That we take more Care and Pains, and 
 ufe all Diligence about it, more than 
 about any thing elfe, Mat. vi. 33. Atts 
 xxiv. 16. iPet.i. 10. Phil. Hi. 14. 
 a. Why (hould we ufe fo much Diligence 
 about this? 
 I. Becaufe it is fo hard and difficult thing 
 to attain it, Mat. xix. 23, 24, Mat. 
 vii. 13, 14. John? L 27. 
 
 1. By 
 
2 16 Tbefattrus Theologicus. 
 
 %, By reafon of Original Corruption. 
 
 2. ■ Of our being accuftomed to Sin, 
 
 Jer. xiii. 23. 
 
 2. If we ufe all the Care and Diligence we 
 
 can about it, we are fure to attain it, 
 otherwife not, 1 Cor. xv. 58. 
 
 3. If we do attain it by all our Diligence, 
 
 it will be abundantly recompenced. 
 
 And indeed it is the only thing that 
 
 is worth our Care and Study, 2 Tim. 
 
 iv.7,8. 
 3. Wherein mufl: this our Diligence be prin- 
 cipally employed? What Means and 
 Methods muftwe ufe, that we may at 
 length attain it by Our Diligence? 
 
 1. Refolve ftedfaftly by the Blefiing of 
 
 GOD, to fet about it in good ear- 
 neft. 
 
 2. Give your felves conflantly to publick 
 
 and private Prayer, Jam.'i. 5. Luke 
 xi. 13. 
 
 3. And to reading and hearing the Word 
 
 of GOD, Rom.x. 17. and Meditation. 
 
 4. To the Sacrament. 
 
 5. In all thefe truft only on Chrift, JSis 
 
 Vo 31. 
 
 Pet. 
 
Thefaurus Theologicus. 237 
 
 W 
 
 a Pet. 4. 5. 
 
 .4^ fa your faith. 
 
 Hat is Faith ? 
 
 Faith in Scripture H taken 
 
 I. For Fidelity or Faithfulnefs. 
 
 1. In God, Rom. iii. 3. 1 >Jw i. 9. 
 
 2. In Man, Afof. xxiii. 23. 1 P*r. v. ill 
 
 II. For a Perfwafion of the Lawfulnefs of 
 
 an Attion, Rom. xiv. 22, 23. 
 
 III. For the Objeft which we believe, the 
 whole Doftrine of Faith, Atti vL 7. 
 Gal. i. 23. and iii. 2. 1 Tim. iv. 1. 
 
 IV. It is moft ufually taken for the Aft of 
 Believing, and fo it is an AfTent unto 
 ibme Truth upon the Teftimony of 
 one that doth aflert it. 
 
 1. It is an AfTent-, and fo not only in 
 the Intellect apprehending, but in the 
 Will receiving and embracing it. 
 Credere eft in Affenfu cegitare, Aug. 
 
 1. Unto Truth. Otherwife it is nol 
 Faith, but Folly and Delufion, 2 
 Thef. ii. 10, 12. 
 
 3. As attefted by another • and fo it is 
 diftinguifhed, 
 
 1. From Senfe *, whereby we afTent be- 
 
 caufe we fee or feel it. 
 
 2. From Knowledge } whereby we af- 
 
 fent becaufe we know it to be fo, 
 either. 1. From 
 
22 8 Thef&urus Theo/ogicus. 
 
 1. From the Evidence of the thing 
 
 it felf } as that two and two 
 make* four, the whole greater 
 than a part. 
 
 2. From Ratiocination, gathering it 
 
 from the neceffary Connexion 
 of it with fome known Truth. 
 This is not Faith but Science. 
 Scire eft per caufas fcire^ Arift. 
 which if it be not certain is call- 
 ed Opinion. 
 There are two forts upon which our Faith may 
 be grounded. 
 
 i. Humane. Becaufe Men atteft it. Up- 
 on this Faith all civil Commerce is 
 grounded. By this we believe Hifto- 
 lies and other things which we never 
 faw, Job. iv. 39. 
 2. Divine. Which is certain and infallible, 
 1 John v. 9. Rom. iii. 4. For, 
 
 1. God is of infinite Knowledge, and 
 
 therefore cannot be deceived, VfaL 
 cxlvii. 5. 1 Sam. ii. 3. m.T Hljh *?K 
 Heb. iv. 13. 
 
 2. Of infinite Goodnefs and Truth, that 
 
 he cannot deceive us, Dent, xxxii. 4. 
 Tit. i. 2. He cannot deny himfelf, 2. 
 Tim. ii. 13. nor lie, Heb. vi. 17, 1 3. 
 Being Truth it felf. Hence we have 
 all the Reafon in the World to believe 
 what he faith upon that very Account 
 becaufe he faith it, otherwife we give 
 Truth the Lie, 1 John v. 1 o. 
 How hath GOD revealed and attefted any 
 Truth, fo as to make it an Objed of divine Faith ? 
 1. GOD fometime revealed his Will im- 
 mediately by himfelf, or an Angel re- 
 
 prefenting 
 
Thejaurus 'Ihtologkus. 229 
 
 prefenting himfelf as to AW?, Gen. vi. 
 12, 14. Heb. xi. 7. to Abraham, Gen. 
 xvii. i, 2. Heb. xi. 8. 
 1. Sometime by Mofes and the Prophets, by 
 whom he revealed his Will, and con- 
 firmed it by Miracles, iPet. i. 20,2!. 
 
 3. By his own Son, Heb. i. 1. 
 
 4. By his Apoftles immediately infpired by 
 
 the Holy Ghoft, Joh.xvi. 13. and xiv.26. 
 Hence what they fpake was GOD's 
 Word, 1 Thrf.'u. 13. 
 
 5. Now by the Writings of his Prophets and 
 
 Apoftles, 2 Tim. iii. \6. John xx. 31. 
 Hence we are faid to be built upon the 
 Foundation of the Apoftles and Pro- 
 phets, Eph. ii. 20. 
 Fropheta & Apojlolt fuper quos omnium Ec- 
 clefiarum fundament a locantur, Hieron. 
 Hence therefore the whole Word of G OD is 
 the Object of true Faith •, which is therefore de- 
 fined by the Apoftle. The <&i<&.<nt> the Sub- 
 ftance of all the Promifes that GOD hath made, 
 and the *A«Jk©"i Evidence of all the Truths he 
 hath revealed, Heb.x'i. ft. 
 
 1 . The Subftance of things hoped for. 
 
 1. Though we have but few good things, 
 
 yet we hope for many. 
 
 2. Our Hope is grounded upon the Pro- 
 
 mife of GOD. 
 
 3. Faith is the Subftance of the things we 
 
 hope for from the Promifes of G O D, 
 fo as to give us Poflefiion of them, be- 
 ing as tully perfuaded that we (hall 
 have them, as if we had them alrea- 
 dy, Heb. xiii. 5, 6. Rom. viii. 38. 
 2 Cor, v. 1. iTim. iv. 7,8. 
 
 2. It 
 
240 ThefauruS Tho/ogicus. 
 
 2. It is the Evidence of things not feen, 2 Cor. 
 iv. 18. Whether they be, 
 
 1. Paft, as the Flood, the Deftruction of 
 
 Sodom, deliverance from zALgyyt, &c. 
 Chrift'sPaffion, Refur reft ion, Afcen- 
 iion. 
 
 2. Prefent, as all the Myfteries of our Reli- 
 
 gion, the Trinity, Chrift's Divine Na- 
 ture, Interceffion, God's Omniprefence, 
 Omnipotence, &c. 
 
 3. Future. As, 
 
 The Refurre&ion. 
 
 Judgment. 
 
 Hell. 
 
 Heaven, Matt. xxv. 46. Epk vi. 16. 
 
 W 
 
 2 Pet. i. 5. 
 Add to your faith virtue. 
 
 HAT are we to underftarid by Virtue? 
 
 I. Virtue fignifies, \ 
 
 1. Probity or Goodnefs of Manners in general, 
 the whole Duty of Man, the Art of do- 
 ing good and living well. \ 
 Ars if/fa bene retteq; vivendi virtm a veteribtb 
 
 defimta eft. Aug. 
 So it is taken, Phil. iv. 8. 
 So fome underftand it here for Virtue in gene- 
 ral, the particulars being aftemamed. 
 In this fenfe the Word implies, 
 
 I; That to our Faith we mufl add good 
 Works, do well as well as believe well. 
 
 They 
 
Thefaurus Theologicus. 241 
 
 They are good Works, James u. 14,18. 
 
 1. That are commanded, Jfaiabi. 12, 13. 
 
 Mutt. xv. 4, 9. 
 
 2. That we do becaufe commanded, 1 Sam. 
 
 XV. 22. 
 
 2. That we do to the glory of GOD, 
 Mat. vi. i . 1 Cor. x. 3 r. 
 
 2. That we content not our fclves with fome 
 
 few good Works now and then, Mark 
 vi. 20. Afts xxvi. 28, 29. 
 
 3. But that we do all manner of good Works 
 
 that we are commanded, Pfal. cxix. 6. 
 Col. i. 1 o. Luke 1. 6. 
 
 1 . There is the fame reafon for all, that 
 
 there is for one. 
 
 2. He that doth not do all, doth none, 
 
 James ii. Io. 
 
 3. The want of one will ruin you as well 
 
 as the want of all, Ez.ek. xviii. 30. 
 II. By Virtue is commonly underftood the ha- 
 bit of doing good. 
 
 1. Wherein doth it confift? Whereby, 
 
 1. We are enclined to it, 1 Theff. iv. 9. 
 
 2. Conftant in it, Eph. iv. 14, 15. 
 
 3. Take pleafure in the doing of it, Vrov. 
 
 xxi. 15. Pfal. xix. 9, 10. 
 
 2. Why mould we have this habit of Vir- 
 
 tue ? 
 
 1 . The Word mould be engrafted in us, 
 
 James i. 2 r . 
 
 2. We mould put on the new Man, Col. iiL 
 IO. 2 Cor. v. 17. 
 
 3. Be transform'd into the Image of Chrift, 
 
 Rom. xii. 2. and rife with him, Rom. 
 vi. 5s 6. 
 
 4. Without the habit the ad will fooq 
 
 ceafe, Col. i. 21, 22,23. 
 Vol. I. R 5. tfo 
 
242 Thefattrus Theologies. 
 
 •^ — — »— II I ,1-1111 BM^^HMMMBMMMBanMH**^^ 
 
 5. Nothing is good or acceptable unto 
 GOD, but what proceeds from a 
 good Heart, and To from the habit of 
 Grace and Virtue. Luh viii. 1 5. Mat. 
 vii. 18. 
 3. What muft we do to get this habit of do- 
 ing good ? 
 1. Keep up within your felves a deep and 
 conftant fenfe of your own infirmity, and 
 inability to do good, 2 Cor. iii. 5. 1 Cor. 
 ii. 18. 
 
 2. Beg of GOD his afliftance of you. 
 
 Jam. i. 5. 
 
 3. Believe and trull on Chrifl for GOD's 
 
 anfwering your Prayers, 3nd for fuch 
 fupplies of Grace from him as may ha-* 
 bituate you to goodnefs, John i. io\ 
 
 Phil. IV. 12, 13. 
 
 4. Exercife your felves eonftantly in doing 
 
 good. 1 Tim. iv. 7. AEls xxiv. \6. 
 
 2 Pet. i, 5. 
 Add to yon faith virtue. 
 
 III. "T 7lrtue is taken for Fortitude and Valour, 
 V for Courage and Refolution in the ways 
 of GOD, and good Works, 'AfcTei£&9*, K&flatv&! ) 
 1 Cor. xvi. 13. 
 1. Wherein doth Virtue ia this fenfe efpecially 
 confilt ? 
 1 . In undertaking and performing whatfoe ver 
 is required of us, how difficult or ha- 
 zardous foever it be, Heb. xt. 8. Jer. I. 
 7, 8, 17. AEts iv. 10, 13. and ix. 29. 
 Phil, i. 14, 2o. 
 
 u Not- 
 
Tltfaurus Theologtcus. 2 ^ 
 
 i. Notwithstanding any difficulties that 
 
 may hinder us in performing our 
 
 Duty, i Cor. xvi. 9. 
 2. Notwithftanding the Uncertainty of 
 
 Succefs in what we undertake, Dav. i. 
 
 12, 13, 18. Dan. iii. ,6, 1 7> T g 
 
 2. In undergoing whatsoever is laid upon us 
 
 3. In doing and (offering this for GOD and 
 
 Goodnefs fake, 1 Pet. iii. ,. and j 
 14, i<*. 
 2. How may we attain to fucli Virtue and Cou- 
 rage ? u 
 
 1. Be fenfible of your own Weaknefs and In- 
 
 firmity, Rom. v. 6. 2 Cor. in. % 
 
 2. Confider that it is GOD that commands 
 
 any Duty from you, or lays any afflicti- 
 on upon you ; he requirctb Virtue and 
 Valour from you, 1 Cbr. xxviii. 9, 10. 
 
 3. Truft: on GOD for his affiftance of you 
 
 4. Stedfaftly believe that GOD will be pre- 
 
 fent wnh you, and affift you in whatfo- 
 ever he lays upon you, or requireth from 
 you, Dent. xx. 3,4. iKiJsvi. 1 c , 5 
 17. Pf*L xxvii. 1. " 5 ' ,<5 ' 
 
 5 . Confider and firmly believe that ChriP- 
 
 hath already gotten theViftoryfor us 
 and that nothing is now required of us' 
 but that believing and adhering to him 
 we may be Viclors too, Jobn^l „ 
 Kom. viu. 17. ■ >: >* 
 
 6\ Look frill to the Retompence of Re- 
 ward, and the Glory that attends true 
 Virtue, and fpmtual Courage and Re- 
 folutiDD, Heb.xti. 2 . iC,r.xv. s 8. 
 
 R 2 2 Pet. 
 
244 Thefaurus Theologicus. 
 
 — — — 
 
 i 
 
 2 P E T. U $* 
 
 And to virtue, knowledge, 
 
 I.TT7* HAT is here meant by Knowledge? A 
 VV right underftanding of the things that 
 
 belong to our eternal Salvation. Here is, 
 i. The general Nature of it \ it is a right un- 
 derflanding. That is, 
 
 1. Clear and diftinct, Rom. i. 21. Jer.iv. 
 
 22. 1 Cor.xiv. 20. 
 
 2. Practical and Experimental, /&£. V. 14. 
 
 Pfal. xxxiv. 8. 1 Pet. ii. 3. 
 
 3. Sound and Orthodox, contrary to that 
 
 ^vJ^w[xQ- yi'aoTf, 1 Tim. vi. 20. <«<>f" 
 <puff7( J yvucnu^ Pom. if. 20. Such as 
 the Jews^ and Gnofticks, and Hereticks 
 pretend to, Jude iii. 2 Pet . ii. 1 . 
 2. The Objeft, things neeeftary to our Salva- 
 tion, Luke xiX. 4 1, 42. 
 
 1. Negatively. 
 
 1. Not fuch things as GOD hath hid from 
 
 us, De ut . xxix. 29. Afts i. 6> 7. 
 
 2. Not fuch things as only concern others, 
 
 1 Thejf.iv. 11. 
 
 3. Not things impertinent and unnecefTa- 
 
 ry, 2 Tim. ii. 23. Tit. iii. 9. 
 
 4. Not fuch things as are above our Ca- 
 
 pacities, as the Trinity, Incarnation, 
 &c. of which it is fufficient that we 
 know them to be revealed, and fo 
 believe them. 
 
 2. Pofitively. We mould know fuch things 
 
 as ate neceifary to make us holy and 
 happy, iTim. vi. 3,4. 
 
 1. GOD 
 
Thefaurus Thsolcgicus. 24$ 
 
 1. GOD whom we ought to fervc \Ch\on. 
 
 xxviii. 9. 
 
 1. His EiTence, Exod. iii. 14. 
 
 2. His Properties, £.W. xxxiv. 6. 
 
 3. His Works. 
 
 1. Creation. 
 
 2. Providence. 
 
 2. Chrift, by whom alone wc can ferve him, 
 
 John xvii. 3. I Cor. ii. 2. 
 
 3. The Scriptures, Matt. xxii. 29. 
 
 4. Our Duty contained in them, the whole 
 
 Moral-Law. 
 The Sacrament of the Lord's Supper. 
 
 II. How may we attain true Knowledge? In 
 order thereunto, 
 
 I. Be fenfible of your own ignorance, and by 
 
 confequence careful not to conceit your 
 
 felves to be wife, and knowing People, 
 
 Prov. xxvi. 12. 1 Cor. iii. 18. 
 1. Avoid carnal Pleafures and fcnfual Delights, 
 
 Epb. iv. 1 8. 
 
 3. Devote your felves to Holinefs and a Pious 
 
 Life, Pfal. cxix. 99, ico. John xiv. 21. 
 Pfal. xxv. 14. 
 
 4. Be lowly and humble in your own Eyes, not 
 
 only in refpedl of Knowledge, but alfo of 
 
 Grace and Virtue, Row. xii. 3. otherwife 
 
 you will not be qualified for it, I Pet. v. 5. 
 
 Being by thefe means qualify ed for true Chri- 
 
 ftian Knowledge, ufe the means appointed. 
 
 1. Pray for it, James I 5, pfal. cxix. 18. 
 
 1 Kings iii. 9, 1 2. 
 
 z. Read and hear the Word of GOD, 
 
 2 Tim. in. 16, 17. 
 
 To which may be added, Catechifing and Me- 
 ditation. 
 
 R 3 3. Practice 
 
2^6 Tbefaurus Theologtcus. 
 
 3. Pra&ice what you know, and that is the 
 way to know more, John xiii. 17. 
 
 III. Why fhould you labour after fo much 
 Knowledge ? 
 
 1 . Without Knowledge ye are like brute Beafts, 
 
 Pfal. xxxii 9. yea worfe, Ifa. i. 2, 3. 
 
 2. Ignorance is the caufe of Error and Herefie, 
 
 Matt. xxii. 29. 
 
 3. It is the caufe of Sin too, 1 Cor, ii. 8. Tfalm 
 
 cxix. 33,34. 
 1 4. And of Deftru&ion, Hof.iv,6. 
 
 5. Without Knowledge you can do no good 
 
 Work, Rom. x. 2, 3. 
 
 6. Nor ever get to Heav'n, Lufoxi. 52. 
 Hence fee the Neceffity of Catechifing. 
 Teach your Children at home, and fend them 
 
 hither, 
 
 2 Pet. 
 
Thefwrus Tbeologicus. 247 
 
 w 
 
 2 Pet. i. 6. 
 And to knowltdge temperate. 
 
 Hat is Temperance? 
 
 1- GOD hath made feveral Objects pleafing 
 to Man's Senfes. 
 
 2. The Affections of the Soul are apt to fol- 
 
 ic w the Senfes of the Body. 
 
 3. Hence fenfual Pleafures are apt to draw 
 
 us into Vice. 
 
 4. It is our great Duty and Intereft to mo- 
 
 derate our Affections to fenfual Plea- 
 fures. 
 
 5. Herein confifteth the true Nature of 
 
 Temperance, not indeftroying the Af- 
 fections. 
 More particularly it confifteth, 
 
 1. In keeping our Affections fubject to Rea- 
 
 fon and Religion, and fb denying them 
 what is unlawful, Tit. \\. 1 2. 
 
 2. In abftaining efpecially from fuch Lulls, 
 
 as by our Calling, Condition or Consti- 
 tution, we are molt fubject to, 1 Pet. 
 iv. 2, 3, 4. 
 
 3. In abftaining from the inward Defires, as 
 
 well as the outward Ads of Intempe- 
 rance, Col. iii. 5. Rom. viii. 1 3. Mat. v, 
 28. 
 
 4. In not being too much lift up with the 
 
 Increafe, nor calt down with the Lofs 
 of fenfual Pleafures, 1 Cor, vii. 29, 30, 
 31. 2 Or. vi. ioi 
 
 R 4 II. How 
 
Tbefaurus Theologicus. 
 
 II. How may we attain this Vertue ? 
 
 i. Confider that all Intemperance leaves a 
 Sting, a Curfe behind it, Prov. xxiii. 29, 
 30. lfa. v, 11, 
 
 2. Confider that it makes a Man unfit for his 
 
 particular, much more for his general 
 Calling, Hef.'vi. u. Lnkexxi. 34. and 
 fo is an Inlet to all manner of Villany 
 and Wickednefs. 
 To Adultery, Fornication, Theft, Mur- 
 der, Perjury, and what not? 
 
 3. Hence look not at fenfual Pleafures as they 
 
 come, but as they go, Ecpi. vi. 21. 
 
 4. Refufe and fnpprefs the firft Motions to 
 
 Intemperance, James i. 14, 15. And 
 keep not Company with thofe who are 
 addicted to it, 1 Cor. v. 1 1. 
 
 5. Confider often the great Work you have 
 
 to do, and how necefiary Temperance 
 is, in order to the effecting of it, 
 1 Cor. ix. 24,25, 27. 
 6 f Employ your Affections upon their pro- 
 per Objects, and you will foon defpife 
 all Brutifh Pleafures. 
 
 2 Pet* 
 
Thefaurus Theo/o»icu4. 249 
 
 2 Pet., i. 6. 
 
 4nd to temperance patience. 
 
 HAT is Patience? 
 1. 
 
 l W 
 
 GOD orders the World, and difpofeth 
 of every thing in it, Matt. x. 29 30. 
 
 1. As he gives Comforts, fo it is he too that 
 gives Troubles, lja. xlv. 7. Job. i. 2. 
 and ii. 10. 
 
 3. As we are to moderate our AfTeclions to 
 the Pleafures, fo we are to moderate 
 them to Troubles too. The firft is Tem- 
 perance, and the other Patience. 
 
 So as 
 
 1 . Not to faint under 3ny Trouble, Heb. xii. 
 
 5. Prov. XXiv. IO. Heb.^2,%^16.' 
 
 2. Not to murmur or repine againft GOD 
 
 I Cor. X. To. Rorn.ix. 20. ' 
 
 3. Nor retain any Malice or revengeful 
 
 Thoughts againft his Inftruments 
 1 Pit. ii. 20. and iii. 9. Matt. v. 44 
 
 4. But to be always ready to bear any 
 
 Trouble, Aftsxxi. 13. 
 
 5. That we rejoyce and be thankful for 
 
 whatfoever we here meet with, Heb 
 X. 34. Afts v. 4 r. Matt, y. 1 1 l2 ' 
 Job 1. 22. James v. 11. 
 
 II. What Reafon have we to be patient under 
 all onr Trouble ? 
 Becaufe, 
 
 1. They are no more than what GOD may 
 juflly lay upon us, we having juftly de- 
 fer ved 
 
2<o Thefaurus Theologicus. 
 
 ferved them by our Sins, Lam. iii. 39. 
 Job. vii. 20. Mic vii. 9. 
 
 2. They are much lels than we deferve, Ezr. 
 
 ix. 13. Lam. iii. 22. 
 
 3, As our fuf&rings themfelves are but fmall 
 
 in Comparifon of what we have defer- 
 ved, fo they are but of fhort Continu- 
 ance, Heb. x. 35, 37. 
 
 4.. God is patient towards us, and therefore 
 we mull needs have all the Reafon in 
 the World to be fo to him, 2 Vet. iii. 
 9. Rom. xv. 5. 
 
 *. Impatience makes our Troubles worfe ; 
 Patience makes them better, yea, turns 
 them into Bleflings, Jam. i. 4. By this 
 we poflefs our Souls, Luke xxi. 19. 
 
 6. AH Troubles come from GOD, and that 
 
 fhould make us patient above all things, 
 as it did £//, 1 Sam. iii. 17, 18. David % 
 2 Sam. xvi. 10. Pfal, xxxix. 9. fJez.eh- 
 ah, Ifa. xxxix. 7, 8. Job, frfc i. 22. 
 Our Lord. 
 This cannot furely but make us patient, as 
 confidering, 
 
 1 . His infinite Wifdom in contriving, 
 
 2. His Mercy in moderating, 1 Cor\ 
 
 x. 13. 
 
 3. His end in infli&ing any Trouble 
 
 upon us^Heb. xii.\o. 2 Cor. iv. 17. 
 
 7, Our Bleflfed Saviour himfelf hath fet us an 
 
 exadt Pattern of true Patience, Ifa. liii\ 
 7. 1 Pet. ii. 20, 21, 22, 23. Heb. xii. 1, 
 2, 3. 
 
 2 Pet. 
 
 
Thefaurtu Theologicus. 251 
 
 W 
 
 2 Pet. i. 6. 
 
 And to p At i vice godlinefs, 
 
 HAT is Godlinefs? 
 
 1. GOD was always infinitely glorious in 
 
 himfelf, from all Eternity, £W.iii«. 
 PMic. 2. * 
 
 2. His Glory was known to none but him- 
 
 felf till the Creation. 
 
 3. At the Creation he made and defigned all 
 
 things for the Manifeftation of his own 
 Glory, Prov. xvi. 4. Rev. iv. 11. 
 
 4. None on Earth but Man can do it, Pfal 
 
 xlx. 1. 
 
 5. Man in a particular manner was deflgn'd 
 
 to fhew forth GOD's Glory, and to 
 teftify his Acknowledgments of it upon 
 Earth, Gen. i. 26. 
 
 6. Thefe Expreflions of our Acknowledg- 
 
 ment of GOD'sGlory, are properly that 
 which is called the Worfhip of GOD. 
 
 7. This Worfhip of GOD in Scripture is 
 
 called Godlinefs, 'EvnCaec frequently 
 and ©ew&««, iTim.ii. 10. ' 
 
 This Worlhip of G O D is to be performed by 
 the whole Man, 1 Cor. vi, 20. 1 Thejf. v. 23. 
 1. The Body, Rom. x\\. 1. 
 1. By frequenting the Places of his pub- 
 lick Worfhip, where he is prefent ia 
 a peculiar manner, Matt. xv'\\\. 20. 
 Hence our Saviour defcribes a good 
 Man by his going to the Temple, 
 LhU xviii, 10. 
 
 2. By 
 
2 £2 Thefaurus Theologicus. 
 
 2. By carrying our felves there with an 
 
 holy Fear and Reverence, Gen. xxviiL 
 16, 17. 
 
 3. Byufingall fuch decent Geftures as may 
 
 teftify our Acknowledgment of his 
 Prefence with us, and Soveraignty 
 over us. 
 
 1. The Words ufed for Worfhip all 
 
 fignify the Geftures of our Body, 
 as yDD na and rnnrw/n pfal. xcv. 
 6, fo vii. 50. 
 
 2. We are forbidden to bow to any 
 
 but GOD, pnh^mrnun Exod. 
 
 XX. 5. fo '*& 7naav fz&<rnwri<ni{ (mi. 
 Matt. iv. 9, IO. 
 
 3. Our Saviour ufed it, 'John xvii. 1 . 
 
 Matt. xxvi. 39. confer Luke xxiii. 
 46. cum John xix. 30. 
 
 4. So did the Apoftles, Eph. iii. 14. ABs 
 
 IX. 40. and xxi. 5. St. Stephen^ jftts 
 vii. 60, .fof . xxii. 8, 9. 
 
 5. Yea the Saints and Angels in Hea- 
 
 ven, Rev. vii. iijia. and xi. 16, 17. 
 ; The Soul, John ix. 24. 
 
 1. By Believing his Word, Rom. iv. 20. 
 
 Hereby we acknowledge his Truth, 
 I John V. 2o. 
 
 2. By Loving hisPerfon, Deut.vi. 5. ^/^. 
 
 xxii. 37. Hereby we acknowledge 
 his Goodnefs, Pfal. cxix. 68. Afor .xix? 
 17. 
 
 3. By defiring his Favour, Pfal. lxxiii. 25. 
 
 />/*/. xlii. 1, 2. Hereby we acknow- 
 ledge his Excellency above all things. 
 4^ Submitting to his Will, Luke xxii. 42. 
 Hereby we acknowledge, Mat. vi. 10. 
 
 ,1. His 
 
Thefaurtts Theologicut. 25} 
 
 1. His Wifdom. 
 
 2. His Power. 
 
 3. His Goodnefs. 
 
 5. Fearing his Threatnings, Amos iii. 8. 
 
 Jtr. v. 22. Hereby we acknowledge 
 his Juftice and Power. 
 
 6. Trufting on his Promifes, Ueb. xiii. 6. 
 
 2 Cor. i. 9 5 10. Hereby we acknow- 
 ledge his Faithfulnefs. 
 
 7. Rejoice in his Prefence, Tfal. iv. 6, 7. 
 
 Pfal. lxxxiv. 10. By this you will ac- 
 knowledge his All-fufficiency. Hah. 
 iii. 17, 18. 
 
 8. Obey his Laws, 1 Sam.xv. 22. All hh 
 
 Laws, Pfal. cxix. 6. 
 
 II. How may we attain true Godlinefs 7 
 
 1 . It is only by Chrift we can be godly, Aft s 
 
 v. 31. and iii. 26. 1 Cor. i. 30. 
 
 2. And only by Faith in him, Aftsxxwl. 18. 
 
 and xv. 9. 1 Johns. 5. 
 Hence Faith in Chrift is to be a&ed in all 
 means, as 
 
 1. Hearing the Word, Johnxvii.17. Hcb. 
 
 iv. 2. 
 
 2. Prayer, Tfal.Xi. 10. Jer. xxxi. 18. 
 
 3. Falling, Luketi. 37. >e/ ii. 12. 1 Or. 
 
 ix. 27. 
 
 4. Meditation, P/*/. i. 2. and cxix. 59. 
 
 5. The Sacrament, theSum of all the reft, 
 
 1 Cor. xi. 24. 
 
 III. Why labour after it ? 
 
 1. All other Enjoyments avail nothing with- 
 
 out it, Rom. vi. 21. 
 
 2. Nor your feeming Virtues, ilim. iii. 5. 
 
 3. Nor your Duties, Lukex'ui. 16, 27. 
 
 4- No 
 
2 r 2 Thefaurus Theologicus. 
 
 2. By carrying our felves there with an 
 
 holy Fear and Reverence, Gen. xxviii, 
 16, 17. 
 
 3. By ufingall fuch decent Geftures as may 
 
 teftify our Acknowledgment of his 
 
 Prefence with us, and Soveraignty 
 
 over us. 
 
 i. The Words ufed for Worfhip all 
 
 fignify the Geftures of our Body, 
 
 as yD3 na and ninnum Pfal. xcv. 
 
 6\ fo vii. 50. 
 
 2. We are forbidden to bow to any 
 
 but GOD, CD^K^mnun Exod. 
 
 XX. 5. fo 6«w wsoaV -s^ffKWMcntf fxau 
 Matt. iv. 9, IO. 
 
 3. Our Saviour ufed it, 'John xvii. 1 . 
 
 Matt, xxv i. 39. confer £#fo xxiii. 
 46. cww jM» xix. 30. 
 
 4. So did the Apoftles, Eph. ill. 14. ^#.r 
 
 ix. 40. and xxi. <j. St. Stephen, /ffts 
 , vii. <So„ .fof . xxii. 8, 9. 
 
 5. Yea the Saints and Angels in Hea- 
 
 ven, Rev.viL 11,12. and xi. 15,17. 
 ; The Soul, !M» ix. 24. 
 
 1. By Believing his Word, Rom. iv. 20. 
 
 Hereby we acknowledge his Truth, 
 1 John V. 20. 
 
 2. By Loving hisPerfon, Deut.vi. 5. iliWf. 
 
 xxii. 37. Hereby we acknowledge 
 his Goodnefs, Pfal.cy&x. 68. Mat.xix, 
 
 17. 
 
 3. By deilring his Favour, Pfal. lxxiii. 25. 
 
 />/*/. xlii. 1, 2. Hereby we acknow- 
 ledge his Excellency above all things. 
 4". Submitting to his Will, Luke xxii. 42. 
 Hereby we acknowledge, Mat. vi. 10. 
 
 ,i. His 
 
Tbefaurus Thtologicus . 25? 
 
 1. His Wifdom. 
 
 2. His Power. 
 
 3. His Goodnefs. 
 
 5. Fearing his Threatnings, Amos ill. 8. 
 
 Jer. v. 22. Hereby we acknowledge 
 his Juftice and Power. 
 
 6. Trufting on his Promifes, Heb. xiii. 6. 
 
 2 Con i. 9, 10. Hereby we acknow- 
 ledge his Faithfulnefs. 
 
 7. Rejoice in his Prefence, Tfal. iv. 6, 7. 
 
 /yi/. lxxxiv. 10. By this you will ac- 
 knowledge his All-fufficiency. Hab. 
 iii. 17, 18. 
 
 8. Obey his Laws, 1 Sam.xv. 22. All hh 
 
 Laws, P/4/. cxix. 6. 
 
 II. How may we attain true Godlinefs ? 
 
 1 . It is only by Chrift: we can be godly, Atts 
 
 v. 31. and iii. 16. 1 Cor. i. 30. 
 
 2. And only by Faith in him, ytftf/xxvi. 18. 
 
 and xv. 9. 1 John v. 5. 
 Hence Faith in Chrift is to be a&ed in all 
 means, as 
 
 1. Hearing the Word, John xvii. 17. Heb. 
 
 iv. 2. 
 
 2. Prayer, Pfal.M. 10. ^Vr.xxxi. 18. 
 
 3. Falling, Lukcu. 37. Ubr/ii. 12. 1 Or. 
 
 ix. 27. 
 
 4. Meditation, Tfal. i. 2. and cxix. 59. 
 
 5. The Sacrament, theSum of all the reft, 
 
 1 Cor. xi. 24. 
 
 III. Why labour after it? 
 
 1. AH other Enjoyments avail nothing with- 
 
 out it, Rom. vi. 2i. 
 
 2. Nor your feeming Virtues, ilim. iii. 5. 
 
 3. Nor your Duties, Luke xi'.i. 2<5, 27. 
 
 4> No 
 
2 id, Tbefaurm Tbeologicus. 
 
 4. No getting to Heaven without it, Heb. 
 
 xii. 14. Matt. v. 20. 
 
 5. This is the Image of GOD, Epb. iv. 24. 
 
 6. Is profitable for all things, 1 Tim. iv. 7, 8. 
 
 7. It will bring you to Heaven, Mat. xxv. 46- 
 
 2 P E T. l". 7. 
 
 y^ to godlimfs brotherly kindnefs. And to 
 brotherly kindnefs Charity. 
 
 I.T>Rotherly Kindnefs confifts in loving others 
 JLJ as our felves. 
 
 1. Forgiving the Injuries we receive from 
 
 them. 
 
 2. Sympathizing with them. 
 
 3. Reproving them for Sin. 
 
 4. Being helpful and affiftant to them. 
 II. In loving them as Chrift loved us. 
 
 1. Sincerely. 
 
 2. Effectually. 
 
 3. Humbly, thinking nothing below you, 
 
 4. Impartially, all Men. 
 
 5. Conftantly. 
 
 II. Charity defcribed, 1 Cor. xiii. 4, 5, <5, 7. 
 It is that Grace whereby, 
 
 1. We neither think, norfpeak, nor do any 
 Evil to others. 
 1. Not think Evil, have no uncharitable 
 Thoughts of them, 1 Cor. xiii. 5. 
 i . None but have fome good in them, 
 1 Pet. ii. 17. 
 
 2, Every 
 
Thefaurm Thzologicm. a$$ 
 
 2. Every one knows more evil by him- 
 fclf, than by any other, Rom, xif. 
 10. Phil. ii. 3. 
 2. Hor fpeak evil of them, Tit. Ill- 2. Jude 
 
 viii. 9, ic. J.tw. ir. 11. 
 
 j. Nor do any evil againfl them, no not 
 
 though we have received evil from 
 
 them, Row. xii. 17,20,21. 1 Thef. v. 
 
 1 5. 1 Pet. iii. 9. 1 Cor. xiii. 7. 
 
 2. We pray for all Men, 1 Cor. xiii. 5. 1 Tin*. 
 
 ii. 1. yea for our very Enemies. For, 
 
 1 . We have a particular command for that, 
 
 Mat. v. 44. 
 
 2. Unlefs we pray for them we cannot be 
 
 faid to have forgiven them, and fo 
 are not capable as yet of pardon our 
 felves, Mat. vi. 12,14, 15. 
 
 3. By this means we mail put out of our 
 
 Minds all defire of Revenge, and fo 
 commit our caufe wholly to GOD, 
 Rom. xii. 1 9, 20. 
 
 4. In this we (hall follow the fteps of our 
 
 blefTed Saviour, who was Charity it 
 felf, Luke xxiii. 34. 
 111. By true Charity we do good to all, Gal, vi. 
 10, 1 Cor. xiii. 4. xpnswVfa 1 Tim. vi. 1 7, 1 8. 
 1. W hy do good with what we have ? 
 1 . G O D is the Supreme Proprietor of the 
 World, and our Landlord,we his Te- 
 nants •, and to teftifie that we ought 
 to pay him a quit-Rent, Homage, or 
 Tribute, by giving of what we have 
 to Pious and Charitable ufes. 
 Hence when they brought their Offerings, 
 they are to acknowledge GOD's Do- 
 minion over and Mercy to them, Dent. 
 XXvi. 1, 10. 1 2. fo David^ 1 Chron. xxix. 
 11, 12, 14. 2. This 
 
2^6 Tbefaurus Theologicus. 
 
 2. This will make us mindful of our de- 
 
 pendance upon GOD and obligations 
 to him, Dent. vi. 10, li, 12. Prov. 
 XXX. 8, 9. Matt. vi. 1 9, 26, 2 1 . 
 
 3. This is the Means whereby GOD hath 
 
 provided for the Poor, fo that you 
 rob them, unlefsyou give them, Mai. 
 iii. 8. 
 2. How mould this Grace be exercifed ? 
 
 1. In Obedience to GOD, and for his 
 
 fake, Mark ix. 4r. 1 Cor. xiii. 1,2. 
 
 2. It mull be univerfal, Gal. vi. 10. 
 
 3. Willingly and chearfully performed, 
 
 2CW-.ix. 7. Rom. xii.8. J^ xx. 35. 
 
 4. Froportionably to every Man's Eftate, 
 
 1 Cor. xvi. 2. 2 Cor. ix. 6. Luke xxi. 
 1,2,3. 
 
 5. To a good End, not to be feen of Men, 
 
 Matt. vi. 1 . 
 Nor thinking to merit Heaven by it, Luke 
 
 xvii. 10. 
 But only for the Glory of GOD, Matt, 
 v. 16. 
 Motives. 
 
 1. This is the beft way to employ your 
 
 Eftates, %p>W7*« 
 
 2. To preferve and fecure them, Prov. xix. 
 
 17. Matt. vi. 19, 20. 
 3-. To encreafe them, Matt. xix. 29. 
 
 4. All your Religion without this is nothing 
 
 worth, James i. 27. 
 
 5. Sentence will be pafl upon you hereafter 
 
 according to your Charity here, Matt. 
 xxv. 34,41. 
 
 THE 
 
Tbtfaurus Tbeolcgicus. 2^7 
 
 ». ' • 
 
 THE 
 
 ARTICLES 
 
 O F T H E 
 
 Christian Faith. 
 
 ^- \T7"Hat do ye mean by thofe Articles? 
 
 VV A. The Sum and Subftancc of the 
 Chriftian DocYrine. 
 
 £L Where have you that Do&rine fummed up ? 
 
 A- In the Creeds- 
 
 Q How many Creeds doth our Church receive ? 
 
 A. Three: The ApoJlles,Nicene,and Athanafiarti 
 
 Q Which do we here mean ? 
 
 A* The ApofHes •, fo called either as gathered 
 out of their Writings, or made by them, iTin/i 
 i. 13. Hold fafi the form of found words, which thou 
 haft heard of wf, in faith and love which is in Chrifi 
 Jefus. 1 Cor. XV. 3, 4. For 1 delivered unto you 
 firft of all, that which I alfo received, how that Chrifi 
 died for our Sins, according to the Scriptures : And 
 that he was buried, a. id that he rofe again the third 
 day according to the Scriptures. Jude 3- Beloved^ 
 when 1 gave all diligence to write unto you of the 
 common Salvation -, it was needful for me to write un- 
 to you, and exhort you that ye flwuld earneflly contend 
 for the faith which was once delivered unto the Saints* 
 
 S^ Why do ye rehearfe that Creed ? 
 
 A- Becaufe That contains the Subftancc of all 
 other, and is univerfally received by all Chriftians* 
 
 £L Is it neceftary for all to learn the Creed ? 
 
 A- Yes- Otherwife, unlefs they know that, 
 
 they cannot believe as they promifed, when they 
 
 Vol- V S were 
 
258 Tbefaurus Tbeologicas. 
 
 were Baptized -, and unlefs we believe, we cannot 
 be faved. Mark xvi. 16. He that believeth, and 
 is Baptized, jhaH be faved - y but be that believeth 
 not, (l)all be damned. 
 
 i?. Why do we fo often rehearfe thefe Articles? 
 
 A. Becaufe by that means we make publkk Pro- 
 feffion of our Chriftian Faith. Rom. x. 9,10. If 
 thou flialt confefs with thy mouth the Lord Jefus^ and 
 jhalt believe itmhine heart, that God hath raifed him 
 from the dead, then flialt be faved. For toith the 
 Heart Man believeth unto Right eoufnefs, and with 
 the Mouth Confejfion is made unto Salvation. That is 
 the Reafon why we fay it fo often in our Prayers. 
 
 ^_,Why is the Creed put firft before the Com- 
 mandments and Lord's Prayer? 
 
 A. Becaufe we muft firft believe, before we 
 can obey or pray to God. Heb. xi, 6. Bat without 
 faith it is impojfible to pleafe him', for he that cometh 
 to God, rmfl believe that he is, and that he is a Re* 
 warder of them that diligently feek him, 
 
 I Believe 
 
 Q. Why are thefe Words placed firft of all ? 
 
 A. Becaufe they run through the whole Twelve, 
 to every Article 1 give my Affent, Credo 9 whence 
 the whole is called the Creed. 
 
 jg^Why, 1 believe, in the Singular Number ? 
 
 A. Becaufe every one muft believe for himfelf, 
 John ix. 38. And he faid, Lord, J Believe. And 
 he worflripped him. John xi. 27. She faith unto 
 him, Tea, Lord : I Believe that thou art the Chrifi 
 the Sen of God which (hould come into the World. 
 Gal. ii. 20. / am crucified with Chrift ; never thelefs 
 J live -, yet not 1, but Chrifi liveth in me : And the 
 Life which J now live in the Flejh, Hive by the Faith 
 %ftht Son of God) who loved mc % and gave himfelf for 
 
 me* 
 
Thtjaurus Tkologicus. 259 
 
 me. Hab, ii. 4. Behold, his Soul which u lifted up y 
 is not upright in him: B'it the fiifil fiiall live by 
 his Faith. 
 
 CK What is it to believe in this place? 
 
 A. To be fully perfwaded that everything here 
 is true. Rom. viii. 38. For 1 am perfwaded, that 
 neither death, nor life, nor angels, nor principalis 
 ties, nor powers^ nor things prefent, nor things to 
 come. Heb.li. I. Now Faith is the fub fiance of 
 things hoped for, the evidence of things not fieen. 
 
 O^ What ground have you to be thus per- 
 fwaded ? 
 
 A. Becaufe every thing in the Creed is attefted 
 by God, who cannot lye. Tit, i. 2. In hope of 
 eternal life, which God, that cannot lie, promifed^ 
 before the World began. 
 
 Q± Where hath God attefted it ? 
 
 A. In his Holy Word, 2 Tim. iii. \$. All 
 Scripture is given by infpiration of God, and is pro- 
 fitable for doftrine, for reproof, for corrcftion, for 
 infirutlion in right confine fs. 
 
 In God 
 
 Q. What doth this Article import? 
 
 A. That God is. Heb.xi. 6. But without Faith 
 it is impojfible to pleafe him : For he that cometh to 
 God mujl believe that he is, and that he is a Re- 
 warder of them that diligently fieek him. 
 
 Q^ Why do ye believe there is a God ? 
 
 A. All things fliew it. Rom. i. 20. For the in- 
 vifible things of him from the Creation of the World 
 are clearly feen, being under fiood by the things that 
 are made, even his eternal Fower and Godhead; fo 
 that they are without excufic. And fo atteft it : jt&3 
 xiv. 16,17. Who in Times pajt fitfered all Nations 
 to walk in their own way. Neverthelefis he left not 
 S 2 him- 
 
260 Thefaurus Tbeohgicas. 
 
 bimfelf without witnefs, in that he did good, and 
 gave us rain from Heaven and fruitful Seafons, fill- 
 ing our hearts with food and gladnefs. Pfai. xix. I . 
 The Heavens declare the Glory of God; and the Fir- 
 mament fiieweth his handy work. Every Man's 
 Confcience alfo attefts it : Rom. ii. 14, 15. For" 
 when the Gentiles which have not the Law, do by 
 nature the things contained in the Law, thefe haviri? 
 vet the Law, are a Law unto themfelves, which 
 foew the work of the Law written in their hearts, 
 their Confcience alfo bearing witnefs, and their 
 Thoughts the mean while accufing, or elfe excufintr 
 one another. Pfal. xiv. 1. The fool hath faid in his 
 heart, there is no Gcd : they are corrupt, they have 
 done abominable works, there is none that doth good. 
 Qj What elfe doth this Article import ? 
 A. That there is but one God. 
 £>. How do you prove that ? 
 A. Vent. vi. 4. Hear, Ifrael, the Lerd our God 
 is one Lord. Ifa* xliv. 6. Thus faith the Lord the 
 King of Ifrael, and his Redeemer the Lord of Hofts, 
 J am the Firft, and I am the Laft, and be fides me 
 there is no God. Ifa.xlv. 5,6. 1 am the Lord, and 
 there is none elfe, there is no God befides me ', 1 
 girded thee, though thou hafl not known me : That 
 they may know from the rifing of the Sun, and from 
 the Weft, that there is none befides me, I am the 
 Lord, and there is none elfe. 1 Col*, viii. 6, 7. But 
 to us there is but one God, the Father, of whom are 
 all things, and we in him ; and one Lord fefus Chrift, 
 by whom are all things, and we by him. Howbeit, 
 there is not in every Alan that knowledge : For fome 
 with Confeience of the Idol unto this hour, eat it a* 
 a thing offered unto an Idol; and their Confcience be- 
 ing weak, is defiled. 
 
 Q. What is the great Duty you owe to this 
 one God ? 
 
 A. To 
 
Tbefaurus Theoloq^icus. 261 
 
 A. To love him above all things: Veut.w'i. 5. 
 And thou flialt love the Lord thy Cod with all thine 
 heart, and with all thy foul, and with all thy might I 
 And to worfhip and ferve him only : Mat. iv. io* 
 Then faith Jefus unto him, Oct thee behind me, 
 Satan, for it is written, Thou fhdlt wo>pu'p the Lord 
 thy Cod, and him only ]h alt thou ferve, 
 
 £• What is God ? 
 
 A. Lxod, iii. 14. And God [aid unto Mofes, I 
 am that 1 am: and he fad, thou flialt fay unto the 
 Children of Jfrael, I am hath pent mc urn you, A 
 Spirit : John iv. 24. God is a Spirit, and they that 
 wor(l)ip him, muft worfiip him in Spirit and in Truth, 
 
 & What is that ? 
 
 A. A Subttance without Matter or Body. Luke 
 XXiv. 39. Behold my hands and my feet, that it is 1 
 my felf : handle me, and fee, for a Spirit hath not 
 Flefj and Bones, as ye fee me have. And lo not like 
 to Man : Row i. 23- And they changed the Glory 
 of the uncorruptible God, into an Image made like to 
 corruptible Ad an, and to Birds, and four-footed Be aft s^ 
 and creeping things. 
 
 Q Why then is God faid to have a Head and 
 Hands, &c* 
 
 A. To reprefent him the better to our Capaci- 
 ties. 
 
 §1. Is he therefore invifible ? 
 
 A. Yes. l John'vt. 12. A T o Man hath fe en God 
 at any time ; if we love one another God dvoellcth in 
 us, and his Lov; is perfetledin ns. Job ix. 11. Lo 
 hegoeth by me, and I fee him not. 
 
 Q In what Senfe then fhall we fee God ? 
 
 A. 1 John iii. 2. Beloved, now are we the Sons of 
 God, and it doth not yet appear what we fliall be • ' 
 but we know that when he fuill appear, we fhall be 
 like him ; for we fliall fee him as he is, 1 Cor. xiii # 
 12. For now we fee through a Glafs darkly, but 
 
 S 3 then 
 
Z62 Thefaurus Thtologkus. 
 
 then face to face : Now 1 know in part •, but then 
 fliall I know even at alfo J am known : With the 
 Eyes of our Minds, not of our Bodies ; but Chrifl: 
 with our bodily Eyes : Job xix- %6. And though 
 after my skin, Worms deftroy this Body, yet in my 
 flefh fiall I fee God. 
 
 (X What follows from God's being a Spirit? 
 
 A. That we mould worfliip him in Spirit and 
 in Truth, John iv. 24. Cod is a Spirit, and they 
 that worjhip him, mttji worflnp him in Spirit A,nd in 
 Truth, 
 
 Q. Where is God ? 
 
 A. Every where, Tfal cxxxix* 7, 8.' Whither 
 jhall 1 go from thy Spirit ? or whither fijall I flee from 
 thy pre fence f If 1 afcend up into Heaven, thou art 
 there : If I make my Bed in Hell, behold, thou art 
 there. Jer. xxiii. 23, 24. Am 1 a Cod at hand, 
 faith the Lord, and not a God afar off. Can any 
 hide himfelf in fecret places that J (hall not fee 
 him ? faith the Lord : Do not J fill heaven and 
 earth ? faith the Lord. 
 
 Q^ How then is he faid to be in Heaven, 
 and near us? Ifa. lv» 5* Seek ye the Lord while 
 he may be found, call ye upon him while he is 
 near. 
 
 A. Becaufe he manifefteth himfelf to us, 
 Exod. XX. 24. An Altar of Earth thou fialt make 
 unto me, and fiialt facrifice thereon thy Burnt -Offer- 
 ings, and thy Peace-Offerings, thy Sheep and thine 
 Oxen : In all Places where J record my Name, J will 
 come unto thee, and J will blefs thee. Matt, xviii, 20. 
 For where two or three are gathered together in my 
 Name, there am 1 in the midff of them. 
 • C\ Doth he then know all things ? 
 
 A. Moft perfectly, Pfal. cxlvij. 5. Great is our 
 Lordy and of great power- 7 his under ft mding is infi- 
 nite. 
 
 P. How 
 
Tbefdttrus TLeotogicus. 265 
 
 X^How doth that appear ? 
 
 A. Pfal.CXlXlX. 2, 3,4- rhou knowefl m y eiomm 
 fitting, andmyuvrtfwg, thou under f andeft my thoughts 
 Afar off. Thou comptfeft my path, And my lying 
 down, and Art acquainted with all my ways. For 
 there is not a word in my Tongue, but lo, Lord y 
 thou knowefl it altogether, Heb. iv. 1 3 Neither is 
 there any creature That is not manifeft in his fight : 
 but all things are naked, and opened unto the eyes 
 of him with whom we have to do. 
 
 £h Can it be proved from Reafon ? 
 
 A. Ye?, becaufe he made and prcferves all 
 things, Gen. i. 31. And God [aw every thing that 
 be had made, and behold it was very good ; and the 
 evening and the morning were the fixih day. Pfah 
 ClXlil. 1$, \6. My fub fiance was not hid from 
 thee, when I was made in fecret ; and cunoufy 
 wrought in the lowefl parts of the earth. Thine eyes 
 did fee my fubfiance yet being unperfetl, and in thy 
 Book all my Members were written, which in conti- 
 nuance were fafliioned, when as yet there was none 
 of them. 
 
 £. What ufe mult we make of this? 
 
 A. To be fincere and pious in all things^ 
 l Chron. nviii- 9. And thou, Solomon my Son, know 
 thou, the God of thy Father, and ferve him with a 
 perfect heart, and with a willing mind : for the Lord 
 fearcheth all hearts, and under flandeth all the imam 
 ginations of the Thoughts : If thou feek him, he 
 will be found of thee ' 9 lf*t if thou for fake him, he 
 pill cafi thee off for ever. 
 
 In God the Father 
 
 £. Why God the Father? 
 A. Becaufe the word, God, bath refpeft to all 
 three Perfons. _ r , 
 
 S 4- & How 
 
264 Tbefaurus Tbeologicus. 
 
 Q How do you prove there are three Perfoas. 
 God ? ' 
 
 A- Matth. xxviii. 19. Go ye therefore and teach 
 all Nations, baptizing them in the name of the Fa- 
 ther, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghojr, 
 1 Cor. xiii. 14.. The grace of the Lord Jefus Chrifl, 
 <and the love of God, and the Communion of the Holy 
 Ghofl be with you all' Amen, 
 ki Are they three Gods ? 
 
 A. No, but one, lfohnv.7. For there are three . 
 that bear record in Heaven, the Father, the Word, 
 and the Holy Ghofl ', and thefe three are one. John X. 
 30. I and my Father are one. 
 
 <£L Why do we ufe the word, Perfon, to di- 
 ftinguifh them ? 
 
 A. Becaufe the Holy Ghoft nfeth it, Heb. i« 3. 
 Who being the brightness of his Glory, a;id the ex- 
 prcfs image of his Perjon, and upholding all things 
 by the word of his Power, when he had by him] elf 
 purged our fins, fat down on the right hand of the 
 Ma'jefly on high- 
 
 ^ Why do we put the Father Firft? 
 A. Becaufe he is firft in Order, Matth. xxviii. 
 19. Go ye therefore and teach all Nations, bap- 
 tizing them in the name of the Father, and of the 
 Son, and of the Floly Ghofi. Joh« Vli« 29. But 1 
 know him, for I am from him, and he hath fent; 
 me. 
 4J. Why is he called the Father ? 
 A- He is Chrift's Father, Eph. i. 3. Blejfed be 
 the God and Father of our Lord Jefus Chrift, who 
 hath bleffed us with all fpiritual bleffings in heaven- 
 ly places in Chrifl : And in him Ours, Joh. XX. 17. 
 Jefus faith unto her, Touch me not ; for I am not yet 
 afcended to my Father : but go to my brethren and 
 fay unto them, J afcend unto my Father and your Fa- 
 ther^ and to my God andyour God* 
 
 Almighty, 
 
Thefturus Theolojjcus. 26 <; 
 
 Almighty, 
 
 £>. Why is God faid to be Almighty ? 
 
 A. Becauie he can do what he will, Pfil. cxv. 
 3. But our Cod is in the Heavens, he hath done 
 wh.xt foever he pleafed. Pfjl. CXXXV. 6. Whatfoe- 
 icr the Lord pleafed^ that did he in heaven and in 
 earthy in the feas and all deep places. Matth. xix. 
 26. But Jifus beheld them, and faid unto them^ 
 with men this is impoffible, hut with God all things 
 are pojfible. 
 
 £>. How doth God do what he will ? 
 
 A« Only by willing it fhoq!4 be dcne 3 Matth 
 
 viii. 3. And Jefus put forth his hand and touched, 
 him, fayina, 1 will, be thou clean', and immediate- 
 ly his leprojie was cl(a.nfed. Mar. vii. 34, 35. And 
 looking up to Heaven he fight d, and Jaitb unto him 
 Epbphatha, that is, be opened', and fl railway his 
 ears were opened, and the firing of his tongue wat 
 loofed, and he fpakc plain. Gen. i. 3. And God 
 faid, let there be light ; and there was light. 
 
 ^. Can none then refift his Will ? 
 
 A- No, Rom. ix. 19. Thou wilt fay then unto 
 me, why doth he yet find fault ? for who hath refified 
 his will f Tit. i. 2 In hope of eternal life, which 
 God that cannot lie promifcd before the World be- 
 gan. Heb. vi. 18. That by two immutable thinas 
 in which it was impoffible for God to lie, we might 
 have a frong confolation, who have fed for refuse to 
 lay hold upon the hope fet before us. 
 
 Q What follows from God's being Al- 
 mighty. 
 
 A* i« That we mould fubmit to his will, M.tr. 
 xiv. 36. And he faid, Abba, Father, all things are 
 pojjible unto thee, take away this cup frtm me; ne- 
 verthelefs^ not what I jp/7/, but what then wilt. 
 
 2. Fear 
 
2.66 Tkefattrus Theologicus* 
 
 2. Fear him, Matth. X. 28. And fear not them 
 which kill the Body, but are not able to kill the Soul: 
 but rather fear him, which is able to defiroy both Soul 
 and Body in Hell. 
 
 3. And truftonhim, /y^.xxxvii.3,4,5. Truft 
 in the Lord, and do good, fo jhalt thou dwell in the 
 Land, and verily thou foalt be fed. Delight thy fclf 
 alfo in the Lordy and he jhall give thee the de fires of 
 thine heart. Commit thy way unto the Lord ; t ruft 
 alfo in him, and he jhall bring it to pafs. 
 
 Maker of Heaven and Earth. 
 
 Qj What is meant by Heaven and Earth? 
 
 A. The whole World with all things in it, 
 Alls xvii. 24. God that made the World, and all 
 things therein^ feeing that he is Lord of heaven and 
 earth, dwelleth not in Temples made with hands. 
 
 Q. What did he make all things of? 
 
 A. Of nothing, Gen. i. 1 . In the beginning God 
 created the heaven and the earth. 
 
 Qj How did he make them ? 
 
 A. By his word, Gen. i. 3. And God faid, let 
 there be light, and there was light. Heb. xi. 3. 
 Through Faith we imderftand that the Worlds were 
 framed by the word of God, fo that things which are 
 feen were not made of things which do appear. 
 
 Q. How long was he making it ? 
 
 A. Six Days -, that we may better difcern his 
 Wifdom and Power in it, Light and Plants were 
 before the Sun. 
 
 £. Why did God make all things ? 
 
 A. For his own Glory, Vrov. xvi. 4. The Lord 
 hath made all things for himfelf : yea even the wicked 
 for the day of evil, Rom. ix. 20. Nay but, Man % 
 who art thou that repliefl againft God ? jhall the thing 
 formed fay to him that jormed it 9 why haft thou 
 made me thus ? Qj What 
 
The] suras Tbeoloycus. 267 
 
 O. What follows from hence ? 
 
 A. 1. That God is the Lord ot Holts, Gen. 11. 1. 
 Thm the heavens and the earth were finijhed, and aft 
 the Hoft of them. Acts xvii. 24; God that made the 
 World, and all things therein, feeing that he is Lord 
 of heaven and earth, dwelleth not in Temples made 
 with hands. 
 
 2. That we ought to admire and praife him, Pfal. 
 cxlviii. 5, 6". Let them praife the name of the Lord: 
 For he commanded and they were created. He hath 
 alfo eftabliflied them for ever and ever ; He hath made 
 a Decree which fliall not pap. Apoc- iv. 1 I. Thou 
 art worthy, O Lord, to receive Glory and Honour and 
 Power : for thou haft created all things, and for thy 
 Pleafure they are and were created. 
 
 2. Obey and ferve him, 1 Cor.vi. 10. For ye 
 are bought with a price: therefore glorify God in your 
 body, andinyourfpirit, which are God's. Pfal.xcv. 
 6. O come, let us workup and bow down : Let m 
 kneel before the Lord our AljJter. 
 
 C2- Doth God ftill uphold the World ? 
 
 A. Yes, Heb. i. 3. Who being the brightnefs of his 
 glory, and the exprefs image of his perfon, and uphold- 
 ing all things by the word 0}' his power, when he had by 
 himfelf purged our Sins, fat down on the right hand 
 of the Majefly on high. Acts xvii. 28. For in him 
 we live, and move, and have our being ', as certain 
 alfo of your own Poets have J aid, for we are alfo his 
 Of-fpring. Rom« si. 36. For of him, and through 
 him, and to him are all things; to whom be olory 
 for ever. Amen. 
 
 Q^ Doth he alfo order all things ? 
 
 A* Yes, Fph. i. 1 1 . In whom alfo we have obtain- 
 ed an Inheritance, being predefiinated according to the 
 furpofe of him who worketh all things after the Councel 
 of his own Will. Johnv. 17. But Jefa atifwcred 
 them^ my Father worketh hitherto, and 1 work. 
 
 J^Can 
 
268 TkefaurusTheologicas* 
 
 Q Can nothing happen without his Providence ? 
 
 A. No, Mat. x. 29, 30. Are not two Sparrows 
 fold for a farthing f and one of them full not fall on 
 the ground without your Father. But the very Hairs 
 of your Hpad are all numbred. Prov. xvi. 33. The 
 lot is cafl into the lap • but the whole difpofing thereof 
 is of the Lord. Exod. xxi. 1 3. And if a Man lie not 
 in wait, but Cod deliver him into his band, then 1 will 
 appoint thee a place whither he foallfle?. Deut. xix. 
 4, 5. And this is the cafe of the flayer which flail flee 
 thither that he may live • Whofo killeth his Neighbour 
 ignorant ly. whom he hated not in timepafl, as when a 
 Man goeth into the Wood with his Neighbour, to hew 
 wood, and his hand fetcheth aftroke with the Ax to 
 cut down the Tree, and the Head flippeth from the 
 Helve, and Ughteth upon his Neighbour that he die \ 
 he fliall flee unto one of thofe Cities^ and live* 
 
 £>. What life is to be made of this ? 
 
 A. 1 . To thank God for all things we have, 1 fhef 
 V. 18. In every thing ?ive thanks : for this is the will 
 of Cod in Chrifi Jefus concerning you. 
 
 2. Tofubmit to his Will, 1 Sam. iii. 1$. And 
 Samuel told him every whit, and hid nothing from 
 him. And he faid, it is the Lord : let him do what 
 feemeth him good. Job i. 21. And Job faid, Naked 
 came I out of my Mother's womb, and naked {liall I 
 return thither : the Lord gave, and the Lord hath 
 taken away ; Bleffe d be the name of the Lord. 
 
 3. To love and pleafe him, Rem. viii. 28. And 
 we know that all things work together for good to them 
 that love God, to them who are the exiled according 
 to his purpofe= 
 
 And in Jefus 
 
 2%. Who is he that is here called Jefus ? 
 A. Our Saviour-. 
 
 3L- When 
 
1 'he fa urns Theologicus . 269 
 
 ^. When' was this Name given him ? 
 
 A. At his Circumcifion, Luke i. 3 1 . And behold, 
 thou fralt conceive in thy womb, and bring forth a 
 Son, and fralt call bis name Jefus. Luke ii. 2 1 . And 
 when eight days were accompli fed for the Circumcifing 
 of the child, his name was called Jefus, which was fo 
 named of the Angel before he was conceived in the 
 womb. 
 
 $, Why is he called fefiuJ 
 
 A. Becaufe lie is our Saviour, Matth. i. 21. And 
 frc Jhall bring forth a Son, and thou fralt call his 
 Name J? fas, For he frail fave his People from their 
 Sins. 
 
 «n^. Is he our only Saviour ? 
 
 A. Yes, Acts ir. 12. Neither is there Salvation in 
 any other, for there is none other Name under Heaven 
 given among Men, whereby we mufl be faved. I Tim. 
 ii. 5. For there is one God, and one Mediator between 
 Cod and Men, the A4an Chrift Jefus. 
 
 Q. Is he able to fove us all ? 
 
 A. Yes, Heb. vii. 25. Wherefore he is able alfb to 
 fave them to the utter mo ft, that come unto God by him, 
 feeing he ever hveth to make Iniercejfion for thcr::. 
 John V. 17- But Jefus anfwered them, my Father 
 worketh hitherto, and J work. 
 
 §L. Why is he alone able to do it ? 
 
 A. Becaufe he only is both God and Man, Mat. 
 i. 23. Behold a Virgin frail be with Child, and frail 
 bring forth a Son, and they frail call his Name Em- 
 manuel, which being- interpreted^ is God with us. 
 
 $L. What life is to be made of this ? 
 
 A. 1 . Hence we are to trull in him only for Sal- 
 vation and all things necefiary to it, Alls v. 3 1 . Him 
 bath God exalted with his right hand to be a Prince 
 and a Saviour, for to give Repent anct to Ifrael, and 
 Forgivenefs of Sins. 
 
 2. We 
 
270 Thefaurus Theologictts. 
 
 li We fhould love and honour him, Mat. x. 37. 
 He that loveth Father or Mother more than me, is not 
 worthy of me: and he that loveth Son or Daughter 
 more than me, is not worthy of me. 1 Cor. xvi. 2.2. 
 If any Man love not the Lord Jefrs Chrift, let him be 
 anathema , mar an at ha, 
 
 Chrift 
 
 £. Why is Jefus called Chrift? 
 
 A. Becaufe he was anointed Meffiah, Dan. ix< 25, 
 26*. Know therefore and underftand, that from the 
 going forth of the Commandment to reftore and to build 
 Jerufalem, unto the Me (fi ah the Prince, jhallbe feven 
 Weeks -, and threcfcore anj two Weeks the Street fljail 
 be built again, and the Wall, even in troublous times ; 
 and after threefcore and two Weeks fiiall Meffiah be 
 cutoff, but not for him f elf, John 1.41. He fir ft fin d- 
 eth his own Brother Simon, and faith unto him We 
 have found the 2Meffias, which u; being interpreted, 
 the Chrift. 
 
 ^_What was he anointed with? 
 
 A. The Holy Spirit, ABs x. 38. God anointed 
 Jefus of Nazareth with the Holy Choft, and with 
 Power ; who went about doing good, and healing all 
 that were oppreffed of the Devil : for God was with 
 him. 
 
 XJ^Why? 
 
 A. To be a Prophet, Prieft, and King ; all 
 which, none but he ever was. 
 
 Q^ Why was he anointed a Prophet ? 
 
 A. To make known God's Will to us, IfaiAxli. 
 The Spirit of the Lord God is upon me, becaufe the 
 Lord hath anointed me to preach good tidings unto the 
 meek, he hath fent me to bind up the broken hearted, 
 to proclaim Liberty to the Captives, and the opening of 
 the Prifon to them that are bound, Luc. iv. 1 8. The 
 
 Spirit 
 
Thefaurus Theologicus. 
 
 271 
 
 Spirit of the Lord is upon me, bccanfe he hath anointed 
 me to preach the Gofpel to the poor, he hath fent me to 
 heal the broken-hearted, to preach deliverance to the 
 captives, and recovering of fight to the blind, to fet at 
 liberty them that are bruifed. Acts iii. 21. For 
 Mofes trtdy faid unto the Fathers, a Prophet Jhall the 
 Lord your Cod raife up unto you, of your Brethren 
 ike unto me; him fliall ye hear in all things what for- 
 ever he fliall fay unto you. Deut. viii. 15. The 
 Lord thy God will raife up unto thee a Prophet from 
 the midfl of thee, of thy Brethren, like unto mc • 
 unto him ye fia/l hearken. ' 
 
 -£. WhyaPrieft? 
 
 A. To make Atonement and Interceffion for us 
 Heb.vii.24,25. But this man, becaufc he continued 
 ever, hath an unchangeable Vrieflhood. Wherefore 
 he is able alfo tofave them to the utttrmofl, that come 
 unto God by him, feeing he ever liveth to make inter- 
 cejjion for them. 
 
 Q, Why a King? Pfalm ii. 26.. The Kincrs of the 
 earth fet themfelves, and the Rulers take cancel to 
 get her again fl the Lord and again ft his anointed 
 Ver. 6. Tet have I fet my King upon my holy hill o : 
 Zion? J J 
 
 A. To rule, govern and reward us, Afts v 2 1 
 Him hath God exalted with his right hand to 'be a 
 Prince and a Saviour, for to give Repentance to Jfrael 
 and forgivenefs of Sins. Matt, xxviii. 1 8, 20 And 
 Jejm came, and fpake unto them, faying All power 
 t* given unto me in heaven and tn earth. Teachina 
 them to objerve all things whatfoever I have t 
 mandedyou: and lo, lam with you alway even 
 to the end of the World. Amen, * 
 
 com- 
 
 un- 
 
 ite 
 
272 Thefauras Theologicus. 
 
 His onlv Son 
 
 4L Whofe Son is he ? 
 
 A. God's, 1 John y. 5. Who is he that overcometh 
 the World, but he that believeth that Jefus is the Son 
 of God. 
 
 Q. Why his only Son ? 
 
 A. Becaufe the only begotten, John 111.16. For 
 Gcdfo loved the world, that he cave his only be f often 
 Son, that whofoever believeth in him JJiould not pe- 
 rifl}, but have everlafling life. John V. 26. For as 
 the Father hath life in himfelf, fo hath he given to the 
 Son to have life in himfelf. 
 
 §>. If begotten of God he is God too, how doth 
 that appear ? 
 
 A. John i. 1 . In the beginning -was the Word i and 
 the Word was with God, and the Word was God. 
 Rom. IX. 5. Whofe are the Father's, and of whom as 
 concerning thefiejJj Chrifi came, who is over all, God 
 bleffed for ever, Amen. Ifai. ix. 6. For unto us a 
 Child is bom, unto us a Son is given, and the govern- 
 ment pall be upon his Shoulder : and his name jhall 
 be called, Wonderful, Councellor, the mighty God^ 
 the everla^ing Father, the Prince of Peace. 
 
 Q. Is he then equal to the Father ? 
 
 A. Yes. Phil, ii 6. Who being in the form of God 
 thought it not robbery to be equal with God. John 
 X. 30. / and my Father are one. 
 
 §>. Muft we then honour and worfhip the Son 
 as we do the Father ? 
 
 A. Yes. John V. 23. That all men Jhould honour 
 the Son, even as they honour the Father. He that 
 honoureth not the Son honoureth not the Father, which 
 hath fent him. Heb. i. 6. And again, when he bring- 
 eth in the fir ft beootten into the world, he faith, and let 
 All the j&tocls of God worfljip him. 
 
 & & What 
 
Thefaurus Theolo^rus. 275 
 
 (K What follows from hence? 
 
 A. i- That we fhould admi'c God's love to us, 
 I J hi iv. 9, 1 c. Imhis was manifefled the love 
 of Cod towards w, becaitje that Cod fent his 
 only begotten Son into the World, that we might live 
 thy o'.'gij him. Herein is love, not that we loved God, 
 but that he loved ur, and [cr.t his fon to be the Pro- 
 pitiation for o.'<r fins. 
 
 2. And truft on him for Salvation, Lulei.^.6 y 
 47. A^d Mayy faid, my Soul doth magnifie the 
 Lord ; and my Spirit hath rejoiced in God my S„i- 
 viour. 
 
 Our Lord 
 
 Q. Is Chrifl: ever called the Lord ? 
 
 A. Yes, Jehovah, Ifa. xl. 3. The voice of hint 
 that crieth in the Wildemefs, prepare ye the way of 
 the Lord, make fir ait in the d^fert a Highway for 
 our God. Matth. iii. 3. For this is he that was 
 fpiken of by the Prophet Epias, faying-, the voice of 
 one crying in the IVilderneJs, prepare ye the way of 
 the Lord, make his paths Jlrait. Jer. xxiii. 6. In 
 his days Judah fliall be faved, and Jfrael jhall dwell 
 fafely : and this is his name whereby be fliall be call- 
 ed, The Lord our Rightcoufnefs t 
 
 4>. Why the Lord in that fenfe ? 
 
 A. Becaufe he gives Being to all things, John'u 
 13. Which were born, not of blood, nor of the will 
 of the fle(h, nor of the will of man, but of God, 
 
 Q, Is he not Lord alfo as Man ? 
 
 A. Yes, Rom. xiv. 9. For to tins end Chrifl 
 both died, and rofe, and revived, that he might 
 be Lord both of the dead and living. Eph. i. 
 20^ 21. Which he wrought in Chrift, when he 
 raifed him from the dead, and fet him at his 
 
 Vol. I. T wn 
 
274 TheJaurusTheologhus. 
 
 own right hand in the heavenly places : Far above 
 all principality, and power, and might, and domini- 
 on, and every name that is named, not only in this 
 world, but alfo in that which is to come* A&s X* 
 36. "The word which God fent unto the Children of 
 Jfrael, preaching peace by Jefus Chrift, he i* Lord 
 of all, 
 
 £\ Why our Lord ? 
 
 A. Not only by Creation, but Redemption^. 
 John xx. 28* But Thomas anfwered and [aid, my 
 Lord and my God, 1 Cor„vii. 22, 23* For he that 
 is called in the Lord, being a fervant, is the Lord's 
 freeman : like-wife alfo he that is called being free, 
 is Chrifs Servant* Te are bought with a price, be 
 not ye the Servants of men, John x'lii. 13. Te call 
 me Mafler and Lord : and ye fay well ; for fo I 
 am. 
 ' £h What follows from hence ? 
 
 A. 1. That we worlhip him, Phil. ii. 9, io? 
 tls Wherefore God alfo hath highly exalt eel him, 
 and given him a name which is above every 
 name ' 7 that at the name of Jefus every knee fbalt 
 bow, of things in heaven, and things in earth, and 
 things under the earth. And that every Tongue 
 jlwuld confefsj that Jefus Chrifi is Lord, to the glo- 
 ry of God the Father, Heb. i. 6. And again y 
 when he bringeth the fir ft begotten into the World y 
 he faith, and let all the Angels of God worfoip 
 him. 
 
 2* Serve him D Rom. svi. 18. For they that are 
 fuch, ferve not our Lord Jefus Chrift, but their 
 own belly ; and by good words and fair fpeeches 
 deceive the Hearts of the fimple, 1 Cor. vi. 2G. 
 Tor ye are bought with a price : therefore glori- 
 fie God in your body, and in your Spirit, which 
 arc God's, Luke vi. 46% And why call ye me 
 
 Lord, 
 
llifaurus Tbtolfgicus. 275 
 
 Lord , Lord , And do not the things which 1 
 
 fa f 
 
 3. Pray and truft on him, Rom. x. 11, 13. For 
 
 there is no difference between the Jew and the 
 C c,k : For the fame Lord over all, is rich unto 
 all th.it 'call upoj him. For whofoever foall call upon 
 the Name of the Lord foal I be faved. 
 
 Who was conceived by the Holy 
 Ghoft., Born of the Virgin Mary. 
 
 Q. How do ye prove he was fo conceived ? 
 
 A. Lnkc i. 25. And the Angel an f veered and 
 I aid unto her, The Holy Ghofl jhall come upon thee, 
 and the power of the highefl foall overfoadow thee ; 
 therefore alfo that holy thing which (1). til be born of 
 thee, foall be called the Son of God. Matth. i. 20. 
 But while he thought on theje things, behold the 
 Anoel of the Lord appeared unto him in a Dream, 
 faying, Jjfeph thou Son of David, fear not to take 
 unto thee Mary thy Wife : for that which is con- 
 ceiv^d in her is of the Holy Ghofl. 
 
 Q. Why was that necefTary ? 
 
 A. That he might be without Sin, Heb. vii. 
 16. For fitch an Hgh Priefl became us, who is holy, 
 harmlefs, undefded, federate from Sinners, and made 
 hioher than the Heavens. 
 
 $>. How do ye prove that his Mother was 3 
 Virgin ? 
 
 A. I fa. vii- 14. Therefore the Lord him f elf foall 
 give you a fign, behold a Virgin foall conceive, and 
 bear a Son, and (hall call his Name lmmanuel. 
 Luke i. 34. Then faid Mary unto the Angel, how 
 foall this be, feeing that 1 know not a Adan. Matth. 
 i. 18, 25. Now the birth of Jejits Chrifl was on thts 
 wife ; whenas his mother Mary was tip on fed to Jo- 
 T 2 feph^ 
 
2j6 Thefaurus Tbeologicus. 
 
 feph, before they came together, (he was found 
 with child of the Holy Ghofi. Verfe 95. And 
 inew her not till jhe had brought forth her firfl 
 born Son : and he called his Name Jefus. 
 
 & Was he then truly Man 1 
 
 A. Yes, I Tim. ii- 5. For there is one God, and 
 one Mediator between God and men, the man Chrtfl 
 Jefus. John i. 14. And the word was made flefj, 
 and dwelt afnong tff i and we beheld his glory, the 
 glory as of the only begotten of the Father, full of 
 grace and truth. 
 
 ' Qz Was he one Perfon as God, and another 
 as Man. 
 
 A. No. One as both. Alls xx. 28. Take heed 
 therefore unto your felves, and to all the flock over 
 which the Holy Ghofi hath made you Overfeers to feed 
 the Church of God, which he hath purchafed with his 
 own blood. 
 
 Q Why fo? 
 
 A. If he was not Man, he could not have died 
 at all. If he was not God his Death would have 
 done us no good. 
 
 Suffered under Pontius l y ilate y 
 
 Q. How do ye prove that Chvifl was to fuf- 
 
 A. Luke xxiv. 25,25. Then he f aid unto them, 
 O Fool) and flow of heart, to believe all that the 
 Prophets have fpoken. Ought not Chrifl to have 
 fuffered thefe things, and to tntir into his Glory ? 
 Gen. iii. [5. And 1 will put Enmity between thee 
 and the Woman, and between thy feed and her feed, 
 it fhall britife thy head, and thou fhalt bruife his 
 heel, 
 
 4 What did he fufTer ? 
 
 h* Hun- 
 
'l'befaurusTheologicus. 277 
 
 A. Hunger and Thirft, Mat. iv. 2. And when 
 he had fajted forty days and forty nights, he was af- 
 terwards an hungred. Sorrow and Agonies, Mat, 
 XXvi. 38* Then faith h unto tiling my foul is ex- 
 ceedmg for row fit I even unto death, tarry ye here and 
 watch with me. His Agony, Luke xxii. 44. And 
 being in an Agony, he pruytd more e«rrieflly : and 
 his J we at was as it were g> cut drop of blood falling 
 down to the ground. Mark XV. 17, I 8, 1 9. And 
 they do at he d him with purple, and platted a Crown 
 of Thorns, And put it about his head, ani began to 
 (Ante him, Had king of the Jews. And they fmoti 
 him on the head with a reed, and did jpit upon him, 
 and bow in o- their knees worflvpped him. 
 
 $. Why did he fuffer ? 
 
 A. For our Sins, If 4. liii. 5. But he was wound- 
 ed for our Tranfgreffions, he was brut fed for our Ini- 
 quities, the chafrifement of our Peace was upon him, 
 and with his firtpes we are healed, 1 Pet. iii. I "8. 
 For Chrifl alfo hath once fit jf ere d for fins, the j a ft for 
 the unjuft ( that he might bring us to God ) being 
 put to death in the flefli, but cjuickned by the Spirit. 
 •I John ii. 1. And he is the propitiation for our Sins : 
 and not for ours only, but alfo for the fins of the 
 whole world. 2 Cor. V. 2 «. For he hath made him 
 to be fin for us, who knew no fin ; that we might be 
 made the Right eoufnefs of Cod in him. 
 
 ^\ What Benefit was that to us? 
 
 A. Our Sins are thereby pardoned, Eph. \. 7. 
 In whom we have redemption through his blood, the 
 forgivenefs of fins, according to the riches of his 
 grace. 
 ' £• How fo ? 
 
 A. Becaufe he fuffered in our Nature united to 
 
 his Perfon, Alls XX. 28. Take heed therefore unto 
 
 your felves, and to all the flock over the which the 
 
 Holy Chofi hath trade you Overfctrs, to feed the 
 
 X 3 Church 
 
278 Tbejaurus Theotogicus. 
 
 C'Hirch of God, which he hath purchased with his own 
 blood. 1 Tim. ii. 6. Who gave himfelf a Ranfom 
 for all to le tefiificd in due time. 
 
 Under Vont'im Pilate, 
 
 £>. Who was he ? 
 
 A. Governor of Judea, Luke iii. r. Now in 
 the fifteenth year of the reign of Tiberius Cefar, Ton- 
 tins P'date being Governor of Judea, and Herod be- 
 ing Tetr arch of Galilee, and his Brother Philip Te- 
 trarch of Jturea, and of the Region of Trachonitis^ 
 and Lyfanias the Tetr arch of Abiline* 
 
 ^_. How came he to fufFer under him ? 
 
 A. The Jews delivered him to him, Matth r 
 xxvii. I, 2. When the morning was come, all the 
 chief priefls and elders of the people took councel a- 
 gainfl Jtfus to put him to death • and when they had 
 bound him, they led him away, and delivered him 
 to Pontius Pilate the Governor. John xviii. 30, 31. 
 They anfwered and faid unto himj If he were not a 
 malefaclor we would not have delivered him up unto 
 thee. Then faid Pilate unto them, take ye him and 
 judge him according to your law. The Jews there- 
 fore faid unto him, It is not lawful for us to put any 
 man to death. 
 
 Q, What did he do to him ? 
 
 A> He acknowledged him innocent, and yet 
 condemned him to die, Matth. xxvii. i^,i6*When 
 Pilate faw that he could prevail nothings but that 
 rather a tumult was made, he took water, and wash- 
 ed his hands before the multitude, faying, 1 am in- 
 nocent of the blood of this juft perfon : fee ye to it. 
 Then relcafed he Bar abbas unto them : and when 
 he had feourged Jcfus, he delivered him to be cru- 
 cified, . 
 
 3t Why 
 
Thefdurus Thtolojjcus. 279 
 
 ^ Why is his Name put into the Creed ? 
 
 A. That we may know the Time when Chi i(t 
 futfered, Gal. IV. 4. But when the f nine ft of the 
 time was come. Cod fent forth his Son made of * 
 Woman, made under the Lavr. 
 
 £. Why did he differ under bim that was a Ro- 
 
 man : 
 
 A- That the Scriptures might be fulfilled, Pf. 
 XXii- 16. For dogs have compaffed me, the affembly 
 of the wicked have inclofed me : they pierced my 
 hands and my feet. Zach. lii- 10. And I will 
 four upon the houfe of David, and upon the inhabi- 
 tants of Jerufalem, the f pint of grace and of fnp- 
 plications, and they frail look upon me whom they 
 have pierced, and they (liall mourn for him as one 
 mourneth for his only [on, and frail be in bitternefs 
 for him as one that is in bitternefs for his fir fi born. 
 Numb. XXi. 9. And Mofes made a ferpent of brafs 
 and put it upon a pole, and it came to pafs, that if 
 a Serpent had bitten any man, when he beheld 
 the Serpent of Brafs, he lived. John ill 14- And 
 us Mofes hfted up the Serpent m the Wilder nefs^ 
 <ven fo mttfi the Son of man be lifted up. 
 
 Was crucified., Dead^ 
 
 Q How do ye prove he was crucified ? 
 
 A* Lukexxiii- 33. And when they were come t9 
 the place which is called Calvary, there they cruci- 
 fied him and the malefatlors -, one on the right hand, 
 and the other on the left. 
 
 |>, What was that? ; 
 
 A. They faftcn'd his Body to a Crofs, with 
 
 Nails drove through his Hands and Feet, Pfal. 
 
 xxii. 16. For dogs have compaffed me, the affembly 
 
 of the wicked b#ve enclofed me : they pieced my 
 
 J X 4 Hands 
 
280 Thefaurus Theologicus. 
 
 Hands and my Feet. Matth. xxvii. 35. And they 
 crucified him^ and parted his garment S) caflina lots : 
 that it might be fulfilled which was fpoken by the 
 Prophet^ They parted my Garments amor* them, and 
 upon my Vifiure did they cafl lots* Zech- xii. 1 o. 
 And 1" will pour upon the houfe of David) and up- 
 on the inhabitants of Jerufalem the fpirit of Grace 
 and of SuppUcatious^ and tbty (I: all look upon me 
 whom they have pierced) and they fliall mourn for 
 him as one moumcth for his only fon^ and fhall be 
 in bit t erne fs for him as one that is in bitternefs for 
 his firft-bom. John XIX. 34. And one of the Sol- 
 diers with a [pear pierced ' his fidC) and forthwith 
 came there out blood and water* 
 
 4L Why fo ? 
 
 $. That he might redeem us from the Curfe of 
 the Law, Deut . xxi. 23. His body jha/l not remain 
 all night upon the tree y but thou flialt in any wife 
 bury him that day (for he that is hanged is accurfed 
 of God ) that thy land be not cefiled which the Lord 
 thy God giveth thee for an Inheritance. Gal. iii. 
 *13. Chrijt hath redeemed us from the curfe of 
 the LaW) being made a curfe for us : For it 
 is written) curfe d is every one that hangeth on a 
 Tree. 
 
 ^. How long did he hang ? 
 
 A. Three Hours, Luke xxii. 44. And it was 
 about the Jixth hour) and { there was darknefs over 
 all the earthy until the ninth hour. Mark XV. I p. 
 And when the Centurion which flood over againfi 
 him- faw that he fo cried out) and gave up the 
 Ghofi) he f aid) Truly this man was the Son of Ghofi. 
 During which time he prayed, Luke xxiii.24. Then 
 faid Jcfui) Father ) forgive them) for they know not 
 what thy do\ and they parted his raiment and cafi 
 Lots. ' Converted the Thief, Verfe ^. Andjefa 
 [aid unto him, verily J fay unto thee^ to day ft alt 
 
 thou 
 
Thefdurus ThtoUgficus. 28 1 
 
 thou be with me in Paradife. Said to his Mo- 
 ther, John xix. 16. When J efts therefore faw 
 his mother and the Difciple ftanding by, whom he 
 loved, he faith unto his Mother, Woman behold thy 
 fon. 
 
 4>. How do ye prove he dyed ? 
 
 A. Luke xxiii. 46. And whin Jcfus had cryed 
 with a loud voice, he faid, Father into thy hands 
 1 commend my fpirit y and having fiid thus he gave 
 up the Ghofl. John XX. 30. When Jcfus therefore 
 had received the Vineaar, he faid it is finiflied: and 
 he bowed his head and gave up the Ghofl. Matth. 
 xxvii. 50. Jcfus, when he had cried again with a 
 loud voice, yielded up the Ghojt. Mark XV. 37. 
 And Jcfus cried with a loud voice, and gave up the 
 Ghofl. 
 
 3L Why did he die? 
 
 A. For us, Rom. v* 8* But, God commendeth his 
 h>ve towards us, in that while we were yet Sinners 
 Cbrift died for us. I Cor. XV. 3. For J delivered 
 unto you firfi of all, that which J alfo received, 
 how that Chrifl died for our Sins, according to the 
 Scriptures, lfai. liii. 6. All we like fieep have 
 qone afiray : we have turned every one to his own 
 'way, and the Lord hath laid on him the iniquity of 
 its all. 
 
 §>. What Benefit is that to us? 
 
 A. We are thereby reconciled to God, Rom. 
 V« I O. For if when we were Enemies we were recon- 
 ciled to God by the Death of his Son : much more 
 being reconciled, we fliall be faved by his Life. Mat. 
 XX. 28. Even as the fon of man came not to be mini- 
 fired unto, but to minifler, and to give his life a ran- 
 fom for many, 1 John ii. 1. And he is the propiti- 
 ation for our fins , and not for ours only, but alfo 
 for the fas of the whole world* 1 Tim. ii. 6. Who 
 
 gave 
 
282 Tbefaurus Theologicas. 
 
 gave himfelf a ranfom for all, to be tcftified in dm 
 time. 
 
 And buried : He defcended into 
 Hell, 
 
 $. How do ye prove that it is necefTai y to be- 
 lieve that Chrift was buried ? 
 
 A. 1 Cor, XV. 3, 4. For J delivered unto yon fir ft 
 of all, that which J ajfo received, how that Chrift 
 died for oar (ins, according to the fcriptures. And 
 that he was buried, and that he rofe again the third 
 day according to the fcriptures. 
 
 $. Why buried? 
 
 A. That we may be fure he was really dead. 
 
 ^. Who buried hira? 
 
 A. Jofeph of Arimathea and Ncodemtu, John 
 XlZ. 38, 39, 40, 41, 42. And after this Jofeph 
 of Arimathea, ( being a Difciple of Jefus, but fc- 
 cretly for fear of the Jews) be fought Pilate that he 
 might take away the body of Jefus ; and Pilate gave 
 him have: He came therefore and took the Body of 
 Jefus. And there came alfo Nicodemus ( which at 
 the fir ft came to $e[us by night ) and brought a 
 mixture of myrrh and aloes, about an hundred 
 found weight. Then took they the body of Jcfus, 
 and wound it in linen cloaths, with the fpices, 
 as the manner of the Jews is to bury. Now in 
 the place where he was crucified, there was a gar- 
 den ; and in the garden a new fepulcbre, wherein 
 was never man yet laid. There laid they Jefus there- 
 fore, becaufe of the Jews preparation day, for the 
 fepulcbre was nigh at hand. I fa. liii. 49. And he 
 made his grave with the wicked, and with the rich in 
 his death, becaufe he had done no violence^ neither was 
 any deceit in his mouth* 
 
 £>. How 
 
Thefaurus Thtologicus. 28? 
 
 ^.. How do you prove he defcended into 
 Hell? 
 
 A. Pfal. xvi. 10. For thou wilt not leave my Soul 
 in Hdl ; neither wilt thou fiijfcr thine holy one to fee 
 corruption. Adtsii.2^. For David fpeaketh concern- 
 ing him, J forefaw the Lord always before my face, 
 jor he is on my right hand that J Jhouldnot be moved. 
 A&S xiii. 3^. Wherefore he faith aljo in another 
 Tfalm, thou fljalt not fuffer thine holy one to fee cor- 
 ruption. 
 
 £>. Did he fuffer any pain there? 
 
 A. No, Heb. ix. 28. So Chnfl was once offered to 
 bear the fins of many, and unto them that look for him 
 (hall he appear the fecond time, without fin nnto Sal- 
 vation. 
 
 £K Did he go to deliver the Souls there ? 
 
 A. No. The bad are never delivered, the good 
 were never there, Luke xvi. 22. 23. And it came 
 to pafs that the beggar died, and was carried by the 
 Angels into Abraham's bofom : The rich man alfo died 
 and was buried. And in hell he lift up his eyes, being 
 in torments, and feeth Abraham afar off, and Laza- 
 rus in his bofom. Enoch. Elijah. 1 Pet, ill. 18, 19. 
 For Chrift alfo hath once fuffer ed for fins, the jufi for 
 the unjnfl, ( that he might bring us to God) being put 
 to death in the fiefh, but quickned by the Spirit, by 
 which alfo he went and preached unto the Spirits m 
 Vrifon. 
 
 §1 Why then? Legem monitor urn fervare* Ire- 
 naeus. 
 
 A. We are not certain from Scripture of any 
 other end j Chrifins inferos adiit ne nos adiremus. 
 Tertull. 
 
 The 
 
284 Thejaurus Tleologkus. 
 
 The third Day he rofe again from 
 the Dead. 
 
 £K In what fenfe did he rife again ? 
 
 A. He became alive again of himfelf, Mattb. 
 XXviii. 5, 6, 7. And the Angel anfwered and [aid 
 unto the woman, Fear not ye ; For I know that ye 
 feeh Jefus, which was crucified. He is not here, for 
 he is rifen, as he [aid : come, fee the place where 
 the Lord lay. And go quickly and tell his Difciples 
 that he is rifen from the dead • and behold he goeth 
 before you into Galilee, there fhall ye fee him, lo I 
 have told you. Luke ixiv. 5. And as they were 
 afraid, and bowed down their faces to the earth, they 
 faid unto them, why feeh. ye the living among the 
 dead. John X. 17, 18. Therefore doth my Father 
 love me, becaufe 1 lay down my life, that I might 
 take it again : No man taketh it from me, but I lay 
 it down of my [elf : J have power to lay it down, and 
 1 have power to take it again ; this commandment have 
 I received from my Father* 
 
 Q. Bow do ye prove that it was the fame Per- 
 fon? 
 
 A. John ix. 27, 28. Then faith he to Thomas, 
 reach hither thy finger, and behold my hands ; and 
 reach hither thy hand, and thrufl it into my fide, and 
 be not fait hie fs, but believing -, And Thomas anfwered^ 
 and faid unto him, My Lord and my God. 
 
 Q. How that he rofe again the third Day ? 
 
 A. Luke XXIV. 7. The Son of man mufi be deli- 
 vered into the hands of finful mtn, and be crucified^ 
 and the third dtty rife again, I Cor. XV. 4. And 
 that he was buried, and that he rofe again the third 
 day H according to the Scriptures. 
 
 & How 
 
ThtJAtirus Thtologicus. 285" 
 
 ^ How could that be, feeing he lay but one 
 whole day. 
 
 A. Becaufe he lay the parts of two days, Friday 
 and Sunday* 
 
 Q^ What day of the Week did he rife again ? 
 
 A. The firft Day, Mstt. xxviii. 1. In the end 
 of the Sabbath, as it began to dawn towards the firft 
 day of the week, came Mary Magdalen, and the other 
 Mary, to fee the Sepulchre. Mark xvi. 2. And very 
 early in the morning, the firft day of the week, they 
 came unto the Sepulchre at the rifing of the Sun. 
 Thence called the Lord's Day ; Revel, i. 10. I was 
 in the Sprit on the Lord's day, and heard behind me 
 a great voice, as of a trumpet* 
 
 Q. Why did he rife again? 
 
 A. For our Juftification, Rom. iv. 25. Who wot 
 deliver td for our offences, and was raifed again for 
 our juftification. Ads iii. 16. Vnto you firft, Cod 
 having raifed up his Son J'fus, fent him to blefs 
 you, in turning away every one of you from his ini- 
 quity. 
 
 He afcended into Heaven. 
 
 Q. What is that ? 
 
 A. His Soul and Body were taken up into Hea- 
 ven, John vi. 61. What and if ye jhall fee the Son of 
 Man afcend up where he was before. John iii. I 3. 
 And no man hath afcended up to Heaven but he that 
 came down from Heaven, even the Son of Man which 
 is in Heaven. 
 
 3L. How doth that appear ? 
 
 A. Luke xxiv. 50, $!• And he led them out as 
 far as to Bethany : and he lift up his hand, and bit ' fi- 
 fed them. And it came to paf< i while he blefft d them, 
 
 he 
 
286 Thefaurus Tkeologicus. 
 
 he was parted from them, and carried up into heaven 
 A&s i. 9. And -when he had fpoken thefe things, 
 while they beheld, he was taken up, and a, cloud re- 
 ceived him out of their fight. 
 
 Q. How do ye prove that he went up as high 
 as Heaven ? 
 
 A. A&si. 10, II. And while they looked fled/aft- 
 ly toward Heaven, as he went up, behold two men 
 flood by them in white apparel, which alfofaid, ye men 
 of Galilee, why ft and ye gazjrig up into Heaven f This 
 fame Jefus which is taken up from you into Heaven^ 
 fhall fo come, in like manner as ye have fetn him go 
 into Heaven. 
 
 Q^ How long was it after his Refurre&ion 
 before he afcended ? 
 
 A. Forty days, Acls\.^. To whom alfohefhew* 
 ed himfelf alive after his pajfion, by many infallible 
 proofs, being feen of them forty days, and fpeaking 
 of the things pertaining to the Kingdom of God. 
 
 Q^ Why did he afcend into Heaven ? 
 
 A. That he might give us his Holy Spirit from 
 thence, and apply the merits of his Death to us, 
 Tfal. lxviii. 1 8. Thou haft afcended on high, thou 
 haft led captivity captive, thou haft received gifts for 
 men ', yea for the Rebellious alfo, that the Lord God 
 might dwell among men. Eph. iv. 7, 8. But unto 
 every one of us is given Grace according to the mea- 
 fure of the gift ofChrift ', wherefore he faith, when he 
 afcended up on high, he led captivity captive, and gave 
 gifts unto men. John xvi. 7. Neverthelef, 1 tell 
 you the truth, it is expedient for you that I go away, 
 for if I go not away, the comforter will not come un- 
 to you^ but if I depart 1 will fend him unto you» 
 John XIV. 1, 1. Let not your heart be troubled: ye 
 believe in God, believe alfo in me. In my Father's 
 houfe are many manftons : if it were not jo, I would 
 
 have 
 
Thejaurus Thtologicus. 287 
 
 have told you : I go to prepare a place for you. 
 Heb. ix. 24. For Chnft is not entred into the holy 
 pi tees made with hands, which are the figures of the 
 true ; but into heaven it felf, novo to appear in the pre- 
 fence of God for hi. 
 
 And fitteth on the Right Hand of 
 Cod the Father Almighty. 
 
 Q. How do ye prove that ? 
 
 A. Markxvi. 19. So then after the Lord hud 
 
 fpoken unto them, he was received up into heaven and 
 
 fat on the right hand of God. Pfal.cx. I. The Lord 
 
 faid unto my Lord, fit thou at my right hand until 
 
 J make thine enemies thy foot ft 00! . A&S ii. 34. For 
 
 David is not afcendedinto the heavens : but he faith 
 
 himfelf, The Lord faid unto my Lord, fit thou on 
 
 my right hand, Rom. viii. 34. Who is he that cov- 
 
 demneth, it is Chrifl that died, yea rather that is rifen 
 
 again, who is even at the right hand of God, who 
 
 rnaketh alfo inter ceffion for us. 
 
 Q^ What is meant by his fitting or being at the 
 Right Hand of God ? 
 
 A.His beingadvanccd to the higheft Honour and 
 Power over all things, Matth. xxvi.64. Jefm faith 
 unto him, thou haft laid i nevcrthelefs 1 fay unto you, 
 hereafter flail yc fee the Son of man fitting at the 
 right hand of power, and coming in the clouds ofhea- 
 vtn. 1 Pet. iii. 22. Who ts gone into heaven, and is 
 on the right hand of God, Anqels and Authorities 
 and Powers being made fubjett unto him. Eph. i. 
 20, 21, 22. Which he wrought in Chrift when he 
 raifed him from the dead, and fet him at his own 
 right hand in the heavenly places, far above all prin- 
 cipality, and Power, and Alight, and Dominion, and 
 
 tvery 
 
288 Tbefattrus Tkeotogicus, 
 
 every name that is named, not only in this World, but 
 alfo in that which is to come • and hath put all things 
 under his feet, and (rave him to be the head over all 
 things^ to the Church. Phil. ii. 9. Wherefore Cod 
 alfo hath highly exalted him, and given him a Name 
 which is above every name. 
 
 & What doth he there? 
 
 A. Make interceffion for us, Rom. viii- 34. Who 
 is he that condemneth, it is Chrifi that died, yea rather 
 rifen again, who is even at the right hand of God, who 
 alfo maketh interceffion for us. 1 John ii. 1. My 
 little Children, thefe things write J unto you, that ye 
 fin not, and if any man fin, we have an advocate with 
 the Father, $cfus Chrifi the righteous. Keb. vi. 25. 
 Wherefore he is able alfo to fave them to the utter- 
 mofl that come unto God by him, feeing he ever liveth 
 to make interceffion for us. \ Tim. ii. 5. tor there 
 is one God, and one Mediator between God and men, 
 the Man Chrifi Jefus. John XIV. 13. And what foe- 
 I'er ye ftall ask in my Name, that will J do, that 
 the Father may be glorified in the Son. 
 
 Q. Why is the Father Almighty here added ? 
 
 A. To fhew that Chrift can now do what he 
 Will for US, Matth. Xxviii. i8» And Jcfus came, 
 and fpake unto them, faying^ all power is given unto 
 me in heaven and in earth. John X. 29. My Fa- 
 ther which gave them me, is greater then all; and 
 none is able to pluck them out of my Father's 
 hand. Aftsv. 3I» Him h4th God exalted with 
 his right hand to be a Prince and a Saviour for 
 to give Repentance to Ifrael, and forgivenefs of 
 fins. 
 
 Q- What follows hence ? 
 
 A^ 1. That we truft on him, Rom.x Hi. 33,38, 
 39. Who fljall lay any thing to the charge of God's 
 eltcl? h is God that jujlifieth. For 1 am perfwaded 
 
 that 
 
Tbefntrsi* Theolo?jcus. 289 
 
 that neither death , nor life , nor awls, nor 
 principalities, nor powers, nor things prrfent, nor 
 things to come, nor height, nor dtptb, nor any 0. 
 ther creature, fall be able to fe par ate us from 
 the love of God, which is in Chrift Jefis our 
 Lord. 
 
 2. And Worfhip him, John y. 22, 23. For 
 the Father judge th no man • but hath aommittcd 
 all judgment unto the Son • that all men fauld 
 honour the Son, even as they honour the Father. 
 He that honoureth not the Son, honoureth not the Fa- 
 ther which hath fent htm. Hcb. i. 6. And a*ain 
 when he brmgeth in the fir ft begotten into the World 
 he faith, and let all the Angels of God worflnp 
 him. J r 
 
 From thence he fhall come to judge 
 the quick and the dead.' 
 
 $. From whence will he come ? 
 
 A. From Heaven, Jtls ifo 20,21. An I he 
 
 fall Jend Jefus Chrift, which before was preach- 
 ed unto you: Who the heaven tnuft receive un- 
 til the time of reftitution of all things, which God 
 hath fpoken by the Mouth of all his holy Prophets 
 jince the World began. r 
 
 <*£. How do ye prove that ? 
 
 A. Afts i. 11. Te men of Galilee, why (land ye 
 gazing up into heaven, this fame Jefus which is 
 taken up from you into heaven, fall fo come in like 
 manner as ye have feen him 00 into "heaven 
 Phil. ill.. 20. For our convention is in heaven from 
 whence aljo we look for the Saviour, the lord Jefus 
 i,on(t. J 
 
 Vol. I. U 4How 
 
2 90 Thefanrus Theologicus* 
 
 Q. How will he come ? 
 
 A. With the Holy Angels attending him ? 
 Matth. XXV. 31. When the Son of Man Jhall come 
 in his glory with all the holy Angels with him, 
 then Jlja/l he Jit upon the Throne of his glory. 
 I TheiT. iv. 1 6. For the Lord himfelf Jliatl de- 
 scend from heaven with a Jliout, with the voice 
 of the Archangel, and with the trump of God : 
 and the dead in Chrifi Jhall rife firjl. 2 TheiT* 
 j. 7. And to you who are troubled, reft with 
 us, when the Lord Jefus Jhall be revealed from 
 heaven, with his mighty Angels. Matth« xxvi. 
 64. Jefus faith unto him, Thou haft faid : Ne- 
 "Vertbelefs , / fay unto you, hereafter jhall ye 
 fee the Son of Man fitting on the right hand 
 of power, and coming in the clouds of hea- 
 ven. 
 
 Q What (hall they do ? 
 
 A. Gather his Eledt and all Mankind be- 
 fore him, Matth. xxiv. 31. And he fjall fend 
 his Angels with a great found of a Trumpet, 
 and they Jhall gather together his eletl from tho 
 four winds, from one end of heaven to the other 
 Matth. XXV. 32. And before him [Jjall be ga- 
 thered alt Nations ; and he Jhall feparate them one 
 from another, as a Jljepherd divideth his fheep from 
 t be goats. 
 
 & What will he then do? 
 
 A. Judge all, 2 Cor. V. 10. For we mufi all 
 appear before the Judgment •'feat of Chrifi; that 
 every one may receive the things done in his 
 body, accor diner to that he hath done, whether 
 it be good or bad. Matth. XXV. 34, 41, 46. 
 Then Jhall the Kino fay unto them on his right 
 hand, come ye bUffed of my Father, inherit 
 the Kingdom prepared for you from the foundati- 
 on 
 
Thtjsurus Thtolojjcus. 291 
 
 on of the World. Then (hall he fay unto them on 
 the left hand y Depart from wr, ye cur fed, into 
 everlaftino fire, prepared for the Devil and his An- 
 gels. And thefe (I) all go away into everlafting pu~ 
 niflimcnt : bat the riahteous into life eternal. A&S 
 X. 42. And he commanded us to preach unto the 
 people, and to teftifie that it is he which was 
 ordained of God to be the Judge of quick and 
 dead. 
 
 C^Who are tlie quick and dead ? 
 
 A. They who fliall be then alive, and all that 
 were before dead, iThejf. iv. 15, 15, 17. For 
 this we fay unto you by the word of the Lord, 
 that we which are alive, arid remain unto the 
 coming of the Lord, (J)all not prevent them which 
 are afeep. For the Lord himfelf frail defend 
 from Heaven with a front, with the voice of the 
 Archangel, and with the trump of God: and the 
 dead in Chrift fjall rife firfi. Then we which 
 are alive and remain, frail be cauaht up to- 
 gether with them in the clouds, to meet the Lord 
 in the air, and fo fliall we ever be with the 
 Lord. 1 Cor. IV. 51. Behold, I frcw you a My fie- 
 ry , we frail not all fleep, but we frail all be 
 changed. 
 
 I believe in the Holy Ghoft. 
 
 ^What do ye mean by the Holy Ghoft:? 
 
 A. The third Perfon ^n the Holy Trinity. 
 Matth. xiviii. 19. Go ye^therefore and teach all 
 Nations, baptising them in the Name of the 
 Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghoft. 
 2 Cor. xiii. 14. The Grace of the Lord Jejju 
 Chrift, and the Love of God, and the Commu- 
 U 2 nion 
 
292 Thefaurus Tbeoiogicus, 
 
 mm of the Holy Ghoft, he with you ail, A- 
 men. 
 
 $. Why called a Ghoft ? 
 
 A. That is a Spirit, Johniv.24.. Cod is a Spirit , 
 and they that worfliip him, muft worfup him in fpirit 
 and in truth. 
 
 4j. Why Holy ? 
 
 A. Becaufe the Fountain and Author of Ho- 
 linefs in us, I Cor. vi. 11. And fuch were fame 
 of you : but ye are wafted t but ye are fanftified, 
 but ye are juftified in the name of the Lord Je- 
 fus, and by the Spirit* of our God. Tit. iii. 5. 
 Not by works of rirhteoufnefs which we have done , 
 but according to his mercy he faved us,, by the 
 xoafnng oj regeneration, and renewing of the Ho- 
 ly Ghoft. John iii. 5, 6. Jefus anfwered r veri- 
 ly^ verily y I fay unto thee, except a man be born 
 of water, and of the fpirit, he cannot enter into the 
 Kingdom of God. That which is bom of the flefl) y 
 is fief), and that which is bom of the fpirit, is 
 fpirit, 
 
 ££. How do ye prove him to be God? 
 A* Ads V. 3, 4. But Peter faid y Ananias, why 
 hath Satan filled thine heart, to lie to the Holy 
 Ghofi, and to hep back part of the price of the 
 land ; whiles it remained, was it not thine own, 
 and after it was fold, was it not in thine own 
 power ', why haft thou conceived this thing in thine 
 heart, thou haft not lied unto men but unto God. 
 1 Cor. iii. \6. Know ye not that ye are the tem- 
 ple of God, and that the Spirit of God dwelleth in 
 you. Matth. xii. 31. Wherefore 1 fay unto you, 
 all manner of fin and blafphemy fiiall be forgiven 
 unto men : but the blafphemy againfi the Holy 
 Ghoft fliall not be forgiven unto mem 
 
 $>. From 
 
Thef auras Theologuus. 293 
 
 £L- From whom doth he proceed ? 
 A. 1. From the Father, John w. 16. But 
 when the Comforter is come, whom 1 will fpend un- 
 to you from the Father, even the Spirit of truth, 
 which proccedeth from the Father, he fliall tcflify 
 of me. 
 
 2. And of the Son, OmI. iv. 6- And becaufe 
 ye are Sons, God hath fent forth the Spirit of 
 his Son into your hearts, crying, Abba, Fa- 
 ther. John XVL 14. He fliall glorify me: For 
 he fhall receive of mine, and jhall Jhnv it unto 
 yet/. 
 
 ^. What is faid of him in the Nicene 
 Creed ? 
 
 A. I believe in the Holy Gholt, the Lord and 
 Giver of Life, &c. 
 
 Q. How do ye prove he fpake by the Pro- 
 phets? 
 
 A. 2 Pet. i. 21. For the Prophefy came not in 
 old time by the will of man : but holy men of God 
 fpake as they were moved by the Holy Ghoft. 
 2 Tim. ill- 1 6. All Scripture is given by infpirati- 
 on of God, and is profitable for doctrine, for re- 
 proof, for correction, for inflrutlion in right eoufnefs. 
 Always with us. John xiv. 16, 26. And 1 will 
 pray the Father, and he fliall give you another 
 Comforter, that he may abide with you for ever. 
 Rom. viii. 13, 14. For if ye live after the flefa 
 ye [hall die ; but if ye through the Spirit do mor- 
 tify the deeds of the Body, ye fliall live. For as 
 many as are led by the Spirit of God^ they are the 
 Sons of God. 
 
 U 1 The 
 
294 Thefattrus Tkeologicus. 
 
 The Holy Catholick Church. 
 
 Q What is the Church. 
 
 A. The Congregation, or Company, or Bo- 
 dy of a faithful People, Atls ii.415 42, 47. Then 
 they that gladly received his Word were baptized: 
 and the fame day were added unto them about 
 three thoufand Souls, v. 42. And they continued 
 fledfafily in the Apoflles dotlrine and fellowflnp, 
 and in breaking of bread, and in Prayers, v. 47. 
 Praiflng God^ and having favour with all the people. 
 And the Lord added to the Church daily fuch as 
 fhould be faved. According to the Proraife, Mat. 
 $cvi. 18. And I fay alfo unto thee, that thou art 
 Peter, and upon this rock will I build my Church : 
 and the gates of Hell fhall not prevail againfl 
 it. 
 
 §>. Is there only one Church ? 
 
 A. One made up of many, Eph. iv. 4, 5, 6. 
 There is one body, and one Spirit, even as ye are 
 called in one hope of your calling. One Lord, one 
 Faith, one Baptifm, one God and Father of all, 
 who is above all , and through all , and in you 
 all. 
 
 Q^ Who is the Head of this Body ? 
 
 A. Chrift only, Eph. i. 22, 23. And hath put 
 all things under h:S feet, and gave him to be the 
 head over all things to the Church, which is his bo- 
 dy, the fulnefs of him that fillet h all in all. Eph. 
 ii. 20, 21. And are built upon the foundation of 
 the Apofles and Prophets, Jefus Chrifi himfelf be- 
 ing the chief corner-jlone. In whom all the Build- 
 intr fitly framed together, groweth unto an holy 
 temple in the Lord. James ii. 25. Likewtfe alfo 9 
 
 Was 
 
Thefaurus Thtologicus. 29 5 
 
 Was not Rabab the harlot jujlified by works, when 
 fle had received the Meffetifers, and had [em them 
 out another way. 
 
 Q Why is the Church called Holy? 
 
 A. Not that every Member is holy, Matth. 
 xiii. 24, 30, 47, 49. Another Parable put he forth 
 unto them, fiying, The Kingdom of Heaven is like- 
 ned unto a man which fowed good feed in his field. 
 Let both grow together until the harveft : and in 
 the time of harveft, J will fay to the reapers, ga- 
 ther ye together firft the tares, and bind them in 
 bundles to burn them : but gather the wheat into 
 my barn. Again the Kinqdom of Heaven is like 
 unto a net that was cafl into the fea, and fathered 
 of every kind. So flail it be at the end of the 
 world : the Angels flail come forth 9 and fever the 
 wicked from among the jufi. 
 
 But the whole i Eph. v. 25, 16, 27. Husbands 
 love your Wives even as Chrijt alfo loved the Church 
 and gave himfelf for it ; that he might fantlify 
 and cleanfe it with the wafling of water, by the 
 word, That he might prefent it to himfelf a glo- 
 rious Church, not having fpot or wrinkle, or any 
 fuch thing ; but that it flould be holy and without 
 blemifl. 
 
 In its Inftitution, Defign, Profefiion, Office 
 and End. Many fincerely holy here, 1 Pet. 11.9 
 But ye are a chofen Generation, a royal Prieflhood y 
 an holy Nation , a peculiar People j that ye flwuld 
 flew forth the praifes of him who hath called you 
 out of darknefs into his marvellous light. Perfeft- 
 -4y in Heaven, Heb. xii. 23. To the general affem- 
 bly and church of the firfl.bom, which are written 
 in heaven, and to Cod the Judge of all, and to the 
 fjpirits of jufl men made perfeft. 
 
 U 4 & Why 
 
296 Thefaurus Tkeologicus. 
 
 #• Why.Catholick or Univerfal ? 
 
 A, Becaufe difperfed all over the World. Mat. 
 XXVlll. 19. Go ye therefore and teach all nations, 
 baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of 
 the Son } and of the Holy Ghofl. Mark xvi. 15. 
 And faid unto them, Go ye into all the world, and 
 preach the gofpel to every creature. Apoc. V. 9. 
 And they fang a vevo fong, faying, Thou art wor- 
 thy to take the book, and to open the Seals thereof, 
 for thoH waft /lain, and haft redeemed us to God by 
 thy blood, out of every kindred, and tongue, and 
 people, and Nation. 
 
 Q- Why needful to believe this? 
 
 A . Alls ii. 4.7. Praijino- God, and having favour 
 with all the people. And the Lord added to the 
 church daily fuch as f)ould be faved. 
 
 The Comfmmion of the Saints. 
 
 £?. What do ye mean by Saints. 
 
 A, All that are Baptized, or in the Ghurch, 
 are called to be Saints, Rom. i. 7. To all that be 
 in Rome, beloved of God, called to be Saints, grace 
 to you, and peace from God our Father, and the 
 Lord Jefus Chrift. 2 Tim. i. 9. Who hath faved 
 us 9 and called us with an holy calling, not accor- 
 ding to our works, but according to his own pur- 
 poje and or ace which, was given us in Chrift Jefus, 
 before the* World began. 2 Tim. ii. 19. Neverthe- 
 less the foundation of God ftandeth fure, having 
 this fcal, the Lord knoweth them that are his -, and 
 let every one that nameth the name of Chrift de- 
 part from iniquity. They only are real Saints 
 who perform their Baptifmal Vow, 2 Cor. vii. r. 
 fiaving therefore thefe Tromifes ( dearly beloved ) let 
 
 US 
 
The] aunts Thtologictts. zyj 
 
 hs cleanfe our felvrs from all flltbinefs of the fleft 
 and fprrit, perfetling holinefs in the fear of Cod, 
 I Pet. i. <j. But as he which hath called you is 
 holy, fo be ye holy in all manner of converfiti- 
 or. 
 
 O^ How are Saints made ? 
 
 A. By the Spirit of Chrifr, i Cor. vi. I r. And 
 fuch were fome of you, but ye are wajhed, but. ye 
 are finclificd, but ye are juflified in the name of 
 the Lord Jtfns, and by the Spirit of our God. Adts 
 XXvi. 1 8. To open their eyes, and to turn them from 
 darknefs to light , and from the power of Satan un- 
 to God, th.tt they may receive forgivenefs of Sins, 
 and Inheritance among them which are fanSlifed 
 by faith that is in me. 
 
 Cv Whom have the Saints Communion with ? 
 
 A. With God the Father and Son, 1 John i. 
 3. That which we have feen and heard, declare 
 we unto you, that ye alfo may have fellowfnip with 
 us • and truly our fellowjhip is with the Fat her , and 
 with his Son Jefus Chrifi. And with one another 
 as Saints, 1 John i. 7. But if we walk in the light, 
 as he is in the light, we have fellowflrip one with 
 another, and the blood of Jefus Chrifi his Son cleanfeth 
 us from all fin. 
 
 C\ What mean you here by the Communion 
 of Saints? 
 
 A. That there is really in the World a Society 
 or Fellowmip or Body of real Saints, Eph. ii. ip. 
 Now therefore ye are no more fl rangers and foreigners, 
 but fellow citiz.tns with the Saints^ and of the houf- 
 hold of God. 
 
 Q^ How is this Body or Society made ? 
 
 A. By the Spirit of God uniting them in 
 Chrifi to one another, Eph. i. 22, 24. And hath 
 put all things under his feet, and gave him to be 
 
 the 
 
298 Tbefaurus Tleologicus. 
 
 the head over all things to the Churchy which is hu 
 body, the fulaefs of him that filleth all in all. Eph. 
 iv. 4, 5, \6. There is one body and one fpirit, even 
 as ye are called in one hope of your callings one Lord y 
 one Faith, one Baptifm. From whom the whole Bo- 
 dy fitly joined together , and compacted by that which 
 every joint fupplieth, according to the effectual work- 
 ing in the meafure of every part, maketh increafe 
 of the body, unto the edifying of it felf in Love, 
 I Cor. xii. 12, 13, 2C. For as the body is one, and 
 hath many members, and all the members of that 
 one body, being many, are one body : fo alfo is 
 Chrift, For by one Spirit are we all baptised in- 
 to one body, whether we be Jews or Gentiles, whe- 
 ther we be bond or free ', and have been all made to 
 drink into one Spirit* But now are they many members, 
 yet but one body. 
 
 O. Why do we believe this? 
 
 A. That we may ftrive to be of this Body or 
 Communion, Col i. 1 2. Giving thanks unto the Fa- 
 ther, which hath made us meet to be partakers of the 
 inheritance of the faints in light* 
 
 The Forgivenefs of Sins. 
 
 Q^ What is Sin ? 
 
 A. Tranfgreffion of the Law, 1 John iii. 4. Who- 
 foever committeth fin, tranfgreffeth alfo the Law ; for 
 fin is the tranfgreffion of the Law. 
 
 j£J^ Who are guilty of it ? 
 
 A. All Men, Rom. iii. 23. For all have finned and 
 come jhort of the glory of God. Ecclef- vii. 20. For 
 there is not a jufi man upon earth, that doth good, 
 and finneth not, 1 John i- 8. If we fay that we 
 
 have 
 
Tbejaurus 'Iheologicus. 199 
 
 have no fin, we deceive our felves, and the truth is 
 not in its. 
 
 §i What is the Forgivenefs of Sins? 
 
 A. The freeing us from the Puniftiment due to 
 US from them, 2 Sam. xii. 1 ;. And David [aid unto 
 Nathan, J have finned again fl the Lord, and Nathan 
 faid unto David, the Lord alfo hath put away thy Sin \ 
 thou (halt not die. 
 
 £\ How are our Sins forgiven ? 
 
 A. Only for Chrift's fake, Eph. 1.7. In whom 
 we have redemption through his blood, the forgivenefs 
 of Sms, according to the riches of his Grace. \ John 
 ii. I, 2« My little children thefe things Trite 1 unto 
 you, that ye fin not. And if any man fur, we have 
 an advocate with the Father, Jefits Chrifl the righ- 
 teous. And he is the propitiation for our fins : and 
 not for ours only, but alfo for the fins of the whole 
 world. Ads xiii. 38. Be it known unto yon therefore, 
 men and brethren, that through this man is preached 
 unto you the forgivenefs of fins. 
 
 Q. What mull we do towards it ? 
 
 A. I. Repent, 1 John i. p. If we confefs our 
 fins, he is faithful and jufl to forgive us our fws^ 
 and to clean fe us from all unrighteoufnefs, Ezech. 
 xviii. 3c. Therefore I will judge you, O Houfe of 
 Jfracl, every one according to his ways, faith the 
 Lord Cod : Repent, and turn your [elves from all 
 your tranfgreffions, fo Iniquity fliall not be your 
 ruin. 
 
 2. Believe the Gofpel, Ails xvi. 31. And they 
 faid, believe on the Lord Jefus Chrifl and thou fli alt 
 bt faved, and thy houfe, John iii. 1 6. For God 
 fo loved the world, that he gave his only begotten Son y 
 that whofoever believeth in him fhould not ferifc but 
 have everlafting life, 
 
 &>Vhat 
 
300 Tbej auras Theologicus. 
 
 Ch What follows hence? 
 
 A. That we Ihould labour to obtain forgivenefs 
 of Sins, Pfal. XXXii. I . Blejfed is he whofe tranfgreffion 
 is forgiven, whofe fin is covered. 
 
 The Refurredion of the Body. 
 
 ^ What is the meaning of that ? 
 
 A. That the Bodies of all men that die fhall rife 
 again to Life. 
 
 4J. Was this believed in the Old Teftament ? 
 
 A. Yes, Job xix. 25, 16. For 1 know that my 
 redeemer Uveth, and that he (hall jl and at the lat- 
 ter day upon the earth • and though after my skin, 
 worms deftroy this body, yet in my flcfr frail I 
 fee God. Dan. xii. 2. And many of them that fleep 
 in the dufi of the earth frail awake, fame to ever- 
 lafiing Ufe, and fome to frame and everlafiing con- 
 tempt. 
 
 ^>. What Examples were then of it? 
 
 A. The Widow of Zarephath\ Child, 1 Reg. 
 Xvii. 21, 22. And he fir etched himfelf upon the child 
 three times, and cried unto the Lord, and faid, O 
 L,ord my God, I pray thee let this child's foul 
 come into him again. And the Lord heard the 
 voice of Elijah, And the foul of the Child came 
 into him again, and he revived. The Shuna- 
 mite's Son, 2 "Reg, iv. 35. Then he returned and 
 walked in the houfe to and fro^ aud went up and 
 fir etched himfelf upon him: and the child nee fe d fe- 
 ven times, and the child opened his eyes. Another, 
 2 Reg. xiii. 2. And it came to pafs as they were 
 buryincr a man, that behold they (pied a band of 
 tnen^ and they caft the man into the fepulchre of 
 ^ Elifija ' y 
 
'1'l.tUurus Theolcgicus. -j©! 
 
 £lifl)A ; and when the man was let down, and touch- 
 ed the bones of Elifoa, he revived, and fiood uptm his 
 feet. 
 
 Q. What Proof in the new Teflamcnt ? 
 A. i Cor. xv. 1 l, 201 Now if Chrifi be preach* 
 ed that he rofe from the dead, how fay fame among- 
 you, that there is no refnrrel~tion of the dead. But 
 now is Chrifi rifen from the dead, and became the 
 firfi fruits of them that flept. Matth. xxii, 31, 
 32. But as touching the refurretlion of the dead 
 have ye not read that which was Jpoken unto you 
 by Cod, faying I am the Cod of Abraham, and 
 the Cod of Jfaac , and the God of Jacob f 
 God is not the God of the dead, but o<~ the 
 living-. J 
 
 & Shall the fame Bodies arife ? 
 
 A. Yes, John XX. 27. Then faith he to The 
 mas, reach hither thy finger, and behold my bands 
 and reach hither thy hand, and thrufi it into my 
 fide, and be not faithlefi, but believing. Rom. viir. 
 1 r . But if the Spirit of him that raifed up Jefut 
 from the dead dwell in you • he that raifed up 
 Chrifi from the dead, fit all alfo quicken your moL 
 tal bodies, by his Spirit that dwcllcth in you. Other- 
 wife it is no Refurrection, John v. 28. Mar- 
 vel not at this: for the hour is comina in t ^ e 
 -which all that are in the Graves flmthear his 
 voice. 
 
 Q. Whofe Bodies dial] arife? 
 
 A. All, 1 Cor. x v. 22. For as in Adam all die 
 evenfo in Chrif} (J) all all be m.xde dive ' 
 
 Qi Why (hall all rife? 
 
 A. That they may be all judged 2 Cor. v. w 
 For we mufi all appear before the judgment-feat of 
 Chrfi- that every one may receive the things done 
 fUhisboty according; to that he hath dorr, whether 
 
 it 
 
SO 3 The f auras Theohgicns. 
 
 H be good or bad. Matth. XXV. 32. And before 
 him fh all be gathered all Nations : and he Jhatlfepa- 
 rate them one from another, as a JJjepherd divide th 
 his fheep from the goats. 
 
 .£. What life of this ? 
 
 A. To make us prepare for it, Atts xxiv. 15, 16. 
 And have hope towards God, which they themfelves 
 alfo allow, that there Jhall be a refurreclion of the 
 dead, both of jufi and unjuft. Ver» 16. And 
 herein do J exercife my felf to have always a 
 confcience void of offence toward God i and toward 
 men. 
 
 And the Life everlafting. 
 
 Q. What means that? 
 
 A. That all men when rifen (hall live ever- 
 laftingly ? 
 
 Q. Where? 
 
 A. In Hell or Heaven, Ban. xii. 2. And many 
 of them that Jleep in the daft of the Earth jhall 
 awake, fome to everlafting life, and fame to 
 jhame and everlafting contempt. John V. 29. And 
 (hall come forth, they that have done good, unto the 
 refurreclion of life, and they that have done evil, unto 
 the refurreclion of damnation, 
 
 p. Who lhall live in Hell ? 
 
 A. The unjuft and wicked, Rev. xxi. 8. But 
 the fearful, and unbelieving, and the abominable, 
 and murderers, and whoremongers, and forcer ers, and 
 idolators and all liars, jliall have their part in the lake 
 which burneth with fire and brim ft one ; which is the 
 fecond death. 
 
 & Who 
 
Tbejdurus Theologicus. 30? 
 
 >■ ■■ ■ ■ ■-■-■- — —I ■■ i-.i i. ■ ■■■■ ■ Ml ,—^ 
 
 ^. Who will fend them thither? 
 
 A. Chrift, Matth. XXV. 41. Then flail he fay 
 alfo unto them on the left hand, depart from ye 
 cur fed into evirlafling fire, prepared for the Devil 
 and his Angels. 
 
 JfL What will they fufler ? 
 
 A. The Wrath of God, 1 Theff. i. 10. An A 
 to wait for his Son from heaven, whom he rai- 
 fed from the dead, even J efts which deliver- 
 ed us from the wrath to come, 2 Thefl! i. 9. 
 Who pall be punifled with everlafling deftrutti- 
 on from the prefence of the Lord, and from 
 the glory of his power. And the Terrors of a 
 guilty Confcience, Mark ix. 44. Where their worm 
 ditth not, and the fire is not quenched. 
 
 Q^ Shall their Bodies too be tormented ? 
 
 A. Yes, Matth. x. 28. And fear not them which 
 kill the body, but are not able to kill the foul • but ra- 
 ther fear him which is able to deftroy both foul and 
 bohy in hell. 
 
 ^_. How long r 
 
 A. Forever, Matth. xxv. 45. And thefe flail ao 
 arv.iy into everlafling puniflment, but the righteous in- 
 to life eternal. Dan. xii. 2. And many of them that 
 fleep in the dufl of the earth pall awake, fome to ever- 
 lafting life, and fome to flame and everlafling con- 
 tempt. 
 
 Q^ What mud we do then ? 
 
 A. Watch, Mat k xiii. 37. And what J fay unf 
 you, J fay unto all, watch. 
 
 Life everlafting. 
 
 4>. Who fhall always live in Heaven? 
 A. The Righteous, Matth. xxv. 46. And thefe 
 flail go away into everlafting pntnflment j but the 
 
 rifhteotti 
 
304 thefaurus Thtologicas. 
 
 * 
 righteous into life eternal. Math. v. 20. For I fay 
 unto you, that except your righteoufnefs Jhall exceed 
 the rifhteoufnefs of the fcribes and phanfees, ye full 
 in no cafe enter into the kingdom of heaven. 
 
 Q. Who will fend them thither ? 
 
 A. Chrift, Mat. xxv. 34. Then fhall the ling fay 
 unto them on his right hand, come ye bleffed of my Fa. 
 ther, inherit the Kingdom prepared for you from the 
 foundation of the world. 
 
 i£. How will they live there ? 
 
 A. In all Happinefs of Soul and Body. 
 
 g. How in Body ? 
 
 A. Glorious, 1 Cor. XV. 42. So alfo is the refur- 
 retlion of the dead. It is fovon in corruption, it is 
 raijed in incorrupt ion, &C. Phil. Hi. 21. Who (lull 
 change our vile bodies, that it may befafnoned like unto 
 his glorious body^ according to the working whereby he 
 is able even to fubdue all things unto himfelf 
 
 ^ How in their Souls and whole Man ? 
 
 A. Mat. xxii. 30. For in the refurreVtion they nei± 
 thcr marry, nor are given in marraige -, but are as the 
 Anoels of Cod in Heaven. 
 
 1. Free from all Trouble, Revel, xxi. 4. And God 
 full wipe away all Tears from their eyes, and there 
 full be no more death, neither forrow nor crying, nei- 
 ther full there be any more pain; for the former things 
 are paffed away. 
 
 2. Full of all Joy, Pfal. xvi. I J. Thou wilt fliew 
 me the path of life : in thy pre fence is fulnefs of joy i at 
 thy right hand there are pleafures for evermore. 
 
 §>_. Whom will they live with ? 
 
 A. 1. Angels and Saints, Attsxxv'i. 18. To open 
 their eyes and to turn them from darknefs to light, 
 and from the power of Satan unto Go>l, that they may 
 receive foro-ivenefs of fins, and inheritance among 
 them which are fanclifed by faith that is in me. 
 
 2. Clirilt, 
 
Thefaurus Theologicus. 30$ 
 
 2. Chrift, John xvii. 24. Father, J will that 
 they alfo whom thou haft given me, be with me where 
 J am ; that they may behold my glory which thou 
 haft given me : for thou lovedfi me before the Foun- 
 dation of the World. 
 
 3. God, I Cor. t'm. il. For now we fee throu&h 
 a Glafs darkly ; but then face to face : now I know 
 in part } but then fljal! J know even at alfo 1 am 
 Known. 1 John iii. 2. Beloved, now are we the Sons 
 of God, but it doth not yet appear what we (hall be, 
 but we know that when he jl)all appear, we ft) all be 
 like him ', for we ftiall fee him as he is. 
 
 Q What will they do? 
 
 A. Praife God, Rev. vii. 10, 12. And they cry* 
 ed with a loud voice, faying, Salvation to our God 
 which (ittcth upon the Throne, and unto the Lamb*, 
 V. t 2. Saying, Amen : Blefting, and Glory, and 
 Wifdom, and Thank/giving, and Honour, and Pow- 
 er, and Might be unto our God for ever. Amen. 
 
 Q. How long? 
 
 A. For ever, I Pet.'i. 4. To an inheritance in- 
 corruptible and undefled, and that fa del h not away y 
 referved in Heaven for you. 
 
 Q^ What muft we do for it ? 
 
 A. Believe, John iii. \6. For God fo loved the 
 World, that he gave his only begotten Son i that 
 whofoever believe th jn him, ftiould not penfl) but 
 have everlafting life. 
 
 Amen. 
 
 Q. What doth Amen fignifie? 
 
 A. Truth, TON 'D^ND, lf*\ Ixtf. \6> That hi 
 trho bleffeth himfelf in the earthy ft ail blefs himfelf 
 in the God of Truth, and he that fweareth in the 
 earth, fhall fwear by the God of Truth ; becaufe the 
 Vol. I. X former 
 
go6 Thef auras Thtologicm. 
 
 former troubles Are forgot t en , and becaufe they are 
 kid from mine eyes. 
 
 4- When ufed? 
 
 A. After Prayers, Vent, xxvii. 15. Cur fed be 
 the man that maketh any graven or molten image , 
 an abomination to the Lord, the works of the hands 
 •f the craftfman, and putteth it in a fecret place : 
 and all the people pi all anfwer and fay, Amen. 
 Neh.v. 13. Alfo 1 fhook my lap, and fatd, fo God 
 fhake out every Man from his Houfe y and from his 
 labour, that performeth not this promife, even thus 
 be fhaken out, and emptied ', and all the Congrega- 
 tion [aid, Amen, and prat fed the Lord ; And the 
 people did dec or ding to this promife, 
 
 2. And Praifes, Neh. viiL 6. And Ezra bhffed 
 the Lord the great God : and all the people anfwer ed y 
 Amen^ Amen, with lifting up their hands: And 
 they bowed their hcads^ and worfliipped the Lord 
 with their faces t$ the ground. Pfal. Ixxxix. 52* 
 Bleffed be the Lord for evermore, Amen, and Amen. 
 Pfal. CVl. 48.' Blejfed be the Lord God of Jfrael 
 from everlafiing to everlafiing^ and let ail the people 
 fay Amen. Praife ye the Lord. Rev. vii. 1 2. Say- 
 ing, Amen :' Blcffwg and glory, and wifdom, and 
 thankfgiving, and honour, and power, and might be 
 ftnto our God for ever and ever, Amen. 
 
 Q\ What doth it fignifie there? 
 
 A. So be it, Jer. xxviii. 6. The Prophet Jere- 
 miah faid, Amen : The Lord do fo, the Lord per- 
 form thy words which thou hafi prophefed, to bring 
 again the Veffds of the Lord's houfe, and all that is 
 carried away captive, from Babylon into this Place, 
 I Kings i. 36. And Iknaiah the Son of ^ehoiada 
 anfwer ed the King, and faid, Amen : the Lord God 
 of my Lord the King fay fo too. I Cor. XIV. \6. Elfe 
 vshen thou {halt blefs with the Spirit, how jliall he 
 
 that 
 
The/aunts Tbeo'ogtcus. ^oj 
 
 that ocCHpyctb the room of the unlearned fay Amen 
 at thy giving of thanks, feeing he underflandeth not 
 what thou fay eft. yivofjo. 
 
 ^. Whatelfc doth it fignify ? 
 A. Truly, verily, fo it is, 'A/xLJ tlyi tfjur. Matl 
 TVi. 21. Verily I fry unto you, there be fome J} and' 
 ing here, which frail not tafle of Death, till they fee 
 the Son of- Man coming in his Kingdom. 'AA«9«f, 
 Luke ix. 27. But I tell you of A truth there be 
 fome {landing here which frail not tafle of Death 
 till they fee the Kingdom of God, 'Ay.lw, 'Afxbjj, Joh. 
 lii. 3. Jefus anfwertd and faid unto him, Verily 
 verily, I fay unto thee^ except a Man be born again 
 he cannot fee the Kingdom of God. 
 
 'o 'A/x>V, of Chrift, Apoc. iii. 14. and unto the 
 Angel of the Church of the Laodiceans, write thefe 
 things faith the Amen, the faithful and true wit* 
 nefs, the beginning of the creation of God. Tl >*), 
 to the Gentiles. To«t'juW, to the Jews, 2 Cor. i. 20. 
 For all the promifes of God in him and Tea, and in 
 him Amen, unto the Glory of God by us. 
 .£. Where thus ufed? 
 
 A. At the end of the Gofpels and Creeds, as 
 here; and in the Commination, where it is not 
 cur fed is, but cur fed be, as Deuteronomy xxvii. from 
 v. 15. to the end. 
 
 X 2 Jo S H 
 
<* 
 
 gog Thef auras Theologies. 
 
 Josh. i. 8. 
 
 This Book of the Law /ball not depart out of 
 thy Mouthy but thou jbalt meditate there- 
 in both Day and Night, la n^nv 
 
 I 
 
 T is God's Will and command that we lhould 
 meditate on his Word. 
 Cerii xgiv. 63. Pfal A. 2. Phil. iiL 20. 
 
 I. What is Meditation ? 
 
 A folemn and afFe&ionate confideration of 
 
 what GOD hath recorded in the Holy 
 
 Scriptures. 
 
 Contemplation s acceffus duo font, units in intelletlu, 
 
 alter in affeclri; urnis in famine , alter in fervor e \ unut 
 
 in acejiiifitione, alter in devotione. Bernard. Medi* 
 
 tatio eft mentis dilatatio. Aug. 
 
 1. It is a confideration, &c. 
 
 2. Solemn. 
 
 3. Affectionate, Col iii. 1, 3. 
 
 II. What are thofe things in Scripture we' 
 ought to meditate upon. 
 
 1. The Properties of GOD. 
 1. His Goodnefs, Pfal. cxlv.7,8,0. Mau v, 
 
 45- 
 2.. Power, Pfal. exxxv. 6. Pfal. xxxiii. 9* 
 
 3. Juftice, Pfal. xi. 7. 
 
 4. Mercy, Jfa.xxx. 18. 
 
 5. Omniprefence and Omnifcience, Pfal, 
 
 exxxix. 
 
 6. Infinitenefs, Pfal. cxlvii. 5. 
 
 7. Eternity, 1 Tim. i. 17. Rev. i. 8. it* 
 
 2. The 
 
Thejaurus Theologicus. jocj 
 
 2. The works of GOD, Pfal. cxliit 5. Pfal t 
 viii. 3. 
 
 1. Creation, Gen. i. t- 
 
 1. Out of nothing. 
 
 2. By his Word, Pfal. i. 48. 5. 
 
 2. Providence, Mat. x. 29, 30. 
 
 3. Redemption. 
 
 3. The Son of GOD. 
 
 1. GOD fo loved the World, &c. Johniiu 
 
 \6. 
 
 2. There is no Name given, &c. Aft. iv. 12. 
 
 3. He is able to fave to the utmoft all thofe 
 
 that come unto God by him, Hek vii. 25. 
 
 4. He was wounded for our Tranfgreflions, 
 
 lfa. liii. 5. 
 %. He is at the Right Hand of GOD, 
 Col. ii\. 1. 
 
 4. The Law of G O D, Pfal. i. 2. 
 
 1. Our Duty to GOD, Mat. xxii. 36", 37. 
 • 2. To Man, A/*r. xxii. 390 
 
 5. The Threatnings. 
 
 1. Ecclef.xi. 9. 
 
 2. £«)!* xiii. 3. 
 
 3. /Vov, i. 24, 25, 2£. 
 
 4. £te«r. xxviii. 1 5. 
 
 5. Mai. ii. 2. 
 6". Promifes. 
 
 1. Afar. xxi. 22. 
 
 2. Jofli. i. j. Heb. xiii. 5. jf/4. xliii. 2. 
 
 3. Pp/.xci. 3,4,5, 11. 
 
 4. ?/*/. lxxxiv. 11. 
 
 5. ^r.xxxi.33, 34. 
 
 6. ji&s xvi. 31. 
 
 Assertions* 
 1. EccU i. 2. 
 
 X 5 1. *«'*• 
 
gio Thefaurus Theologicus. 
 
 1. EeveL'iu. 19. Heh* x\\. 5, 
 
 3. Rom, viii. 28. 
 
 4. 6W. iii. 22. 
 
 5. 2 C<?r. v. sti. 
 
 6. Heb. ix. 27. 
 
 7» I Cor, XV. 51, 52. 
 
 8. 2 C<?r. v. 1 o. 
 
 9. 2 77?^/. i. 9. 
 
 10. 1 Cor. ii, 9. 
 
 Laws. 
 
 i. TVY.ii. 11,12, 13. 
 
 2. Mat. xxii. 35, 37 3 38. 
 
 3. ^f<«f. xvi. 24. 
 
 4. 1 Cor, vi. 20. 
 
 Use I. Reproof. 
 
 1 . To fuch as never meditate,' Pfal. 2. a. 
 
 1. By reafon of lazinefs. 
 
 2. Or earthly-mindednefs, 1 Eph. ii. 1 5. 
 
 3. Self-conceitednefs. 
 
 4. Or grofs Ignorance. 
 
 5. Or fome unmortified Sin, Ifa. lix. 2. 
 
 2. That meditate but feldom. 
 
 3. That do not meditate aright. 
 1. Upon GOD. 
 
 1. With Fear and Reverence, Gen, 
 
 xx viii. 15, 17. 
 
 2. With Grief and Self- abhorrence, 
 
 Job. xlii. 5, tf. 
 
 3. With Defire, Pfal. texiii. 25. P/*/. 
 xlii. 1. . 
 
 4. Joy. 
 
 5. Love, £>w. vi. 5. 
 3. His Works. 
 
 1. With Admiration, Pfal. viii. 5. 
 
 2. Praife, P/i/; cvii. 8, is, 21, 31. 
 3. His Son. 1. With 
 
7 hefaftrus The alliens. 3 r 1 
 
 1. With Faith. 
 
 2. Love, Mat. $.37. 
 
 4. The Laws. 
 
 1. Confeffing their Juftice, Kom. vii. 12. 
 
 2. Dehre to obey them, /'/."//. fcjix. 5, 6, 
 
 5. Threatnings. 
 With tear. 
 
 6. Promifes. 
 With Faith. 
 
 7* Aflcrtions, believingly. 
 
 II. Exhortation. Praftife this Duty. 
 Conlider, 
 
 1. GOD commands it. 
 
 2. He knows whether we do it, Pfal.cxxxix. 
 
 2, 3. 
 
 3. Without it we can exertife no Grace. 
 
 1. Not Repentance. 
 
 2. Nor Faith in Chrift. 
 
 3. Nor Truft in GOD, Pfal. i\\ 10. 
 
 4. Nor Humility. 
 
 5. Nor Patience. 
 
 6. Nor Thankfulnefs, Job'i. 23, 2r. 
 
 7. Nor Heavenly-minded nefs, Col. iii. 1,2. 
 
 4. Without it we can perform no duty. 
 
 1. Not pray. 
 
 2. Nor hear. 
 
 3. Nor receive Sacraments. 
 
 4. Nor examine our felves. 
 
 5. Nor give Alms to the Poor. 
 
 5. Meditation will much deaden our Hearts 
 
 to the World. 
 
 6. Support us under all Afflictions. 
 
 7. Be a means to conquer our Corruptions. 
 
 8. It will fortifie us againlt Temptations. 
 
 $. Evidence our Intereft in Chrift, and Ti- 
 tle to Heaven. 
 
 X 4 10. It 
 
5 12 Thefaurut Theologicus. 
 
 10. It will give us the foretafts of Heaven 
 upon Earth. 
 
 Directions. 
 
 i. Read the Scriptures. 
 
 2. Frequent the Ordinances for the under- 
 
 ftanding of them. 
 
 3. life frequent Ejaculations. 
 
 4. Retire from the World. 
 
 5. Keep your Hearts clafe to one Sub- 
 
 |ed, 
 
 Josh. xxiv. 1 5. 
 
 But as for me and my Houfe we will ferve 
 the Lord, .m.T JIN "OJN 'JTSI OKI 
 
 I-TT7E ought to chufe the Lord Jehovah to 
 V V be the G O D we ferve. 
 
 1. All acknowledge fome GOD. 
 
 2. AH ferve the GOD they acknowledge. 
 
 1. By fearing. 
 
 2. Loving. 
 
 3. Praying to him. 
 
 4. Sacrificing to him. 
 
 %. Man by Nature knows neither, 
 
 1. The GOD he ought to ferve, Attsxvn.13, 
 
 2. Nor the fervice we ought to give him. 
 
 4. Hence moft err in Religion. 
 
 5. All err that do not ferve the Lord Jeho- 
 vah. Becaufe, 
 
 I. He made us. 
 3* Maintains us. 
 3. Purchafed us, 1 Cor. vi.20o 
 
 Use 
 
Thefaurm Theologies* 31 j 
 
 Use I. Reproof. 
 
 1 . To fuch as fcrve Satan. 
 
 2. The World. 
 
 3. Themfelves. 
 
 4. Their Sins and Lulls, fihnJbiu. Tit. Hi. 3. 
 
 Use II. Serve God. 
 
 Doctrine II. We fhould will and chufe 
 the Service of God before all other things. 
 
 1. What is it to ferve God ? 
 It implies our Employment, 
 
 1. Of Soul. 
 
 2. Of Body to his Glory. 
 1. Our Souls. 
 
 1. By admiring. 
 
 2. ■ Fearing. 
 
 3. ' Defiring. 
 
 4. Loving. 
 
 5. Trufting on him. 
 
 2. Our Bodies. 
 
 1. In praifing. 
 
 2. Acting for him. 
 
 2. How fhould we will this Service? 
 
 1. So as to prefer it. 
 
 2. Defire it. 
 
 3. Endeavour after it more than all things. 
 
 4. Continuing always in it to the utmoft of 
 
 our Power. 
 
 3. Why ihouldwe will the Service of GOD 
 
 fo? 
 j. It is our Duty. 
 2. Our Happinefs. 
 
 1. Our Pleafure. 
 
 2. —Safety. 
 
 3. ■ Honour. 
 
 4. —Profit. 
 
 5. —Satisfaction. 
 
 Use. 
 
214 Thefaurus Theologicus. 
 
 Use. Serve GOD above all things. 
 Doctrine III. We fhould endeavour that 
 our Families fhould alfo ferve GOD. 
 
 1. By giving them a good Example. 
 
 2. Good Inftru&ions. 
 
 Use. Look to your Families. Confider GOD 
 will call you to an account. 
 
 i Sam. ii. 30. 
 
 'And they that defpife me , {hall be lightly 
 efteemed. 
 
 THEY that defpife GOD are defpicable in 
 themfelves. 
 
 I. What is it to defpife GOD? 
 
 1. To extol any thing above him in our 
 
 Judgments. 
 1. To prefer any thing before him in our 
 
 Affe&ions. 
 
 II. How are they defpicable or contemptible ? 
 If you confider, 
 
 1 . What contemptible Names they are cal- 
 led by ? 
 t. Fools, Prov.xlv. 9. and xxviii. 20". Eccl. 
 v. 4. 
 
 2. Slaves. 
 
 i« To Sin, Xom. vi. 17. 2 Pet. ii. 19. 
 2. Satan, zTim. ii. 16. 
 
 3. Sons of Belial, 1 S^.ii. ii.Targ. K»y»tsn 
 
 IHDJI. Syr. j-^(j LUiia .aCW. 
 xiii. 7. qs. Vy »% abfqtsejifg^ rather 
 
 i>y* 
 
Thefaurm Tbeotogictu. 5 r sj 
 
 by"'??* tbfqtte militate, nihili, im- 
 tilis. 
 4. Children of the Devil, 1 John iii. 8. 
 John viii. 44. 
 
 2. What contemptible things they are com- 
 
 pared to. Reprobate Silver, Jer. vi. 30. 
 Smoke, Pfa. xxxvii. 20. Stubble, Pfa. 
 lxxxiii. 1 3. a barren Heath, Jer. xvii. 
 6. Dull, Pfa. i. 4. Dogs, Pfa. xxii. 16. 
 Hogs, Matth. vii. 6*. 
 
 3. What contemptible BufineiTes they are 
 
 employed about*, in Sin, the Devil's 
 Drudgery. 
 
 4. What contemptible Pleafures they are 
 
 delighted in : No other than the Plea- 
 fures of Scnfe, which the Beafts enjoy 
 as well as Man. 
 
 Nos aper audit tt pr ace Hit aranea taElu^ 
 Vidtur odor at h, lynx vifit, fimiagujin, 
 
 5. What contemptible things they are put 
 
 off with ^ the things of this World, Pf. 
 xvii. 14. 
 
 Use. 
 1. Examinat. It behoves us to try, and know 
 whether we be Defpifers of GOD or 
 no. They defpife GOD who 
 
 1. Defpife his Son, Liihx. 16. 
 
 2. His Word, J fa. v. 24. 
 
 1. His Commands, Lev. xxvi. \$.Amos 
 
 ii. 4. 2 Sam. xii. 9, 10. 
 
 2. His Promifes. 
 
 3. His Threatnings. 
 
 3. His Works, Jfa.v. 12. Pfa, xxviii. $. 
 
 4. His Ordinances. 
 
 5. His Minilters, Luke x. 16. 
 
 6". His 
 
gi6 Thefaurus Theologicus. 
 
 6. His Magiflrates, i Pet. ii. 10. Jud. 8. 
 
 7. His Mercies, ^«w. ii, 4. 
 
 8. His Judgments, Job. v. 17. Heh. xii, 5. 
 
 9. His Saints, 2 Tw». iii. 3. 
 
 10. His Favour. 
 
 11. His Spirit. 
 
 1 2. His Vicegerent, Confcience. 
 
 2 S am. xxiv. 14. 
 
 Let us fall now into the Hand of the 
 Lord. 
 
 THE Hand of the Lord is in a peculiar man- 
 ner feen in the Sicknefs. 
 Or, It is the Hand of the Lord, and the Sword 
 of the Lord, I Chron. xxi. 12. and Hand, Exod. 
 ix. 3- 
 
 I. Neg. Not as if it always came immediately 
 from God, for he ufeth fecundary. 
 
 1. Supernatural Caufes. 
 
 1. Good Angels, v. 15, 16. 2 Paral. xxxii. 
 
 21. 
 
 2. Bad, fob ii. 7, 8. 
 
 2. Natural. 
 
 II. Pof. But ftill it is in a peculiar manner from 
 
 God. Ecce digitus Dei. 
 As appears. 
 
 1. In the beginning from fuch various or no 
 
 Caufes. 
 
 2. The Poyfonous Qualities of all forts. 
 
 3. Its Contagion, one not another, (bme- 
 
 times rich fometimes poor. 
 
 4. Ef- 
 
Thefaurus Theologicus, 317 
 
 4. Effects it takes away fo many. 
 
 Athens, fefpafian iogoo. Indies. Enfeb. 
 
 5. Its Attendants* 
 
 2. Why does God fend it ? for Sin. 
 
 1. The Pride of Superiors, 2 Sam. 24. 
 
 2. lnjuftice and Oppreflion, as in Egypt* 
 
 3. Contempt of the Word, Eztk. v. 11, 12. 
 
 Use. What mull we do ? 
 1. Preservatives. 
 
 1. Common. 
 
 1. Repentance. 
 
 2. Faith. 
 
 3. A Refignation of our Wills to God's. 1 
 
 4. A ferious Confideration of the Mercy 
 
 in God in all Judgments. 
 
 5. Live above the Fear of Death. 
 
 2. Special. 
 
 1. In the Morning. 
 
 1. Prayer. 
 
 2. Reading the Word, Pf.xc'u Vf t 
 
 xxxi. 19. 
 
 3. Renewed A&sof Faith inChrilt 
 
 2. All Day- 
 
 1 . Trull in God's Promifes, Tf. xi. 
 
 Rom. viii. 
 
 2. Frequent Ejaculations. 
 2 Cure of infetted. 
 
 1 . Look up to the Author. 
 
 2. Acknowledge his Juftice, and thy Sins. 
 
 3. Lay hold on Chrifr, and the Promifes. 
 
 4. Think much on the Power and Mercy 
 
 of God. 
 
 5. Submit to bis Will and Pleafure. 
 
 6 Strengthen your felves with theThoughts 
 of the Stiog of Death taken out by 
 Chrift. 
 
 J- Rsc. 
 
318 Thefaurus Theologicus. 
 
 1 Reg. viii. 57, 38, 29. 
 
 Ver. 3 7. If there be in the land famine , if 
 there he peflilence, llafiing, mildew, locufts, 
 or if there be caterpillar : if their enemy be- 
 Jiege them in the land of their cities, whatfo- 
 ever plague, whatfoever ficknefs there be : 
 
 Ver. 58. What payer and application fo- 
 ever he made by any man, or by all thy people 
 lfraely which (ball know every man the plague 
 of his own heart, and fpread forth his hands 
 towards this houfe : 
 
 Ver. 39. Then hear thou in heaven thf 
 dwelling place, and forgive and do, and 
 give every man according to his ways, whofe 
 heart thou knoweft (for thou, even thou only 
 knowefi the hearts of all the children of 
 men, ) 
 
 H 
 
 ERE are, 
 
 1. Some thiags fuppofecL 
 2. Deflred. 
 i* Suppofed. 
 
 1 . That a Land may lie under great Judg- 
 
 ments from God •, and that, 2 Gfom 
 vii. 13. 
 
 1. In Mercy to fome of the Land. 
 
 2. In Anger againft others. 
 
 2. That at fuch a time the People pray,^. 38. 
 
 1. That 
 
Tbefjuru* Tbtologicus. 319 
 
 1. That God would fan&ify. 
 2* And then remove them. 
 3. That they that do thus pray, fir ft know 
 the Plague of their own Hearts. 
 Where confider, 
 
 I. What are we to underftand by the Plague of 
 our own Hearts? 
 
 Sin } which is like the Plague." 
 
 1 . In its Caufe. Sin, as the Plague, proceeds 
 
 from Corruption. 
 2- Its Infection, Gal. v. 9. 
 3* Its Prevalency: It is Epidemical. 
 4. Its power in turning other Diieafes into 
 it felf: So Sin makes all Actions Sin, 
 Prov. xv. 8. and xxi. 27. Ifa. lxvi* 3. 
 Trov. xxi. 4. 
 
 5. Its fad Effects. 
 
 1. The Plague diftempers the whole Bo- 
 dy, Sin the Soul, J fa, i. 5,0". 
 
 2. The Plague flies up into the Head, 
 and Sin makes mad, Jer. 1. 38. 
 
 3. The Plague ufually kills the Body, 
 and Sin the Soul. 
 
 6. Its manner of Prevention. 
 
 1. By Purges or Catharticks, P/.Ii. 27. 
 
 2. By Antidotes. 
 Antidotes againft Sin. 
 
 1. Prayer each Morning. 
 
 2. Carrying the Fear of GOD about 
 with us all Day, Proi-.xxiii. 17. and 
 xvi. 6. 
 
 ?• Its manner of Cure. 
 
 1. By Sweats ^ Sin by Repentance. 
 
 2. Cordials j Sin by Faith. 
 
 1 1. How ftiould we know this Plague of our 
 Hearts ? 1. So 
 
320 Thefaurm Theologicus. 
 
 «— — ~ ' *' ■*■—*■»—» -i 1 1 
 
 1. So as to be fenfible of it. 
 
 2. Acknowledge. 
 
 3. Be forry for it. 
 
 4. Make ufe of all means to prevent it. 
 
 1. Apply your felves to Chrift the Phy- 
 
 fician, Luke v. 31, 32. 
 
 2. life his Remedies, Faith and Repen- 
 
 tance. 
 
 1 Chron. xxviii. 9* 
 
 And thou Solomon my Son, know thou 
 the God of thy Father, and ferve him with 
 a perfeff heart, and with a willing wind t 
 for the Lord Jearcheth all hearts, and un- 
 der ft andeth all the imaginations of the thoughts : 
 // thou feek him, he will be found of thee, 
 but if thou forfake him, he will iafi thee off 
 for ever, 
 
 I.TTE that would ferve G O D uprightly, mufl 
 jtl firft endeavour to know him perfe&ly : 
 Or, a right Knowledge of GOD is neceflfary to 
 our Performance of right Service to him. 
 1 . What of G O D mould we know ? 
 
 1. His Exiftence, Heb.-x.u6. 
 
 2. His EiTence, Exod. iii. 14. 
 
 3. His Perfons, 1 John v. 7. Mat. xxviii. 
 
 19. the Father, Chrift, the Son, Re- 
 deemer, God-Man, the Holy Ghoit, 
 the San&ifien 
 
 4. His Attributes. 
 
 5. His Works, of Creation, of Providence. 
 
 6. His 
 
Tkefattrus Theologicas. 321 
 
 6. His Word wherein, 
 
 1. Fundamental Truths, 
 
 2. Divine Precepts. 
 
 3. Precious Promifes. 
 
 4. Dreadful Threatnings. 
 
 2. How fhould we know this God ? 
 
 1. Clearly. 
 
 2. Diftin&ly. 
 
 3. Practically. 
 
 4. Experimentally. 
 
 3. Why fhould we know him in order to our 
 
 ferving him ? Becaufe unlefs we know 
 liim, 
 
 1. We cannot ferve him. 
 
 2. We will not ferve him. 
 
 3. We mull not ferve him. 
 
 1. We would not ferve him if we 
 
 could. 
 
 2. We could not ferve him if we would, 
 
 Heb. xi. 6. 
 
 3. We ought not to ferve him though 
 
 weboth could and would, Prov» 
 xxi- 4, 27. and xv. 8. 
 
 Use I. Reproof. 
 
 1. Such as do not know him. 
 
 2. Such as do not defire to know him, Job 
 
 xxi. 14. 
 
 3. Such as do not only not defire to know 
 
 him, but defire not to know him. 
 
 4. Such as do pretend to defire, but do not 
 
 endeavour to know him. 
 
 II- Exhortation. 
 
 1. Labour to know him, and to frequent the 
 
 Means to know him. 
 
 2. Teach him your Children and Servants.' 
 Vol. I, Y 3. Ncv- 
 
322 Thefdurus Theologies. 
 
 3. Never give over learning to know him, 
 'till you can ferve him with a perfect 
 Heart and willing Mind. 
 
 II. 'Tis a Chriltian's Duty not only to know 
 GOD, but to ferve him with a perfect 
 
 Heart and willing Mind. Kt? ^ 
 
 1. What is here mean byferving him ? 
 
 1. Our doing his Work, what he com- 
 
 mands. 
 
 2. Oar therefore doing it becaufe he has 
 
 commanded it, Epb. vi. 5, 6. 
 
 2. What by fervtng him with a per feci: 
 
 Heart, Ecclcf.lx. 10. 
 
 1. Theutmoftof our ftrength. 
 
 2. The conftancy of our Endeavours al- 
 
 ways at his work. 
 
 3. The Integrity of our Intentions in his 
 
 Service. 
 
 3. What, by a willing Mind. 
 
 1. A defire of it, 2 Chron. xv. 15. Ifai. 
 ■ xxvi. 8. 
 
 2. A love to it, Dent. xi. 1 3, 22. 
 
 3. A delight in it, Pfd. cxix. \6. Pfal. 
 
 xl. 8. 
 
 4. Why fhould we ferve himfo? 
 1. Why ferve him? 
 
 1. Becaufe we are his Servants. 
 
 1. By Creation. 
 
 2. By Redemption, 1 Cor. vi. 2o, 
 
 3. By Covenant, Heb. viii. 10. 
 
 2. We feed daily upon him. 
 
 3* We only manage thofe Talents he 
 hath entrufkd us with , Lukt 
 xix. 13. 
 2. Why with a perfedt Heart and willing 
 Mind. 
 
 1. Be- 
 
Tbefattrus Tbeologicus. 32? 
 
 I. Becaufe he minds the Heart more 
 
 than the Aft. And, 
 3. He accounts all other Service as no 
 
 Service, Ifa. i. 1 1. and Ixvi. 3. Jer. 
 
 vi. 20. 
 3. As diflervice to him, Prov. xxviii. 9. 
 
 U s e I. Information. Hence I note, 
 
 1. The infinite Mercy of GOD in Chrift. 
 
 2. The great difficulty of Godlinefs and 
 
 Chriftianity. 
 
 3. The high Dignity of godly Chriftians. 
 
 IK Exhortation. Who will be GOD's 
 Servants ? Confider, 
 
 1. Who it is you (hould ferve. 
 
 2. What Service he expefts, even perfect, 
 
 free and true. 
 
 3. What Wages he proffers. 
 
 2 Paral. xxxv. 25. 
 And Jeremiah Umented for Jofiab, 3fc. 
 
 STated Feafls, Eajler, Pentecoft, Tabernacles, 
 the New Moon, Numb, xxviii. ir. The 
 firft Day of the Civil Year, or Tifri, Numb. zxix, 
 1. Lev. i. 23,24. The Feaft of Trumpets. 
 Fafts appointed by GOD himfelf, 
 Jejunium a deo injunftum^ Lev. ivi. 
 
 Y 2 By 
 
324 Thefaurus Theologian. 
 
 By Men, Zech.vm. 19. the 4th Month when 
 the City was broken up, Jer. xxxix. 2. and lii. 
 tf, 7« the 5th, when the City was overthrown, 
 2 Kings xxv. Jer. lii. 12. and the Temple burnt, 
 Zacb. vii. 3. the 7th, when Gedaliah was flain, 
 2 Kings xxv. 22. Zrfc&. vii. 5. Jer. xli. 1. the 
 10th or Teboth, when the City began to be be- 
 fieged, 2 Kings xxv. 1. 3^. lii. 4. 
 
 Befides thele publick, there are foaie private 
 Fafts twice a Week, Luke xviii. 12. Thurfdays 
 when Afyfo went up to Mount Sinai, and Mon- 
 days when he came down. This they pretend 
 was ordained by Ezra, or in his time. 
 
 The Faft of the 4th Month, Ecclefiaftical Ta- 
 muz,, about ouxjum^ on the 17th Day, becaufe 
 the daily Sacrifice ceafed on that Day; the 
 Law burnt, an Idol fet up in the Temple, and the 
 City broken up. 
 
 The Faft of the fifth Month, on the Ninth Day, 
 about our July, becaufe the Temple was this Day 
 burnt, wherefore they then read Job and the 
 Lamentations. 
 
 The Faft of the 7th Month Tifri, on the third 
 Day, about our September, becaufe Gedaliah was 
 then (lain, and his Death was thecaufeof many 
 evils. 
 
 The Faft of the tenth Month, on the tenth 
 Day of the Month, about our December, for the 
 City befieged. 
 
 Feftum Enccsnientm celebratum fait die 25 Cajleu 
 five Novembris oh templum & alt are tunc dedica- 
 tum, a Juda Macchabao, 1 Maccab. iv. 59. Joh. 
 X. 22. 
 
 Feflum Pptrim celebratur die 1 4 d" 15 menfis Adar^ 
 five Fibruarii nojiri, (jiioniam Judei per tot am Ajfueri 
 ditionem ejlis dub in a confer at ione Hamanis Ube„ 
 
 rati 
 
Thejaurus Thcolcgictts. 325 
 
 rati fnnt, & deinimicis fuis nlti : & luclm in gait- 
 ditim convcrfus eft. 
 
 Threni Jeremiah de Jo/ia, Lam. iv. 20. V(J). vide 
 2 Reg. xxii. 20. Eminent et Ecclefia Regr,iqne mifc- 
 rias tancjuam prxfentes deploy at, oh aedtm Jjfis, ttt 
 futur arum omnium cuLtmitatum primordmm. 
 
 One or more Falls in every Month obfei ved by 
 the J (vos, w the whole year 25. 
 
 For Afofes, Aaron, his Sons, Jjjlma, Eli and 
 his two Sons, and the Ark taken. Samuel, &:c. 
 
 They keep the Feafl; of Trumpets the fn ft day 
 of the Civil Year, or the month Tifri, to thank 
 God for hi? Mercies the Year pafr, and ufc Rams 
 Horns in memory of the Ram offered up inftead 
 
 of JpUC. 
 
 Jofiab 4104. Ez.rs. 42^0. 
 
 3 Ezra 
 
g 26 Thefaurus Theolcgicus. 
 
 Ezra ix. 13, 14. 
 
 Ver. 13. And after all that is come upon 
 us for our evil deeds, and, for oar great tref m 
 pafs, feeing that thou our God haft punifhed 
 us lefs than our iniquities dtferve, and haft 
 given us fuch deliverance as this : 
 
 Ver. 14. Should rve again break thy com- 
 mandments, and join in affinity with the peo- 
 ple of thefe abominations ? wouldjt thou not 
 be angry with us, till thou hadft confumed 
 us, fo that there fbould be no remnant nor 
 efcaping ? 
 
 IT T is for our Sins that Judgments are laid up- 
 J. on us. 
 
 1. What Judgments? The EfFeftsof God's 
 Wrath for Sin. 
 
 2. The Reafon. 
 
 1. God never puniflieth but juftly. 
 
 2. Juftice requires that Sin only moul4 
 
 be punifhed, J fa. lix. 2. 
 
 Use. 
 
 1. See the Fountain of all your Miferies. 
 
 2. Repent, which is your only Cure. 
 
 3. Hate Sin. 
 
 II. Our Punifhments are lefs than our iniqui- 
 ties deferve. 
 
 Con- 
 
Tbejaurus Thedlcgicus. ^ 2 j 
 
 Confidcring, 
 
 i. The Deformity of Sin. 
 
 i. It tranfgrclfes fo good a Law. 
 
 2. Defiles fo precious a Soul. 
 
 3. Difpleafes fo gracious a God. 
 
 2. The greatnefs of our Sins. 
 
 1. Againit Knowledge, John iii. 19. 
 
 2. Confciencc, Ads ii. 15. 
 
 3. -—-The Reproofs of the Word. 
 
 3. By comparing what we fufier, with what 
 
 we deferve. 
 
 1. We deferve univerfal, fufFer but partial. 
 
 2. We deferve fjpiritual, fuffer but bodily. 
 
 3. We deferve continued, fuller but 
 
 tranfient. 
 
 4. We deferve eternal, fuffer but temporal 
 
 Judgments. 
 
 Use. 
 
 1. Murmur not at what you fuffer, Lnm.'\\\. 
 
 39- \ 
 
 2. Admire God's Mercy that you fufier no 
 
 more. 
 
 3. Let this his Grace lead you to Repentance. 
 
 Job xiv. 14. 
 
 All the days of my appointed time mil I 
 wait till my change come. 
 
 OF all Mankind that ever lived in former 
 Ages there is now not one alive upon Earth. 
 And of all that are now alive,it is not long but 
 every one will be carry'd into another World, and 
 Y 4 that 
 
228 Thefeurus Theologicus. 
 
 — — ^— — — — ' ' c 
 
 that either a World of Happinefs or elfe of Mife- 
 r y, according to their Carriage and Deportment 
 here* • 
 
 1, Of Happinefs for the good. 
 
 2. Of Mifery for the bad, Mat. xxv. 46". 
 And nothing being more certain, than that all 
 
 Mankind when they go hence are immediately 
 conveyed into one of thofe Places, and by Confe- 
 quence that you and I (hall e'er long be either in 
 Heaven or Hell, as certainly as we are now here, it 
 muft needs behove us very much to be often think- 
 ing upon, and preparing for our Departure hence ; 
 and that not only when we have Spe&acles of 
 our Mortality lying plain before us, but all our 
 Lives long, as we fee here Job did, All the days 7 
 &c. 
 From which Words we may obferve, 
 
 I. The Time of our abode upon Earth is ap- 
 pointed by God himfelf, Job xiv. 5. and vii. 1. 
 Mat. x. 29. 
 
 II. Death is a Change, >r&hv\ N13 "iy So it 
 is called too, 1 Or. xv. 32. becaufeof the many 
 Changes it brings upon us. 
 
 1. We fnall then change our Place, going 
 from Earth either to Heaven or Hell, 
 Places of a quite different nature from 
 that we are now in. 
 
 1'. Our Company. Here we keep Compa- 
 pany only with Men } but there with 
 Angels, either bad or good. 
 
 1. They that go to Hell, fhall have no 
 
 other Society but that of the Devil 
 and his Fiends, Mat. xxv. 41. 
 
 2. They in Heaven {hall enjoy theblefTed 
 
 Company. 
 
Tbefaurus Theo!onicus» 329 
 
 1. Of glorified Saints and Angels, 
 
 Heb. xii. 23. 
 
 2. Of Chi i ft, John x*ii. 24. 
 
 3. Of God himfelf, 1 Cor. xiii. 12. 
 
 3. Our Employments. Here we are gene- 
 
 rally employed about nothing but the 
 Toies and Trifles of this lower World-, 
 but there, 
 
 1. Some will be employed in rcmembring 
 
 their former Sins, in beholding GOD 
 as angry with them, and in bewail- 
 ing their former Mifcarriages, and 
 Follies in provoking GOD and de- 
 itroying themfelves. 2. Others will 
 be employed in admiring, praifTng 
 and adoring the eternal GOD, the 
 chiefeft of all Goods, Rev. iv. 10. 
 and v. 1 1 , 1 2. and xi. 16, 17. 
 
 4. Our Opinions. 
 
 i. Concerning the World. 
 
 2. Concerning Sin. 
 
 3. Concerning GOD and Chrift, and the 
 
 ways of Holinefs and Religion. 
 5. Our Conditions. The Poor in Time may 
 be Rich to Eternity, and they Poor to 
 Eternity who were Rich in Time. 
 
 111. We are always to wait for the Time when 
 pur Change (hall come. 
 
 1. Patiently, Joblii. 20,21,22. So as not 
 
 to haften it our felves, but to wait God's 
 leafure till he mail fee good to call u>, 
 Job xiv. 15. 
 
 2. To be always looking for it, and expect- 
 
 ing our Summons to depart hence into 
 the other World, Amos vi. 3. James iv. 
 1 3. This is the Reafon that tho' GOD 
 
 hath 
 
330 Tbefaurus Theologicus. 
 
 hath determined our Days, yet he hath 
 not acquainted us when they will be ex- 
 pired, that fo we may be in daily Ex- 
 pectation of it, Mark xiii. 33,34, 36. 
 3. So as to prepare your felves for it, that 
 you may not be furprized, but may be 
 ready to go whenever you are called, 
 Luke xii. 40. 
 As confidering, 
 
 1 . As Death leaves you, Judgment will find 
 
 you, Heb. ix. 27. Eccl. xii. 7. 
 
 2. God will then judge you according to your 
 
 Anions here, either to Heaven or Hell, 
 
 2 Cur. V. 10. Mdtth. XXV. 34, 41. 
 
 To prepare your felves aright for your great 
 Change. 
 
 1. Repent of all your Sins \ unlefs you turn 
 
 from worfe to better while you live, be 
 fure you'll turn from bad to worfe when 
 you die, Luke xiii. 3. 
 Repent 
 
 1. Cordially, Joel u. 12, 13. 
 
 2. Univerfally. 
 
 3. Conflantly. 
 
 2. Believe in Jefus Chrift, Atts xvi, 3 1, trufling 
 only upon him for Pardon and Acceptance. 
 
 1. His Death. 
 
 2. -~ — Spirit. 
 
 3. -—Interceflion, ijohnili. 
 
 3. Walk in newnefs of Life. 
 Making 
 
 1. Religion your Bufinefs, AEh x. 38. 
 
 2. GOD's Glory your end in all you do, 
 
 1 Cor* x. 31. 
 
 Job 
 
Tbefaurus Thtohghtts* 37 1 
 
 Job xix. 2$. 
 
 For I know that wj Redeemer Iiveth, and 
 that he jhall (tand at the Utter day upon the 
 earth. Numb. xxiv. 17. 
 
 1. T Know, that is, certainly believe, iTim. I. 
 A 12. The Heathens had Knowledge of 
 GOD, Rom. i.21. Achxvil 23. and of Chrift, 
 Atls x. 
 
 2. That Redeemer. 7S1J. So //I*, lix. 20. S21 
 ht<M \VTT7' Rah. n'BJtDH m> Rn& iii. 1 2. pvi 
 
 >;>jn Sni: 'JQQ avip Sxj 
 
 1. Chrift became our near Kinfman by be- 
 
 coming Man, Heb. ii. \6. hence called 
 the fecond Man, 1 Cor. xv. 47. hence 
 our Brother, Heb. ii. 1 1 . 
 
 2. Hence the Right of our Redemption was 
 
 in him : From Sin and Mifery he re- 
 deemed us. 
 
 1. From Mifery, by undergoing it for us, 
 
 i John ii. 1,2. He being of our blood, 
 Eph. i. 7. 
 
 2. From Sin, by fubduing it in us, Atts 
 
 iii. 16. 
 
 3. My Redeemer. We mud believe he died 
 
 for us particularly, If a. liii. 5, 6. John 
 xx. 28. 
 
 4. Liveth, Johny'm. 58. Johni. j. 
 
 1. Really as God. 
 
 2. Effectually as Redeemer. 
 
 5. And that he mall ftand at the latter Day 
 
 upon the Earth. Intimating, 
 1. Either his firft coming, 1 John ii. 18. 
 
 2. Or 
 
' I - 
 
 2 22 Thefaurus Theologictts. 
 
 2. Or hisfecond, ABs\. \\. 
 6. And though after my skin, &c Quid 
 hac prophetic manifejlitu ? NhHhs tarn 
 Jsperte poft Chnfium quam i ft e ante Chrl- 
 Jtiim de rtfurrtiiione loquitur. Hierom. 
 fid Pammach. 
 
 i. We fhall all rife again, As appears, 
 
 1. From Scripture, i Cor. xv. 52. 
 
 2. Reaibn. 
 
 2. Appear before the Judgment Seat of 
 
 Chrilt, 2 Cor. v. 1 o. 
 
 3. Hence in our fiefh we fhall fee GOD* 
 
 Uses. 
 
 1. Oft think of Judgment. 
 
 2. Prepare your fdves for it 
 
 1. By Repentance. 
 
 2. By Falls. 
 
 3.^ By Good Works. 
 
 3. Live like thofe that muft fee GOD with 
 
 comfort. 
 
 Job 
 
Thejaartu Theologicus. ^33 
 
 Job xlii. 5, 6. 
 
 Ver. 5. / have beard of thee ly the hear* 
 ing of the ear : but now mine eye jeeth thee, 
 
 Ver. 6. Wherefore I abhor my felf y and 
 repent in dufi and afbes. 
 
 SUch as fee GOD fhould abhor themfclves, 
 and repent in dull and afhes. 
 
 I. What is it to fee GOD. 
 1. Neg. 
 
 j. Not with the Eye. 
 2. Not the infinite Nature of GOD. 
 1. Pos. 
 
 1. With the Eye of the Soul. 
 
 1. Of Knowledge. 
 
 2. Faith. 
 
 2. The Works of G O D and Effects of his 
 
 Attributes, Exod. xxxiii. 22, 23. 
 
 1. HisWifdom. 
 
 2. His Power. 
 
 3. His Juftice. 
 
 4. His Anger. 
 
 5. His Mercy. 
 
 II. How fhould we abhor our (elves, .DKBN 
 
 1 . So as to be afhamed of our felves. 
 
 2. So as to contemn and defpife our felves, 
 
 Ifai. vi. 5. 
 
 III. What for ? 
 
 r. Be- 
 
3$4 Thefaurm Theologicus. 
 
 i. Becaufe we are fuch polluted Creatures. 
 
 i. In our Underftandings. 
 
 2. In our Wills. 
 
 3. Affections. 
 
 1. Becaufe we have led fuch polluted lives, 
 Job xv. 14, 15, 16". 
 
 IV. How mould we Repent, .19^1 ISKp 
 
 1. So as to be convinced of, 
 
 2. Humbled for, 
 
 3. Refolved againft, 
 
 4. Converted from, our Sins. 
 
 Use. Repent. 
 
 1. No People have feen more of GOD. 
 
 2. No People have finned more againft 
 
 him. 
 
 3. No People have been oftener called up- 
 
 on to repent. 
 
 Job xlii. 5, 6. 
 
 I have heard of thee by the hearing of the 
 ear : &C. 
 
 THE' right Knowledge of GOD is a fove- 
 reign Antidote againft the wilful commiffi- 
 on of Sin. 
 
 I. What is a right Knowledge of GOD? 
 
 1. Diftinft, not confufed, ^/mi.23; 
 
 2. Scriptural, not mere Natural, zTim. iii.17.' 
 
 3. Experimental, not Hi(torical 5 1 Sam. 
 
 vii. 35, 37. 
 
 4. Praai- 
 
Thefaurus Theologicus. \}± 
 
 4. Pradical, not Notional, Rom. 1 11. 
 
 5. Aftual, not Habitual. 
 
 II. What is wilful commiflion of Sin ? It im- 
 plies, 
 
 1. The Confent of the Will to it. 
 
 2. The Delight of the Soul in it. 
 
 Ill What is it to be a Sovereign Antidote ? 
 
 1. It expels the Thoughts of it from the 
 
 2. It keeps the Atts of it from the Lite. 
 
 IV. How is the Knowledge fuch an Antidote ? 
 1. In General. 
 
 1. The Knowledge, Neb. IV. 14. r\d. 
 cxxxix. 
 
 2. The Righteoufnefs, P/i/.xcvi. 13. 
 
 3. The Love of G O D is an Antidote 
 
 againft all Sin. 
 2. In particular. 
 1. The fins of our Judgments are cured 
 
 by the Knowledge of G O D who is 
 
 Truth, Df/^.xxxii. 4. 
 ^ Of our wills by GOD who is 
 
 Goodnefs, Mat.xxx. 17. 
 3. Our Affeftions efpecially defire, 
 
 1. Of Pleafures, Voluptuoufnefs. 
 
 2. Of Honours, Ambition, 
 
 3. Of Riches, Covetoufnefs. 
 
 Use. 
 
 1. Inf. How few know GOD? 
 
 2. Convidion. They that know GOD will, 
 
 1. Love him. 
 
 2. Fear him, Proi; xxiii. 17. 
 
 3. Admire him. 
 
 4. Trult on him, Pfal.ix. 10. 
 
 5. Re- 
 
336 Thefaurus Tbeologicus. 
 
 5. Rejoyce in him. 
 
 6. Be obedient to him. 
 
 3. Exhort. To labour to know GOD. 
 1. Motives. 
 
 1. 'Tis the Foundation of all Religion, 2 Vet. 
 
 iii. 1 8* I fai. xi. 9. Rom. x. 2. 
 
 2. The ground of all Comfort. 
 
 3. It will bring Heaven to a Man now, 
 
 John xvii. 3. 
 
 4. That will bring' a Man to Heaven here* 
 
 after. 
 i. Hindrances. 
 i- The natural blindnefsof our minds, 1 Cor, 
 ii. 1 4. 
 
 2. Perverfenefs of our wills, Jobxxl 14. 
 
 3. Conceit of our felves. 
 
 4. The cares of the World, Markiv. 19, 
 
 £££* viii. 14. 
 
 5. The love of Pleafures. 
 
 6. The deceitfulnefs of fm, darling fins. 
 3. Mea ns. 
 
 1. Prayer, James i. 5. 
 
 2. Meditation. 
 
 3. Studying the Scriptures, John v. 39. 
 
 4. Frequenting the Ordinances, &>/». x. x 7' 
 
 PsAL, 
 
Thefaurus Theologicus. 227 
 
 Ps a l. ii. 10, ir. 
 
 Ver. 10. Be wife now therefore, ye 
 Kjngs, be injlruffed, ye judges of the earth. 
 
 Ver. 11. Serve the Lord with fear, and 
 rejoice with trembling, ( or reverence. ) 
 
 J 
 
 Ohn v. 22, 23. and xii. 44, 45. and xv. 23. 
 
 I. What is it properly to ferve the Lord. 
 In General. 
 
 Ex. xx. 5. Mat. iv. 10. Col. iii. 24. 
 
 To promote his Glory, Prov. xvi. 4. 
 
 The Glory of his Wifdom, Power and Good- 
 
 nefs, in the Creation and Government of 
 
 the World. 
 The Glory of his Grace and Truth in the 
 
 Redemption of Mankind, John i. 17. 
 
 Shewing, that we believe all that he hath 
 
 faid, and are as certain of it, as what we 
 
 daily fee. 
 
 o 
 
 II. How are DO^Q to ferve the Lord ? 
 
 1. In their private Capacities. 
 
 2. As they are concerned in making Laws. 
 
 1. ni!T is the Supreme Law-giver over 
 
 the World ^ his Word is the Law, 
 Pfal. xcvii. I, 5. Pfal.l. 12. Detit.x. 
 14. lfa. xxxiii. 22. Jac. iv. 1 2. 
 
 2. He hath given Laws to all things that 
 
 are } by his Word, Pfal. cxlviii. 6. 
 
 Vol. I. Z 3. He 
 
3 $8 Thefaurus Theelogkus. 
 
 iii i - ii ■ — —— — — « 
 
 3. He hath given Laws to all Mankind, 
 
 particularly in his Word} fuch as'are 
 fuitable to their Nature, and mofl 
 conducive to his Hononr. 
 
 Thefe werefirft written on Mens Hearts. 
 
 Thefe were publifhed by himfelf. 
 
 Explained by his Spirit in the Prophets. 
 
 Recorded in the Holy Scriptures. 
 
 4. He hath given Liberty and Power to 
 
 every particular Nation, as well as 
 Church, to make by-Laws for the 
 better Government of its felf. 
 He himfelf made fuch for his own Peo- 
 ple. But they were only local and 
 temporary. 
 
 5. Thefe, if repugnant to the common 
 
 Laws of the World made by GOD, 
 are null, otherwife obligatory, Luke 
 xii. 14. 
 Bad Laws, though made to a good end, 
 can never do good. 
 Thefe things premifed, that they who are con- 
 futed or concerned in making Laws, may ferve 
 G O D in it, they muft, 
 
 1. Make that their chief end, and accordingly 
 
 aim at. 
 
 2. Advife fuch Laws as may beft keep up the 
 
 Knowledge and Service of GOD in the 
 Land, and to promote his Honour. 
 
 3. For that purpofe they muft take fpecial care 
 
 that the Laws be agreeable, or at leaft not 
 
 repugnant, to the Laws of GOD. 
 Hereby they own his Authority, and are fure 
 
 to do nothing to his Di(honour. 
 For this purpofe the Convocation is of great 
 
 ufe^ and the Bifhops in the Houfe of 
 
 Lords, Mai. ii. 7. 
 
 4. That 
 
Thtfaurus Tkologicus. 339 
 
 4. That they may ferve GOD in it, they muft 
 enforce his Laws with Civil Sanctions, as 
 the Church doth it wifli Ecclcfiaftical 7 
 this makes a National Church. 
 
 What a glorious Kingdom wouljd tjiis be, if 
 all the Laws were obferved ? Efpecially 
 fuch as concern Religion. 
 
 Rom. xvi. 17, 18. 
 
 III. How are the JHK >B5p who execute the 
 Laws, to ferve G O D as fuch ? 
 
 1. By keeping his Lawsthemfelves, and fo 
 
 fetting others an example how to do it. 
 
 2. By puniihing thofe that break them, Rom. 
 
 xiii. 3,4. 1 Sam. iii. 13. 
 
 3. By encouraging thofe that keep them, 
 iinyi And now, becaufe he is fo mighty, 
 
 v. 8, 9. Therefore it is the Wifdom of 
 •rery Kingdom to ferve the Lord, and 
 kifs the Son, Jer. xiii. 7, 8, 9, 10. 
 1 Sam. ii. 30. Jihn xii. 26. 
 fide Vol. 2. Serm. 12. of this Author. 
 
 Ps A l. vii. 11. 
 God is angry with the wicked tvttj day. 
 
 W 
 
 Hat is it for G C D to be angry ? 
 1 . Neg. 'Tis not any Paffion. 
 2. Pof. It denotes, 
 
 1. Hispurpofe to punifh fin, folm iii. 36"". 
 Rom. i. 19. 
 
 2. His thrcatning Punilhments, Hof. xi. 9. 
 
 3. The Punifhmcmfs the effect of his An- 
 
 ger, Rom. ii. <j. Eph. v. 6. 
 
 2 2 II. Who 
 
34© Thefaurus Theelogicus. 
 
 II. Who are thefe wicked? 
 i. Wicked A&ions. 
 
 2. Wicked Perfons, wicked in Life and 
 Hearts. 
 
 III. Why is God angry at the wicked ? Becaufe 
 Wickednefs is againft 
 
 i. His Nature. 
 
 2. His Law. 
 
 IV. How is he angry with them every day ? 
 i. He is angry with them at all times. 
 2.— -In all Places. 
 
 3. •— — - For all A&ions^ as done, 
 i. From a wrong Principle. 
 
 2. In a wrong manner. 
 i. Inobedientially. 
 
 2. Imprudently. 
 
 3. Unbelievingly. 
 
 4. Partially. 
 
 3, To a wrong end, 
 
 USE I. Inf. 
 
 1. 5 Tis lawful to be angry, Eph. iv. 16. 
 
 2. Sin is to be the only Objeft of Anger, 
 
 3. Many honourable Perfons are miferable. 
 
 4. The wicked are the molt miferable. 
 
 Use II. Terrour to the wicked, PfAxxvi. 7. 
 and xc. 7. For, 
 
 1. They have nothing but in Anger, and 
 
 fo cur fed. 
 
 2. They do nothing but difpleafe God, and 
 
 encreafe their Mifery, Ifai* i. 12. and 
 Ixvi. 2. 
 
 3. They live in a continual Hell here. 
 
 4. They are in continual Danger of Hel) 
 
 hereafter, Markix.^. 
 
 Usb 
 
Thef aunts Theologicus. 34 1 
 
 Use III. Examine whether we be wicked. 
 Signs. 
 
 1. Ignorance, Sam.i.$. 
 
 2. Impenitency. 
 
 3. Conftant Delight in Sin. 
 
 4. Infenfiblenefs of our own Imperfections.' 
 
 5. Unbelief, John iv. 5. 
 
 Use IV. Exhortation. 
 
 1. Envy not the wicked's Profperity, Prov. 
 
 xxiii, 11. 
 
 2. Tremble under God's Anger, Jfa. xxxiii. 
 
 14. 
 
 3. Labour to be righteous. 
 
 1. By imputed, 
 
 2. By inherent Righteoufnefs. 
 
 1. By Self- Examination, Lam. Hi, 4.0. 
 
 2. By Prayer, Jac. i. 5. 
 
 3. By hearing, Rom. x. 17. 
 
 4. Labour after an Ailiirance that you are fo 9 
 
 2 Pet. i. 10. 
 
 Psa l. x;. 4. 
 
 The wicked through the pride of his coun- 
 tenance will not feek after God : God is not 
 in all his thoughts. 
 
 I 
 
 Doctrine L 
 
 T is a Sin not to feek God. 
 
 1. What is it to feek him? 
 ?. To defire him, PfalAxx\\u7% 
 
 2-3 2. To 
 
242 Thefaurus Theologicus. 
 
 1. To make ufe of all means to attain him, 
 as praying, reading, hearing, receiving 
 the Sacrament. 
 1. What muft we feek in God ? 
 
 1. His Glory, 1 Cor.x. 31. 
 
 2. His Favour, P/*/.cxix. 58. P/*/. xxx. 5. 
 1 To pardon us. 
 
 2. To accept us, Pfa!.x\x. 14. 
 
 3. His Spirit. 
 
 1. To fan&ify, 
 
 2. To comfort us, John xvi, 7. Pfal. xciv. 1 9. 
 
 4. His Prefence. 
 
 1 . To protect us,/p. xli- 1 o. and xliii. 1,2. 
 1. To direct us. 
 
 3. How muft we feek him ? 
 
 1. With our whole Heart, 1 Chron. xxii. iq. 
 
 2. Early, Jfa.lv. 6. Hof.v. 1%. 
 
 3. In the nrll place, Mat. vi. 33. 
 
 4. Conftantly, 1 Chrov. xvi. 11. 
 
 4. How doth it appear to be a Sin not to feek 
 
 him ? 
 i» God commands us to feek him, /y*. lv. 5. 
 1 CVo;*, xvi. 1 1 . 
 
 2. He complains of it, Ifa. ix. 13. 
 
 3. It is from Pride that we do not. 
 
 4. It is an undervaluing God. 
 
 5. How may we know whether we be guilty 
 of it. 
 
 All are guilty 
 
 1. That deiire not God, Jab xxi. 14. 
 
 2. That deiire any thing more than God. 
 
 3. That do not makeule of all means to find 
 
 God. . ■ , . 
 
 4. That feek for any thing more than God. 
 
 Doctrine II. It is a Sin not to have God 
 in our Thoughts. 
 
 1. What 
 
Tbefaurus Theologictts. 34 j 
 
 1. What is it to have God ia our Thoughts ? 
 It implies, 
 
 1. Our habitual knowing him. 
 
 2. Our actual meditating upon him, PfaL 
 
 lxiii. 6. 
 •I, What is it in God we ought to think of? 
 
 1. His Properties, as, 
 
 1. His Omniprefence, T[*l. exxxix. 
 
 2. His Wifdom and Knowledge, Eph. iii. 
 
 10. Heb. iv. 13. 
 
 3. His Power, Matth. xix. 26. 
 
 4. His Truth, PfaL lxxxvi. 1 5. 
 
 5. His Goodncfs, Pf.cxix. 68. Luke xviii. 
 
 19. 
 6". His Mercy, Pf. lxxxvi. 1 5. 
 
 7. His Juftice, Exod. xxxiv. 6. 
 
 8. HisFulnefsand All-fufficiency. 
 p. His Eternity, Rev. i. 8. 
 
 10. His Glory tranfeendent, ExoJ. xv- 1 1. 
 
 2. His Word, Pf. i. 2. and cxix. 148. 
 
 1. The Commands, Pf.cxix. 15, 78. 
 
 2. The Prohibitions, 1 }Ww ii. 15. 
 
 3. The Threatnings, //*. i. u, 12, i<. 
 
 /yrixviii. 18. 
 
 4. The Promifes. 
 
 5. The Examples, David, Peter, especially 
 
 Chrift, Mat. xi. 29. ^?;l 38. 
 
 6. The Divine Truths and AfTertions,ZW. 
 
 xii. 26. Mat.xvi.26. EIeb.X.31. 
 
 3. His Works, P/".lxxvii. 13. Pf. cxliii 5. 
 
 1. Creation, PAviii. 3,4. andcxxxixi4. 
 
 2. Providence. 
 
 3. Redemption. 
 
 4. Judgment. 
 
 Promifes to them that feek the Lord. 
 
 1. To want no good thing, Pf xxxiv. ic. 
 
 2. To live, Amos v. 6. 
 
 24 3. To 
 
544 Thefaurus Theologicus. 
 
 3. To turn every thing to good, Rom. viii. 
 
 28. 
 
 4. To pardon our Sins for his own fake, Ifa. 
 
 xliii. 25. 
 
 5. To fave us through Chrift, John'tii. 16. 
 
 Mat. xi. 28. j4tts xv i. 31. 
 
 3. How mull we think of God ? 
 
 1. With Fear and Reverence. 
 
 2. With Love and AfTe&ion. 
 
 3. With Joy and Delight, Pf, civ. 34. and 
 
 cxxxix. 17. 
 
 4. With Defire and Longing. 
 
 5. Conftantly, Pf. xvi. 8. Pf. cxix. 97. 
 
 4. How appears it to be a Sin not to think of 
 
 God? 
 
 1. It is God's Command, Jojli' i. 8- Tim. iv. 
 
 2. God fets it here as a Mark of a wicked 
 
 Man,that God is not in all his Thoughts. 
 3- God punifheth it, Pf. ix. 17. 
 4. It is the occalion of moft other Sins. 
 
 5. How may we know whether we think a? 
 
 right of him. 
 
 1. By our Fear of him. 
 
 2. By our trufting on him. 
 
 3. By our Obedience to him. 
 €. Motives. 
 
 1. You can think of other things ? 
 
 2. God thinks upon you. 
 
 3. It is our Privilege as well as Duty, 
 
 , 4. It is a great Sin not to think of bim, 
 
 Psal. 
 
Thejaurus Theologies. 24$" 
 
 P S A L. XVi. 9. 
 
 My Flejb a/Jo /ball rcji in hope. 
 
 THefe Words were primarily intended of 
 Chrift's Refurrection, Acis ii. 25, 30, 31. 
 But they may very well be applyed alfo to the 
 Rcfurre&ion of every true Chriftian } for his 
 Flefh alfo fhall reft in hope. 
 
 1. What ground have we to hope for the Re- 
 
 furre&ion of our Flefn in general ? 
 
 2. What ground hath a true Chriftian to hope 
 
 for a joyful Refurrection ? Becaufe he will 
 be fure to rife incorruptible, 1 Cor. xv. 52. 
 
 3. What mult we do that we may be able to 
 
 fay when we die 3 That our Flefh fhall reft 
 in hope, viz.. of fo joyful a Refurredtion ? 
 
 1. Repent, Luke xiii. 3. 
 
 2. Believe in Chrift. 
 
 1. For the Pardon of thofe Sins you have 
 
 repented of, Eph. i. 5. 
 
 2. For Grace to forfake Sin for the future, 
 
 and to obey God, John xv. 5. Phil. 
 iv. 13. 
 
 3. For God's Acceptance of what you do, 
 
 I Pet. ii. 5. 
 
 4. To fave and bring you to Heaven, Heb. 
 
 vii. 25. Attsiv. 12. 
 
 Psalm 
 
 
346 Thefaurus Theologicus. 
 
 Psalm xviii. 25. 
 
 7 was alfo upright before him y 1 kept my 
 [elf from Iniquity, 
 
 Doctrine I. 
 
 WE mould all endeavour to be upright before 
 God. Heb. .cran 
 
 1. Wherein doth our Uprightnefs confift ? 
 
 1. In the Integrity of our Profefllon, 2 Tim, 
 
 iii. 5. and ii. 19. Ez.ek. xxxiii. 1. 
 
 2. The Sincerity of our Intentions, intend* 
 
 rag in all things (incerely. 
 
 1. To pleafe, 1 Tbef.iv. 1. 
 
 2, To glorify God, 1 Cor. x. 31. 
 
 3. The Regularity of our Affections. 
 
 1 . Love, Cant. i. 4. 
 
 2. Hope, Pf. lxiv. 10. 
 
 3. Fear, .ir^rra D'W >nnm Chald. 
 
 Prov. xiv. 2. 
 
 4. Joy, Pf. xxxii. n. 
 
 5. Defire, Pf.xYu.u and lxxiii. 25. 
 
 4. The Equity of civil Actions. 
 
 5. The Piety of our whole Life and Con\*er- 
 
 fation. 
 Motives. 
 
 1. Herein confifteth our Likenefs to GOD, 
 
 P/~xxv. 8. andxcii. 15. 
 
 2. It's pleafing to GOD, Provlxl 20. 
 
 3. Not only their Perfons, but Performances, 
 
 are acceptable to him, Prov. xv. 8. 
 
 4. Confider the Promifes made by G O D to 
 
 the upright. 
 1 , To blefs them, Pf. cxii< *. 
 
 2. To 
 
Thtfaurus Thto'o^icus* 347 
 
 2. To give them good things, Proz/.xxviii. 
 
 10. 
 
 3. To vvith-hold no good from them, Pf. 
 
 lxxxiv. 1 1 . and xxxiv. 9, 10. 
 
 4. He will (hew them his Salvation, Pf. 
 
 1. 23- 
 
 5. To dwell in his Prefence, Pf. c*l. 13. 
 
 II. We fhould alfo endeavour to keep our felves 
 from our Iniquity. 
 
 1. What are we to underftand by our Iniqui- 
 
 ties, or how may any fin be termed ours ? 
 t.GOD made Man upright, Ecclef vii. 29. 
 
 2. Man made himfelf a Sinner. 
 
 3. Hence he is naturally inclined to Sin in 
 
 general, more than to Holinefs, Ecclef. 
 viii. 1 1 . 
 
 4. But there is fome Sin that every one of us 
 
 is more particularly inclined to than 
 others, Hch. xii. 1 . ariling either from, 
 
 1. Our Complexion. 
 
 2. Calling. 
 
 3. Condition. 
 
 4. Or Cultom. 
 
 5. This Sin that we are thus particularly in- 
 
 clined to, we may well call our Sin. 
 
 2. How may we know it? 
 
 1. That Sin which thy Thoughts run moft 
 
 upon, that's thy Sin, as Ahab^ 1 Reg. 
 xxi. 14. 
 
 2. That Sin which thou intended principal- 
 
 ly, and endeavoureft moft after. 
 
 3. That Sin which GOD hath plagued thee 
 
 for, and yet thou wilt not refrain from. 
 Thus Ambition was Pharoah's Sin. 
 '4. That Sin which thou haft oft prayed and 
 refolved againft, and yet art overtaken 
 with. 5. That 
 
348 Thefaurus Theologicus. 
 
 5. That fm which thou dofl not love mould 
 
 be preached againft. 
 
 6. That fin that hinders thee moft in holy 
 
 Duties, is 4hy fin. 
 
 7. That fin which we are leaft fenfible of, 
 
 is often the fin we are moft inclined 
 to. 
 
 HI. Use. Not to allow any one fin thus to 
 tiave Dominion over us. 
 
 How canlt thou fay thou art gracious fo long 
 as fm is allowed ? 
 
 1 . This thy fin, if allowed in thee, is incon- 
 
 fiftent with true Grace. 
 
 1. In that, Sin and Grace are diredly con- 
 
 trary to one another, 2 Cor. vi. 14. 
 Mat. vi. 24. 
 
 2. In that, true Grace always fpreads it 
 
 felf over the whole Man, 1 Thejf. 
 v. 23. 
 
 2. How canlhthou fay G O D is thy Mailer, 
 
 fo long as thou fufTereft fin to reign o- 
 ver thee? 
 
 3. This thy fin will be thy ruin, Rom. vi. 23. 
 
 IV. Mean s. 
 
 1. Labour to find it out. 
 
 2. Confefs it to GOD, Tfal.M. 
 
 3. Pray againft it, Pfal. xix. 12, 13. iCoyI 
 
 xii. 8, 9. 
 
 4. Avoid the occafions of it. 
 
 5. Supprefs the firft Thoughts and Tempta- 
 
 tions to it. 
 
 6. Apply the Promifes for the fubduing it, 
 
 Jer. XXXi. 33. 
 
 7. Think frequently upon the account thou 
 
 muft e'er long give for it. 
 
 8. At- 
 
Tbejaurm Theologicus. 349 
 
 8. Attend conftantly upon GOD's Word, 
 Pfal. cxix. 133. 
 
 Psal. xxvii. r. 
 
 The Lord is my ligbt> and my falvation, 
 whom /ball I fear ? the Lord is the Jlrength 
 of my life, of whom /ball I be afraid > 
 
 Explanation, 
 HE Lord. 
 
 T 
 
 1. His Name. There are three Names of 
 
 GOD, D'DVx, '•JIN and nw which is 
 the efientitl Name of the chiefeft good, 
 who being the Being of all Beings, is 
 called PITH' the Beings CD'H^N is tran- 
 flated GOD, >J1N the Lord in fraall 
 Letters, HUT the Lord in Capital or 
 great Letters. 
 
 2. His Nature, which is belt known by the 
 
 Names himfdf hath given himfelf. 
 
 1. 'JIN from THN Balis, becaufe he is 
 
 the Bafis and Foundation of all 
 things, without whom the whole Uni- 
 verfe would fall down into nothing, 
 
 jthn and rvnx T^N rvnN 
 
 2. ."nm IT The Being of all Beings, not 
 
 only the Bafis, but the very Being of 
 them, without whom not! ing can be, 
 which therefore implies nim to be 
 the abfolute Perfection of all things, 
 
 and 
 
3<>o Tbefaurus Theologicus. 
 
 and that not only in the concrete, 
 but the abftrafr. And fo is the glory 
 of all Perfe&ions. 
 3. QftS 'N en 1 ?** from D*Z« to be Wor- 
 shipped. The other Names fpeak what 
 he is in himfelf, this what he is or 
 ought to be to us, even a G O D 
 worshipped by us. And this is the 
 only Name that is attributed to GOD 
 in the Plural Number, to fhew that 
 GOD is to be worlhipped not only 
 in the Unity of his EfTence, but like- 
 wife in the Trinity of his Perfons. 
 
 II. My Light, that which makes me to fee, 
 and that whereby I fee, tlluminatio & lux me a & 
 lumen^ lux in himfelf, lumen to us. 
 
 III. My Salvation, in the Syriah MjjJb^O-S 
 
 myRedemption,in the Arab. ^^f^^ my Sa- 
 viour ^ but to tranflate it as the ChaU. Syr. and 
 our Tranfiation have it, my Salvation, is more 
 agreeable both to the Original World W! and 
 the fcope of the place ^ for G O D is not ftri&ly 
 our Saviour as miT but sW3paw©-; as sW^*-©* 
 our Saviour, as HID' our Salvation it fell 7 . Indeed 
 I have fometimes thought that the Word y&?> 
 here fhould more properly have been tranflated 
 Safety than Salvation, as it commonly fignifies - 7 
 becaufe Salvation properly denotes an A ft, and 
 therefore not a fit Attribute of a Subftance ^ 
 but fince confidering it more ferioufly in my 
 Mind, I find that therefore becaufe it is an 
 Ad, it is the more competible to GOD, who 
 is attus fwijftmus } who is not oniy our Light, 
 but our Illumination, not only our Tower, but 
 
 our 
 
The) 'a ur u* Theologies. 351 
 
 our Protection, not only onr Guide, but our Di- 
 rection, and fo not only our Safeguard, but our 
 Salvation. 
 
 IV. The Strength of my Life, Vn tfya CY.^e- 
 &<s™&i Proteftor^ the Arab. tranflate9 it *2/<p(:j 
 the Defender of my Life. But ?iyD denotes not 
 the Protector or Defender, but the Protection, 
 Defence and Strength of our Life- And fo GOD 
 is not only be that gives Strength unto our Life, 
 but himfelf is the Strength of our Life. 
 
 V. Whom (hall I fear, and 6f whom ftiall I be 
 afraid, NTN 'SB and "IHSS »QB the latter denotes 
 more than the former, a Fear accompanied with 
 Grief, Commotion and Affliction of Spirit, Syr. 
 
 commotus fnm. 
 
 Obf. 1. The Lord Jehovah is a Saint's Light, 
 Salvation, and the Strength of his Life. 
 
 2. The confideration thereof (hould keep 
 out all fear and trouble from our Spi- 
 rits. 
 
 1. The Lord Jehovah is a Saint's Light, 
 
 Mic. vii. 8. John \- 9, &c» 
 1. A Saint's Light, compared to Light. 
 
 1. Becaufe without Light we cannot 
 
 fee to do any bufinefs, John xv. 
 
 4, 5- 
 
 2. Without Light we cannot fee to 
 
 go any whither. 
 
 3. We cannot enjoy comfort in any 
 
 thing, Pfal.iv.6. 
 
 2. Our Salvation, as the chiefeft good, he 
 
 is our Salvation. 
 
 1. From the Evil of Sin. 
 
 2. From the Evil of Punifhment. 
 
 3. The Strength, of oar Life. 1. Original. 
 
 2. Sup- 
 
352 Thefaurus Tbeologicm. 
 
 2. Support. 3. Comfort of, 
 
 1. Our natural Life. 
 
 2. Our Spiritual Life, from Temptati- 
 
 ons, Corruptions. 
 
 3. Our Eternal Life. 
 
 Obf. 2. The confideration of GOD's being 
 thus our Light, our Salvation, and the 
 Strength of our Life, mould keep us from 
 being too forrowful for any thing that 
 hath, and too fearful of any thing that 
 may, happen in the World. 
 1. From being too forrowful, becaufe 
 whatfbever hath happened, ftill GOD 
 is the fame to us that he was before, 
 and fo we have loft nothing though 
 we have loft all things. 
 1. From being too fearful. 
 
 1. Do we fear goingaftray from GOD? 
 
 GOD himfelf is our Light. 
 
 2. The evil of Sin ? GOD is our 
 Salvation. 
 
 3. Of PuniOiment? ftill GOD is 
 
 our Salvation, who will fave us 
 from the evil of the Punifhment ^ 
 he both will and C3n fave us. 
 
 4. — — Death ? He is the Strength of 
 
 our Life Natural. 
 
 5. < Corruptions ? He is the Strength 
 
 of our Life Spiritual. 
 
 6. Hell? He is the Strength of our 
 
 Life Eternal. 
 
 UseI. Make him thy Light, Salvation, and 
 the Strength of thy Life. Then, 
 
 2. Be humbled under all the manifeftations 
 of this thy Father's and thy GOD's 
 Difpleafure, 
 
 3. Ea- 
 
Thefaurus Theologicus. ^5J 
 
 Endeavour to find out the true Caufe of 
 it : What eminent fin hath gone before : 
 What fecret fin ftill remains ; Or what 
 Duty it is GOD points m that thou 
 (houldft do. 
 
 Yet all this while ftill refolve to let go 
 neither thy hold of GOD, nor thy joy 
 in him. But, 
 
 Still live like one that hath GOD to be 
 his Light, &c. 
 
 1. By placing thy AfFe&ions on him. 
 
 2. By giving up thy felf unto him. 
 
 Psal. xxxvi. I. 
 
 The tranfgreffion of the wicked faith with' 
 in my heart, that there is no fear of God 
 before his eyes. 
 
 I 
 
 T is a great fin not to fear GOD. 
 
 I. What is it to fear GOD? fear in Scripture, 
 
 1. Is taken for the Objed feared, Gen. xxxi. 
 
 42. pn& n»*? yrmi and by him whom 
 Ifaac feared, v. 5 3. WDN TV 1 ) ynTO 
 pm» Targ. Onkel. t«7«s> ilv 9ifc % r$r 
 q'oGw &* th ^X* fl*6*«W. Theodoret. 
 
 2. The Law of GOD. 
 
 3. For the whole Duty of Man, Ecclef. xii. 
 
 13- Jobi. 8. fo always in Syriac, as for 
 
 ivnCady I Tim. ii. 2. i%r]if fiUtf**' «f 
 
 Vol. I. A a Par- 
 
3 <J4 Thefaur&s Theologies. 
 
 4. Particularly for the AfFe&ion or Paffion 
 of fear placed upon G O D as its only 
 
 Object 
 
 II. What is it in GOD We mould fear? 
 
 1. His (jreatnefs and Glory, Gen. xxviii* 
 
 itf, 17. 
 
 2. His Juflice and Equity. 
 
 3. His Goodnefs and Mercy. 
 
 4. Wifdom and Knowledge. 
 
 5. Power and Omnipotence. 
 
 6. His Anger. 
 
 7. His Life and Eternity. 
 
 III. How mould we fear him ? « n$ <po£& 
 
 dfctUv ofr x} o&jriecovj Bajil. 
 1. Neg. 
 
 1. Not fo as to run from him, E'xod. xx. 
 
 18, 19. Gen. iii. 8, 10. u4poc. vi. 16. 
 
 2. Not only Punilhment, Jam.ii. 19. 
 
 Whether is it a fin to fear GOD for 
 his Punifhments? 
 
 1. It is a fin to fear only Puniihment. 
 
 2. To fear the Punifhment fo as to look 
 
 principally for miiery. 
 
 3. To fear Punifhment in the fecond place y 
 
 and therefore only becaufe it will fe- 
 parateus from the Prefence and Love 
 of GOD, is commendable, efpecialty 
 th.it it makes us walk more circum- 
 fpedtlv before him, Heb. xii. 28, 29-. 
 Mar. X. 28, 29. 
 2« Pofitively, we are to fear GOD. 
 
 1. So as to fear nothing in companion with 
 
 him, $jat,X. 28. 
 
 2. 60 as not willingly to do anything that 
 
 may difpleafe him,Pr*v.viii< 13.cxvi.6~. 
 
Thtfaurus Theologicus. 355- 
 
 All ud eft timer e quia peccaveris ? alikd 
 timere ne pecces. Ambrof . F(h timor ne 
 patiaris pxnam eft alius timor ne amit- 
 tu< jkfcitiaai, Aug. xj t«t£ to <?'£<? ***' 
 
 JJj'ou&Q- , oiovii %aKtvq> mi iytixfixj* & 
 4-vyiiv !M * "^eji ™ qavka Zfa%[x,aii 
 Bafil. 
 
 3. So as Hill to love him, Deut.x. 12. it is 
 
 true perfetf: love cafteth out a flavifll 
 tear, 1 Jdm i. 1 8. Hie de timore quo iteo 
 quo timet animci ne damnetar. Hie (Da- 
 vid, Pfal. xix. 9.) de timore quo timet 
 anima tie deferatur^ Aug. 
 
 4. So as ftill to hope, Pfal. til. 3. Pfal.xm. 
 
 1 9. Pfal. CXV. II. 
 
 5. To delight in his Commandments, Pfal. 
 
 cxii. 1. 
 
 6. Conftandy, Prov.xxiii.17. Deut. xiv. 23. 
 
 IV. How does it appear to be a great Sin ? 
 
 1. It is a Sin, Prfiv.jxim 17. Deut. vi. 13. 
 
 Levit. xxv. 17. and xix. 14. EccUfxih 
 t 3. Mat. x, 28. 
 
 2. That it is a great Sin. 
 
 1. Becaufe it is fo highly diflionourable to 
 
 GOD, Rev. xiv. 7 
 
 2. Becaufe it occafions other (ins, Prov.xvi.6. 
 
 AljlOvA, <f 7W<ty7W AVAHfatnAf •" uw <ft- 
 
 cft«fa< t- wbk]* 'apofuvJA frv-mnv-, Theo- 
 doret. 
 
 V. Who are guilty of this Sin? 
 
 1. Generally all that live in any known 
 
 Sin. 
 
 2. Particularly. 
 
 1 Such as nerer think of GOD. 
 
 A a 2 1. Suca 
 
3<;6 Thefaurus Theologicus. 
 
 2. Such as take his Name in vain, Dent. 
 
 xxviii. 58. 
 
 3. Such as do not chufe the gfeateft fuf- 
 
 fering before the leaft fin. 
 
 4. Such as endeavour to pleafe others or 
 
 themfelves more than GOD. 
 
 5. Such as do not endeavour to be recon- 
 
 ciled to him. 
 
 6. Such as hate not fecret as Well as open 
 
 fins. 
 
 VI. Motives. 
 
 1. He is the all-glorious Jehovah. 
 
 2. Our King, Pfal.xdx.i. Jer. x. 7. 
 
 3. Our Maker, Mai. i. 6. 
 
 4. Our Preferver and Governor, Ifa. xxv. 
 
 1,2,3. 
 %. We lie at his Mercy. 
 
 6. The lefs we fear him, the more caufe we 
 
 have to fear him. 
 
 7. Fear him, and ye need fear nothing 
 
 elfe. 
 
 8. Unlefs you fear him in Time you muft fear 
 
 him to Eternity, Revel, vi. 15, 16. 
 0. The Fear of the Lord is the beginning 
 of Wifdom, Pfal. cxi. 10. Job xxviii. 
 28. 
 
 10. GOD himfelf fets much by them that 
 
 fear him 
 1. So as to reveal his fecrets to them, Pfal 
 
 xxv. 14. 
 a. Dwells with them, lfa. lxvi. 2. 
 
 3. He hath laid up great goodnels for 
 
 them, Pfal. xxxi. 19. 
 
 4. He pittieth them, Pfal. ciii. 13, 17. 
 
 5. He delighteth in them, Pfal. cxlvii. 11. 
 
 1 1. Confider the Promifes made to them. 
 
 1. They 
 
Thefaurus Tbeohgicus. 357 
 
 1. They fhall want no good thing, Pfat. 
 
 xxxiv. 9. 10. 
 
 2. It fhall (till be well with them, Ecclef. 
 
 viii. 12. 
 
 3. Fulfil their defire, Pfal.cxlv.ip. 
 
 4. GOD will remember them when he 
 
 makes up his Jevyel*, Mai. Hi. 16, 1 7, 
 they are his .TOO 
 12. They therefore areblefied that fear him, 
 Prov. xxviii. 14. PJal. exit. 1. Pfat. 
 exxviii. 1. 
 
 Psal. xxxix. 7, 8. 
 
 Ver. 7. And now, Lord, what wait I 
 for ? my hope is in thee. 
 
 Ver. 8. Deliver me from all my tranfgref- 
 pons, make me not the reproach of the foolijb. 
 
 HEre are two things in the former part of this 
 Pfalm neceflfary to our preparations for ano- 
 ther World. 
 
 1. Stedfaft Refolutions to watch over all our 
 
 ways, efpecially the Tongue, v. 1. which 
 he performed, v. 2. which occafioned, 
 
 2. Pious meditations upon, 
 
 1. The fhortnefs of this Life, r. 4 , 5. no 
 
 2. The Vanity, v.5,0". 3M oy^D ban to t\$ 
 
 3. The uncertainty, v. 6. 
 
 from whence he infers, Aid now Lnd, &c. 
 tye fhall confider the words, 
 
 A * 3 I. In 
 
358 Thefaurus Theologicus. 
 
 I. In genera], as uttered by David in the Per- 
 fon of any good and pious Man. 
 
 I. And now : Seeing this life is fo Short, (6 
 vain, fo uncertain, what do I wait for 
 in it? 
 
 For Riches ? Vrov. xxiii. 5. and xii- 20. 
 For Honours? 
 For Pleafnres ? 
 For long Life? 7*w.iv. 14. 
 2. I fee there is nothing in this World worth 
 hoping for ? wherefore I'll look above 
 it^ my hope is in GOD, Pfal.\x\i.^^6, 
 
 1. What Grounds have we to hope in 
 
 GOD? 
 His Promifes, Tfal. cxix. 147, 170. HtK 
 X\\\. 5, 6. Kom.iv. 20. Confirmed to us 
 in Chi ift, 2 Cor. i. 20. Eph. iii.6. 
 
 2. What may we hope in him for? 
 
 I. In general, for every thing that can make 
 us good, Ez^eh. xxxvi, 20", 27. or do us 
 good, Rem, viii. 2S. for his Wifdom to 
 direct UF, e 
 2- In particular, for Pardon and Deliverance 
 from all our TrarifgrefTions. What is ne- 
 cefTary in order to our hoping in GO D 
 ics- the Pardon of our fins? 
 I. That we repent of them, //*. lv. 7. Eaeh 
 
 x viii. 30. Z-^xiii. 3. 
 1. That we believe in Chrift, Mark i. 15. 
 Jtts xvi. 31. Eph. i. 7. 1 John ii. 1,2. 
 
 • II. We {hall confider, and fo apply the words 
 as fpoken by a dying Perfort •, and David feems* 
 to have apprehended his Death near when he faid' 
 them, v. 13, When you come to lie upon your 
 Death-bed, you will then. 
 
 1. Ex- 
 
The [aunts T/j.o/gicts. 359 
 
 1. Experience the vanity of tljs World, for 
 
 nothing can then help you. 
 
 2. Be fenliblc of ;ill your TraufgreUIons Job 
 
 xiii. 6. and xx. 1 1. 
 
 3. You cannot exped or hope they fhould be 
 
 pardoned, except you repent of them. 
 
 4. Upon your Repentance you may and ought 
 
 to hope in GOD that he for Chrift's fake 
 will pardon and deliver you from all your 
 Tranfgrefiions. 
 For which purpofe you muff: then lift up 
 your Hearts to Chrift, and truft on him, 
 as your only Saviour : Lord Jclhs receive 
 my Spirit. And then he Bill do it. 
 
 Psal. Ji. 4. 
 
 AgAwft thee^ thee only have 1 finned, 
 And dene this evil in thy fight : that thou 
 mightefi he jufiified when thou fpeakeft 7 
 and le clear when thou judgeft. 
 
 I 
 
 T is our Duty to confefs our fins to G O D, 
 1. What Sin ? 
 
 1. Original, PfalAl 5. 
 J i. As imputed to us. 
 *S 2. As inherent in us. 
 
 2. Actual. 
 
 1. Our fecret as well as open fin?. 
 
 2. The inward Enormities of our Souls, 
 as well as the outward Tranfgrefiions 
 of our Life. 
 
 A a 4 1, The 
 
360 Tbefaurus Theologicus. 
 
 1. The Sins of our Underftandings and • 
 
 Judgments. 
 
 2. Thoughts. MUDS ^A-VWM/s : 
 
 3. Wills. I g v ™^ ,, . ' . 
 
 4. AfFedions, J dtfJrtM#*Av"* kt " n ' 
 
 3. Our fins againft: the Gofpcl as well as 
 
 Law. 
 
 4. Our fins of Omiflion as well as of Com- 
 
 miflion, Mat. xxv« 41 , 42. 
 
 5. The Aggravations of our fins, as well as 
 * the fins themfelves 3 Heb.i 7. Eur* lx.6. 
 
 1. As committed againft: Mercies. 
 
 2.- Knowledge, John in. 19. 
 
 3.- Our own Refolutions and Vows. 
 
 4.' —The checks of our Confciences. 
 
 V The Motions of GOD's Spirit. 
 
 6. The frequent Reproofs of his 
 
 Word. 
 
 7. Often committed. - . - UeJkp'iU- 
 
 8. Delighted in, Prov. i. 22. J 
 
 II. How (hould we confefs thefe fiqs? Our 
 confeffion fhould be, 
 
 1. Made to GOD himfelf. Againft thee. 
 
 2. Cordial. sc&ff*cHorv ly yrfWoi-ks. 
 
 3. Penitent. Conlntion^r grl^V-^pfUn ■ 
 
 4. Particular; [This evilJOrtU Con/ef''off . 
 
 5. Joined with Prayer, Pfal. li. ^Jrttyv+y 
 
 1. For their Pardon,?^/, li. z. /w? •*;#" It 
 
 2. Purging, PfalAlio.X^/^^^ 
 
 6. Believing, ^.y^c^A**- f- 30 - 
 
 7. Conftant. ^ OlmeLWct^C/mrc/i Orditt<v**** 
 
 Use. 
 Confefs your fins. 
 Confider, 1 John i. 9. 
 
 1. He will forgive therr^ and fo, 
 1. Our Puniihments will be takeq off! 
 
 2. GOD 
 
Thefaurut Theologies* 361 
 
 2. GOD reconciled. 
 
 3. Our Perfons accepted. 
 2. He will cleanfe us. So as, 
 
 1 . We (ball have Power againft them. 
 
 2. And fo be fanttified. 
 
 Psal. li. 5. 
 
 1 
 BehoUy I wasjbapen in iniquity^ and in 
 
 fin did my mother conceive me. 
 
 >&li ooarv Ntarm >abSn pya P "V Eft 
 nota attentionis, admirationis 3c cautionis. 
 
 I Was formed in fin, I was a Sinner fo foon as a 
 Creature, fo foon as my Soul was united to 
 my Body, fin was imputed to my Soul, and in fin 
 did my Mother conceive me, 'jnorv warmed, 
 nourilhed me, from the firft moment of my Con- 
 ception, even all the while that 1 was in my Mq? 
 ther's Womb, even then did fin cleave unto me, 
 as I was conceived in it : Even David himfelf, 
 though never fo holy in himfelf, yet a finner by 
 his Birth. 
 
 Doctrine. 
 
 All that are born of Men by natural Genera- 
 tion, are born in Sin and original Con uption. I 
 fay all that are born by natural Generation, that 
 fo we may except our Saviour, who was born by 
 Supernatural Conception. 
 
 When I fay all Men are born in Sin, I mean 
 not only the imputation of fin to them, but like- 
 wife the inhsefion ? of fin in them. For original 
 fio comprehends both under it , fo that all Men 
 
 are 
 
**• 
 
 362 Thtj auras Tbeologictts. 
 
 are both guilty of it, and alfo defiled with it. 
 Both which may he deduced from thefe words : 
 I was formed with fin inherent in me, and I was 
 conceived with fin imputed to me,and more clear- 
 ly, Rom. v. where all are faid to have finned in 
 \Adam^v. 12. and all to be made finne.s by him, 
 v.19 and it is neceflary for us to know this two- 
 told original Sin, that fo we may look after that 
 two-fold Righteoufnefs which we have in Chrift 
 a'nfwerahle thereunto, Jollification, and Sun&ifi- 
 catibn; the imputation of Chuffs Righteoufnefs 
 in juftification, taking away the imputation of 
 Father Adam's &Q to us, and the iurpid/iu>ion of 
 Shrift's Righteoufnefs in Santifk uion, taking 
 away the implantation - { \a tm'i fin in us. 1 fhali 
 therefore briefly and diftinctly open unto you the 
 Doct;" ; :-\t of Original Sin, as it implies both fome- 
 thing imputed to us, and likewifc foojething in- 
 herent in us. 
 
 I. For the imputation of Adam's fin to us. For 
 the underftauding of $is .confider, 
 
 1. That Adam was not only the firfl, but the 
 
 Head of all Men •, as he was at firft all 
 Men that we e ;n the World formally, 
 fo 1 .e was all Men that ever fhould be in 
 the World reprefenfatively } fo that GOD 
 looked upon Adam as up^n on? in whom 
 all the' Generations that ever fhould live 
 upon Earth were reprefented \ and fo all 
 Men that ever fhould be, were preient 
 unto GOD in that one Man that then 
 was. 
 
 2. Hence it is that what Alam did may juftly 
 
 be reputed as done by all his Pofterity* 
 If he had ftood, all his Pofterity fhould 
 have flood, and if he fell, all his Pofteri- 
 ty 
 
T hef aunts Tbeohgicus. 365 
 
 ty cannot but HI ■ ." oof G ds were 
 embarked in I ■> lilUtewere 
 
 put into his Hands oy the Wifdom and 
 Goodncfs of the great GOD. 
 3. Hence it comes to pafs, that Aiiari finning 
 againft GOD, we nil (ioiHtd with 1 im, 
 and in him, l'othat the lin that be did is 
 as really imputed to us, as if it had been 
 committed by us j which is plain h om the 
 comparifon that the Apoitle makes be- 
 twixt the Difobedicncei'*" the fir/!-, and the 
 Obedience ot the fee , Rot? . v. ip. 
 
 To tkat this fin is ours, not by Imitation, 
 but by Propagation. 
 
 II. The inhefion of this fin in us: Confider, 
 
 1. Man was made upright, Ecclef. vii. ult. 
 
 after the Image of GOD, Gen. \. 26. in 
 that he had Reafon and Undcrftanding, 
 Holinefs, Col. iii. ic. Epb.lv. 24. he had 
 power to preferve his Affections right, 
 which were at the beck and command of 
 the Soul. 
 
 2. This uprightnefs and integrity wherein Man 
 
 was fir ft created is now loft, the whole 
 Soul and Body corrupted, the whole har- 
 mony of Man diflblared ; fo that we are 
 not only deprived of Grace, but defiled 
 With fin ; the Image of GOD is not only 
 raced out, but the Image of the* Devil is 
 engraven upon our Souls ; all Men, and 
 all of Men, being now quite out of order. 
 1. Our Souls with all their Faculties. 
 
 1. Miner*, with Ignorance, Rom. iii. Dark- 
 nefs, Eph. v. 1 8. Incapable of Holy 
 things, 1 Cor. 2. 14. It's fubjedl to the 
 Senfitive Part. 
 
 2. Con- 
 
364 Thefaurus'Theologieus. 
 
 2. ponfcience, Tit. i. 15. with blindnefs 
 
 and ftupidity, not making particular 
 applications, in not acculing, norex- 
 cufing aright. 
 
 3. Memory, fenfitivc, intelle&ive, John 
 
 xiv. 26. 
 
 4. Will in its Intentions, Elections, Sub- 
 
 ordination to the Underftanding. 
 
 5. Aflfe&ions, Col. iii. 2. Tyranny over 
 
 the Mind. 
 
 6. Imagination, Gen. vi. 5. 
 
 %.' The Body, 1 Cor. vii. 1. Heh. x. 22. 
 
 III. Hence it clearly appears that we have (in 
 cleaving to us, and inherent in us \ for elfe how 
 comes the Soul to be fo much out of order, that 
 the whole Man, and the whole of Man, mould 
 be fo polluted and depraved ? 
 
 Use. 
 
 1. Lamentation, Exod. xii. 30. Oh wretch- 
 
 ed, &c. 
 
 2. Condemn thy feif for every fin thou feefl 
 
 committed by another \ Hodie tibi y eras 
 
 mihi. 
 
 3. Labour after an interefl in Chrift to 
 
 purge thee from it. 
 
 4. Endeavour" to fubdue it. 
 
 Psalm 
 
I 
 
 Thefaurtu Theologicus. j6$ 
 
 P s a l. liii. 4. 
 They have not called upon God. 
 
 T is a fin not to call upon GOD. 
 
 I. What is it to call upon GOD? n&<rJLtf 
 fcfrr eavwf &yx&Zv %*£$ r ivtnCot in s*or yvouivn 
 fS&aJLjg %b? Ava.Ca.ctty Bajtl. Nk <o?)t %*ot « eunrmt 
 
 t*J st<3 SiAKtytjau, Cbryf. Three things requi> ta to 
 it. 
 
 1. A drawing near to him. 
 
 2. A fpeaking to him, Ao^©- ns^^twn and 
 
 4rJ><t8eJ©-. 1 Sam. i. 1 2, 1 3. 
 
 3. A praying of him. 
 
 It. How fliould we call upon GOD? 
 i. Reverently, confidering, 
 
 1. GOD's Holinefs and Greatnefs. 
 
 2. Our own fin and weaknefs, Gen. xviii. 
 
 2. Underftandingly, 1 Cor. xiv. 1 5. 
 
 1. Of what we ask. 
 
 2. Of whom we ask it. 
 
 3. Submiffively. 
 
 4. Believingly, Mark xi. 24. Jam. i. 6, 
 
 5. Sincerely, Jam. iv, 3. 
 
 6. Conftantly, Eph.\[. 18. 1 T/jr/". v. 17. Lukt 
 
 xviii. 1. «cjf t» JW ^7o7« ao<r<£x&u £ 
 
 1 . So as to be always in a praying frame. 
 
 2. So as to take all occafions of pouring forth 
 
 our Souls in Prayer to GOD. 
 
 3. So 
 
166 Thefaurus Theologicus. 
 
 3. So as to let no Day flip without Prayer. 
 For, 
 
 1. We are commanded to ferve GOD 
 
 all the days of our Life, Luke i. 75. 
 
 2. We are commanded to ask Bread eve- 
 
 ry Day, Mat . vi. 7. 1 1 . t aflov yi(mSv # 
 
 3. We every Day ftand in need of Mercy 
 
 which we ought to pray for. 
 
 4. This has been the cuftom of GOD's 
 
 People in all Ages, Pfal. lv. 17. 
 Dan. vi. 10. Alls x. 9. Atts ill* 1. 
 Pfal. cxix. 1 o>. 
 
 III. How appears it to be a fin not to call up- 
 on GOD. 
 
 1. He hath commanded it, Ifa. lv. 6. 1 Tim, 
 ii. 8. 
 
 2« Becaufe praying is one of the principal parts 
 of Worfhip we owe to GOD, whereby 
 we acknowledge our dependancc upon 
 him. Si invocare domini nomen & adorarc 
 
 deum nnum & idem eft. Orig. 
 
 ■ - ■ ■ 
 
 IV. Who are guilty of this fin ? 
 
 1. All that pray to any one elfe but GOD, 
 
 H&c ab alio orare ?iori y off am quam a quo me 
 fuo confeqautaram^ Tertul. 
 
 2. AI! that neglect 'either Publick, Family, or 
 
 private Prayers. 
 1 3. All that Pray, but not aright. 
 Use I. Reproof. 
 
 2, Exhortation , call on G O D 3 pray to him* 
 1. Dire&ions. 
 1. Before Prayer. 
 
 1. Con- 
 
Thefaarm Theologicus. 367 
 
 1. Confider whom thou art going to. 
 
 2. What thou, ftandeft in need or to be 
 
 prayed tor- 
 
 3. Renew th.y Refolutions 3gainft fin, 
 
 PfalAxvl. I 8. 
 
 4. Forgive whatfocver thou haft agaiuft 
 
 any Perfon, Mm. vi. 14, 1 5. 1 Tim. 
 ii. 8. 
 2. In Prayer. 
 t. Acknowledge thy fins againftGOD, 
 before thou askefl Mercies from 
 him, Ezr* ix. 6. Neb. i. 7. Dan. 
 ix. 4, 5. 
 
 2. Ask Spiritual before Temporal Mer- 
 
 cies, as in the Lord's Prayer. 
 
 3. Let thy Thoughts go along with 
 
 thy Tongue. 
 
 4. Remember others as well as thy felf 
 
 in Prayer, iTim.'u. 1. Eph.v'i. iS. 
 Jam. v. \6. Mat. v. 44. 
 
 5. Blefs GOD for what thou haft, as 
 
 well as ask of him what thou 
 wanted, Phil. iv. 6. 
 
 6. Ask nothing but in the Name of 
 
 Chrift, Eph. iii. 12. John xvi. 23. 
 Qiri rtlle tnvoiat tUiirn per filmm m- 
 vocat, & qui prope accedit per Chri- 
 finm accede , Greg* Thaumat, -m^v 
 
 <mtn 3ta J>ct r cfa imv\av dfyi?,*>v i 
 
 7. Ask in Faith, J*m.i.6. 1 Tim. ii. 8 
 
 Mark xi. 24. 
 
 8. If thou wouldft be fare to make a 
 
 right Prayer, amongfc thy others 
 ufc that which Chrift him felt made 
 and appointed, Lnkt xi. 2. 
 
 3. After 
 
3 68 T he f turns Theologies. 
 
 3. After Prayer. 
 
 1. Confider how thou haft prayed. 
 
 2. What thou haft asked. 
 
 3.. Expect a gracious anfwer, Vfal. v. 3^ 
 Motives. 
 
 1. By Prayer thou draweft nigh to GOD, 
 
 and enjoyeft Communion with him. 
 
 2. If thou call upon him, he will draw nigh 
 
 to thee, Tfal. cxlv. 1 8. 
 
 3. Gallon him and he'll deliver you, Pfal.L 
 
 4. Thou haft a promife that he'll hear thee, 
 
 job xxii. 27. PfaL lxv. 2. 1 John v. 
 14, 15. 
 
 PSAL. lvi. 3. 
 
 What time I am afraid, I will trufi in 
 thee. 
 
 W 
 
 Henfoever we are afraid of any evil, wc 
 are ftill to put our truft upon GOD. 
 
 I. What is it to put our truft in G O D ? 
 
 1. To keep your Hearts from defponding or 
 
 finking down under any fears. 
 
 2. To comfort our felves in GOD. 
 
 3. To exped^deliverance from him. 
 
 II. Wha^is there in GOD we ought to put 
 our truft in ? 
 
 1. In his Promifes, TfaL cxix. 42. Jfa xliii. 1. 
 Jcr. xxxiii. 3. 
 
 2. His 
 
Thefaurus Theologicus. 369 
 
 i. His Properties, Pfal. xxxiii. 21. 
 
 1. His Power. 
 
 2. Wifdom. 
 
 3. Juftice. 
 
 4. Mercy, Pfal. Hi. 8. 
 
 5. All-fufficiency. 
 
 III. Why fhould we in all our fears put our 
 truft in GOD. 
 
 1. Becaufe there is none elfe that can fecureus 
 
 from our fears, Prov. xi. 28. Whereas, 
 
 2. There are no fears but GOD can fecure us 
 
 from them, either by removing the thing 
 feared, or by fubduing the fear of the 
 thing, $ob xi. \6. 
 
 Use. 
 
 Exhort. In all your fears Hill trull in GOD. 
 
 1. Are thy fears Spiritual? 
 
 1. Defertions of GOD? Pfal ix- iS. 
 
 Lam. iii. 31. Ifa.\W> 8. 
 
 2. Temptations from Satan? Rom xvi, 
 
 20. 
 
 3. Tranfgreflions committed by thee ? If a. 
 
 xliii. 25. 
 
 4. Corruptions remaining in thee, Mic. 
 
 vii. 19. Exek. xxxvi. 27. 
 
 2. —Temporal? 
 
 1. Poverty ? I fa. xiii. ^. If a, xliii. 20. 
 
 2. Difgrace ? I Sam. ii. 30. 
 
 3* Enemies? Dent, xxviii. 7. Pfal. xvii.\ 3. 
 Ifa.xM. 11. 
 
 4. Lofs of Friends? 
 
 5. Sicknefs? Jer. xxx. 17. 
 
 6. Death? Pfal. xxiii. .-. fab xiii. 15, 
 Motives. 
 
 1. This is the bef way to allay thy fears, 
 Pfal. exxv. 1,2. 
 Vol, I, 6h < 2. Tis 
 
370 The [ Mr us Theologicus. 
 
 2. 'Tis part of the Honour and Worfhipthou 
 
 oweft to GOD. 
 
 3. It is one end of GOD's bringing thee 
 
 often into fears. 
 
 4. To truft in G O D for deliverance is the 
 
 beft way to obtain deliverance from 
 GOD, PfaL xxxvii. 40. Pfal. cxxv. 
 i, 2. 
 Therefore is this Grace fo often promifed, 
 Pfal.xl 3. 
 
 Avu. Sfalt Save. fJ.OKD thy Cod jk all lity Me<Lt>W*fl fy 
 Soid :¥tky Mtihhwr ajs tliy. Self , ^ ^k u J/'&w & 
 
 J 5 Psalm Ivii. 1. 7 
 
 Be merciful unto we y God, he mer- 
 cifitl unto we, for my foul trufieth in thee : 
 yea, in the fbadotp of thy wings will I make 
 my refuge, until theft calamities be over/aft. 
 
 I-TN times of Calamity we mull beg for Mer- 
 X cy. 
 
 1. To prevent,^ 
 
 2. To preferve us in particular. 
 
 3. To fupport us under it. 
 
 4. To blefs and fan&ifie it to us. 
 
 5. To deliver us from it. 
 
 II. We are alfo to truft on him alone, Pfah 
 xx. 7. 
 
 I. What are we to truft in him for ? 
 1 . This Life, 1 Tim. iv. 8. 
 2* That to come* 
 
 2. What 
 
Thefaurus Theologicus. 3 ^ r 
 
 2. What is requir'd to our trufting in GOD 
 
 aright ? 
 l« A thorough perfwafion that none elfe can 
 do us good, Hof. xiv. 3. 
 
 2. Frequent meditations upon the goodnefs 
 
 and greatneis of GOD, Pfal. x x vi. 8. 
 
 3. A looking on him as our GOD, John 
 
 xx. 28. Pfal. xvi. 2. 
 
 4. An experimental Knowledge of GOD, 
 
 Pfal ix. io« 2 Cor. i. 9, 10. 
 
 5. Ufing all lawful means, 1 John iii. 3. 
 
 3. How may we be perfwaded to this Duty ? 
 *i 1. It is put for the whole Duty of Man, 
 
 Pfal. cxv. 9, 1 o. 
 
 2. GOD brings us into troubles on purpofe 
 
 to exercife our Truft on hjm. 
 
 3. This gives all glory to GOD. 
 
 4. It keeps the Soul in a calm and quiet 
 
 eftate. 
 "5. It endears GOD to us, and obligeth 
 him to preferve us, Pfal. xvi. 1. Pfal. 
 vii. I. Pfal. Ivii. 1. 
 
 III. We are to hide our felves in GOD 'till 
 calamities be paft. 
 Confideringj f 
 
 1. No Calamity fo great but he can help us. 
 
 2. And will, if we trull on him, Pfil. xxxVii. 
 
 5, 6. 
 
 3. By this means our very Miferies will turn 
 
 to our good. s- 
 
 Use. Ttuit. now in G O D, vw>A a firm %>e7^P<? 
 i. Nothing can do you hurt, fo long as you 
 truft on him. 
 2. All things (hall do you good. 
 
 3. You will be happy whatfoever happens. 
 
 B b 2 Psal 
 
37° Thefaurus Theologicm. 
 
 Psalm Ixviii. 18. 
 
 Thou ha(t afcended on high, thou haft led 
 captivity captive, thou haft received gifts 
 for men : yea, for the rebellious alfo : that 
 the Lord God might dwell among them. 
 
 '€ 
 
 Hrift afcended* 
 
 I. This was typfied, Lev. xvi. 2, 3. 
 
 1. Foretold in the Text, Eph. iv. 8. 
 
 3. Performed by Chrift, John xx. 17. Luke 
 
 xxiv. 50, 51. Atts'1.9^ 10. 11. 
 This Afcenflon was, 
 t. Local. 
 
 2. Vifible, becaufe no more was he to be 
 feen on Earth. 
 
 2. Why did he afcend ? 
 
 1. To confirm our Faith. 
 
 2. To make interceffion for us, 1 John il 2. 
 
 3. To prepare Manfions for us, Johnxiv.2. 
 Use. Is Chrift afcend ed? 
 
 1. Afcend to him with your AfFe&ions, 
 
 Col. iii. 1. 
 2- Long to be with him. 
 
 II. Thou haft led Captivity Captive. '3$ HUP 
 1. We are naturally Captives. 
 
 1. To fin, Rom. vi. \6. 
 
 2. To Satan, 2 Tim. ii. 26. 
 
 3. To the World, Mat. vi. 24. 
 
 2. Chrift 
 
Tbefaurus Thsolcgicus. 275 
 
 2. Chrift cklivereth us from this Captivity, 
 
 Luke iv. 1 8. Atts iii. 16. 
 
 3. He makes us his own Servants and fo 
 
 captivates to himfelf the Captives of Sa- 
 tan- 
 Use. Let us ferve him who hath redeemed us 
 to bimfelf, 1 Cor, vi. 20. 
 
 III. Thou hafl received gifts for Men, DTD? 
 D"liO HOOD iibu SoijJ\<l ivis dvfyuTMft So alfo 
 the Tar gum. 
 
 j. What Gifts ? 
 
 1. Repentance, Atts il 38. 
 
 2. Pardon, 1 John u. 1. 
 
 3. His Spirit, Atts [I 1. John xvi. 7. 
 
 1. To convince us, John xvi. 9, 10, 11. 
 1. Of fin. 
 
 2. Righteoufnefs. 
 
 3.- Judgment. 
 
 2. To guide us, John xvi. 13. fo»». viii. 
 
 3. To fan&ifie us, Tit. hi. 5. 1 Cor. vi- 1 1 . 
 
 4. To quicken us, Rom. viii. 2. 
 
 5. To help us in Prayer, Rom. viii. 1 $, 1 5. 
 
 6. To difcover our Eftates to us, Rom. 
 
 viii. 16. 
 
 7. To comfort and fupport us, John xiv. 
 
 16, 17. 
 
 IV. Tea, for the rebellious, DHT1D pN% that is, 
 even for finners, ^w. v. 8. who rebel, 
 
 1. Againft GOD, ]fa.\.i,$. 
 
 2. Againft Chrift, ftfrxxiv. 13. 
 
 V. That the Lord Cod might dwell amongfl them y 
 which implies, 
 
 1. Our Relation to him, Deut iv. 7. 
 
 Bb 3 2. His 
 
374 Tlefditrus Theologicus. 
 
 2. His favour to us, Lev.xxvi. 1 i. £AW.xxxiii. 
 
 I, l, 3, 1 6. Exod. xxxiv. 9. 
 
 3. Oar Communion with him, 1 John \, 3. 
 
 4. His guidance of us, Pfal. lxxviii. 14, 52, 53. 
 
 Pfal lxxvi. 2. 
 
 5. His Protection, Numb, xxiii. ir, 22, 23. 
 
 Pfal. xlvi. 5, 5, 7. /y^/.xsiii. 4. 
 tf. His providing for us, Pfal. xxiii. 1, 5,6. 
 7. His being our GOD, Lev. xxvi. 11, 2. 
 Use. 
 
 1. Believe the Afcenfion* 
 
 2. Live like thofe who believe it. 
 
 Ps a l. lxxiii 25". 
 
 Whom have I in heaven hut thee ? and 
 there is none upon earth that I defire hjides 
 thee. 
 
 G 
 
 OD is to be defired before all things in. 
 the Word. 
 
 1. What is it to defire GOD? 
 
 t . To prefer him in our Judgments, Phil. Hi. 8. 
 
 2. To chufe him in our Wills. 
 
 3. To be more Zealous in our endeavour after 
 
 him than any thing elfe. 
 
 II. What is it in GOD we are to defire ? 
 
 1. His Glory, Exod. xxxii. 32. 
 
 2. His Favour, Pfal. xxx. 5. Pfal. lxiii 3. 
 
 3. His Prefence, Pfal. lxxxiv. 10. 
 
 4. His Enjoyment, Pfal. xlii- 1,2. 
 
 IIJ. Why 
 
Thtjaurus Theologuus. 37*5 
 
 III. Why ftiould we defire GOD above all 
 things ? 
 
 1. Becaufe he is more defirable than all things, 
 
 Luke xviii. 19. Prov. iii. i 5. 
 
 2. All other things are only defirable for his 
 
 fake. 
 
 3. He alone can fatisfie our defires, /fa. lv. 1. 
 
 Vfai, xvii. 1 %. 
 I. Use. Reproof, to thofc that delire all things 
 before GOD. 
 1. That think of other things more than 
 
 GOD, Pfal. xviii.| 4 . 
 1. That are unwilling to part with any thing 
 for GOD. 
 
 3. That regard not the Ordinances. 
 
 4. That make it not their bufinefs to feek 
 
 after GOD. 
 a. Exhortation, As Solomon, 1 Kings, iii. 5, 1 ! 1 
 12, 13. 
 
 Motives. 
 
 1. Thus is the end why we have defires. 
 
 2. 'Tis grofs Idolatry to defire any thing be-, 
 
 fore GOD, CV.iii. 5. 
 
 3. To defire GOD above all things, is a 
 
 good evidence of Heaven. 
 
 4. Defire GQD here, and enjoy GOD 
 
 hereafter. ^ 
 
 Defire GOD above, a-li 
 
 1. Riches. 
 
 2. Honours. 
 
 3. Friends. 
 
 4. Relations. 
 
 5. Pleafures. 
 
 6. Liberty. 
 
 7. Knowledge, S* Chriftum tifcis fat is 
 
 B b 4 8. A 
 
3l6 Thefaurus Theologicus, 
 
 8. A good Name. 
 
 9. Health. 
 
 10. Life, Temporal, Eternal, Exod. 
 
 xxx'xu 32. 
 And manifefl: that you defire GOP more 
 than thefe things. 
 
 1. By being willing to part with them when 
 
 GOD calls for them. 
 
 2. By being more ferious in looking after 
 
 GOD than thefe things. 
 Fide Vol. 4. Serm, viii. of this Author, 
 
 PSAL, XC 12. 
 
 So teacb us to number our days, that vet may 
 apply our hearts unto rvifdom. 
 
 I 
 
 Doctrine. 
 
 T ii our Duty to number our days, Tfal> 
 xxxl 4. 
 
 I. What Arithmetical Operations mould we 
 perform each Day ? 
 
 1. Addition. Add each day, 
 
 1. To the number of your Graces, 2 Pet. i. 
 
 5, 6. 
 
 2. To the Degrees of each Grace, 2 Pet. iii. 
 
 18. 
 
 2. Subftra&ion. Subflradr, 
 
 r. From the fins of your Souls, Col. ii. 5. 
 2. From the ftrength of your fins. 
 
 3. Multiplication. Multiply, 
 
 1. Your thoughts of GOD, Pfal. exxxix. 
 17,18. 
 
 2. Your 
 
Thefdurm Theologicut* 377 
 
 % Your deiires of heaven, Pfal. xlii. 1,2. 
 3. Your endeavours after Salvation, 2 Pet. i, 
 10. 
 
 4. Divifion. Divide, 
 
 1. All your days into Holy and Common, 
 
 Jfa. lviii. 13. 
 
 2. Each day betwixt your general and par- 
 
 ticular Calling. 
 
 5. The Rule of Proportion. 
 
 1 . Proportion the Repentance of each Day 
 
 to your fins. 
 
 2. Your thankfulnefs to your Mercies, 1 
 
 Thef. v. 1 1 . 
 
 II. Directions how to number our days. 
 1. Caft up your accounts each Night. 
 2' Count that Day loft wherein you have 
 not either, Epb. v. 1 tf. 
 
 1. Done, 
 
 2. Or gotten good. 
 
 3. Number the days gone not to come. Jam. 
 
 iv. 13. 
 
 4. Count every Day the laft, Luh rii. 20. 
 
 5. To fubftraft every Day yon have lived 
 
 from the whole of you life, that you 
 may live, counting a day lefs to live. 
 Job vii. 1. 
 6' Devote the refidue to the Glory of 
 GOD. 
 
 7. The more days you liye, the greater 
 
 account prepare to give, Ecclef. xii. 
 14. 
 
 8. Count all your days as a Cypher to Eter- 
 
 nity, Pfal. xc. 4. 2 Pet. iii. 8. 
 
 9. The fewer days you expect to number, 
 
 the more diligence ufe in them. 
 
 10. Examine 
 
37^ The/aurus ThealogUus. 
 
 io. Examine the nutnbring of your Days 
 by the ordering of your Lives. 
 
 ii. So number your Days, as to apply 
 your Hearts to Wifdom. 
 i. To know GOD. 
 
 2. Your felves. 
 
 3. Chrift, 1 Cor* ii. 2. 
 
 Use. 
 
 Learn this Art, beg of GOD to teach you it. 
 
 Confider, 
 
 1. You have fpent much Time already. 
 
 2. You know not how little more you have. 
 
 3. You have a great Work to do, Phil, ii- 1 2. 
 
 4. Time once fpent cannot be recalled. 
 
 5. You mud give Account of it at the Day 
 
 of Judgment, 2 Cor.y* 10. 
 
 PSAL. XC. $. 
 
 Tim turnefi Man to deftrutfion, and fayeft, 
 Return^ ye children of men. 
 
 Observation !• 
 »His World is full of Turnings and Changes. 
 
 1. In our Conditions or Ettates, 2 Sum. xix> 
 43. and xx. 1. 
 
 2. Employments. 
 
 3. Names. 
 
 4. Bodies, Jwii.7,8. ^vii. 3,4,5. 
 
 5. Souls. 
 
 Obs, 
 
Ibefaurus Theolcgicus. 279 
 
 Obs. II. The lad Tarn will be to Destru- 
 ction. 
 
 i. Of the whole Man, confifting in the Se- 
 paration of Soul and Body, Heb. ix. 
 27. Job vii. 1. 
 1. Of the Body, in its Diflblution into its 
 
 firft Principles, Ecdef.xn.7. 
 3. Of the Soul too (without Repentance 
 and Faith) in Hell-fire. 
 
 1. From GOD's Prefence, 2 Thef. i. 9. 
 
 2. Its own Confcience, Mark ix. 44. 
 
 Obs. III. GOD will hereafter bid us return 
 again, 1 Cor,xv> 12,51. At this our Return 
 
 1. Our Bodies (hall be gathered together, 
 
 Mat . xxiv. 3 1 . 
 
 2. Our Souls united again to them, Phil. iii. 2 1 • 
 
 3. Both of them brought before Chrift's 
 
 Tribunal, Heb. ix. 27. 2 Cor. v. 10. 
 
 4. There receive their Sentence, Mat. xxv. 
 
 34» 4*' 
 
 5. And fo live together for ever, Mat. xxv. 
 
 4 5. 
 
 Use. 
 
 1. Live above the Turnings of this Life, 1 Cor: 
 
 vii. 29, 30, 31. 
 2* Prepare your felves to be turned out of it. 
 
 By turning, 
 
 1. From your felves to Chrift, Mat.xi. 29, 
 
 2. From Sin to G OD, Ez,ek. xxxiii. 1 1. 
 3* From Earth to Heaven, Phil. iii. 20. 
 
 PSAL. 
 
380 Thefaurus Theologieus. 
 
 Psal. cl. 6. 
 Praife ye the Lord. 
 
 f \T7 Ho is tnis Lord ? ••"^ Three Names. 
 
 1. ^"^ his Sovereignty. 
 
 2. mrp TvrvnK his unity. 
 
 3. CDTPK his Trinity. 
 
 II. How are we to praife the Lord ? 
 
 1. With our Heads, by minding and ac- 
 
 knowledging him. 
 
 2. Our Hearts. 
 
 1. By our Love and Thankfulnefs for his 
 
 Mercies. 
 
 2. Our right rejoycing in our Mercies. 
 
 3. Our Mouths, Pfal. xxxiv. 1. PfaL lxxi. 
 
 14, 15. 
 
 4. Our Hands. 
 
 III. What fhould we praife GOD for? 
 
 1 . In general, for Jefus Chrift. 
 
 2. In particular, in Chrift. 
 
 1 . For all his Spiritual Mercies. 
 
 1. His Graces. 
 
 2. His Comforts. 
 
 3. The Means of thefe his Ordinances. 
 
 1. Prayer. 
 
 2. Hearing. 
 
 3. Sacraments. i 
 
 4. Afflictions, fitb. xii, 10. Cor. iv. 17. 
 
 2. Tem- 
 
Thefaurus Theologicus. 381 
 
 1 — — — M>-_ 
 
 2. Temporal Mercies. 
 
 1 . His making us. 
 
 2. His maintaining us. 
 
 Neither mull we praife him only for Perfonal, 
 but like wife for National and Eccleliaftical Mer- 
 
 cies. 
 
 IV. Why mould we praife the Lord ? 
 
 1 . Confider the Greatnefs of that God that 
 
 vouchfafeth thy Mercies. 
 
 2. Thine own Unworthinefs. 
 
 3. 'Tis all the Tribute and Impofl: that GOD 
 
 expe&s from thee, or thou canft give to 
 him. 
 
 4. The Praifing GOD for what we have, 
 
 is the belt way to get of him what 
 we want. For, 
 <;. ft hath always been the Practice of the 
 Saints. David feven times a Day, Pfal. 
 cxix. 154. continually, Pfal. Uxi. 6. 
 
 6. Hereby we glorify GOD, Pfal. 1. 23. 
 
 7. 'Tis a good Evidence of our Sincerity. 
 
 8. 'Tis Angels now, and will be our Work 
 
 to Eternity. 
 
 PsAf.. 
 
382 Thefaurus Tktologicus. 
 
 Psal. cvii. 6. 
 
 Then they cried to the Lord in their trou- 
 ble ; and he delivered them out of their 
 diftrejfes. 
 
 I 
 
 F we cry to the Lord in our Trouble, the 
 Lord will fave us from our DiftrefTes. 
 
 I. What Troubles ? All, whether 
 
 1. National, Lam. v. or, 
 
 2. Perfonal *, and thefe 
 
 1. Spiritual. 
 
 1 . From the Devil's Temptations, 1 Pet. 
 
 v. 8. 
 
 1. To Sin. 
 
 2. To defpair. 
 
 2. From our own CorruptiptiSi Hcb. 
 
 xii. 1. 
 
 2. Temporal, in 
 
 1. Our Names. 
 
 2. Relations. 
 
 3. Eftates. 
 
 4. Bodies. And all thefe 
 
 1. Felt, or 
 
 2. Feared. 
 
 II. How mould we cry to the Lord ? 
 
 1. Heartily, ^r.xxix. 13. 
 
 2. Humbly, Luke xviii. 1 3- 
 
 3. Obedientially, 1 Sam. xv. 22. 
 
 4. Fervently, Rom. xii. 11. Col. vi. 12. jam. 
 
 v. 16. 
 
 5. Under- 
 
Tbefdurus Theologicas. ->g,~ 
 
 5. Underftandingly, 1 Cor. xlv. 1 5. 
 
 6. Believingly, Mnt.x1i.22. Jsm.l& 
 
 rnVi H ° W /^VV P S car ' that if " e "y to 
 GOD we mall be faved by him ? 
 
 1. From God's Promifes, If4.xlv.12. Jam 
 
 v. 16. 
 
 2. From the Saints Experiences, PfaUxx 1 
 
 Mofes, Daniel, Jonah, Peter. 
 
 Use. 
 
 Exhortation. Cry to the Lord. Confider 
 
 1. How many Troubles you feel. * 
 
 2. How many you fear. 
 
 3. This is one end why GOD afflicts you, 
 
 that you might cry to him. Hof.v \ % 
 
 4. By this means you may be a means to 
 
 keep off God's Anger from the Nation, 
 Ez.ek.xxu. 30. Pfiti. cvi. 23. 
 
 5. Or howfoever your felves will be faved 
 
 from the Evil of all Troubles What 
 is curfed to others fhall be bieffed to 
 you, Hof.v'i. 1. a t0 
 
 Psal. cxviii. 6. 
 
 The Lord is on my fide, I Ml not fear what 
 m*» can do unto me. 
 
 H E nothlng! th theL ° rd 0Q Mslide > ™^™ 
 
 1. Who is the Lord ? 
 
 2. What is it to have him on our fide ? 
 1. lo have his Love. 
 
 2. Care. 
 
384 The f Mr us Theologicu*. 
 
 2. Care. 
 
 3. Protection. 
 
 3. Why need we not fuch fear ? 
 
 1. Becaufe he is wife. 
 
 2 . —Mighty. 
 
 3. — Good. 
 
 4. Omniprefent, Pfal. xlvi. 1. 
 
 5. Governor of the World. 
 
 6. Prefervef of all things, 
 
 7. —Faithful. 
 
 Use I. Get him on your fide. 
 
 1. Repent. 
 
 1. Mourn for Sin. 
 
 2. Turn from Sin. 
 
 2. Believe, 
 
 1. In the Merit, 
 
 2. Spirit, of Chrift. 
 
 II. Fear nothing elfe but him. 
 
 1. He can prevent your Fears. 
 
 2. He can deliver you from the Evil. 
 
 3. He can turn them into Good. 
 
 Psal. cviii. ii. 
 
 Give us help from trouble ; for vain is 
 the help of Man. 
 
 *Hefe Words may h% 
 
 1. Vox pauperis. For, 
 1. It is God alone that makes us rich, Dent. 
 viii. 18. 
 
 2 , That 
 
Thefaurus Thtologictu. ?8^ 
 
 2. ' That can make us contented, 1 Tim* 
 
 vi. 6. 
 
 3. * That can faftify Poverty, Jam. ii. 5.' 
 
 X Vox opprejfi. 
 
 i . It is only God that can turn the Oppreflbr's 
 
 Heart, Gen. xxxix. 21. 
 
 2. Tie his.Hands, P/*/. 122. 
 
 3. ^bjr tent at i. 
 
 1. It is he alone that permits Sitan to tempt 
 
 us, Job \.6. 
 2* That enables us to withfhnd the 
 
 Temptations, Jam. iv. 7. 
 
 3- And to overcome them, 1 Cor. x. 13. 
 
 4. And make us better by them, 2 Car. 
 
 xii. 8, 9. 
 
 4. Vex Agroti. 
 
 1. It is he alone that cap. enable us to be pa- 
 
 tient under Sicknefs. 
 
 2. ' — ^Direcfts us to proper means for Re- 
 
 covery, 2 Cbron. xvi. 1 2. 
 3« ™That can blefs thofe means, Mark 
 viii. 23. i Kings v. T4. 
 
 5. Pi* moribund!. He alone that can fuppiy 
 
 us with what we want. 
 
 1. Pardon our Sins, Exod. xxiv. 6. 
 
 2. Accept our Perfons, Rom. viii. 33. 
 
 3. Support our Heart?. 
 
 4. With-hold the Temper. 
 
 5. Fit us for himfelf. 
 
 6. Deliver us from the Pangs of Death, by 
 
 admitting us into the Joys of Ljfe„ 
 
 7. Make us happy after Death, 
 
 Uses. 
 
 1. Expeft Troubles. 
 
 2. Prepare for thenh 
 
 C c ji Look 
 
386 3 he- nurus Ti eologictts. 
 
 Look up to GOD only for Deliverance 
 from them, 2 Chron. xx.n. Tfd. xlvi. 1, 2. 
 
 Make fure of Help from GOD, efpecially 
 in the general Trouble of Death. 
 
 1. By repenting. 
 
 2. By getting an Intereft in Chriir. 
 
 3. By being fanftifyed by the Spirit, ..Hebt 
 
 xii. 14. 
 
 Ps a l. cxxiv. 1, 2, 3, 
 
 Ver. 1. If it had not been the Lord who' 
 was on oar fide, now may Ifrael fay : 
 
 Ver. 2. // it had not been the Lord who 
 was on our fide, when Men rdfe up againfi us ; 
 
 Ver. 3. Then they had fwallowed us up 
 qfiick, when their Wrath was kindled againft 
 us. 
 
 Observation. 
 
 OUR Deliverance from Enemies mutt, be 
 afcribed wholly to GO D. 
 
 I. Man, whilft GOD was his Friend, had no 
 Enemies that could hurt him. 
 
 II. Being fallen, hath ? 
 1. Spiritual. 
 
 1. The Devil, ,|^D 1 Pet. v. 8. 
 
 2. The World. 
 
 3. Hinv 
 
'lh'jdut'H! Theolo/jcus. 387 
 
 3. Himfelf, Hof. xiii. q. 
 
 1. Temporal Men. 
 
 III. It is GOD alone that preferves or deli- 
 vers us from our Enemies. 
 
 1. Spiritual. 
 
 i» Illuminating our Minds to fee, 
 i. That they are Enemies, 
 2. And dangerous Enemies. 
 
 2. San&ifying our Wills. 
 
 ;. Bringing our AfFe&ions into Order. 
 
 2. Temporal. 
 
 1. God alone hath Power in himfelf, Gen. 
 
 xvii. 1. 
 
 2. All Creatures derive their Power from 
 
 him, Atts xvii. 28. 
 
 3. Hence it is he alone that can limit the 
 
 Power of our Enemies, Pfal. lxxvi. io. 
 
 4. And that can give us Power againfl; them 
 
 2 Chron. X. I 2. 
 As in this Caufe, 
 
 1. Whatfoever Prudence thare is in our 
 
 Commanders, Jam. i. 17. 
 
 2. Strength in our Ships, 
 
 3. Courage in our Soldiers, is only from 
 
 God, Pfal. cxliv 1. 
 
 4. And whatfoever Succefs thefe have, is 
 
 alfo from him, Pfal. xxi. 31. 
 
 Use. Be thankful to GOD. 
 So as, 
 
 1. To acknowledge this Deliverance C3me 
 
 not from our feives. 
 
 2. That we did not defervc it. 
 
 3. And therefore afcribe all to GOD. 
 1. His Wifdom. 
 
 C c 2 2. His 
 
388 Thefaurus Thtologkus. 
 
 2. His Power. 
 3* His Mercy, Lam. iii. 22. 
 This our Thankfulnefs we fhould exprefs, 
 
 1. In onr Hearft. 
 
 2. With our Lips, 
 3' In our Lives. 
 
 1. By rejoycing in him. 
 
 2. By trufting on him for the future/ 
 
 PSAL. CXI?. 8. 
 
 And. of gt -eat mercy, 
 
 POD is a GOD of great Mercy. 
 
 I. What is the Mercy of GOD ? It is an ef- 
 fential Attribute of G O D, whereby he is ready of 
 himfelf to fuccour fuch as be in Mifery. For by 
 Mtfrcy in Scripture h fignifyed, 
 
 1. The Readinefs of the Mind to Iticcour, 
 
 Pfai lxxxvi. -5, i£. and ciii. 8. 
 
 2. The IfTue and Effed of it, Exed. xxxiii. 
 
 19. Rom.ix. 15. 
 
 II. To whom is he fo merciful ? 
 
 J. To all with a common Mercy, Mat. v." 
 45. Luke vi. 35. Pfal. cxlvii. 
 
 2. To whom he pleafes with a fpecial Mercy 3 
 Epb. ii. 4. 
 
 III. Wherein doth his Mercy appear ? 
 i. In revealing his Will to us. 
 
 1. In continuing our Lives to us, 
 
 . . % In 
 
Thef darns r pjeofogicuJ. 389 
 
 3. In his pathetical Expoftulations with us, 
 
 fJof.xi. 8. Ezick. xxxiii. 1 1. 
 
 4. In vouchfafing his Ordinances to us. 
 
 5. In his Judgments upon us. 
 
 6' In fending his Son to die for us. 
 
 Use s. 
 
 I. Reproof to hardned Sinners, that GOD 
 fhould be merciful to them, and they not dutiful 
 to him. 
 
 II. Confolation to Blefled Saints. 
 
 1. Are your Sins many ? GODisaGOD 
 
 of many Mercies, Pfal.ciil 8. Ifa. lv.7. 
 
 2. Are your Sins great ? 
 
 1. His Mercy is greater. 
 
 2. Chrilt's Merits are greater. 
 
 III. Caution. Abufe not the Do&rine of 
 GOD's Mercy to the Increafe of your Sins» 
 Pf. ciii. 11. Jttet. 4. 
 
 IV. Lamentation. Is GOD a GOD of great 
 Mercy ? Then furely we muft needs be a People 
 of great Mifery. 
 
 V. Exhortation. j 
 1. Praife him, Pfal. ciii 2, 3, 4. 
 
 1. Love GOD, Pf«l. cxvi. 1 . Lnh vii. 47. 
 
 3. Put your Trull in him. 
 
 4. Afcribe all you have or hope for to him. 
 
 5. Live in the Imitation of him, Luke vi. 36. 
 
 Mat. xviii. 32, 33. 
 6- Fear andfervehim, Pfal.cxxx, 4. As we 
 expect Mercy from him, we muft per- 
 form our Duty to him. 
 
 PROV, 
 
390 Thefaurus Theologicus. 
 
 Prov, HI $. 
 
 Truft in the Lord with all thine heart, and 
 lean not unto thine own underftanding. 
 
 w 
 
 E mould truft in the Lord with all our 
 Hearts. 
 
 I. We are not to truft in any thing but G O D. 
 
 1. Neg. Not abfolutely confider'd as GOD. 
 
 2. But relatively as our GOD, Pfal. xvi. i, 
 
 2. Heb. viii. 10. 
 
 II. What is it to trull in the Lord with all our 
 Hearts ? 
 
 i. To exert the higheft degree of truft we can 
 
 upon him. 
 2. To truft on none but him ; or him more 
 
 than all things. 
 
 III. How mould we truft in him ? 
 
 i. In Temporals as well as Spirituals. 
 
 2. Our truft muft be agreeable to his promife, 
 
 3. It muft be built upon Chrift, 1 Cor. 1 20. 
 
 4. We muft ufe Means, Heb. x. 23, 24, 25. 
 
 5. In the greateft as well as the leaft means. 
 
 6. Conftant, PfaL lxii. 8. 
 Use. Exhort. 
 
 1. Repent of this fin of trufting in other 
 things. 
 
 1. It is bred with us as Creatures cor- 
 
 rupt. 
 
 2. Frequently committed. 
 
 3. It makes the Creature a GOD. 
 
 4. It is an unprofitable fin. 
 
 5. It brings a curfe on all Mercies, Jer. 
 
 XYii. <. Gen. ii. 8. 7*r.ii. 37. 
 
 ' 2. Truft 
 
Thefaurus Thtologicus. 391 
 
 2. Trufl in the Lord above all things. 
 
 1. Means. 
 
 1. Often confidcr the inability of the Crea- 
 ture, Hof. xiv. 3. 
 1. Labour to know God, Pfal. viii. 1 o. 
 
 3. Clear up thy intereffc in him, Pfal. xvi. 
 
 2. rjal. xci- 2. 
 
 4. Meditate on his Nature. 
 
 1. Great 
 
 2. Good. 
 
 5-Converfe much with the promifes ofChrift. 
 
 6. Let thy thoughts be intent upon Chriit. 
 
 7. Be frequent in Prayer. 
 
 2. M OT IVES. 
 
 1. Ye muft trufl: on fomething. 
 
 2. There is nothing elfe which you can in 
 
 reafon truft in but GOD. 
 
 3. If you truft in GOD he will help you. 
 V4. It's one end of Afflictions. 
 
 5. It giveth much glory to GOD, Rom. iv. 
 
 20. Pfal. xxxvii. 40- 
 
 6. It bringeth much quietnefs to the Souf, 
 7s xxvii. 1,2, 3. 
 
 7. Great Promifes are made to them that 
 
 truft in him, Pfal, xxxiv. 22. Pfal.xxzl. 
 19. PJal. xxxvii. 4, 5. 
 
 Prov. xix. 17. 
 
 He that hath pity upon the poor, Itndeth to 
 the Lord, and that which he hath given y will 
 he pay him again. 
 
 I.VT7Hat is meant by poor ? Thefe are, 
 VV 1. Poor in Spirit, Mat. v. 3. 
 
 2. Poor in Grace. 
 
 3. Poor in Eftate. II. What 
 
,j92 Thefaurus Tlieologkus. 
 
 II, What by having pity? 
 
 * . Companion towards them. 
 
 2. The relief of them, Jam. i\. 15, \6. 
 
 1. Obedientially, 1 Kings xvii. 6. 
 
 2. Chearfully, 2 Cor. ix. 7. -fow. xii. 8, 
 
 3. Underftandingly. 
 
 4. To the utmoft of our power. 
 
 III. What doth the Phrafe, bg Undith to the 
 Lord^ imply ? 
 
 j . That they have a propriety in what they do 
 cojpyj GOD gives to them what they 
 lend to him. 
 
 2. That^vhen they give it to the poor, they 
 
 do not give it quite away, hut onWlend 
 it, flill retaining a propriety in it. 
 
 3. That GOD himfelf looks upon himfelf as 
 
 their debtor for it. 
 
 4. How will GOD repay it? Either, 
 
 1, In the like, Prov.xlt%. Or, 
 
 2. In better, things. 
 
 1. Grace or comfort here. Or, 
 
 2. G^lory hereafter, Mat. xix.29. 
 
 Use. 
 lav. Theli the poor that -receive from others^ 
 have fo much of the Lord's in their Hands, 
 2. Exhort. Grudge not to give to the poor, 
 
 The End of the frft Volume, 
 
$r &*/*/*• f^KSj 
 
 Qm.n i.*~ 
 
 
 
<QJV%;p- 4f*> 'S3- 5= />• '7^" 
 
 Sin TZwvtm/f ^A»^^ e /y^*fc : 
 
 
 2U<^ T'-° 
 
iw 
 
 ■ 
 
 B# 
 
 V. I 
 
 & 
 
 
 
 ■P